FEED Validator

for Atom and RSS and KML

Congratulations!

This is a valid RSS feed.

Recommendations

This feed is valid, but interoperability with the widest range of feed readers could be improved by implementing the following recommendations.

line 106, column 0: content:encoded should not contain decoding attribute (248 occurrences) [help]
```
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437 ...
```
line 106, column 0: content:encoded should not contain sizes attribute (238 occurrences) [help]
```
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437 ...
```
line 190, column 0: content:encoded should not contain iframe tag (27 occurrences) [help]
```
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/ci_f1z-3LXo" width="560" heigh ...
```
line 554, column 0: content:encoded should not contain aria-describedby attribute (44 occurrences) [help]
```
<div id="attachment_17716" style="width: 1090px" class="wp-caption alignnone ...
```
line 3939, column 0: style attribute contains potentially dangerous content: text-transform [help]
```
Indeed. And negligently shooting oneself in the groin area is perhaps mor ...
```
line 6587, column 0: content:encoded should not contain style tag (4 occurrences) [help]
```
<style type="text/css">
```

Source: https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/feed/

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
>
<channel>
<title>Eagle Gun Range</title>
<atom:link href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com</link>
<description>The Most Advanced Gun Range in DFW | We offer the best LTC class in Dallas.</description>
<lastBuildDate>Wed, 22 Jan 2025 20:40:50 +0000</lastBuildDate>
<language>en-US</language>
<sy:updatePeriod>
hourly </sy:updatePeriod>
<sy:updateFrequency>
1 </sy:updateFrequency>
<image>
<url>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/cropped-eagle-32x32.png</url>
<title>Eagle Gun Range</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com</link>
<width>32</width>
<height>32</height>
</image>
<item>
<title>Guide to the Best EDC Gun of 2025</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/guide-to-the-best-edc-gun-of-2025/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/guide-to-the-best-edc-gun-of-2025/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Jan 2025 20:21:03 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=23470</guid>
<description><![CDATA[In the world of everyday carry (EDC), having a reliable EDC gun at your side is more than just a trend; it’s about preparedness and safety. As we step into 2025, the market has seen some exciting releases for those looking to upgrade or choose their first EDC gun. Here’s a look at some of […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/guide-to-the-best-edc-gun-of-2025/">Guide to the Best EDC Gun of 2025</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">In the world of everyday carry (EDC), having a reliable EDC gun at your side is more than just a trend; it’s about preparedness and safety. As we step into 2025, the market has seen some exciting releases for those looking to upgrade or choose their first EDC gun. Here’s a look at some of the top contenders from last year, focusing on their pros and cons.</div>
<div dir="ltr"></div>
<div dir="ltr">
<hr />
</div>
<h2 class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-b88u0q" dir="ltr">2025’s Top Contenders for the Best EDC Gun</h2>
<h3 class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Springfield Armory Hellcat Pro</h3>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Pros:The Springfield Armory Hellcat Pro has continued to dominate the EDC gun market with its introduction in 2024. It offers a higher capacity with 15+1 rounds, making it a champion for those needing more ammunition in a compact package. The optics-ready slide and ambidextrous controls enhance its appeal, providing versatility in customization and ease of use for all shooters.</div>
<div dir="ltr"></div>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Cons:The Hellcat Pro, while compact, is slightly larger than some might prefer for deep concealment, which could be a downside for those looking for the smallest possible EDC gun. Its aggressive grip texture, although excellent for retention, might be too much for some users during extended carry sessions, leading to discomfort.</div>
<div dir="ltr"></div>
<h3 class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">SIG Sauer P365 XMacro</h3>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Pros:The SIG Sauer P365 XMacro has redefined what a micro-compact EDC gun can be. With an impressive 17+1 capacity in a frame that doesn’t sacrifice too much on size, it’s a powerhouse in terms of rounds on board. The XMacro’s unique compensator reduces muzzle flip, improving follow-up shot accuracy, which is a significant advantage in defensive scenarios.</div>
<div dir="ltr"></div>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Cons:The additional features like the compensator and extended magazine well do make it slightly bulkier, potentially impacting concealability for those with smaller frames or tighter clothing options. Also, the cost of the XMacro, given its advanced features, positions it at a higher price point, which might not fit every budget for an EDC gun.</div>
<div dir="ltr"></div>
<h3 class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Glock 43X MOS</h3>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Pros:The Glock 43X MOS has been a welcome addition to the EDC gun lineup for those seeking Glock reliability in a more concealable package. With the addition of the MOS (Modular Optic System) for mounting micro red dot sights, it offers modern shooters the advantage of enhanced aiming capabilities without significantly increasing the gun’s size.</div>
<div dir="ltr"></div>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Cons:The single-stack magazine holds only 10 rounds, which might be less than some competitors in the EDC gun category. Also, while the slim profile is excellent for concealment, it might not feel as stable in the hand for those with larger hands or those who prefer a more substantial grip.</div>
<div dir="ltr"></div>
<h3 class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Lone Wolf DUSK19</h3>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Pros:The Lone Wolf DUSK19, released in 2024, has quickly become a favorite for those in search of an EDC gun. Its compact, striker-fired design is reminiscent of Glock models but with a touch of elegance. It features lower third co-witness tritium sights that are perfect for low-light conditions, and with a weight of less than 20 ounces, it’s one of the lighter options out there. The interchangeable grip swells cater to different hand sizes, ensuring comfort for all users.</div>
<div dir="ltr"></div>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Cons:However, the DUSK19 isn’t without its drawbacks. Some users have noted that the innovative flat-face trigger, while trendy, might take some getting used to for those accustomed to more traditional trigger designs. Additionally, its price point at $649.95 positions it as a more premium EDC gun, which might not suit everyone’s budget.</div>
<div dir="ltr"></div>
<h3 class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Ruger LCP MAX</h3>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Pros:The Ruger LCP MAX has been a game-changer in the EDC gun market since its release. It offers an impressive 12-round capacity in .380 ACP, making it a formidable choice for concealed carry. Its small size combined with reliable performance and quality sights make it a top pick for those needing an EDC gun that doesn’t compromise on capacity or concealability.</div>
<div dir="ltr"></div>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Cons:On the downside, the LCP MAX’s trigger pull is somewhat heavy, which can affect accuracy for new shooters or those with weaker hand strength. Additionally, while it’s lightweight, the recoil can be snappy due to the small size, potentially making it less comfortable for extended range sessions.</div>
<h3 dir="ltr"></h3>
<h3 class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Smith & Wesson M&P 9 Shield EZ</h3>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Pros:For those prioritizing ease of use, the Smith & Wesson M&P 9 Shield EZ stands out as a leading EDC gun. It’s particularly friendly for beginners or those with hand strength issues, thanks to its easy-to-rack slide and grip safety. The 9mm caliber provides a good balance between stopping power and manageability.</div>
<div dir="ltr"></div>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Cons:The Shield EZ might not appeal to those looking for the smallest possible EDC gun since its grip is slightly longer to accommodate the ease-of-use features. This could affect concealment for some. Also, while the grip safety adds an extra layer of security, it might be an additional step for quick draws in high-stress situations.</div>
<div dir="ltr"></div>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-b88u0q" dir="ltr">
<hr />
</div>
<div class="css-146c3p1 r-bcqeeo r-1ttztb7 r-qvutc0 r-37j5jr r-a023e6 r-rjixqe r-16dba41 r-1adg3ll" dir="ltr">Choosing the best EDC gun for 2025 depends on your personal needs, comfort, and how you intend to carry. Each of these firearms brings something unique to the table, balancing between the need for concealability, capacity, and ease of use. Whether you’re upgrading or choosing your first EDC gun, these models offer a starting point to consider based on your requirements.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/guide-to-the-best-edc-gun-of-2025/">Guide to the Best EDC Gun of 2025</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/guide-to-the-best-edc-gun-of-2025/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>First Shots Review: The M&P Shield 9mm EZ</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-mp-9-shield-ez/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-mp-9-shield-ez/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 28 Aug 2020 14:36:18 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17949</guid>
<description><![CDATA[I remember a couple of years back getting to spend some time shooting the M&P 380 Shield EZ, and being rather impressed. I also remember thinking that it’d be great if Smith & Wesson would build that idea in 9mm. And so they did. The M&P 9 Shield EZ brings the positive features of its […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-mp-9-shield-ez/">First Shots Review: The M&P Shield 9mm EZ</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[I remember a couple of years back getting to spend some time shooting the M&P 380 Shield EZ, and being rather impressed. I also remember thinking that it’d be great if Smith & Wesson would build that idea in 9mm. And so they did.
The M&P 9 Shield EZ brings the positive features of its predecessor into a 9mm, internal-hammer-fired pistol that very nearly mirrors the dimensions of the .380 model.
<h2>Why Consider the 9 Shield EZ</h2>
The M&P 9 Shield EZ is a pistol in a size and configuration that makes it rather easy to carry concealed. While it is larger than its original Shield namesake, it is still rather compact. It is slightly smaller and thinner than a Glock 19, but it’s still enough gun to be easy to grip and control while firing.
You might consider the 9 Shield EZ for the fact that it is deliberately made to be easy to rack the slide—as the spring is far softer than is found on most pistols. It is therefore well suited to people who may have trouble manipulating the slide of other pistols. You might also consider the 9 Shield EZ for the 8-round magazines that are extremely easy to load. Pull tabs on either side of the single-stack magazine allow virtually anyone to easily load the magazine to full capacity. Or you might consider it for the fact that it’s one of the few modern poly-pistols that has a grip safety; a feature that some find very appealing and comforting.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_01_lg.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17955" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_01_lg.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_01_lg.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_01_lg-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_01_lg-150x150.jpg 150w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>
I recently got the chance to try out the 9 Shield EZ and have a few thoughts to share on the experience. Let’s start with the specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9mm Luger</li>
<li>Action: Internal hammer fired</li>
<li>External Safety: Grip safety, models with & without thumb safety</li>
<li>Length: 6.8”</li>
<li>Height: 4.85”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.675” Stainless Steel – Armornite ® Finish</li>
<li>Slide: Stainless Steel – Armornite ® Finish</li>
<li>Grip: M2.0 textured polymer, 18-degree angle</li>
<li>Weight: 23 oz.</li>
<li>Sights: 3-dot (white), drift-adjustable rear</li>
<li>Capacity: 8+1 (2 magazines included)</li>
<li>Trigger: ~4.5 lbs.</li>
<li>Color: Black</li>
<li>Price: ~$479</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the 9 Shield EZ</h2>
Despite the prominent visual feature of the large grip safety protruding from the backstrap, I’m happy to report that it is a non-factor in running the gun. I never felt it or noted its engagement. And that’s the way it should be. Yes, it looks a bit weird when the gun is not in your hand, but it’s something one should and likely will get over.
The frame is right in what I consider to be the sweet spot for size and configuration. It’s small enough to be somewhat compact, but large enough so that you get a full grip and full control when firing. The grip features M&P’s M2.0 texture, which is pretty nice, but still not rough enough for my taste. But it’s better than you’re apt to find on most poly pistols.
Loading the magazines is as easy as reported and anyone should be able to load them. Similarly, racking the slide to chamber the first round was ridiculously easy. That is one soft spring! I took my first shots for precision and slow fire to get a feel for the gun. Pretty much what I expected; neither too stout nor overly soft-shooting. If feels like a gun its size and weight should feel when shooting 9mm. It was not at all difficult to control the gun in shooting strings. I then picked up the pace.
I later ran some fast shooting strings, with 4 shots in 1 second to a torso target, followed by one round to the face. It was not as easy as doing it with my Glock 19, but this smaller gun was still manageable for keeping rounds where I wanted them. The one thing that did give me a bit of trouble was the front sight.
The 9 Shield EZ’s front sight is a white dot, but not just a white dot. The “dot” is a hole in the front sight post and that hole is filled with white paint (or whatever material). The white is fine, but the fact that it’s a hole means that dirt and dust and gunpowder residue can get in there and render the “white” dot invisible. It was especially hard for me to pick up the front sight and to maintain a good sight picture when shooting faster strings of shots. Were I to own this pistol, I would trade out the stock 3-dot sights for something far more bright and visible.
The trigger on the 9 Shield EZ is pretty darned good. The action is smooth and the trigger breaks at around 4.5 lbs. The reset is very soft; while the spring on some pistols’ triggers push your finger forward in the reset, the EZ’s trigger reset is comparatively weak. I don’t think that’s good or bad, it’s just different from what I’ve found in most triggers. I had no trouble with the trigger and it completed what was, overall, a very easy-to-shoot experience.
<h2>Features and Components</h2>
The grip safety is large and runs for about 2/3 of the backstrap. This feature prevents the trigger from engaging unless the grip protrusion is fully depressed, ensuring that a full grip on the frame is required for the pistol to fire. This feature allows you the benefit of reholstering while not depressing this backstrap lever, ensuring a far safer operation even if some foreign object catches on and depresses the trigger. It’s a feature found on a number of pistol models and one that many people prefer.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_05_lg.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17959" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_05_lg.jpg" alt="M&P 9 Shield EZ" width="500" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_05_lg.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_05_lg-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_05_lg-150x150.jpg 150w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>
The 9 Shield EZ looks like a striker-fired pistol, but it’s actually an internal-hammer gun. If you’re not familiar with internal-hammer-fired pistols, they’re not at all uncommon and, for operation, you likely won’t notice any difference from what you’re used to. There are differences on the inside, but you run it like any other modern pistol.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_03_lg.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17957" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_03_lg.jpg" alt="M&P 9 Shield EZ" width="500" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_03_lg.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_03_lg-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_03_lg-150x150.jpg 150w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>
It sports white 3-dot sights that are serviceable, but problematic, as detailed earlier. The stainless-steel slide has nice cuts on the rear and those…silly M2.0 machining marks on the lower front of the slide (I can’t help but make fun of that terrible design feature). The slide is remarkably easy to rack and this is an excellent feature that suits the “EZ” brand. The rear of the slide has short “wings” machined from the slide to act as an easy anchor for racking the slide.
The M&P 9 Shield EZ comes either with a thumb safety lever or without. My experience here was with the non-thumb-safety model, so I cannot comment on the adequacy or action of that needless gadget. The slide-stop lever and takedown-lever are located in the traditional positions and neither got in my way when running the gun. The magazine release, which is reversible, I found well positioned and easy to manipulate when it was time to reload. Smith & Wesson know how to design pistols.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_02_lg.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17956" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_02_lg.jpg" alt="M&P 9 Shield EZ" width="500" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_02_lg.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_02_lg-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_02_lg-150x150.jpg 150w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>
The frame sports a picatinny rail for lights or other accessories. The M2.0 grip texture is nicer than can be found on many poly pistols, but I’ll still argue that it must be stippled for proper everyday carry security (rain, and especially sweat and blood are very slick). The grip angle is 18-degrees, which is common to the M&P line—it’s more vertical than is found on a Glock, for instance.
The trigger, as detailed earlier, is quite nice. The shoe is a one-piece component instead of the two-piece hinged design common to the Shield model. Like all M&P pistols, the trigger shoe is clean and does not have a center “safety tab” common to most modern pistols.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_04_lg.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17958" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_04_lg.jpg" alt="M&P 9 Shield EZ" width="500" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_04_lg.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_04_lg-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/12437_04_lg-150x150.jpg 150w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros:
<ul>
<li>The M&P 9 Shield EZ is of sufficient size to be wieldy, but still small enough for easy concealment.</li>
<li>The easy-to-load magazines and easy-to-rack slide make this model perfect for many individuals who might otherwise have trouble with those two operations.</li>
<li>The grip safety is a feature many will enjoy, especially those who may have trepidation when reholstering a loaded pistol.</li>
<li>The grip texture is better than is found on many other similar models.</li>
<li>It’s built on a proven design from a proven line of guns from a reputable company.</li>
</ul>
Cons:
<ul>
<li>The sights—front sight especially—is not optimally design and begs for a replacement model.</li>
<li>Eight rounds is fairly anemic for a pistol of this size; these days especially.</li>
</ul>
As you can see, there are few problems with this design and it’s hard to find something really wrong with this pistol. I would not hesitate to recommend the M&P 9 Shield EZ to anyone who wanted an easy-to-load and easy-to-rack slide for their carry gun. If you’re interested in these features, I recommend you rent the pistol and give it a try yourself!
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-mp-9-shield-ez/">First Shots Review: The M&P Shield 9mm EZ</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-mp-9-shield-ez/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>38</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Like an MLB Hitter Facing Jenny Finch</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/like-an-mlb-hitter-facing-jenny-finch/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/like-an-mlb-hitter-facing-jenny-finch/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 12 Aug 2020 16:28:14 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17939</guid>
<description><![CDATA[One Quirk of Using a Red-Dot Pistol Optic A few weeks ago, I pulled out my Glock MOS slide, put a Vortex Venom red-dot optic on it, and put it on a G19 frame and started practicing with it. I had tried a red-dot optic a couple years ago and did not warm to the […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/like-an-mlb-hitter-facing-jenny-finch/">Like an MLB Hitter Facing Jenny Finch</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3>One Quirk of Using a Red-Dot Pistol Optic</h3>
A few weeks ago, I pulled out my Glock MOS slide, put a Vortex Venom red-dot optic on it, and put it on a G19 frame and started practicing with it. I had tried a red-dot optic a couple years ago and did not warm to the experience. This time, though, I committed to the learning experience and aim to push though the initial uncomfortable phase to get at least to near-current competence using this optic; just to see if I can find any superiority to irons in the approach.
For whatever reason, this time I had little trouble in quickly finding decent competence using the red dot. I expect that it’s easier this time because I’m using a decent-quality optic, while last time I was using a cheap one. But within a few hours I had no trouble at all drawing, pressing out, and finding my dot right where I expected it. Muscle memory counts! But I had less success in doing the nonstandard movements, like pressing out one handed or performing a reload and then pressing out. Clearly, this is going to take work.
As an experienced and continually practicing shooter, I’m able to push through the little difficulties a new sighting convention brings as I’m able to rely on much-practiced fundamentals. There is, however, one issue particular to the red-dot (or at least it is, so far as I can tell) that conflicts with my fundamental approach to pressing out and breaking the first shot. I’m talking specifically about fast first shots out of the holster.
I don’t know if this technique is common to many pistol shooters or just particular to me, but my habit for achieving a quick first shot is to see the sights as I begin to press out and the gauge the instant where they’ll be properly aligned with my target at the end of the press so that I can time the terminus of my trigger press with the alignment of the posts on target. In this way, I don’t have to wait to get a good sight picture, recognize the alignment on the target, and THEN press the trigger—which would take many milliseconds longer. Rather, I’m estimating a few things all at once and completing several actions at one point, at which time my shot breaks on target.
Using this technique, I’m able to routinely get good hits on 8” or 6” steel at 25 yards while stepping to one side, clearing my garment, drawing from concealment, and pressing out for the shot…all in less than 1.4 seconds.
Here are some examples:
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/ci_f1z-3LXo" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div></div>
But with the red-dot optic, I can do none of this. Unlike irons on the top of the slide, I cannot pick up the red dot in the window until I have completed a proper press-out. So I’m not able to calculate the variables of dot, press-out, target, and trigger press to coalesce at a single point. Instead, with the red-dot optic, I must complete the draw and press-out and THEN find and place the dot on my target, and THEN press the trigger to break the shot. The difference in time between the two approaches is quite small, but it is rather significant when we’re talking about milliseconds. From my little practice so far, my average time with the red-dot for the shot described earlier is around 1.7 seconds. That’s a difference of 30+ milliseconds (which could possibly be huge in a defense situation).
<h2>Pro Analysis</h2>
Last weekend I told one of my instructors about this quirk of the red-dot and he said, “Oh, you’re like a major-league hitter trying to hit a softball pitcher.” I looked at him like he was crazy. I had no idea what he meant.
So he went on to explain: it was some years ago, but <a href="https://www.chicitysports.com/forum/threads/ot-jenny-finch-strikes-out-pujols-23-others.4911/">women’s softball pitcher Jenny Finch faced 24 big-league baseball hitters</a> and struck out all but one. Not no-name players, we’re talking the monster hitters of the MLB. Of the 24 hitters, only Scott Spezio managed to get a base hit off her. Her underhand-style pitch totally baffled them, and with good reason.
The technical keys here are reference to the fact that baseball hitters don’t follow the ball onto their bat—the ball is moving far too fast and often with far too much movement to gauge the proper point of impact by following the ball. Instead, they typically watch the pitcher’s mechanics and point of release to tell them what’s coming, how fast, and where the ball will end up. They’re performing a calculation based on the coalescence of a few factors.
<h2>My Dilemma</h2>
So in my case, I’m the big-league hitter who is used to seeing certain elements and estimating the point of conversion. But with the red-dot, I’m unable to see the pitcher’s mechanics or point of release. I have to wait until the ball is at the plate before I swing (or just break the shot at the end of my press-out based on nothing recognizable for accuracy—not gonna do that).
His analogy makes perfect sense. Those baseball hitters had no relevant frame of reference to hit Jenny Finch’s underhand pitch. At best they had to make a snap guess (and only Spezio got lucky—yes it was pure luck).
Obviously, this is no bar to the red-dot, it’s just different in that it does not allow for any estimation before the sight picture is visible at the end of the press-out. But I chafe against this limitation; that quick estimation is a much-practiced component of my fundamental technique and it relates directly to my method of practice and measurable ability. But when it comes down to it, it merely changes my expectation. It’s something I could learn to live with. But I’m trying out the red-dot to see if I can prefer it to iron sights.
So the question is, will I decide to live with this limitation or decide not to. We’ll see.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/like-an-mlb-hitter-facing-jenny-finch/">Like an MLB Hitter Facing Jenny Finch</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/like-an-mlb-hitter-facing-jenny-finch/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>First-Shots Review: The Kel-Tec SUB2000</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-kel-tec-sub2000/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-kel-tec-sub2000/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 20:05:28 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17925</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Kel-Tec is ever the innovative maker of odd and interesting firearm variants, most of which are comparatively inexpensive and seem to capture the imagination in some compelling way. With the SUB2000, they took the idea of the pistol-caliber carbine and made it compatible with Glock and other magazines. But other manufacturers have done that. So, […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-kel-tec-sub2000/">First-Shots Review: The Kel-Tec SUB2000</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Kel-Tec is ever the innovative maker of odd and interesting firearm variants, most of which are comparatively inexpensive and seem to capture the imagination in some compelling way. With the SUB2000, they took the idea of the pistol-caliber carbine and made it compatible with Glock and other magazines. But other manufacturers have done that. So, even though it has a 16” barrel, they made it fit easily into a small backpack without disassembly. That was kind of a neat trick.
I’ve had my eye on the SUB2000 ever since they first came out and have long contemplated picking one up. Something else always took precedence and I never actually got one. This month, though, I had the opportunity to spend some time running the Kel-Tec SUB2000 Glock 9mm model at both static-indoor and practical-outdoor gun ranges, and now I get to share my thoughts on the experience.
<h2>Why Consider the SUB2000</h2>
The Kel-Tec SUB2000 is a full-sized pistol-caliber carbine (PCC) that folds in half to pack easily into a backpack or bag, or stows away in a vehicle, for relatively quick deployment at need. It is made specifically to be a utility rifle that conceals and/or pack for easy daily or situational carry.
You might consider the SUB2000 for its small footprint in basically any backpack or duffle (folded, it’s just a bit larger than a laptop computer). You might also consider it for the fact that it comes in a Glock-mag-specific (G19/27 or bigger) or “Multi-Mag” configuration in either 9mm or .40 cal chambering. So feeding the rifle should be easy. Otherwise, you might consider the SUB2000 for the fact that, unlike other small-footprint PCCs, it sports a full-length 16” barrel.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub2k-gun.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17930" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub2k-gun.jpg" alt="Kel-Tec SUB2000" width="1228" height="342" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub2k-gun.jpg 1228w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub2k-gun-300x84.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub2k-gun-1024x285.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub2k-gun-768x214.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub2k-gun-1080x301.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1228px) 100vw, 1228px" /></a>
<div></div>
Note that the SUB2000 is not what I consider to be an ordinary PCC. When I think of a PCC I think of an AR platform with receivers made to run pistol rounds. I’ll confess that I am not and have never been a fan of pistol-caliber AR rifles. I say if you’re gonna have a rifle, get one made for rifle rounds and do rifle things with it. I believe that if you don’t need a rifle round, a plain old handgun is just fine…even better than a PCC.
The SUB2000, however, is a bit of a different animal. It is lighter than a typical AR-platform PCC and it has the peculiar talent of packing a full 16” barrel in a package that folds down to just over 16” overall and can be deployed from a ruck and fired on target in less than 10 seconds. That alone is compelling and the SUB2000 has long piqued my interest.
Anyway, let’s start with the specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9mm (or .40)</li>
<li>Length: 30.5” (16.25” when folded)</li>
<li>Height: 7”, open or folded</li>
<li>Barrel: 16.25” with 1:10” or 1:16” twist ratio</li>
<li>Weight: 4.25 lb</li>
<li>Sights: Barrel-affixed steel front, rear peep sight</li>
<li>Capacity: varies with magazine used (Glock & others)</li>
<li>Color: Black</li>
<li>MSRP: $556</li>
</ul>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub-fold-persp2.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17931" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub-fold-persp2.jpg" alt="Kel-Tec SUB2000 folded" width="800" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub-fold-persp2.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub-fold-persp2-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub-fold-persp2-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub-fold-persp2-510x382.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>Shooting the SUB2000</h2>
I started out standing in a static-indoor range lane just learning how to operate the thing. Not that it’s difficult, but its odd configuration means some peculiar controls. Owing mostly to the bottom-of-stock-arm charging handle I had to learn which hand should do what and when for basic manipulations, like sending home the bolt for an initial loading and then what changes when performing a speed reload.
The charger locks up into a notch at the rear-right of the stock arm. After a couple of trials I found that for an initial loading with a locked-open action, you pretty much have to grip the gun up front on the handguard with your secondary hand and slap the charger down with your right hand (similar to how an MP5 works). However, for a reload, it’s best to keep your primary hand on the grip, then with your secondary hand load the mag and reach back to charge the handle, then re-grip the fore-end and fire. For reloads, it’s kind of like running an AK-47. Heh, it’s easier than it sounds. At just over 4 pounds, the gun is light and easy to shoot and manipulate.
The front sight is fixed to the end of the barrel and the rear peep sight pops up into position when you unfold the rifle. It is not terribly difficult to get a proper sight picture, but it’s neither as easy nor as comfortable as doing so with a real rifle. The “stock” is just molded hard plastic and it does not have anything like a smooth, rounded, elevated surface for your cheek to weld. It’s all rather uncomfortable and I immediately found myself wishing for a red-dot optic so that I didn’t have to get my face down quite so far onto the hard, bumpy stock. In fact, my third outing to the outdoor range with the SUB2000 I did mount a red-dot on it, and found shooting it to be far more enjoyable.
The trigger is a bit heavy and not so smooth, but I didn’t notice it causing any problems when running drills. The trigger breaks at about 10 pounds and it has a very plastic feel. The charging spring is pretty darned stiff and you have to charge it like you mean it. The bottom-of-stock-arm placement is a bit awkward, but not a dealbreaker. I soon learned to run it pretty smoothly for basic manipulations.
That folding lock at the rear of the stock is NOT an inviting cheek rest. This is definitely a utility gun and not a fun plinker or main range gun.
When the magazine runs dry, the bolt does not lock back and, instead, you get the “thunk” of a trigger falling on an empty chamber. Reloads are accomplished in much the same way as with a pistol. The mag release is in the same position as for the average pistol and I had no trouble running reload drills, as seen in this video:
<div></div>
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/DOMDH5dy0q4" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div></div>
I spent quite a few rounds running deployment-drill reps and reload-drill reps. Took a minute to get the hang of deploying quickly from my backpack, but that was due mostly to figuring out which way was best to stow it in the pack pocket to make deployment as quick and easy as possible. The video above shows that it took me roughly 8 to 10 seconds from “go” to get a round on target. Not bad.
<h2>Features and Components</h2>
The SUB2000’s main feature is that it folds down from a 30.5” rifle down to a 16.25” stowable assembly. Barely larger than a laptop computer, it fits easily into nearly any backpack, shoulder bag, or day bag. In this way, it’s the kind of rifle one can keep with all day, concealed, without fear of detection. At just over 4 pounds, it’s no great encumbrance either.
For folding the gun (with a clear chamber, only), you pull forward on the trigger guard a bit and the lock releases allowing you to fold the barrel back on the action and stock arm. Easy peasy. To unfold, give the plastic lock that holds the front sight a slight tug and the barrel is again free to fold down and lock into operational position. It’s all quite easy.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub-persp.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17932" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub-persp.jpg" alt="Kel-Tec SUB2000" width="600" height="800" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub-persp.jpg 600w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sub-persp-225x300.jpg 225w" sizes="(max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a>
<div></div>
As mentioned earlier, the trigger is just okay and breaks at about 10 pounds. The safety is a crossbolt style button on the rear of the receiver. It is not placed for ergonomic operation—as with an AR selector—but I’ll argue that it shouldn’t have a “safety” mechanism anyway, and should be left in the fire position so there’s no need to interact with it (safety is a human behavior, not a lever on the receiver).
The model I used was fed by Glock magazines, and you can use anything from the G19 size, up. When ejected, the magazines dropped free for me and I had no trouble with quick reloads…except where the only way you know it’s time to reload is when the trigger goes “thunk” on an empty chamber. The charging handle is kind of ugly, but serviceable.
Mine had a threaded barrel for mounting a muzzle device or a suppressor. Not sure either is warranted, as they would mar the small fold-down size of the stowed rifle. The handguard has M-LOK slots on the sides and picatinny on the top and bottom, so there’s room for accessories. However, putting anything on the top picatinny rail means you can’t fully fold the rifle. There are aftermarket accessories to mitigate this issue, but out of the box, the top rail has to remain clean.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
I think the Kel-Tec SUB2000 is pretty darn good at being exactly what it’s supposed to be: an easily concealable, packable, full-length pistol-caliber rifle. It is quite bare-bones and utilitarian out of the box, but with <a href="https://www.mcarbo.com/kel-tec-sub-2000-accessories.aspx">some aftermarket love</a> it can become quite a bit more effective and easier to use well.
There are some tradeoffs as compared to AR-style PCCs, but the full-length barrel, weight, and packing-size of the SUB2000 make it compare fairly well. And the fact that it will take your mid-size or larger pistol magazines, and thus sort of maintain your platform efficiency, is quite a boon. I wouldn’t want to fight a foreign insurgency with this thing, but I think it’d be good in a pinch, and it makes for a helluva survival rifle.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-kel-tec-sub2000/">First-Shots Review: The Kel-Tec SUB2000</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-kel-tec-sub2000/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>A Review of “Concrete Jungle – A Green Beret’s Guide to Urban Survival” by Clay Martin</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-review-of-concrete-jungle-a-green-berets-guide-to-urban-survival-by-clay-martin/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-review-of-concrete-jungle-a-green-berets-guide-to-urban-survival-by-clay-martin/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 08 Jul 2020 14:44:08 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17905</guid>
<description><![CDATA[As I write this review, much of our nation—especially in the big cities—is in chaos, as various communist insurgent groups work to cause mayhem, destroy history, loot and destroy property, and continually attack and intimidate American citizens with whom they merely disagree. These groups are aided hand-in-glove by nearly 100% of the staff at media […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-review-of-concrete-jungle-a-green-berets-guide-to-urban-survival-by-clay-martin/">A Review of “Concrete Jungle – A Green Beret’s Guide to Urban Survival” by Clay Martin</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[As I write this review, much of our nation—especially in the big cities—is in chaos, as various communist insurgent groups work to cause mayhem, destroy history, loot and destroy property, and continually attack and intimidate American citizens with whom they merely disagree. These groups are aided hand-in-glove by nearly 100% of the staff at media outlets and large corporations, who either suppress facts and run interference for the insurgents’ crimes or they make widely publicized genuflections toward the groups’ inane and disgusting demands. All the while, big-city governments are either cowed or offering full-throated support for this violent, anti-American evil.
As a result, cities are on fire and American culture is crumbling. The pace and spread of this evil is alarming. It seems all of media, business, and much of government is arrayed against ordinary, decent American citizens who simply want to be left alone to live their lives free from tyranny, violence, and mayhem. The forces arrayed against us continually promise that we may not do so.
What if things deteriorate further, as they’re sure to do? How do decent Americans prepare to preserve normalcy or to just survive when the rule of law fully collapses? What works well and what doesn’t? What is practical and what is fantasy? Few of us have professional experience in such matters and the clock is ticking.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/cj-cover.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-17901" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/cj-cover-225x300.jpg" alt="" width="225" height="300" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/cj-cover-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/cj-cover-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/cj-cover.jpg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 225px) 100vw, 225px" /></a>
Amid this increasingly grim saga comes Clay Martin who out of a self-professed sense of moral duty offers the plainspoken, practical advice good folks need, as many find they must prepare against a violent tide. His book, “Concrete Jungle” is, as described on the back cover, “a down and dirty guide [on how] to survive the most extreme environment imaginable.” The book offers hard-won insights on practical matters like, how to plan and budget for your preparations; how to build an information network; how to build an effective team; what training to pursue, and which kinds; food and fitness preparations; stores and equipment; which actions work well and which don’t…and much more.
The author, Clay Martin, served in both the US Marine Corps and the US Army. He was, among other things, a scout/sniper and a Green Beret. He explains in the book’s introduction…
<blockquote>“As a retired Green Beret, I feel a moral obligation to help those that want to help themselves, which is what this book is about. Like a return on your investment for your tax dollars. I don’t have all the answers, but I can at least say my opinion is tempered by real world experience both spotting unrest, and surviving to tell the tale.”</blockquote>
Given his experience and success, it is perhaps best that we pay attention when he speaks to these topics. I enjoyed the book and learned a great deal. Here, I have some observations to share on the author’s effort—the good, the bad, and the ugly—and hope that you might find them useful.
While some may imagine that a review of a book will deal exclusively with the content, I’m reviewing the entire effort here involved with the paperback version of the book: The content and its organization, the language, the design, the “furniture” (cover and ancillary bookish-info-things at the starting and ending pages of the book), and the defined architecture of the book. I’m doing these things because reading a book is a physical experience—a user experience that involves tactile, visual, and navigational input. Since these things are component to my profession, I know how important the whole of the experience can be to reading a book. So here we go.
<h3>First, the specs:</h3>
“Concrete Jungle – A Green Beret’s Guide to Urban Survival” 
By Clay Martin 
?? pages 
Published June 15, 2020 
Available on <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Concrete-Jungle-Green-Berets-Survival/dp/B089TWRYPL/ref=sr_1_1?dchild=1&keywords=concrete+jungle&qid=1594220926&sr=8-1">Amazon.com</a> (and perhaps elsewhere) 
Kindle: $5.99 
Paperback: $8.76
<ul>
<li>Introduction</li>
<li>Chapter 1: Not the Guns</li>
<li>Chapter 2: Common Sense Planning (I think this is chapter 2)</li>
<li>Chapter 3: Building Your ODA From Scratch</li>
<li>Chapter 4: With Our Own Powers Combined</li>
<li>Chapter 5: Greenhorn to Wyatt Earp</li>
<li>Chapter 6: Nunchucks and Throwing Stars</li>
<li>Chapter 7: Stabby Things</li>
<li>Chapter 8: Fitness, Food, and Water</li>
<li>Chapter 9: Rumble in the Bronx</li>
<li>Chapter 10: Savages on the Warpath</li>
<li>Chapter 11: Balkanize Before They Rise</li>
<li>Chapter 12: Weapons</li>
<li>Chapter 13: Care and Feeding of Your Gat</li>
<li>Chapter 14: Becoming a Harder Target</li>
<li>Chapter 15: Blow the Escape Hatch</li>
</ul>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/eating.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17903" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/eating.jpg" alt="eating advice" width="943" height="483" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/eating.jpg 943w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/eating-300x154.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/eating-768x393.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 943px) 100vw, 943px" /></a>
<div></div>
Heh, some of the chapter names are kind of whimsical. Guess the author was having a good time when he wrote them. If a chapter name doesn’t make sense to you, I can say with reasonable certainty that the content that follows it will. The author has a knack for explaining things in simple, practical terms with plain language.
Since I’m no expert on most of the topics, I can only say that what the author shares here makes a lot of sense to me, and the occasional caveat rings true. Some of the nice surprises included things most of us never think about or would ever have experience with, given that we grew up in a highly civilized, prosperous nation. Things like, what happens to a person when they’re very hungry from not having eaten in a few days, or admonishments on how to eat in the hellscape and how not to get caught doing it.
These insights speak to some the really horrible aspects of conflict, when things we take for granted are suddenly gone, cut off, run out, or turn septic. They’re things we don’t think about because they’re too horrible to imagine. The author takes pains to address these unimaginable horrors and offers strategies or tactics for dealing with them in proven and advisable ways.
I found the more I read, the more I was glad that I was reading this book and being exposed to these issues and the accompanying advice. As is the purpose, it made me understand just how much there is to do in order to better and more responsibly prepare. I also appreciated the advice against doing some things in favor of other things. Better choices mean a better, more comfortable survival. The author seems to have a lot of valuable insights into these matters.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sand.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17904" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sand.jpg" alt="advice on fortifications" width="997" height="532" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sand.jpg 997w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sand-300x160.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sand-768x410.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 997px) 100vw, 997px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>The Good</h2>
Reading this book is a piece of cake. The prose is simple, inviting, and endearing. The author’s delivery makes it seem like the two of you are hanging out on your back porch enjoying cigars and cold beer while he offers some advice. This quality is a huge win for the book, and for every reader.
Another good choice by the author, I think, was to directly translate many military conventions into systems and choices for your preparations, especially regarding how you build and maintain your team and your community network of information. It is best that laymen rely on proven systems utilized by professionals rather than merely inventing them out of thin air, and I think the author does excellent work solving vital issues for you. He lays out some clear, proven templates that you can use to survive and live more successfully than others may.
In support of his suggestions, the author relates some personal anecdotes and illustrative fictional stories to show the practicality of what might seem like bs or fanciful ideas to some readers. In doing so he does a good job bridging the gap between military lingo/SOP and regular-folks’ needs. Like the subtitle of the book describes, the book really does read like a Green Beret’s guide to urban survival, and I believe you couldn’t ask for a better instructor in these matters.
Not every reader will already be a firearms expert or seasoned prepper and the author easily takes this fact into account with the scope and quality of his advice. That said, those of you who are expert in such things won’t be left bored or nonplussed. There’s seemingly something for everyone here.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/screws.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17899" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/screws.jpg" alt="advice on supplies" width="933" height="587" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/screws.jpg 933w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/screws-300x189.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/screws-768x483.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 933px) 100vw, 933px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>The Bad</h2>
Along with the hard-earned insights and surely solid advice comes some incongruent content, I believe. Given the topic and context of the book, I think the author spent far too much of the book dwelling on the spectrum and comparative qualities of various empty-hand defensive systems. From my own decades of experience in a handful of them I see that his observations ring true, but for a book about strategies, tactics, and preparations for the NOW, it seems out of place to devote so much of the content to efforts that genuinely take years, often a decade or more of continual practice, to be automatically useful in a violent situation. Moreover, the financial cost of that continual training in a quality academy tends to dwarf the costs of other, more immediately useful preparations. I believe the author even touched on that fact.
Don’t misunderstand; pursuing this training is something every man should do, but it’s something you should have started decades ago and not as a last-minute prep for impending social unrest. Again, it’s good advice and worthy of inclusion, but the large percentage of pages dedicated to it is just perhaps misplaced in this particular book.
This last complaint is perhaps just my opinion, but the ending of the book seems oddly abrupt. There is no summation or “conclusions” section…nothing to neatly tie the preceding content up into a bow at the end. I think the author could have really used something like that to drive home some key points and perhaps direct readers to other resources. I just know I felt like the ending was a bit wrong. Maybe it’s just me.
<h2>The Ugly</h2>
“Concrete Jungle” was independently published and I’m disappointed to say that pretty much everything about the book’s format, design, and state of text makes that fact achingly clear. I purchased the paperback version of the book and while it’s likely a bit harsh to say, this book seems more like a voluminous pamphlet. I get that we’re moving quickly into a world where printed matter is more and more an afterthought, but if one is going to publish a printed book there are a few important conventions one should follow as a matter of course and out of respect for the customer. This book lacks most of them.
There is no index, no glossary; nothing but the text. In fact, there is nothing inside the front cover other than …the book. The Introduction starts on the very first page. It’s an efficient start, but the traditional first info-pages conventions are conventions for a reason. Sometimes folk like to browse by chapters and get a sense of where things are. Of course, to do that, you’d need page numbers. This book doesn’t have those either(!).
There are chapters, but they are only vaguely hinted at; there’s no contrasting text to give your eye purchase on the fact that a new chapter has started. In fact, chapter 2 isn’t even vaguely hinted at; it is apparently nonexistent. You’re reading chapter one, then later there’s an unlabeled page heading that seems to be chapter-like, but a few pages later you’re in chapter three. Likely just an editing error. Also concerned with editing, there are several misspellings and space/punctuation errors throughout the book that should have been caught before publication. Again, expediency has its place, but not at the cost of the fundamentals.
Now, I’ll admit to the possibility that the omission of page numbers, an index, contrasting chapter notations, etc. were all thematic components of a broader point the author was making. But if that’s so, I’ve got no clue what that point could be. I just think it’s more likely that these were omissions of expediency—to get the book out and into the hands of patriots while we still have a country to defend; an effort for which I am sincerely grateful!
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/cj-back-cover.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-17900" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/cj-back-cover-225x300.jpg" alt="the back cover" width="225" height="300" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/cj-back-cover-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/cj-back-cover-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/cj-back-cover.jpg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 225px) 100vw, 225px" /></a>
Finally, from a design standpoint (as a design professional, I can be a total snob with this stuff), the cover is just heinous! Red text on gray is a horrible choice and an assault on the eyes. The text composition on the back cover looks like random words were thrown haphazardly onto the canvas; hurts to try and read. Haha, so much is wrong with the design here, but like I said, I’m a design snob. That said, it really is the content inside that really counts. My overarching point is that there are a lot of things that count.
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
This is a much-needed book and I’m glad that we got it delivered in the voice and style that Clay Martin offers up. This book doesn’t exclude anyone in voice or delivery, and I think that was a solid choice here. I also like that it’s not a huge tome, but a relatively quick read. Time is short and offering a stripped-down and practical take on strategies and advice based on first-hand experience is a great choice for those “who want to help themselves.” Those of us who have read Clay’s book and want to know more can now seek that further information from a far more informed stance.
Along with what’s good here, there are obvious less-than-awesome components that I thought need to be recognized. Part of the reason for publishing a review…of anything…is to take advantage of opportunities to point out how subsequent efforts might be revised for better effect. Since I care deeply for both the medium and the topic, that is most certainly one of my aims here. As such, my review may come off as more negative than is deserved so please don’t get the idea that I didn’t like this book or that I don’t recommend this book. On the contrary, I strongly recommend that all responsible Americans purchase and read this book. It deserves your attention and I dare say you may be in more dire straits than is necessary without it.
I want to sincerely thank Clay Martin for writing and sharing this book, blemishes and all. The things that are occurring in our nation seemingly have only one eventuality and I’m already using the advice the author offers here to improve my preparations and my family’s situation in the face of a potentially grim future.
As someone who cares a great deal for our American culture and our nation, I hope that you read this book and act on the author’s advice.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-review-of-concrete-jungle-a-green-berets-guide-to-urban-survival-by-clay-martin/">A Review of “Concrete Jungle – A Green Beret’s Guide to Urban Survival” by Clay Martin</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-review-of-concrete-jungle-a-green-berets-guide-to-urban-survival-by-clay-martin/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>First-Shots Review: The Springfield Hellcat 3″ 9mm Micro Compact</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-springfield-hellcat-3-micro-compact/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-springfield-hellcat-3-micro-compact/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 26 Jun 2020 13:14:40 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17859</guid>
<description><![CDATA[When Sig Sauer created a 10+1-capacity, subcompact pistol it sent the industry reeling. Not long after, about 9 months ago now, Springfield introduce the Hellcat, a similarly sized 9mm pistol with a capacity one-round higher than that of Sig’s P365. Playing one-upmanship will eventually have diminishing returns, but having 12 rounds of 9mm in a […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-springfield-hellcat-3-micro-compact/">First-Shots Review: The Springfield Hellcat 3″ 9mm Micro Compact</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[When Sig Sauer created a 10+1-capacity, subcompact pistol it sent the industry reeling. Not long after, about 9 months ago now, Springfield introduce the Hellcat, a similarly sized 9mm pistol with a capacity one-round higher than that of Sig’s P365. Playing one-upmanship will eventually have diminishing returns, but having 12 rounds of 9mm in a tiny subcompact pistol is nothing to sneeze at!
The Springfield Hellcat is just that: a tiny, 11+1 round 9mm pistol that is basically the same size as the Sig P365. Is that a good thing? Does it work? What many folks have discovered in the months since the Hellcat was first released is that the answers to these questions would seem to be yes. But what’s it like to shoot and run the Hellcat, even in a defensive style of drills? Here follow my first impressions.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_R-Pinky-1-scaled-1.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17867" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_R-Pinky-1-scaled-1.jpg" alt="Springfield Hellcat" width="2560" height="1984" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_R-Pinky-1-scaled-1.jpg 2560w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_R-Pinky-1-scaled-1-300x233.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_R-Pinky-1-scaled-1-1024x794.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_R-Pinky-1-scaled-1-768x595.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_R-Pinky-1-scaled-1-1536x1190.jpg 1536w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_R-Pinky-1-scaled-1-2048x1587.jpg 2048w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_R-Pinky-1-scaled-1-1080x837.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 2560px) 100vw, 2560px" /></a>
<h2>Why Consider the Hellcat?</h2>
The Springfield Hellcat is a subcompact double-stack, striker-fired pistol. It is meant specifically for deeper concealed carry. You might consider the Hellcat for its 11+ 1 capacity (13+1 w/extended mag), which puts it head and shoulders above almost every other comparable pistol and at least a bit above any other competitor. You might consider the Hellcat for carrying in non-permissive environments or for times when you’re wearing lighter clothing. Basically, it is for when deeper concealment and higher capacity are essential to your preference.
I spent some time shooting the Hellcat and getting familiar with its capabilities & performance, and want to share my thoughts on that experience here. As this is a first-impressions review, issues of durability and reliability are not addressed. Others, if you’re interested, have put the Hellcat through <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ojFgkBXRCng">a truly grueling 10k-round test</a>, which the Hellcat endured with no reported problems.
Anyway, let’s start with the specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9mm</li>
<li>Length: 6”</li>
<li>Height: 4” w/ Flush Mag, 4.5” w/ Extended Mag</li>
<li>Barrel: 3” hammer forged steel, Melonite finish 1:10</li>
<li>Width: 1”</li>
<li>Slide: Billet Machined, Melonite Finish</li>
<li>Weight: 18.3 oz w/ Flush Mag, 18.6 oz w/ Extended Mag (unloaded)</li>
<li>Sights: Tritium/Luminescent front, Tactical Rack U-Notch rear</li>
<li>Capacity: 11+1 (flush) or 13+1 (extended)</li>
<li>Color: Black or FDE</li>
<li>MSRP: $569 Black, $610 for FDE</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_LA-1-scaled-1.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17868" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_LA-1-scaled-1.jpg" alt="Springfield Hellcat" width="2560" height="2208" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_LA-1-scaled-1.jpg 2560w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_LA-1-scaled-1-300x259.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_LA-1-scaled-1-1024x883.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_LA-1-scaled-1-768x662.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_LA-1-scaled-1-1536x1325.jpg 1536w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_LA-1-scaled-1-2048x1766.jpg 2048w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_LA-1-scaled-1-1080x932.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 2560px) 100vw, 2560px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_RA-1-scaled-1.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17869" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_RA-1-scaled-1.jpg" alt="Springfield Hellcat" width="2560" height="2286" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_RA-1-scaled-1.jpg 2560w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_RA-1-scaled-1-300x268.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_RA-1-scaled-1-1024x914.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_RA-1-scaled-1-768x686.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_RA-1-scaled-1-1536x1372.jpg 1536w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_RA-1-scaled-1-2048x1829.jpg 2048w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_RA-1-scaled-1-1080x964.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 2560px) 100vw, 2560px" /></a>
Note that the Hellcat comes additionally in a fiber-optic front sight version and there are also versions pre-cut for a micro red-dot optic (and combination thereof).
Note also that regardless of the positives and negatives cited in this review, the Hellcat is a subcompact pistol and, as such, is appropriate only for experienced shooters. If you’re a novice shooter or brand new to everyday carrying, always avoid subcompact models of any brand in favor of compact or full-size pistols.
<h2>Shooting the Hellcat</h2>
I started out shooting the Hellcat for groups at short range, just to get a feel for firing rounds. It’s a subcompact, so it’s a bit snappy. Given the magnified felt recoil and the short grip, you’ve really got to—how should one put it?—grip the hell outta the gun to maintain a proper grip and control. It’s really not so terribly bad, but like all small pistols it requires you bear down a bit. I was able to rest my support-hand thumb on the takedown lever, which proved to be a good home and helped with control.
Groups at short range were fine and when I missed, I missed low, due mostly to the longer trigger press combined with me trying to compensate for the muzzle rise. That’s my fault. I did shoot some groups at 10 yards and they were acceptable for a subcompact, but the stock sights—rear sight in specific—were not awesome for precision, for me. Were I to own this pistol, I’d swap out the rear sight for a 2-dot model. I did not enjoy the rear u-notch site so much when trying to keep tight groups. I find it imprecise as compared to a 2-dot rear sight, which for me allows for a better gauge of proper vertical lineup. But I have old-man eyes and simply found it more difficult to know where to place the front dot in relation to the “U” at the rear. The top extensions of the “u” do not go all the way to the top of the sight, so my eyes didn’t efficiently and precisely line up the tops of the front/rear structures without me making adjustments after what seemed a proper sight picture. But that’s me and you may have no trouble at all with a precise sight picture.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/sights.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17882" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/sights.jpg" alt="Springfield Hellcat sights" width="600" height="854" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/sights.jpg 600w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/sights-211x300.jpg 211w" sizes="(max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a>
<div></div>
After some groups, I did quite a few fast shooting strings that included: moving off the “x” and 4 shots in 1 second, followed by a moving reload, followed by a followup shot. I wanted to see if I could control this small, snappy pistol in something that approximated a defensive shooting context. I had no trouble keeping fist-sized groups at 5 yards for those 4 fast shots, provided I did my part to bear down. The reload was not at first very smooth, as the shortened grip tends to make the empty magazine catch on the palm of my grip hand rather than drop freely. After some practice I was able to modify my grip while ejecting the empty magazine. It’s not ideal, but it’s certainly doable with practice. I didn’t try those fast strings at 7 or 10 yards, but I’m quite sure they’d have opened up considerably.
I should note that I shot this pistol with the pinky-extension mag and the extended mag, but did not shoot it with the flush magazine. I was just able to just barely keep my pinky on the grip while shooting, but I don’t generally mind if the grip is too short for all fingers. The Hellcat’s grip has a mild texture that for me was not optimal. Especially for a pistol this size and chambered in 9mm, a rougher texture would be much better.
The controls seemed to be well located and none got in my way for grip or running the gun. Overall, while it was not entirely pleasant to shoot, it was no big chore. That’s generally what one gets with a 9mm subcompact, so nothing exceptional to report here.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/hellcat-array.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17874" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/hellcat-array.jpg" alt="Springfield Hellcat models" width="974" height="670" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/hellcat-array.jpg 974w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/hellcat-array-300x206.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/hellcat-array-768x528.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 974px) 100vw, 974px" /></a>
<h2>Features and Components</h2>
The Hellcat’s main claim to fame and selling point is its 11-round standard magazine (either flush or with a pinky extension) and 13-round slightly extended magazine. This capacity puts it in rarified air as compared to other subcompact 9mm pistols. The stock sights include either a Tritium or fiber-optic front sight, depending on the model, and the rear sight is a u-notch.
The Melonite slide features front and rear serrations, which I found to be just fine for manipulating the slide. Melonite is perhaps the best possible treatment for a pistol slide and it’s nice to find it on this pistol. Though I did not run such a model, there are Hellcats available with a slide that is pre-cut for a micro red-dot optic.
The polymer frame is simple in design and adorned with large, well placed textured areas. The texturing is a sort of micro stippling that is in my opinion not adequate. Like nearly all poly pistols, this one will need proper stippling for better purchase; especially on a snappy little pistol like this. There are even textured rest/index areas forward on the frame that one might use for gripping. I found the takedown lever to be a better thumb index area while shooting.
The trigger is adequate, but not great. The takeup is long and the break is a bit “thunky” and plastic feeling. I didn’t notice it as a problem while shooting the pistol, except where I was used to a shorter press and I sometimes dipped my muzzle low in expectation of a shot that came an instant late. With practice, surely that would not be a problem. The shoe was quite comfortable for me. So, again, this trigger is okay.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_G2-RearAngle-1-scaled-1.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-17871" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_G2-RearAngle-1-scaled-1.jpg" alt="Springfield Hellcat" width="1893" height="2560" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_G2-RearAngle-1-scaled-1.jpg 1893w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_G2-RearAngle-1-scaled-1-222x300.jpg 222w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_G2-RearAngle-1-scaled-1-757x1024.jpg 757w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_G2-RearAngle-1-scaled-1-768x1039.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_G2-RearAngle-1-scaled-1-1136x1536.jpg 1136w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_G2-RearAngle-1-scaled-1-1514x2048.jpg 1514w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/HC9319B_G2-RearAngle-1-scaled-1-1080x1461.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1893px) 100vw, 1893px" /></a>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
It seems Springfield has managed to fit 12 rounds of 9mm into a tiny subcompact pistol without any major problems. Provided it’s reliable in the long run, it would seem to be—as of this writing—the ultimate expression of a high-capacity subcompact for deep concealment.
I’m not a huge fan of the sights or the trigger, but sights can be replaced and the trigger, though not awesome, works just fine and causes no problems when firing the gun. There’s no getting around the fact that a subcompact 9mm is going to be a bit snappy, so I again recommend this or any subcompact only to experienced, strong shooters who know how to properly control a violent little meanie in their hands.
If you need a tiny gun with lots of capacity, I recommend you try out the Springfield Hellcat. Rent it at Eagle Gun Range or your local gun range and see what you think.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-springfield-hellcat-3-micro-compact/">First-Shots Review: The Springfield Hellcat 3″ 9mm Micro Compact</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-springfield-hellcat-3-micro-compact/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>12</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Ordinary Gear for Ordinary Folks</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/ordinary-gear-for-ordinary-folks/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/ordinary-gear-for-ordinary-folks/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 10:46:14 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17852</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The context of this video is, for the most part, gear that you keep at hand while you’re away from home: vehicle-carry gear. When things suddenly go wrong while you’re driving or otherwise away from home, you will NEVER have the time or opportunity to kit up in full military-style kit. You need ordinary, easy […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/ordinary-gear-for-ordinary-folks/">Ordinary Gear for Ordinary Folks</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[The context of this video is, for the most part, gear that you keep at hand while you’re away from home: vehicle-carry gear.
When things suddenly go wrong while you’re driving or otherwise away from home, you will NEVER have the time or opportunity to kit up in full military-style kit. You need ordinary, easy to carry, fast on / fast off, ordinary looking gear that will provide what you need. it needs to be relatively light and normal looking.
Here, I detail some basic choices that fit the bill for ordinary folks.
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/DPaM4A4D7R4" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/ordinary-gear-for-ordinary-folks/">Ordinary Gear for Ordinary Folks</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/ordinary-gear-for-ordinary-folks/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>First-Shots Review: The Kel-Tec KS7 Shotgun</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-kel-tec-ks7-shotgun/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-kel-tec-ks7-shotgun/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2020 20:09:15 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17820</guid>
<description><![CDATA[I remember a couple of years go spending time with and reviewing Kel-Tec’s KSG. I really enjoyed running that double-magazine 12 gauge around the range. Fun times. Fastforward to this week and I’m shooting a similar, but different iteration of that model: the KS7. The KS7 is a bullpup 12-gauge shotgun and is something of […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-kel-tec-ks7-shotgun/">First-Shots Review: The Kel-Tec KS7 Shotgun</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[I remember a couple of years go spending time with and reviewing Kel-Tec’s KSG. I really enjoyed running that double-magazine 12 gauge around the range. Fun times. Fastforward to this week and I’m shooting a similar, but different iteration of that model: the KS7.
The KS7 is a bullpup 12-gauge shotgun and is something of a single-mag-tube version of the KSG, but it has some interesting differences. The most obvious difference is the top carry handle and fiber-optic bead at the front. This makes the KS7 shootable right out of the box. But it sure does look weird. In any event, I’ve gotten to spend some time shooting the KS7 and here follow my impressions of this lightweight beast of a shotgun.
<h2>Why Consider the KS7</h2>
You might consider the KS7 for its small and lightweight configuration, which makes it a very wieldy, easy-to-carry, easy-to-maneuver firearm. Good for home defense or other cramped or close-quarters needs. At just over 26 inches long and ~6 pounds, it’s easy to hold, easy to pack, and (unlike the KSG) simple to use.
You might also consider the KS7 for its value. Often found for less than $500, it’s an inexpensive way to get a tactical-ish shotgun with a front sight bead that makes it shoot-ready right out of the box. With its numerous M-LOK slots, there are several locations for mounting accessories like lights and sling mounts, too.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right-black.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17832" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right-black.jpg" alt="Kel-Tec KS7" width="1512" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right-black.jpg 1512w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right-black-300x119.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right-black-1024x406.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right-black-768x305.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right-black-1080x429.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1512px) 100vw, 1512px" /></a>
<div></div>
Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 12 ga</li>
<li>Length: 26.1”</li>
<li>Barrel Length: 18.5”</li>
<li>Weight: 5.9lb (unloaded)</li>
<li>Length of Pull: 13”</li>
<li>Sights: Green fiber optic front bead</li>
<li>Capacity: 6+1 w/3” shells (or 7+1 with 2¾ shells)</li>
<li>Color: Black or Green or Tan</li>
<li>MSRP: $495 (often found for less…and for considerably more!)</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17843" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right.jpg" alt="ks7-right" width="1000" height="750" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-right-510x382.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
<h2>Shooting the KS7</h2>
The KS7 was easy to run and fun to shoot…up to a point. This shotgun is very light, so I felt every bit of the recoil from every round I fired. With hot ammo, this little shotgun kicks like a mule. I can say with full confidence that anyone who owns a KS7 should put a soft buttpad on it to mitigate the stiff recoil impulse. The “pad” present on this shotgun is hard as a rock.
Ahem.
One improvement over the KSG that’s immediately noticeable on the KS7 is the feel and function of the pump action. This feels much more like the action on a traditional shotgun than did the KSG’s action, which was rather stuff and plastic, and prone to easy shortstrokes. This action feels far nicer and it’s easy to properly cycle the gun between shots. Well done, Kel-Tec. The pump grip is also much improved over what is present on the KSG. With molded stops fore and aft, it’s easy to keep your hand safely in the proper position. I do, however, recommend against placing your thumb against the forward stop fold. When the gun fires it’ll give your thumb a stiff jolt.
Because the KS7 is so small and the length of pull rather short, it’s not super easy and comfortable to use the front sighting bead atop the weird carry handle. That said, sighting is completely doable, but of course you’ve got to get your cheek fully welded and face low to the top of the stock to get a proper alignment for accurate hits. My first shots were significantly high, but once I got a proper cheek weld and sighted down the entire carry-handle channel, hits were right on.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-top.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17833" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-top.jpg" alt="KS7 top" width="1000" height="129" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-top.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-top-300x39.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-top-768x99.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
<div></div>
The trigger is, …okay. Because of the bullpup design, the trigger uses a transfer bar to get back to the far-rear bolt area. That typically means a less-than-ideal trigger feel for bullpup guns and that is the case here. It feels mushy and plastic, but it’s not terrible. Just not great. I found I didn’t care while operating the gun. Still, it’d be nice to find a way to improve that feature just a bit.
All in all, like I said earlier, this is a fun gun to shoot and very easy to run. I can imagine all sorts of roles this little shotgun could fulfill in the home or in my truck or on the hiking trail. Its size and configuration tends to stir the imagination.
<h2>Features and Components</h2>
The KS7 features mostly plastic outer construction. The important parts are steel, of course, but all of the outer contact areas and non-action structures are plastic. The magazine tube (there’s just one) holds six 3” shells or seven 2¾ shells. It’ll hold eleven mini-shells, but I’ve heard that the KS7 can sometimes have problems reliably cycling those. I did not try any.
The most conspicuous feature of the KS7 is the top carry handle which stands tall off the front half of the gun. The rear portion has a carry handle opening and the forward part of the structure has 3 M-LOK slots left and right. The front top of the structure has a length of captured fiber optic that serves as a sighting bead. There is a cross-bolt style safety in the area where a selector switch might better have been placed, and the action release lever resides at the front of the trigger guard, and can be actuated on both left and right sides. That, with the downward shell ejection, make the KS7 a fully-ambidextrous gun.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-rear-right.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17828" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-rear-right.jpg" alt="KS7 ejection port" width="1000" height="750" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-rear-right.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-rear-right-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-rear-right-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-rear-right-510x382.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
<div></div>
Field disassembly is accomplished by pushing out 2 pins in the rear area of the gun. The upper area of the grip has 2 holes where you can place those pins so that they don’t get lost when you take down the gun. I note that those pins, when fully inserted, protrude about 1/8” from the other side of the gun. This is not optimal, in my estimation. They can snag on things and could easily become damaged.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-rear-left.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17830" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-rear-left.jpg" alt="KS7 takedown pins" width="1000" height="750" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-rear-left.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-rear-left-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-rear-left-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ks7-rear-left-510x382.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
<div></div>
With numerous M-LOK slots on various components, there would seem to be lots of places to add any accessories you might want. It’s also worth noting that if you don’t like the big carry-handle on top of the gun, you can replace it with the KSG’s flat picatinny rail, allowing you to mount BUIS and/or a red-dot optic, and/or anything else you might choose. When I get my KS7 (and I will definitely get one), this is how I’ll configure it.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
The Kel-Tec KS7 is a short, light, easily-carried, and highly maneuverable shotgun that looks like something out of Starship Troopers. Kel-Tec got the basics right on this strange looking bullpup shotgun, so the little details tend to matter less.
It’s almost small enough to put in the average backpack and will certainly fit in larger packs. The bullpup design and size make it a potentially good choice for home defense, a truck gun, a trail gun, or even just a fun range gun. With its easy reconfiguration and accessorization, there’s plenty of room for folks to set up their KS7 to suit their specific needs. I will be doing so myself soon.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-kel-tec-ks7-shotgun/">First-Shots Review: The Kel-Tec KS7 Shotgun</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-kel-tec-ks7-shotgun/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>My New-Glock Modification Process – G48 Edition</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-new-glock-modification-process-g48-edition/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-new-glock-modification-process-g48-edition/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 06 May 2020 15:53:26 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17693</guid>
<description><![CDATA[I have long maintained that a Glock pistol is not “perfection,” as Glock claims, but it is the prefect pistol hobby kit. Every Glock pistol I purchase (I own many) immediately goes through a mild modification process to address issues of personal fit, comfort, and performance. This process is nearly identical across all of the […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-new-glock-modification-process-g48-edition/">My New-Glock Modification Process – G48 Edition</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[I have long maintained that a Glock pistol is not “perfection,” as Glock claims, but it is the prefect pistol hobby kit. Every Glock pistol I purchase (I own many) immediately goes through a mild modification process to address issues of personal fit, comfort, and performance. This process is nearly identical across all of the different Glock models and I do not put any rounds through my Glocks until they’ve undergone these modifications.
The new Glock 48 I recently purchased will serve here as the subject for describing my standard Glock modification process.
<h2>Shaping</h2>
There are three areas that I reshape on a Glock pistol (as noted in the hero-image above), using a barrel sander on my Dremel.
<ol>
<li>The forward area of the frame where my support hand thumb rests (both sides)</li>
<li>The transition from the bottom/side of the trigger guard to the grip (both sides)</li>
<li>The underside of the trigger guard</li>
</ol>
<div id="attachment_17716" style="width: 1090px" class="wp-caption alignnone"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/hero-1080x500-1.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-17716" class="size-full wp-image-17716" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/hero-1080x500-1.jpg" alt="" width="1080" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/hero-1080x500-1.jpg 1080w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/hero-1080x500-1-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/hero-1080x500-1-1024x474.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/hero-1080x500-1-768x356.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></a>Here’s a different project, showing how I use my Dremel with a barrel sander to remove material and shape the trigger guard area.</div>
<div></div>
One of my preferred grip-leverage points on a pistol is the forward area of the frame, where my support-hand thumb rests. If properly shaped and grippy, it provides a useful leverage point for mitigating muzzle rise when firing. What is required is to use the barrel sander to remove a small wedge of material starting at the top edge of the frame to create an angled shelf. Once stippled, it allows my support-hand thumb good purchase and effective control.
I find it quite uncomfortable to shoot any stock Glock pistol due to the malformed and abrupt angles and transition where the trigger guard joins the grip. Whoever it was at Glock who decided that was a good way to design that area was entirely wrong. I take the barrel sander to the 90-degree edge, flattening it, and to the underside of the trigger-guard-to-grip union. The result is a very comfortable contour that makes the Glock fit my hand like a glove.
The last place to address is the underside of the trigger guard, where I remove a rounded area to provide an index point for my support-hand index finger. This is something of an optional modification, but that few millimeters of rise helps keep my hands as high as possible on the gun. Also, once stippled, that little notch provides a point of security that helps a slight bit to keep my hands in place on the gun as the recoil impulse works to shake my grip loose. The location varies from model to model; on a G19 it sits pretty much in the center of the trigger guard. On this G48, it is well forward.
<div id="attachment_17700" style="width: 1210px" class="wp-caption alignnone"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-contoured.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-17700" class="size-full wp-image-17700" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-contoured.jpg" alt="Glock 48 contoured" width="1200" height="900" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-contoured.jpg 1200w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-contoured-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-contoured-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-contoured-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-contoured-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-contoured-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a>Here is my G48 after contouring and texture removal. It is now ready for stippling!</div>
<div></div>
<h2>Stippling</h2>
I believe that all polymer pistols used as defensive weapons must be stippled. With precious few exceptions, every polymer frame will become as slippery as a fish when your hands are wet from sweat or rain, or bloody from defensive wounds. Stippling works well to mitigate the issues and to greatly improve security during firing and manipulations.
The first step is typically to remove the texturing on both sides of the grip. Glock’s Gen 4 and Gen 5 texture can be directly stippled, but I don’t like how the result looks. So once removed, I use a pencil to sketch the outline of my stippled area. Then I take my soldering iron and completely define the outline. Once all of the necessary areas are stipple-outlined, I begin filling in the body of the stippling. My preferred technique is to use a sharp tip soldering iron and make small, shallow stipples. Larger, deeper stipples work just fine, but the aesthetics are not quite as nice when you’re done. It’s function, not form, that we’re after here so I don’t care overmuch about aesthetics, but there’s no need to make something ugly.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-outlined.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17703" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-outlined.jpg" alt="G48 frame, outlines for stippling" width="1050" height="1400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-outlined.jpg 1050w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-outlined-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-outlined-768x1024.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1050px) 100vw, 1050px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-stippling-med.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17704" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-stippling-med.jpg" alt="G48 stippling started" width="1050" height="1400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-stippling-med.jpg 1050w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-stippling-med-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-stippling-med-768x1024.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1050px) 100vw, 1050px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-stippling.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17705" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-stippling.jpg" alt="G48 stippling almost done" width="1050" height="1400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-stippling.jpg 1050w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-stippling-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-stippling-768x1024.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1050px) 100vw, 1050px" /></a>
The results of the shaping and stippling is a glove-match frame grip that is very comfortable and very grippy.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-redux-left.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17706" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-redux-left.jpg" alt="G48 stippled" width="1200" height="900" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-redux-left.jpg 1200w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-redux-left-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-redux-left-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-redux-left-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-redux-left-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-redux-left-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>Sights</h2>
Glock sights on a defensive pistol must be replaced. The stock sights are just fine for use, but since they’re made of plastic, they’re not up to the punishment that gunfighting and continual training may require of them. So I replace with good iron sights.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sight-project.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17719" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sight-project.jpg" alt="Sights ready to go on" width="1400" height="1050" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sight-project.jpg 1400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sight-project-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sight-project-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sight-project-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sight-project-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sight-project-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></a>
<div></div>
My choice of replacement sights has for years been the Truglo TFX Pro set. They’re good for both day and night and have good physical properties for durability and one-handed manipulations. However, there are some light conditions and target texture/colorations that tend to render these sights a bit difficult to pick up (especially for my old-man eyes). So given this mild deficiency I’ve recently tended toward the Trijicon HD XR set for my Glocks. That’s what I used on this G48. The rear is blacked out and textured with points of Tritium. The front sight is very narrow and in addition to a Tritium dot has a large, BRIGHT fluorescent orange ring. The result is a very effective sight picture that is easy to pick up immediately no matter the lighting or background.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newsights.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17708" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newsights.jpg" alt="Trijicon HD XR sights on Glock 48" width="900" height="900" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newsights.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newsights-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newsights-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newsights-768x768.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sightpicture2.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17728" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sightpicture2.jpg" alt="Trijicon HD XR sight picture" width="900" height="900" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sightpicture2.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sightpicture2-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sightpicture2-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-sightpicture2-768x768.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>Other Mods</h2>
I confess that I prefer a flat trigger shoe on my pistols. I don’t mind the curvature front-to-back, but Glock’s rounded/bladed trigger shoe is problematic for me. I prefer a flat rest for my finger as it helps me remember to press straight back rather than off to one side.
Because of this preference I often replace the trigger shoe & bar with some aftermarket product. My fave replacement is the McNally trigger, as it has a polymer shoe that will not destroy your frame, like many aftermarket aluminum-shoe models (it’s the safety tab that does the damage). As for an aluminum option that does not damage the frame, the FACTR trigger shoe/bar works very nicely. I can recommend nothing other than these 2 products for trigger replacement on a Glock. For my G48 here, I installed a McNally trigger. Love it.
Because I’m using Shield Arms’ 15-round magazines made for this G48, it is required that I replace the mag catch with a metal one that will not be damaged by the metal magazines. I opted for the Shield Arms model. Works great.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newmags.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17712" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newmags.jpg" alt="G48 with Shield Arms 15-round magazines" width="1400" height="1050" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newmags.jpg 1400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newmags-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newmags-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newmags-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newmags-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/g48-newmags-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
That’s it. That my modification process for all my Glock pistols and the specifics for what I did with my new Glock 48 shown here. I am really enjoying my new G48 and I’m giving it a couple months to convince me that it should replace my longtime-EDC G19. Time will tell if it fits the bill there, but I do enjoy training with this new one. Fits me like a glove.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-new-glock-modification-process-g48-edition/">My New-Glock Modification Process – G48 Edition</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-new-glock-modification-process-g48-edition/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>My Glock 44 – After 1200 Rounds</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-glock-44-after-1200-rounds/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-glock-44-after-1200-rounds/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 19:26:37 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17637</guid>
<description><![CDATA[My Glock 44, chambered in .22 Long Rifle, is an important training tool and vital to my weekly regimen. I purchased the pistol specifically as a training tool. While I’m not using it precisely as I thought I would be, it has been an interesting learning process and I’m still using it to benefit my […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-glock-44-after-1200-rounds/">My Glock 44 – After 1200 Rounds</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[My Glock 44, chambered in .22 Long Rifle, is an important training tool and vital to my weekly regimen. I purchased the pistol specifically as a training tool. While I’m not using it precisely as I thought I would be, it has been an interesting learning process and I’m still using it to benefit my technique and my ammo budget, as I’ll describe here.
The Glock 44 is something of an odd bird that seems to lack some features common to .22 pistols, but it has some interesting and important characteristics that I think make it a gem of a gun.
<h2>Why Consider the Glock 44?</h2>
There are many reasons why one might want to own a .22 pistol, but because of the specific characteristics of the G44, the more relevant reasons are narrowed and somewhat different. This is not a carry gun, so its purpose is best found as a training aid, as a plinking gun, and as an onboarding tool for new shooters.
You might consider the G44 because its dimensions are exactly those of the G19 and G23, which allows for some interesting opportunities for training and for fun without changing your grip and manipulation fundamentals. You might also consider this pistol as a means for new shooters to get used to “real” pistol fundamentals without the daunting factors of a 9mm pistol’s weight or sharp recoil. You might also consider the G44 because of its relatively low price and/or because it’s a Glock!
All these considerations are worthy, and all factored into my decision to purchase one of these pistols. After having put more than 1000 rounds through mine I’ll share my observations and some things I’ve discovered along the way.
<h2>How I Use My Glock 44</h2>
The most pressing reason I acquired my Glock 44 was so that I could use it in training to save money on ammo. I shoot my pistol Glock 19 several days every week and the price of 9mm training ammo is quite stiff as compared to .22 ammo. Since the G44 has the same dimensions and works exactly like a Glock 19 (my everyday carry pistol), I figured it would be a good placebo that would not corrupt or disconnect my deeply ingrained manipulation habits. As it turns out, it is an effective tool for some components of training, but not all.
For live-fire training, mine consists of two basic components. The first is indoor-range precision fundamentals. In that training I stand mostly statically in a range lane and work my stance, grip, sight alignment/picture, and trigger-finger fundamentals. The second is dynamic, practical, defensive scenarios at varying distances from 1 to 50 yards, all done with my EDC loadout and live-fire draws from concealment in the appendix-carry position.
I found that the G44 is perfectly suited to static, precision practice. In fact, it provides an experience something akin to dryfire practice, due to the almost nonexistent recoil. In that training with the G44 I get to practice my precision fundamentals without developing the habit of trying to manually mitigate or manage muzzle rise and recoil. This helps me to practice a more proper trigger press and related physical habits.
When I got the Glock 44 onto the practical range and began using it to run defensive drills from concealment, however, I discovered one of the shortcomings of the G44’s ultra-lightweight construction. Yes, the Glock 44 is very lightweight. It’s ridiculously lightweight. In fact, even when fully loaded, it doesn’t feel like a real gun at all. It feels like you’re holding a $3 toy. It’s so light, in fact, that it is a bit disconcerting, as this is a very real gun with lethal capability. In truth, I find this one feature of the G44 a bit off putting.
In any event, the lightweight construction of the pistol makes it behave differently on the draw from concealment in the appendix position. Specifically, in appendix position from a holster with a single belt clip. It is my experience that with a real carry gun, like the identically sized G19, the weight of the pistol keeps it static and in place as my hand slides into position for the draw, even though there is but one belt clip on my holster. The G44’s lack of weight, however, allows the motion and friction of my hand sliding into draw placement to affect the position and angle of the pistol just enough so that my grip is not the same grip I’m accustomed to; nor is it the same grip from draw to draw. It feels different almost every time I bring it out of the holster.
This difference and inherent inconsistency in hand placement and security on the pistol created a very unpleasant training experience for me. I found that instead of training tried and true muscle memory, I was continually adjusting and having to fight poor or unfamiliar hand placement nearly every time I ran a training rep. Obviously, this was an unacceptable state of affairs and I decided that I would not use my G44 for dynamic training from concealment. Instead I’d relegate this pistol to static precision practice at the indoor range where, as I’ve previously mentioned, it excels as a training tool.
Here’s video showing a few reps of a drill where I’m drawing from concealment:
<div></div>
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/ryCnbz7tqg0" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div></div>
Having said all of that, I have to believe that if carried at the 3 o’clock to 5 o’clock position in a holster with 2 belt clips the behavior I’ve described would not occur. I have not tried this, however, so it’s pure speculation, but it seems a sound likelihood that one could have a far better dynamic-training experience with that sort of setup.
I’m very happy to use my G44 for the bulk of my precision practice, especially since it allows me to save hundreds of dollars a month in ongoing-training ammo costs.
<h2>Performance</h2>
Much was made by Glock, Inc. just prior to the release of the model that the G44 was a highly reliable gun that would eat just about any ammo without complaint. Once it got into owners’ hands, however, a different story was told. The general experience, mine included, is that the Glock 44 runs great on hot, quality ammunition, but tends to malfunction from time to time with low-power or cheap ammo.
My experience is that with hot, grid-packed ammo it runs flawlessly. With hot bulk ammo it runs well, with a malfunction about once every 3 or 4 magazines. With lower quality and/or low-power bulk ammo, mine tends to malfunction at least once every magazine. So I stick to the better ammo and do just fine.
As I’ve mentioned, this is not a carry gun so I’m not terribly upset by the relative lack of reliability with some ammo. In fact, as a training tool, the occasional malfunction is a boon to forging good defensive-manipulation habits. That said, if you feed it hot, quality ammo I expect you’ll have very little in the way of malfunctions. As for me, I’m perfectly happy with how my G44 runs, especially with my specific mode of training use.
<h2>Features & Components</h2>
The Glock 44 is put together nearly identical to any other Glock pistol, with the same mechanisms and engineering, all except for the slide construction and the components specific to running a .22 caliber round. The result is a pistol that will be 100% familiar to Glock owners, that is field stripped and disassembled the same way as any other Glock pistol. The only difference for disassembly is the need for a small, flathead screwdriver (instead of just a Glock tool or punch) for pressing down the striker sleeve in order to remove the slide’s back plate.
The most conspicuous component difference is found with the slide. The G44’s slide is made mostly of polymer, with steel rails and rear interior assembly. The change to a polymer slide was made to reduce the weight, so that the blowback system could work to cycle the pistol with the relatively small .22 report. The magazines, though they retain the basic dimensions of the G19’s, is somewhat skeletonized to hold 10 rounds in a single stack. The magazines have pull-down tabs on either side to allow you to load by compressing the spring to open space for each round you load.
The mechanisms and construction are consistent with the Gen5 series and the barrel rifling is consistent with Glock’s Marksman barrel characteristics. All in all, it is an exceptionally light Gen 5 Glock pistol. Anyone familiar with Glock componentry will find the G44 entirely familiar. And at the low price, why not get one just for fun!?
Glock 44 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: .22LR</li>
<li>Length: 7.28”</li>
<li>Slide Length: 6.85”</li>
<li>Height: 5.04”</li>
<li>Width: 1.26”</li>
<li>Slide Width: 1”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4.02” Marksman Barrel</li>
<li>Weight: 14.64 oz. (w/empty magazine)</li>
<li>Slide: Black polymer + steel</li>
<li>Sights: Standard polymer U-notch</li>
<li>Capacity: 10</li>
<li>MSRP: $430 (often available ~$350 or less)</li>
</ul>
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-glock-44-after-1200-rounds/">My Glock 44 – After 1200 Rounds</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-glock-44-after-1200-rounds/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Everyday-Carry System Strategies</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/everyday-carry-system-strategies/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/everyday-carry-system-strategies/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Thu, 09 Apr 2020 21:58:25 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17571</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Here is a video with a few insights and strategies to help ensure your everyday-carry system is sound, comfortable, concealed, and deployable. Relevant associated information can be found in my previous articles: – Your Everyday-Carry Belt – Organization Options for Your EDC Kit
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/everyday-carry-system-strategies/">Everyday-Carry System Strategies</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Here is a video with a few insights and strategies to help ensure your everyday-carry system is sound, comfortable, concealed, and deployable.
Relevant associated information can be found in my previous articles: 
– <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-everyday-carry-belt/">Your Everyday-Carry Belt</a> 
– <a href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/org-options-for-your-edc-kit.html">Organization Options for Your EDC Kit</a>
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/6Ed3K9DfQKM" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/everyday-carry-system-strategies/">Everyday-Carry System Strategies</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/everyday-carry-system-strategies/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>First Shots Review: The Taurus G3 Gun</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-taurus-g3/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-taurus-g3/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 14:56:00 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17502</guid>
<description><![CDATA[I confess that before spending some time with the Taurus G3 I had never even touched a Taurus firearm. Over the years I had heard some less than flattering things about their quality and customer service. Recently, however, I had begun to hear good things about the G2C compact pistol, as well as some inklings […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-taurus-g3/">First Shots Review: The Taurus G3 Gun</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[I confess that before spending some time with the Taurus G3 I had never even touched a Taurus firearm. Over the years I had heard some less than flattering things about their quality and customer service. Recently, however, I had begun to hear good things about the G2C compact pistol, as well as some inklings about Taurus turning over a new leaf. 
Lately, I’ve come across a couple of flattering reviews of the Taurus G3 pistol and, to my surprise, it was suggested I do a first-shots review of the G3. I’ll further confess that I didn’t have high hopes for this rig, but handling and shooting the G3 has been a surprising experience from start to finish. While this isn’t an exhaustive examination and cannot account for issues of reliability or longevity, I’d like to share my impressions from having spent time this month with the Taurus G3.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/tg3.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17509" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/tg3.jpg" alt="Taurus G3" width="900" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/tg3.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/tg3-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/tg3-768x512.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>Why Consider the Taurus G3?</h2>
I supposed the best reason to consider the G3 is for its value. As my review here should indicate, the price vs. features and performance is about as good as I’ve ever seen on a pistol. The price (typically somewhere under $300) is as low as I could ever imagine for a pistol like this, so if you are a fan of Glock or Springfield or Sig medium-sized pistols, but don’t want the $500+ price tag, the G3 would seem to have been made for you.
Roughly the same length, height, and width of a Glock 19, this pistol feels and behaves like many of its more expensive brethren. And with few discernable shortcomings.
Taurus G3 Carbine Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9mm</li>
<li>Length: 7.3″</li>
<li>Height: 5.2” with flush magazine</li>
<li>Width: 1.25”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4”</li>
<li>Safety: Manual thumb lever (left side only) and trigger tab</li>
<li>Action: Single Action w/Re-strike capability</li>
<li>Sights: 3-dot: Front fixed, rear drift adjustable</li>
<li>Weight: 25 oz w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Frame: Black polymer</li>
<li>Slide: Stainless steel (black matte ??)</li>
<li>Capacity: 10, 15 or 17 rounds (with extended magazine)</li>
<li>Price: ~$345 (often found in the mid-to-high $200s)</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the Taurus G3</h2>
Despite the fact that it’s a “budget gun,” I really enjoyed shooting this pistol. The overall experience was virtually as nice as shooting any similar Springfield or Sig! The very first thing I noticed, however, was that the trigger takeup to the wall is looonnnng. Length of travel aside, it’s quite a nice trigger; very soft up to the wall and then a less-than-5lb break. Were the takeup shorter, I’d take this trigger on my EDC gun any day (but it is so very long).
<div></div>
<div id="attachment_17511" style="width: 1010px" class="wp-caption alignnone"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/trigger.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-17511" class="size-full wp-image-17511" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/trigger.jpg" alt="Taurus G3" width="1000" height="341" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/trigger.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/trigger-300x102.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/trigger-768x262.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>Here you can see the rather long trigger takeup. The second iamge shows where the “wall” is, prior to break. It may not look long here, but it is longer than most other pistols I’ve touched.</div>
<div></div>
For the first couple of shooting strings the long trigger press led me to shoot rather low (owing to the fact that my trigger mechanics are deeply ingrained muscle memory specific to my EDC gun’s triger), but once I fixed MY flaw, things evened out and I had no trouble at all keeping rounds where I wanted them.
The recoil impulse is about what I’d expect, no different from my G19 really, and despite the fact that there’s no serviceable “gas pedal” ledge for my support-hand thumb the muzzle rise was not bad at all. The pistol is comfortable to hold and run and is easily controllable for fast shooting strings. If I didn’t know better, I’d assume I was shooting a far more expensive gun.
<h2>Components and Features</h2>
Something I immediately noticed is that the grip is slightly fat. The G3 is a pistol perhaps not best suited to folks with smaller hands. My medium-sized hands didn’t have any trouble with the grip, which has a rather fantastic texture on it, by the way. No kidding, the texture on this pistol makes it the ONLY production pistol with a useful grip texture. I wouldn’t care to stipple this one, and I’m something of a grip snob. Very well done, Taurus!
I could find no information on what the finish process is used for the black matte slide, but it is made of stainless steel. Some models come silvered and others matte black. The slide serrations are front and back and they are very sharp and grippy. The sights are 3-dot and they’re okay. There would be no necessity to replace the sights (like you must on a Glock), but I would choose to put something more visible were I to carry this pistol. The thumb <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-firearm-safety-levers-greatly-reduce-safety/">“safety”</a> lever is unobtrusive enough without being difficult to manipulate. If you must have a “safety” gadget on a striker-fired pistol, this is a good example of how to do it. The rest of the controls are well located and never tripped me up as I was running the pistol.
The frame is black polymer and there’s an accessory rail up front. There are indentations molded into the frame, back where the thumb might (but doesn’t and should not) rest for 1-handed shooting and up front where you might want to index your support-hand thumb. These features are cheaply done and the front index point does NOT work as a “gas pedal” rest for mitigating muzzle rise; cycling the gun just causes my thumb to slip out. I suppose that the front section might work if one stippled that area, but it just seems like an afterthought here.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/tg3-open.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17510" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/tg3-open.jpg" alt="Taurus G3" width="800" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/tg3-open.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/tg3-open-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/tg3-open-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/tg3-open-510x382.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<div></div>
The trigger has a weirdly wide safety tab in the middle of the shoe, but it is flat and disappears completely into the trigger upon press. I found no discomfort at all from the tab and I quite enjoyed the flat face of the shoe. Combined with the smooth action (albeit quite long), it’s a very comfortable trigger.
Interestingly, the G3 has re-strike capability; meaning that if a round fails to fire with the first trigger press, there is a double-action trigger press available to try it again. I suppose that this could be a positive feature, but I have to say I’d never use it. “Click” means one thing and one thing only to those of us who train, and that is tap, rack, bang (as a first option, at least). This re-strike capability seems like a very odd feature.
As a near-full-size medium-sized pistol, it is at the outer size limit for what most folks would consider an everyday-carry model. It’s a tiny bit taller than a Glock 19 and almost exactly the same width, but a full 4 ounces heavier than the G19. Depending on which version of the G3 you get, it comes with either 2 flush 15-round mags or one 15-round and one 17-round extended mag. I noticed that when depressing the magazine release, the mags pop out of the grip with gusto. That’s always a nice feature to see, as some more expensive pistols have lazy magazine ejections.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
Just about everything tangible about this pistol is positive. The slide design and serrations are well conceived, the features are comparable with any good pistol and the grip texture is best in class. The smoothness of the trigger is a plus, as is the energetic magazine ejection.
Cons 
There are few tangible cons to cite on this pistol. The trigger takeup is longer than you’re apt to find on other pistols, the sights are just okay, and the frame is a bit trite in its design; but these are nitpicky things. People with smaller hands may not like the grip size. What I have to wonder, though, is where the cost savings comes.
My assumption is that there may be expediencies built into some of the components that are not noticeable without many thousands of rounds to reveal them. But that is just my assumption based in the fact that this pistol really does seem a bit too good to be true. When internal components do wear out, I have to wonder how easily available the replacement parts might be…and if they’re replaceable by the owner. Food for thought.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The Taurus G3 is just a surprising pistol and it’s very difficult to impossible to see how the sub-$300 price is justified. Yes, there are nicer features on more expensive pistols, but the G3 gets most of the basics right and, with practice to learn that trigger action well, it seems every bit as good on that score.
If one were looking to get a good, basic pistol for carry or home defense on a budget, I have absolutely no reservations in recommending giving the G3 a try. Bet you’ll dig it.
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-taurus-g3/">First Shots Review: The Taurus G3 Gun</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-taurus-g3/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>34</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Your Everyday-Carry Belt</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-everyday-carry-belt/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-everyday-carry-belt/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2020 12:15:13 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17428</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Your everyday-carry belt is the foundation of your whole EDC system. As the foundation, when your belt is solid, your carry experience can be solid: comfortable and confident. Yet when the belt is deficient in one or more ways, not only is your carry experience going to be bad, carrying, concealing, and deploying your handgun […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-everyday-carry-belt/">Your Everyday-Carry Belt</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Your everyday-carry belt is the foundation of your whole EDC system. As the foundation, when your belt is solid, your carry experience can be solid: comfortable and confident. Yet when the belt is deficient in one or more ways, not only is your carry experience going to be bad, carrying, concealing, and deploying your handgun will be far more difficult, dysfunctional, and likely dangerous.
Here I’d like to touch on what makes for a proper everyday-carry belt—and what makes for an improper or negligence choice. Luckily, choices abound, but your choices should be relegated exclusively to the optimal sort of belt system. To further narrow the scope of this article, I’m going to deal primarily with concealed carry rather than open carry.
Note that I’ll not be discussing tactical belts or any that have cobra fasteners. Those are not EDC belts unless you’re a warfighter or a law-enforcement officer. Moreover, they do not work with normal pants’ belt loops and other accessory-pouch loops for quick and easy everyday donning and removal, which completely disqualifies them for everyday carry. Instead I’ll be dwelling here only on everyday-carry belts for ordinary citizens.
<h2>The Foundation</h2>
You can carry all day, every day only if your system works well, conceals well, and allows you to be comfortable and confident while wearing it. Carry skill aside (yes, it is a skill), the most important component in that equation is a quality EDC belt.
A quality EDC belt will help your one to two-pound+ gun feel lighter; will help keep your holster in position; will keep your holster in the proper orientation; and will not decline in function or comfort when several other items are also carried on the belt. Conversely, a belt that is not up to the task will prevent you from concealing well—no matter the holster you’re using—and will make the experience of carrying and deploying your pistol into uncomfortable drudgery. Not to mention dangerous.
A true EDC gun belt differs from a normal belt—even a thick leather non-gun belt—in many important ways. Let’s go over them!
<h3>EDC Belt Qualities</h3>
A belt for everyday carry of a gun and other items has to satisfy several important needs at once, elegantly.
Your EDC belt should be 1.5” wide. Unless you’re carrying specialized equipment that requires a 2” belt, you need to stick to the standard of 1.5”, which works perfectly. A bet that is less than 1.5” wide is unsuitable for EDC use.
Your EDC belt should be quite rigid. It must not just be hard to compress top-to-bottom, it should be impossible to compress top-to-bottom. A 1.5” belt that can be compressed with your hand into a curve is wholly unsuitable as an EDC belt. Never use such a belt. Additionally, when the belt is off your pants and buckled into a loop, you should be able to hold it up by the buckle without the loop of the belt drooping more than very slightly if at all.
 
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/squish.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17442" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/squish.jpg" alt="an unsuitable gun belt" width="1000" height="750" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/squish.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/squish-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/squish-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/squish-510x382.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
 
But rigidity must be tempered by a wearable pliability. Note that competition-style gun belts that are entirely rigid are inappropriate for everyday carry. That degree of rigidity will quickly offer discomfort and will distort into unslightly shapes when you sit or bend over or move while going about your daily business. Stick with purpose-specific EDC gun belts. I’ll cite some examples below.
Your EDC belt should allow for very small buckle adjustments (as shown below). A typical belt with a prong and set of holes is not optimal as an everyday carry belt. These types of buckles do not allow for the necessary degree of adjustment. Instead, opt for an EDC belt that uses a ratchet system for closure. This is proven tech and is up to the job of daily carry of heavy items while at the same time allowing for important small degrees of adjustment that can make huge differences in comfort, confidence, and concealability. I advise you to completely avoid EDC belts that use a traditional buckle. Note that many proper ratchet-system belt buckles look exactly like a prong-and-hole-style buckle. It is an elegant deception.
 
<div id="attachment_17436" style="width: 1010px" class="wp-caption alignnone"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/buckle.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-17436" class="size-full wp-image-17436" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/buckle.jpg" alt="Kore buckle" width="1000" height="750" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/buckle.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/buckle-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/buckle-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/buckle-510x382.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>Here’s the back of a Kore belt, showing the ratchet system that is sewn into the back of the belt.</div>
 
Your EDC belt should look just like a normal belt for the type of clothes you’re wearing. This means it should typically be made of or covered in leather or nylon or fabric of appropriate finish and fashion. Nothing about your EDC belt should communicate “tactical”. A good EDC belt is one that looks appropriate with jeans and with dress slacks. Note that because leather and nylon and fabric are not rigid enough by themselves, true EDC belts have a rigid core material that turns them into useful kit.
 
<div id="attachment_17440" style="width: 1010px" class="wp-caption alignnone"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-brown-reg.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-17440" class="size-full wp-image-17440" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-brown-reg.jpg" alt="Looks like a normal belt" width="1000" height="665" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-brown-reg.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-brown-reg-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-brown-reg-768x511.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>This Nexbelt gun belt looks like a normal, everyday prong-and-hole belt, but it has a proper ratchet buckle.</div>
 
<h3>Poor Kit</h3>
An inferior belt is one that lacks a rigid core, so it is soft and floppy. Even when the belt is worn tight, your pistol (OWB) will cant outward because the belt lacks proper integrity. Therefore, it will never allow you to conceal properly. An inferior belt is either slightly too loose or slightly too tight when you wear your handgun holstered to it. With an inferior belt, when you go to draw your handgun quickly, it may have moved position slightly or changed its degree of angle because the belt cannot properly support it. This means that your draw will be slower, clumsier, and more dangerous than with a proper belt.
A tactical-style belt looks odd and draws unwanted attention to you when others see its incongruity with your clothing. An inferior EDC belt is not aesthetically appropriate for formal dress – or – a soft, formal-style belt is in no way up to the task of providing the proper foundation for carrying when you’re dressed up. Moreover, an inferior formal-style EDC belt gets marred and marked up too quickly by holsters and pouches to be aesthetically appropriate for formal-dress carry.
<h2>Examples of Proper Kit</h2>
Disclaimer: No belt manufacturer has ever given me any swag and every belt I own I’ve purchased with my own money.
Finding all of the imperative qualities of a proper EDC belt is not difficult. When citing examples here, I’m going to reference my own experience of trying different belts over years while carrying all day, every day. Therefore, it is going to be impossible for me to refrain from mentioning specific brands and models, citing both the good and the bad from those brands and models. So here I will be somewhat less than objective, because I don’t want to speak to brands with which I have no experience, and possibly mislead you.
 
<div id="attachment_17439" style="width: 892px" class="wp-caption alignnone"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-black.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-17439" class="size-full wp-image-17439" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-black.jpg" alt="Nexbelt gun belt" width="882" height="589" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-black.jpg 882w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-black-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-black-768x513.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 882px) 100vw, 882px" /></a>Here’s a Nexbelt gun belt model that looks very nice, appropriate for fancy-dress occasions. Still, it’s a stiff, strong gun belt with a ratchet buckle.</div>
 
Nexbelt 
The overall best EDC belt in my experience and opinion is one of the models from <a href="https://www.nexbelt.com/collections/edc-belts">Nexbelt</a>. Their core material is the best I’ve found and does not break or suffer the shortcomings found in other similar brands’ belts with ongoing daily wear. Nexbelt offers a variety of belt materials and buckle styles, and you can order belts and buckles separately, which is a handy benefit if you ever encounter a failure with one or the other (I have!).
One caveat I can offer is to avoid the buckle offered with the “Titan” model that has a dark, rough finish.* I had one of these buckles break after less than 1 year of being worn only at home every day. The metal for that buckle was of inferior quality and it broke at the perpendicular attachment pin area, where the buckle material was thin. It’s possible they’ve amended the design or materials lately, but I don’t know this for sure. However, I have had good luck and no problems with several other buckles that have a shiny finish.
 
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-gray-bad-buckle.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17441" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-gray-bad-buckle.jpg" alt="bad buckle" width="1000" height="667" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-gray-bad-buckle.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-gray-bad-buckle-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-gray-bad-buckle-768x512.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
 
The leather models look great and wear very well, showing little to no damage after years of repeated on-off of holsters and other belt-worn kit. The Nylon-webbing belts are excellent, too. Stiff and with the normal-looking buckle they don’t put out a “tactical” vibe.
 
<div id="attachment_17438" style="width: 1010px" class="wp-caption alignnone"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-back.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-17438" class="size-full wp-image-17438" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-back.jpg" alt="ratchet insert and measurements" width="1000" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-back.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-back-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/nex-back-768x384.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>Here you can see the ratchet insert sewn into the back of the belt. The measurements shown are there because these belts are shipped one-size-only and you trim the buckle-insert end to fit your waist. The buckle then clips on with a toothed lever, and some models feature additional compression screws for added security.</div>
 
Kore Essentials 
The belt lineup from <a href="https://www.koreessentials.com/collections/gun-belts">Kore</a> is also pretty good—better than almost anything else on the market. I wore Kore belts for a couple years and they have many fine qualities that put them ahead of most other companies’ products. What I mentioned about Nexbelt is generally true for Kore too, with one important difference: the stiff-core material used by Kore is slightly inferior. I find that the belt core material tends to break in half right at the middle of my back after 1+ year’s wear. The belt is then still usable and this break doesn’t necessarily compromise the belt’s function, but it is a bit unsightly and I just don’t like having a broken belt. After paying ~$70 for a belt, I’d like to get more than 1 year out of it.
 
<div id="attachment_17437" style="width: 1010px" class="wp-caption alignnone"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/kore.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-17437" class="size-full wp-image-17437" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/kore.jpg" alt="Kore Essentials belts" width="1000" height="781" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/kore.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/kore-300x234.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/kore-768x600.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>Here’s a sampling of Kore’s leather and nylon-webbing gun belts. Notice how they all look like normal, everyday kinds of belts. Nothing “tactical” about their appearance.</div>
 
Why am I mentioning Kore here if they have inherent problems? Well, because they’re nearly as good as Nexbelt and companies typically work to continually improve. I have no doubt that Kore will amend their issues, if they haven’t already (I just haven’t checked in a couple years).
The point is that Nexbelt and Kore are at the top of the EDC belt game because they understand the actually important factors of successful daily carry and have created belts that, unlike those from other brands, can properly serve as the foundation of a daily carry system.
Surely there are other brands that make proper EDC belts, I’ve just never seen any and can’t report on them here. Just keep in mind that if their belt doesn’t have a rigid core material and/or doesn’t have a ratchet buckle, they’re not worth the expense or your time. They will not provide an optimal platform for your carry system.
Note that these gun belts come in many varieties of appearance, from slick leather to alligator pattern to suede to nylon webbing and more. Most manufacturers have lots and lots of buckle styles, too, so there’s going to be a proper gun belt to suit your preference and style and various needs. We’re not relegated to plain, chunky cowboy-leather or military cobra belts anymore.
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
For comfortable and efficient everyday carry of a firearm and other vital items, it is best that your belt be utilized for as many of those items as possible. At minimum, I’d recommend that your handgun, extra-mag(s) pouch, fixed-blade knife, and either phone or tourniquet (or both) be carried on your belt. This frees up pockets for other items, like folder knife, flashlight, etc… (for some good organization options, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/organization-options-for-your-edc-kit/">see my article on this topic</a>). Only a proper belt can allow you to comfortably and confidently carry these items on the belt.
There several holster manufacturer companies that market gun belts, but I’ve never seen one that properly measures up to the task. If you prefer not to go with my brand recommendations, at least now that you know what to look for you can do your own scouting without wasting your money on inferior products.
Be safe, stay vigilant, and train hard!
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-everyday-carry-belt/">Your Everyday-Carry Belt</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-everyday-carry-belt/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>First Shots Review: The Glock 48</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-glock-48/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-glock-48/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 24 Feb 2020 18:48:32 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17406</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The Glock 48 was introduced roughly a year ago and since that time it has garnered a fair amount of attention and popularity. There’s nothing really novel about the G48; it is essentially a single-stack G19 which, depending on how you look at it, makes some good sense or very little sense at all. Since […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-glock-48/">First Shots Review: The Glock 48</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[The Glock 48 was introduced roughly a year ago and since that time it has garnered a fair amount of attention and popularity. There’s nothing really novel about the G48; it is essentially a single-stack G19 which, depending on how you look at it, makes some good sense or very little sense at all.
Since I make a habit of training with the G43 and carrying it when I’m at home, I’m familiar with the feel, carry, and manipulation of the Glock single-stack pistol platform. While the G48 has a longer slide and taller grip, it also has a slightly thicker frame than the G43, so it both feels and shoots like a more substantial pistol than its predecessor.
As I am not an active warfighter or LEO, the only pistols I care about are everyday-carry pistols; mostly concealed-carry pistols. So I confess that I initially found it hard to justify owning this pistol, since it is exactly the same length and height as the G19 and—even though it’s a single stack—it’s almost as thick as the G19. I have therefore long observed that if you can carry a G48, you can carry the much better option of the G19. But on serious reflection I’ve come to believe that there are legitimate reasons to own and carry the G48. So, after having spent some time shooting this single-stack pistol, I’ll details some thoughts here you might consider.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48both.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17410" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48both.jpg" alt="Glock 48" width="1167" height="991" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48both.jpg 1167w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48both-300x255.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48both-1024x870.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48both-768x652.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48both-1080x917.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1167px) 100vw, 1167px" /></a>
<h2>Why Consider the Glock 48?</h2>
The Glock 48 is a 9mm pistol that is made for concealed carry. It offers a slightly slimmer option to the G19 as a means to reduce the weight in/on your belt and/or for people with smaller hands who don’t like a double-stack grip. Loaded, the weight savings vs. a Glock 19 is 5 ounces. The slimmer slide and frame makes the G48 slightly easier to conceal than the G19.
The reduction in frame width and the single-stack magazine means fewer rounds; the G48 magazine carries 10 rounds. That’s the same capacity as the smaller, but thicker G26. One might think of it as a lighter Commander-size 1911 that is actually reliable.
Other reasons you might consider the G48 is for when you want less weight and easier concealment, but still want a near-full-size grip and longer slide, and the easier manipulation and control that offers. Yet another reason is that you want this smaller option, but still want the dead-simple mechanics and utter reliability of a Glock.
The Glock 48 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9×19</li>
<li>Length: 7.28”</li>
<li>Height: 5.04”</li>
<li>Overall Width: 1.1”</li>
<li>Slide Width: .87”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4.17” Glock Marksman barrel</li>
<li>Trigger: ~5.5 pounds (usually more when new)</li>
<li>Sights: Polymer “U” dot configuration</li>
<li>Weight: 20.74 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide Finish: Silver nPVD – or – black nDLC</li>
<li>Capacity: 10+1</li>
<li>Price: $580 (often found for ~$500)</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the Glock 48</h2>
Being a polymer single-stack pistol, the G48 is somewhat snappier than similar sized double-stack pistols. The reduced slide and frame weight just allows you to feel more of that recoil. But as I’m used to shooting plastic guns, I found it to be just fine and not at all difficult to manage. I do like the full grip on this pistol as compared to my G43. It lends comfort and confidence.
I’ve shot the G48 several times before, but for this review the pistol I used was a rental gun with several thousand rounds through it and the trigger was right at the spec weight of 5.5 pounds. I’m a Glock shooter, so the trigger was familiar feeling and not really a factor in fast strings or accuracy. It was just “normal.”
I did take the opportunity to get in some fast manipulations and fast shooting strings with speed reloads while shooting it this time. I found these manipulations to be much easier than with my G43 and nearly as easy as with my G19. It’s a Glock, so the controls are well placed and familiar for me. The longer slide and sight radius than my G43 didn’t seem to factor much, as I don’t have much problem with the 43’s smaller sight radius, but the G48 does have that longer sight radius and some folks may find it easier to be accurate with.
The one thing I didn’t really like was the near lack of any texture at all on the grip. The texture on the G48 is the same as for the other smaller models, like the 43, 43x, and 42, which is to say it has barely any texture at all. This is a pistol that requires a stipple job or—if you’ll almost never shoot it—some Talon Grips.
<h3>So why the G48 in a world with the Sig P365 and the Springfield Hellcat?</h3>
That would seem to be a pressing question when those two models have shaken up the handgun world with regard to size vs. capacity. The answers are surely subjective, but for one objective one that cannot be ignored. Yes, those other two guns are smaller and yes have equal or better capacity than the G48. But a couple of benefits the G48 has over the other two is the easier and more comfortable to grip and the fact that it’s easier to draw from a holster and to manipulate/run in a gunfight.
Surely there are benefits those other pistols have over the G48, especially with regard to personal preference, but the fact remains that neither of them is a Glock…with widely available parts and accessories and proven reliability. These things matter a lot.
Something else to keep in mind is that there are some new magazines from <a href="https://shieldarms.com/glock-43x-48-15-round-mag">Shield Arms that, without any extension, allow for 15 rounds in the standard G48-sized magazine</a>. Though they’re obviously not OEM parts, they’re intriguing in theory. The possibility exists that they’ll diminish the Glock’s famous reliability, but the benefit surely warrants further exploration (just be sure to replace the poly mag catch with a metal mag catch, else the steel mags will destroy the catch).
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48specs.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17411" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48specs.jpg" alt="" width="855" height="1153" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48specs.jpg 855w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48specs-222x300.jpg 222w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48specs-759x1024.jpg 759w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/g48specs-768x1036.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></a>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The G48 is a Glock. There is no new, unproven technology and the G48 will, like its brethren, surely go reliably for 100k rounds+ when properly maintained. The slimmer frame and lighter overall package is more comfortable to carry and easier to conceal than similarly sized models. It shoots and manipulates easier like a medium-sized pistol. Maintenance is easy (any part can be replaced in seconds) and replacement parts, replacement sights, and add-ons are always widely available. Because it’s a Glock, there are lots of holster models available for it.
Cons 
Though slightly slimmer, the G48 is the same size as the G19, but with five fewer rounds so overall it seems like an unnecessary compromise. Since it’s a Glock it comes with those stupid polymer sights that must be replaced (at additional expense). The trigger on the G48 tends to be heavier than you’re apt to find on larger Glock models. The texture is pretty crappy and must be amended somehow. It’s larger than some other carry pistols that have similar or better capacity.
So basically, the Glock 48 is a study in contrasts. There’s much to like about it yet it’s not too hard to find comparative criticisms; perhaps more so than any other pistol (save perhaps the Glock 43x!). I’ll say then that if a Glock is what you prefer, it requires that you get it in your hands and put a few rounds downrange for yourself because…
“Go not to the elves for counsel, for they will answer both no and yes.” 
– J.R.R. Tolkien, The Fellowship of the Ring
* * *
 
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-glock-48/">First Shots Review: The Glock 48</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-review-the-glock-48/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>33</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>EDC Skills: One-Handed Pistol Reload</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/edc-skills-one-handed-pistol-reload/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/edc-skills-one-handed-pistol-reload/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sun, 09 Feb 2020 15:20:24 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17378</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Those who carry a pistol every day should possess a number of pistol manipulation skills in addition to those skills that are concerned with marksmanship. Competence at getting your gun into a fight and scoring effective hits, all when things are optimal, is a good thing to have. But what about when things are not […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/edc-skills-one-handed-pistol-reload/">EDC Skills: One-Handed Pistol Reload</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Those who carry a pistol every day should possess a number of pistol manipulation skills in addition to those skills that are concerned with marksmanship. Competence at getting your gun into a fight and scoring effective hits, all when things are optimal, is a good thing to have. But what about when things are not optimal; when things go sideways and you still have to fight to preserve your life? This is where you’d better have some other basic-but-uncommon skills.
One of these basic skills that all everyday carriers should possess is the ability to reload your pistol when one of your hands or arms is incapacitated or otherwise engaged. Doing so requires, of course, that you carry a spare magazine or two and that you keep them in a concealable and handy position.
For most concealed carriers, a concealable and handy position will mean that spares are in a magazine pouch inside or outside of your belt. For right-handed folks, this means either on your support-hand side near 8 o’clock or in front around 11 o’clock. Swapped sides for lefties, of course.
The process is pretty simple:
<ol>
<li>Run dry</li>
<li>Get to cover!</li>
<li>Eject the magazine (use your knee for an inertial assist)</li>
<li>Place the pistol between your knees, upside down, with the barrel pointing down and away from you</li>
<li>Retrieve a new magazine and place it into the grip</li>
<li>Smack the new magazine into place</li>
<li>Grab the pistol and rack a round into place off of your belt or holster or mag pouch</li>
<li>Get back into the fight</li>
</ol>
So while the process there is pretty simple, it does contain a couple of novel actions. You’ll need to practice quite a bit with a blue gun and/or an empty gun and/or with snap caps before trying this in live fire. Done properly, though, it is entirely safe and no mistake should endanger you or those around you. Done wrong or carelessly, this process can put you and those around you into significant danger. So learn the discrete steps completely and safely before using any live ammo and around others at the range.
<h3>The Complete Reload Process</h3>
Here’s a short video showing the whole process, with both the support hand only and the primary hand only. After the video, below, we’ll touch on some key components.
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/5QnTdi_kdpc" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div>
 
<div>
So the process is nearly identical for both hands. The important difference here for those who carry spare magazines on their support-hand side is that when doing this reload with your primary hand, you’ll have to reach around to the other side of your body to retrieve a new magazine. This operation is pretty simple for fit folks, but for those who carry too much extra weight, getting to your magazines in this way could be highly problematic.
The Magazine Ejection 
You can greatly improve your success and speed getting the empty magazine out of the gun by bringing your forearm down against your knee as you depress the magazine release. The bump against the knee easily jars the empty mag loose to fall freely. For safety’s sake, be sure to keep your pistol pointed directly forward.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/eject-mag.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17381" style="padding-bottom: 40px;" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/eject-mag.jpg" alt="Eject the magazine" width="800" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/eject-mag.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/eject-mag-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/eject-mag-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/eject-mag-510x382.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
Placing the Pistol Between Your Knees 
Again, keep yourself and those around you safe by making sure your muzzle is pointing down and away from you, and not at either of your feet.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/place-between-knees.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17382" style="padding-bottom: 40px;" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/place-between-knees.jpg" alt="" width="800" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/place-between-knees.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/place-between-knees-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/place-between-knees-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/place-between-knees-510x382.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
Racking a Round Into Place 
Pick up your pistol from between your knees with a proper grip, trigger finger straight along the frame, and raise it upside down to place the rear sight on/behind your belt or mag pouch or holster, then move the gun sharply down and away from you in a safe direction. If the first try doesn’t do the trick, just do it again. Be sure not to point the muzzle too far down toward your leg or feet. This operation will rack a round into the chamber and you’re ready to get back into the fight.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/rack-off-belt.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17384" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/rack-off-belt.jpg" alt="" width="800" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/rack-off-belt.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/rack-off-belt-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/rack-off-belt-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/rack-off-belt-510x382.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/rack-away.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17383" style="padding-bottom: 40px;" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/rack-away.jpg" alt="" width="800" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/rack-away.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/rack-away-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/rack-away-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/rack-away-510x382.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
That’s it! When you practice, just be aware of your muzzle and keep it pointing in a direction that is safe for you and for those around you. Be sure to work this technique into every practice session, with both your primary hand and your support hand. It’s a technique that might save your life or the life of someone you love.
<h3>Some Parting Caveats</h3>
Some instructors will teach using your holster as a resting place for your pistol while you retrieve a new magazine. I highly recommend against this practice. All kinds of things can and often do go wrong when using this technique. For instance, your muzzle is not facing in a safe direction, so a fumbled handing or a slam-fire event can mean a severe injury or death. Moreover, the slide stop may disengage, and the slide slamming home can cause your pistol to fall out of the holster to the ground. Just use the between-the-knees position.
Some may argue that having the pistol between your knees does not allow you to be mobile while placing it into your holster does. The important point here is DO NOT RELOAD OUT IN THE OPEN. If you need to reload, run to cover where you can more safely effect your reload. This is quite mandatory if you have only one arm working with which to accomplish a reload.
Be safe and train often!
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
</div>
</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/edc-skills-one-handed-pistol-reload/">EDC Skills: One-Handed Pistol Reload</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/edc-skills-one-handed-pistol-reload/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>First-Shots Review: The Sig Sauer P365, P365 XL, and P365 SAS</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-reviewthe-sig-sauer-p365-p365-xl-and-p365-sas/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-reviewthe-sig-sauer-p365-p365-xl-and-p365-sas/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 29 Jan 2020 18:27:15 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17349</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The Sig P365 is a now-famous EDC icon of size vs. capacity, packing at least 11 rounds into a tiny, shootable, and accurate package. Last year we did a first-blush review of the Sig P365 and the overriding conclusion was positive. Back then, however, there were still ongoing reports of the P365’s propensity to break […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-reviewthe-sig-sauer-p365-p365-xl-and-p365-sas/">First-Shots Review: The Sig Sauer P365, P365 XL, and P365 SAS</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[The Sig P365 is a now-famous EDC icon of size vs. capacity, packing at least 11 rounds into a tiny, shootable, and accurate package. Last year we did a first-blush review of the Sig P365 and the overriding conclusion was positive. Back then, however, there were still ongoing reports of the P365’s propensity to break springs and strikers. Since then, the pistol has seen a lot of use and testing and Sig seems to have worked out the kinks in its revolutionary subcompact pistol. By all accounts, it is now a reliable gun.
Since the time of our last review, Sig has released two new variants of the pistol: the XL and the SAS models. I’ve recently gotten to spend some time shooting all three versions and here I want to share my impressions and comparison notes regarding the original P365, the P365 XL, and the P365 SAS.
<h3>Why the Sig P365?</h3>
This is a pistol made specifically for everyday carry, and even more specifically for times when carrying a larger gun is not preferred or not possible, but you still want a few extra rounds. It’s also, according to its grip dimensions, made for folks who have smaller hands—the grip is quite small as compared to just about every other pistol. Like all subcompact pistols, it’s made for experienced shooters and is not advisable for beginners.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/p365norm.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17366" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/p365norm.jpg" alt="Sig P365" width="686" height="686" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/p365norm.jpg 686w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/p365norm-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/p365norm-150x150.jpg 150w" sizes="(max-width: 686px) 100vw, 686px" /></a>
<h3>Why the Sig P365 XL?</h3>
The XL adds some other dimensions to the “specific mission” list. The P365 XL is larger both in slide length and in grip height, and while it maintains the general frame dimensions (same grip circumference) and controls, it comes with the flat “X-Series” trigger shoe and the slide comes optic ready for the Sig Sauer RomeoZero or the RMSc reflex optics. Its primary purpose would seem to be a slightly larger compromise toward more rounds and easier accuracy and longer distances at the expense of concealability and weight.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/xl.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17364" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/xl.jpg" alt="Sig P365 XL" width="654" height="654" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/xl.jpg 654w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/xl-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/xl-150x150.jpg 150w" sizes="(max-width: 654px) 100vw, 654px" /></a>
<h3>Why the Sig P365 SAS?</h3>
The SAS model is the size of the original, but the controls are modified/minimized and the sighting system is moved into the slide, all to support the snag-free idiom specific to this model. It’s apparent purpose is for non-holster carry in, say, a purse or pocket or even “Mexican carry” in the waistband. I’ll admit I find this purpose problematic and downright irresponsible. More on that later. The SAS model also features a ported barrel and slide, ostensibly to help mitigate the snappy muzzle rise when shooting. The takedown lever and slide stop lever are both greatly minimized on the SAS, which leaves a very slim and genuinely snag-free tool.
I do think that a “de-horned” pistol makes good sense in most cases, but the removal of traditional front and back sights in favor of the flush-mounted “FT Bullseye” sight could present something of a learning curve for most folks.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/sas.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-17365" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/sas.jpg" alt="Sig P365 SAS" width="715" height="477" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/sas.jpg 715w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/sas-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 715px) 100vw, 715px" /></a>
Overall, it’s the size vs. capacity vs. weight genius of these models that makes them noteworthy. They do a fantastic job of offering up a lot of capacity in such a small package and at such a low weight. These things matter, so it’s no wonder that Sig’s P365 is so popular.
<h3>The Specs:</h3>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align: right;">Model</th>
<th>P365</th>
<th>P365 SAS</th>
<th>P365 XL</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Chambering:</td>
<td>9mm</td>
<td>9mm</td>
<td>9mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Length:</td>
<td>5.8″</td>
<td>5.8″</td>
<td>6.6″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Height:</td>
<td>4.3″</td>
<td>4.1″</td>
<td>4.8″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Width:</td>
<td>1″</td>
<td>1″</td>
<td>1.1″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Barrel:</td>
<td>3.1″</td>
<td>3.1″ ported</td>
<td>3.7″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Sights:</td>
<td>X-RAY3 Night Sights</td>
<td>FT Bullseye</td>
<td>Optic Ready with X-RAY3 Night Sights</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">External Safety:</td>
<td>none</td>
<td>none</td>
<td>none</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Weight:</td>
<td>17.8 oz.</td>
<td>17.8 oz.</td>
<td>20.7 oz.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Slide:</td>
<td>Stainless w/Nitron</td>
<td>Stainless w/Nitron</td>
<td>Stainless w/Nitron</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Capacity:</td>
<td>10+1</td>
<td>10+1</td>
<td>12+1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">MSRP:</td>
<td>$599</td>
<td>$599</td>
<td>$699</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div></div>
Note that despite the basic 10-round capacity for the original and SAS models and 12-round capacity for the XL model, there are extended 12 and 15-round magazines available.
<h2>Shooting the Sig P365 Pistols</h2>
I spent time shooting these three pistols individually over several sessions and all together in one session. What is immediately apparent when shooting them, and this is should be no surprise, is that they’re all fairly snappy even with practice ammo. I shot some Federal 124gr Hydra Shok through the P365 and the recoil difference from practice ammo was pronounced and not so enjoyable (I wouldn’t want to do a 200 or 300-round training session with it).
For practiced shooters, this unsurprising feature of the P365 should present no problems. I have to wonder, though, if the 9mm report in this little pistol will be a bit uncomfortable for new shooters and untrained petite women. Surely, this is a question each has to answer for him/herself. As I mentioned earlier, the two smaller models are best for experienced shooters and are not ideal for beginners.
Gripping and controlling the original and SAS models of the P365 with the pinky-extension magazine was quite easy, as it presented a full grip for my md/lg-sized hands. It is worth mentioning that all three models of the P365 are very comfortable to grip. This pinky extension offers something close to the same grip as one gets on the P365 XL. Without the pinky extension, the smaller models are a bit harder to grip and fire confidently; something that, again, new shooters and those with weaker grips may not find comfortable.
Shooting the SAS model was essentially the same as shooting the original, though the ported barrel and slide offered the slightest difference in muzzle rise with each shot. I’m no fan of ported slides/barrels on defensive pistols due to the potential for injury in close-quarters encounters and retention scenarios. Not sure they’re worth it on this pistol. The minimized slide stop lever on the SAS is a bit more difficult to manipulate, but I don’t see this as a problem as locking the slide back is not usually a tactical manipulation.
I found short range accuracy with these smaller models fairly easy (with one caveat*) and was able to maintain sub-3” 4-shot groups out to 9 yards when shooting at a little faster than 1 shot/second. As these pistols are made for close encounters, I’d say they’re plenty accurate for more precise work at typical-encounter ranges and somewhat beyond (I never went out beyond 9 yards with them).
Shooting the larger P365 XL model offered a slightly more enjoyable experience than with the smaller ones and I can say that I enjoyed the XL’s flat trigger more than the curved trigger of the smaller models, but that’s a personal preference. Recoil was only slightly less than that of the smaller models and accuracy was at least as good.* The one little hiccup I experienced was that I could not easily eject an empty magazine without drastically changing my grip, as the meat of my hand prevented the mag from falling free. For a fighting gun, that is not optimal, but that was with my hands, others’ hands may not present this issue.
*The caveat regarding accuracy with all three of these pistols stems from the rather small grip dimension and how that affected both my grip and my trigger-finger placement. With a “normal” grip my trigger finger was a bit too far into the trigger and my accuracy suffered somewhat until I modified my grip to keep some of my finger out of the trigger. This will likely be a factor for most people when shooting these pistols, though whether it’s a problem is more of an individual factor. Surely, for some folks the smaller grip circumference will be a boon!
<h2>Carry and Concealability</h2>
I had the opportunity to briefly carry and draw the original P365 with a flush magazine in both an appendix holster (I regret I do not remember the brand) and a soft pocket holster (Kydex would have been better). In either position, the pistol concealed ridiculously well and comfort-wise was easily forgotten seconds after donning.
I typically carry a Glock 43 when I’m not able to carry my larger EDC pistol and the P365 was at least as easy and comfortable to carry as the G43. Perhaps more so. Since the P365 is made for concealed carry, I’m not at all surprised.
Though I didn’t attempt it, I have to believe that the XL model would be slightly less concealable than the smaller models, though it isn’t really a subcompact anyway. The XL is slightly shorter in both height and length compared to a Glock 19, but the fact that it is at least 10 ounces lighter than the G19 makes the P365 XL much easier to carry and conceal!
<h3>Conclusions on the P365 (original)</h3>
The P365 is a tiny, lightweight powerhouse with pretty amazing capacity. As Sig seems to have fixed the reliability issues, it’s hard to fathom a reason not to consider this pistol for fancy-dress carry, non-permissive-environment carry, or minimal-clothing carry. All with the caveat that because of the small size and snappiness, it is best suited to experienced shooters with smaller hands.
<h3>Conclusions on the P365 SAS</h3>
All that was mentioned above applies to the SAS model. My only caveats are than the slide and barrel ports are an odd feature, and potentially dangerous, and the slide-integrated FT Bullseye sight may be difficult for folks to get the hang of. I also note that the lack of a traditional rear sight makes one-handed slide racking off of a belt quite a bit more difficult. For a defensive gun this is, in my opinion, a flaw that potential purchases need to take into account.
Due to the oft-discussed reason for the slick-sided design of this pistol, I feel the need to criticize the notion of non-holster carry. It is highly dangerous and adults and children pay the ultimate price every year for this irresponsible mode of pistol carry. The “de-horned” nature of a pistol is not necessarily a bad thing, but the reasons for creating such a model are highly suspect, in my opinion. Even the notion of a soft pocket holster is irresponsible and reduced snag is not an issue for responsible carry in a Kydex holster. This move by Sig truly puzzles me.
<h3>Conclusions on the P365 XL</h3>
The XL model is a more-comfortable-to-hold/shoot variant that allows for a couple more rounds in the magazine and a slightly better grip…at the expense of concealability and weight. When one goes for superior concealment, these tradeoffs are not necessarily good. However, when one is trying to go more concealable then, say, a Glock 19 or similar-sized pistol without sacrificing too many rounds, the XL makes some good sense. The sights are good right out of the box, it’s comfortable to grip and to shoot, and the trigger is not terrible. Some folks will like the fact that it’s optic ready (for just a couple of reflex models).
Other manufacturers have worked to mimic the size vs. capacity that Sig originated with the P365, but none of them are named Sig Sauer and for many folks, that name matters. I recommend that you come to Eagle Gun Range and rent one or all three of these models and try them for yourself. You might find a perfect solution to your EDC needs.
 
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-reviewthe-sig-sauer-p365-p365-xl-and-p365-sas/">First-Shots Review: The Sig Sauer P365, P365 XL, and P365 SAS</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/first-shots-reviewthe-sig-sauer-p365-p365-xl-and-p365-sas/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>23</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Defensive Tactics: When you get to cover you are still in a fight!</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/defensive-tacticswhen-you-get-to-cover-you-are-still-in-a-fight/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/defensive-tacticswhen-you-get-to-cover-you-are-still-in-a-fight/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Shooty McBeardface]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 24 Dec 2019 14:06:09 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=17327</guid>
<description><![CDATA[One sound defensive tactic that surely all of us are aware of is getting to some concealment or (even better) cover when someone is shooting at you or in your vicinity. Doing so makes good sense because you’re a less viable target if the attacker can’t see you. Moreover, mounting a defense from the relative […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/defensive-tacticswhen-you-get-to-cover-you-are-still-in-a-fight/">Defensive Tactics: When you get to cover you are still in a fight!</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[One sound defensive tactic that surely all of us are aware of is getting to some concealment or (even better) cover when someone is shooting at you or in your vicinity. Doing so makes good sense because you’re a less viable target if the attacker can’t see you. Moreover, mounting a defense from the relative safety and partial concealment of hard cover is far better than doing so while standing in the open.
To increase your chances of survival in an active shooter situation you must first understand the difference between concealment and cover and then know what to do once you get to either one of them. These things are vital because in the event you’re compelled to seek concealment or cover due to gunfire you are still in a fight for your life once you get there! Your survival likely depends on knowing what benefit—if any—you have gained and then how to exploit that benefit before it disappears. Because the moment you arrive behind cover or concealment, its value typically diminishes every second you’re there. Without deliberate action to exploit the value of your potential advantage, it could be that you’re merely waiting to die later rather than sooner.
<h2>Concealment vs. Cover</h2>
The difference between concealment and cover is, on the surface, pretty simple: concealment merely hides you from view, while cover shields you from gunfire.
In some active-shooter situations, hiding behind simple concealment may be the best option for some folks, whether that’s behind a short aisle of product in a convenience store, behind clothing racks in a department store, or in a room or closet of an office or school. One problem with concealment is that in a life-threatening situation concealment will not protect you from bullets that are being fired toward your location. Even if you’re in another room, bullets from almost any firearm will penetrate many simple sheetrock walls and are still deadly after passing through a few of them.
One other problem with simple concealment is that if all you’re doing is hiding, the shooter need only discover your location to completely evaporate your advantage and take your life.
One odd lesson one can glean from security footage of armed attackers and public gunfights is that the average criminal and defender in public both tend to treat concealment as cover in these violent altercations. When someone who is being shot at finds concealment from their attacker, the shooter almost never continues to fire through the concealment to try and hit their victim. I tend to believe this is due to two primary factors: 1) these criminals and armed citizens are seldom trained in gunfighting and have no point of reference for how to proceed when their target disappears from view, and 2) most of this type of footage depicts petty thieves, where the criminal is shooting only at those who are interfering with them or those who are not yet scared away and might interfere with them in the moments to come.
Even with these accounts from crime footage, as intelligent, responsible citizens we must not train ourselves to discount the important differences between concealment and true cover. By the same token, we should not rely on the ineptitude of our attackers.
Cover, too, is a visual barrier, but in addition has the quality that it cannot or is unlikely to be penetrated by bullets. Common examples include a thick concrete wall, the corner of a brick building, a car’s engine block, or an earthen hill.
Note, that the degree to which something qualifies as cover varies depending on the type and caliber of round being fired at you. For instance, cover from pistol fire is not necessarily cover from rifle rounds. Therefore, the quality and potential of cover is always contextual.
<h2>Concealment and Cover for Armed Defenders</h2>
As mentioned before, cover and concealment are not just for getting behind; you must then USE it to improve your position and/or tactical advantage, along with your chances of survival.
So what do you do once you get there?
The answers depend on quite a few factors, but one issue that is fairly consistent to all scenarios is that the assailant and everyone else in the vicinity are likely not just standing still. So remember that when you get to cover or hide behind some concealment, the situation that you can no longer see will continue to evolve. This may include the attacker advancing on your position because he saw you duck behind cover! That would be an example of why the value of your concealment diminishes by the second once you get there. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tpb-mtjN9q8&t=0m38s">This horrible video from the 2016 sniper attack in Dallas, Tx</a> shows just how quickly the advantage of cover can disappear (Caution: it’s an immediately violent and disturbing video).
As for the specifics of what you might or should do, I’m going to be deliberately terse and vague from here on out because 1) context will dictate what is appropriate and there’s no way to touch on every possible tactic, and 2) you cannot learn this stuff from an article; this one or any other! You learn this stuff by receiving relevant instruction and then practicing what you’ve been taught on a continual basis. There is no substitute. I’m writing this article merely to illustrate just how much most of us have to learn about these issues.
Now, depending on context, once you reach cover it may or may not be a good idea for you to draw your weapon. Your survival may depend on your ability to return fire and stop the threat, but having a gun in your hand could greatly increase your danger if, say, police officers or other armed security are on site or imminent. Even another armed defender could perceive you as a threat if you have a gun in your hand where people are getting shot. So choose wisely and know how to best respond to various situations in this context.
If you do draw your firearm, remember that even though this is a violent and dangerous situation you must maintain proper safety protocols: muzzle in a safe direction, finger off the trigger unless your sights are on your intended target. Moreover, now that you are under threat it is VITAL that you exercise precise target discrimination (Rule #4): you don’t just shoot the first person to come around the corner to where you’ve taken cover!
Note that if you point your weapon at any well-trained civilian gunfighter—with or without deadly intent—s/he is going to drop you like a sack of potatoes. So if you don’t want to needlessly take the room-temperature challenge, know how to practice good discrimination and how NOT look threatening/criminal while holding your firearm (This stuff is complex and difficult! Take many classes.).
If you’ve already fired your weapon in defense, behind cover/concealment is a good place to reload (you do carry spare magazines, don’t you?). Even if you’re down even just a couple rounds, exchanging for a fresh mag is always a good idea if you have a moment.
If your concealment/cover affords you a view of or path to an exit, escaping the scene without being seen by the attacker(s) is likely the way to go. Logic makes clear that when it comes to gunfights, not being in one is always the best defense.
If you cannot escape from your concealment, best to quickly prepare your defense, including:
<ul>
<li>changing your position behind your concealment (don’t let them just shoot you through the concealment to your one position) – if it’s merely concealment, mobility matters quite a lot</li>
<li>setting up a counter-ambush, returning fire from a different or various location(s) while partially concealed</li>
<li>If you carry a backup gun(s), maybe share with others gun-competent people who are seeking cover with you: multiply your defensive force!</li>
<li>If you’ve been injured and don’t immediately have to mount a defense, use your IFAK to treat your injuries (you do carry a personal first aid kit or at least a tourniquet every day, don’t you?). For example, <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OiQZGqMUAWs">here’s a 1-handed tourniquet drill</a>.</li>
</ul>
Remember that if you are being targeted as you get to cover, your assailant is doing things to improve his/her position, too. They’re not just waiting to see what happens. Work to achieve specific goals that negate their deadly actions.
Know when to move away from the cover and when to crowd your cover; yes, <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9tkMYoOLAhk">there are times when crowding is beneficial</a>.
But do something!
The overriding point to remember is that once you get to cover or concealment you are still in a fight! So when you get to concealment, know that you are eminently vulnerable and need to take immediate action to save your own life. When you get to hard cover, you are less vulnerable, but you must still exploit your momentary advantage in order to survive…before your advantage evaporates.
Learn and train on specific tactics for specific circumstances. Learn what works and what doesn’t. Learn how distance from cover can give you a visual advantage over one who is closer to the barrier (It’s true!).
These skills are forged in training, under the tutelage of good instructors. Make sure that in addition to your gun-handling-skills classes you’re also taking tactical gunfighting classes. Regularly. And practice what you learn on a continual basis so that in the unfortunate event you are caught in a deadly situation, you have experience from which to call on viable survival tactics.
***
 
Featured photo is from the <a href="http://opinionzone.blog.palmbeachpost.com/">Palm Beach Post</a>.
 
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Shooty McBeardface is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://twitter.com/ShootyMcBeard">denizen of Twitter</a> and flexes his beard on <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="http://shootymcbeardface.com/">his personal website</a>. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/defensive-tacticswhen-you-get-to-cover-you-are-still-in-a-fight/">Defensive Tactics: When you get to cover you are still in a fight!</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/defensive-tacticswhen-you-get-to-cover-you-are-still-in-a-fight/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Choosing your first Handgun</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[John Grizzaffi]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 02 Oct 2019 20:38:48 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=16960</guid>
<description><![CDATA[      If you’re in the market for your first handgun, you may be feeling overwhelmed by all of the different available options. You also may not be entirely sure what terms like “caliber” mean or what the differences are between pistols and revolvers. This guide will fill you in on everything you need […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/">Choosing your first Handgun</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[ 
 
 
If you’re in the market for your first handgun, you may be feeling overwhelmed by all of the different available options. You also may not be entirely sure what terms like “caliber” mean or what the differences are between pistols and revolvers.
This guide will fill you in on everything you need to know to choose your first handgun confidently.
<h2>Handgun Calibers</h2>
Choosing a handgun chambered in the right caliber for your needs and shooting ability is the most crucial decision you’ll need to make.
Caliber is a measurement of a bullet’s diameter, measured in either inches or millimeters (mm). 9mm Parabellum ammo, for example, has a bullet diameter of 9.01 mm and .45 ACP has a bullet diameter of 0.451 inches.
When we say “bullet,” we’re specifically referring to the projectile shot from a firearm, not the entire cartridge which includes the bullet, case, powder, and primer.
With very few exceptions, you can only safely shoot a particular caliber from a firearm chambered specifically for that caliber. For example, you can NOT shoot .40 S&W or .45 Auto from a pistol chambered in 9mm. You should always refer to the owners manual of your firearms to be sure what ammo can safely be shot from them. Failure to do so could result in the catastrophic failure of your gun and even severe injury to the shooter or bystanders.
In addition to differing bullet diameters, <a href="https://gearzo.com/handgun-calibers/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">handgun calibers</a> are loaded to different specifications from one another.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/pistol-calibers/" rel="attachment wp-att-16967"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-16967 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Pistol-Calibers.jpg" alt="" width="800" height="449" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Pistol-Calibers.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Pistol-Calibers-300x168.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Pistol-Calibers-768x431.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
The most important factors to note are the mass of a bullet, measured in grains (gr), and the velocity it will travel. These factors play a tremendous role in both the “stopping power” and felt recoil of a given round.
<h3>Common Handgun Calibers</h3>
There are hundreds of calibers that handguns have been or are still commonly chambered in today. To keep this guide concise, I’ll be focusing on the most popular options.
<h4>Rimfire Calibers</h4>
Among the most popular calibers, .22 Long Rifle (.22 LR) is the only one with rimfire cartridges.
Rimfire ammunition requires a gun’s firing pin to strike and crush the cartridge’s base to ignite the primer. Rimfire ammo has a very thin case which limits this type of ammunition to low-pressure loads.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/centerfire-vs-rimfire/" rel="attachment wp-att-16963"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-16963 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Centerfire-vs-Rimfire.gif" alt="" width="900" height="360" /></a>
By contrast, Centerfire ammunition has an external primer located at the base of the case head.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/rimfire-vs-centerfire-cartridge-22-long-rifle-22-lr-and-45-acp-45-auto-295x300/" rel="attachment wp-att-16968"><img decoding="async" class="size-medium wp-image-16968 aligncenter" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Rimfire-vs-Centerfire-Cartridge-22-Long-Rifle-22-LR-and-45-ACP-45-Auto-295x300-295x300.jpg" alt="" width="295" height="300" /></a>
.22 Long Rifle most commonly has a bullet weight of 36 grains or 40 grains, yet a velocity roughly on par with the much heavier 9mm. Particularly for experienced shooters, it can feel like this caliber has almost no noticeable recoil.
This makes .22 LR pistols, revolvers, and rifles a excellent options for introducing children and new shooters to firearms. .22 LR ammo is also the cheapest available by a significant margin, making it a favorite caliber to shoot for even the most experienced shooters.
The downside to this caliber is that it has limited applications beyond just shooting for the sake of it. .22 LR can be used for hunting very small vermin but lacks the power to hunt larger animals.
While .22 Long Rifle can certainly be lethal to a human with a well-placed shot, it’s by no means remotely close to optimal for self-defense. For these purposes, .22 LR lacks sufficient power and is likely to fail to penetrate to the required depth needed to hit vital organs.
<h4>Self-Defense Calibers/Concealed Carry Calibers</h4>
The most popular pistol calibers used for self-defense, including concealed carry, are:
<ul>
<li>.380 Auto (.380 ACP)</li>
<li>9mm (Specifically, 9x19mm Parabellum a.ka. 9mm Luger and 9mm NATO)</li>
<li>.40 Smith and Wesson (.40 S&W)</li>
<li>.45 Auto (.45 ACP)</li>
</ul>
Some also choose to use revolvers for self-defense which can be chambered in other popular calibers like .38 Special and .357 Magnum.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/handgun-calibers-380-auto-380-acp-9mm-40-sw-45-auto-38-special-and-357-magnum/" rel="attachment wp-att-16965"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-16965 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Handgun-Calibers-380-Auto-380-ACP-9mm-40-SW-45-Auto-38-Special-and-357-Magnum.jpg" alt="" width="512" height="281" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Handgun-Calibers-380-Auto-380-ACP-9mm-40-SW-45-Auto-38-Special-and-357-Magnum.jpg 512w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Handgun-Calibers-380-Auto-380-ACP-9mm-40-SW-45-Auto-38-Special-and-357-Magnum-300x165.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Handgun-Calibers-380-Auto-380-ACP-9mm-40-SW-45-Auto-38-Special-and-357-Magnum-510x281.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></a>
.380 Auto is the minimum viable caliber many would consider using for self-defense. Of the options I’ll cover, it has the lightest bullets (most commonly 90 grain or 95 grain) and a velocity usually slower than 9mm.
This makes it easy to shoot, having minimal recoil compared to larger calibers. Nearly all non-disabled adult shooters should be able to shoot it comfortably.
The small size of the cartridge also allows firearm manufacturers to make some extremely small pocket-sized pistols chambered in .380 Auto.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/smith-wesson-mp380-shield-ez-1/" rel="attachment wp-att-16974"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-16974 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Smith-Wesson-MP380-Shield-EZ-1.jpg" alt="" width="674" height="379" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Smith-Wesson-MP380-Shield-EZ-1.jpg 674w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Smith-Wesson-MP380-Shield-EZ-1-300x169.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 674px) 100vw, 674px" /></a>
<h6 style="text-align: center;">Smith & Wesson M&P380 Shield EZ</h6>
The negative to .380 Auto’s lack of power is that it performs worse than larger calibers in important metrics during ballistic gel testing. It’s common for this caliber to underpenetrate recommended depths of 12″-18″ and most loads have very poor bullet expansion compared to hollow point ammunition in larger calibers.
With that said, any gun is better than no gun if you need it for self-defense, so .380 Auto can be considered if you can’t handle larger calibers.
9mm is the most popular handgun caliber commonly recommended for self-defense use.
It’s the caliber of standard issued sidearms in the U.S. military, as well as all NATO forces. Though larger calibers were popular among local and federal law enforcement over the last 30+ years, many have switched to 9mm in recent years (if they weren’t already using it).
Recently, the FBI switched from .40 S&W to 9mm after ballistic testing and studying the performance of officers with different calibers. <a href="https://loadoutroom.com/51037/the-reasons-why-fbi-went-to-back-to-9mm/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">They found</a> that the design of modern 9mm ammunition reduced the gap in ballistic tests when comparing it to larger calibers. Participants in their study also shot faster and more accurately with 9mm pistols compared to .40 S&W pistols. Lastly, they cited the larger magazine capacity of 9mm pistols as a significant benefit compared to pistols chambered in larger calibers.
9mm is a fantastic choice for a self-defense pistol. Even if you feel comfortable shooting larger calibers, you may find that you’re meaningfully faster with 9mm when doing drills.
With bullets weights most commonly being 115 gr, 124 gr, and 147 gr, combined with velocity in a similar range to the heavier .40 S&W, most people will find that they can comfortably shoot 9mm.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/handgun-calibers-9mm-40-sw-45-auto-45-acp/" rel="attachment wp-att-16964"><img decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-16964 aligncenter" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Handgun-Calibers-9mm-40-SW-45-Auto-45-ACP.jpg" alt="" width="266" height="247" /></a>
The heavier bullets of both .40 S&W and .45 Auto typically produce more energy than 9mm.
Though an argument can be made that this increases their “stopping power” compared to 9mm, it also results in greater felt recoil that can decrease your ability to perform with these calibers. Because of this, new or weaker shooters may also feel uncomfortable shootings pistols chambered in these calibers.
If you’re an experienced shooter or feel that you perform just as well with .40 S&W or .45 Auto, then, by all means, get a pistol chambered in one of these calibers. However, I’d generally recommend 9mm for people looking for their first pistol to use for self-defense.
<h2>Revolvers vs Pistols</h2>
Another decision you’ll have to make is what type of handgun to buy. The two major options are revolvers and pistols.
Today, most people opt for pistols for the increased capacity they offer. When comparing two very compact handguns from each group, the Colt Cobra (revolver) and Glock 26 Subcompact (pistol), the Glock pistol can hold 4 additional rounds in its magazine compared to the cobra’s cylinder.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/subcompact-pistol-vs-revolver/" rel="attachment wp-att-16970"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-16970 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Subcompact-Pistol-vs-Revolver.png" alt="" width="792" height="304" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Subcompact-Pistol-vs-Revolver.png 792w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Subcompact-Pistol-vs-Revolver-300x115.png 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Subcompact-Pistol-vs-Revolver-768x295.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" /></a>
Most revolvers only hold 6 rounds, so the difference in capacity becomes even more significant when you start looking at larger handguns. The full-size Glock 19, for example, has a standard magazine capacity of 17 rounds.
Revolvers do have a major benefit of being incredibly simplistic. Thanks to their simple design, handling malfunction can often be as simple as pulling the trigger again.
Military, police, and most civilians typically favor the increased capacity pistols offer over slightly more reliable revolvers.
Though I wouldn’t carry a revolver for everyday carry chambered in calibers like .38 Special, revolvers do have their place. Larger caliber revolvers are a great option for protection against large animals when hiking or camping.
<h2>Handgun Size</h2>
Handgun manufacturers make handguns in a variety of sizes.
Full-size handguns are often more comfortable to shoot because you can easily get a full grip on them. Though most modern handguns aren’t heavy, the extra weight of full-sized handguns can significantly reduce felt recoil. Remember though, larger handguns are more difficult to conceal, so they’re unlikely to be a great option if you plan to concealed carry.
In the picture below, you can see two SIG Sauer pistols I own. The larger of the two (P320 RX) is one of my favorite guns to shoot at the range and a great choice for home defense, but I carry the much smaller (P365). (If you’re wondering what’s mounted to both pistols, each of them has a <a href="https://gunpros.com/best-pistol-light/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">pistol light</a> attached.)
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/sig-p320-rx-and-sig-p365-1/" rel="attachment wp-att-16969"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-16969 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/SIG-P320-RX-and-SIG-P365-1.jpg" alt="" width="700" height="720" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/SIG-P320-RX-and-SIG-P365-1.jpg 700w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/SIG-P320-RX-and-SIG-P365-1-292x300.jpg 292w" sizes="(max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a>
The smaller P365 is a bit more challenging to get a good grip on and it holds 5 less rounds (12 vs 17), but I accept these tradeoffs because it’s comfortable and easy to conceal in a holster.
Keep in mind, these two handguns are at opposite ends of the spectrum. You can find plenty of handguns sized between these.
<h2>Choosing Your First Handgun</h2>
Now that you have some idea of what to consider when buying your first handgun, the next step is to head to your local range and find what’s right for you.
Think about the reasons you’re buying a handgun before you get there, so the staff can help point you in the right direction. Many gun ranges have rentals available so you can try different options and see what feels best to you.
Once you own your first handgun, be sure to familiarize yourself with it and regularly practice at the range!
<h2>At Eagle Gun Range you can rent any handgun for $5.00</h2>
You will need to purchase ammunition with your rental gun. This will allow you to try out many different options before you decide which handgun is right for you.On Ladies Day, ladies can rent lanes for $8 and handguns for Free with ammunition purchase. Ladies Day is all day Tuesday every week.
This <a href="https://gunpros.com/how-to-choose-your-first-handgun/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">article</a> first appeared on GunPros.
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/">Choosing your first Handgun</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-your-first-handgun/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The Sig Sauer P365</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-sig-sauer-p365/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-sig-sauer-p365/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 30 Aug 2019 11:21:04 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15435</guid>
<description><![CDATA[It will come as no surprise to those of you who keep up with my reviews here that I’m a Glock fan and a practicality fan, and habitually measure every pistol I shoot against a Glock; either directly or subconsciously. Given that few pistol can match Glock’s simplicity, reliability, and size/weight-to-capacity ratio it’s hard to […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-sig-sauer-p365/">Shooting Review: The Sig Sauer P365</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[It will come as no surprise to those of you who keep up with my reviews here that I’m a Glock fan and a practicality fan, and habitually measure every pistol I shoot against a Glock; either directly or subconsciously. Given that few pistol can match Glock’s simplicity, reliability, and size/weight-to-capacity ratio it’s hard to consider recommending most pistols over a similar (but superior) Glock model. This time, though, I’ve got little to argue against. The Sig P365 does what it does better than either the Glock 26 or the Glock 43. With one caveat.*
I guess I’ve summed up my review right there. Okay, there probably is a reason to continue reading and my positive assessment of the 365 is not without dissent, but Sig got some things right here that can’t be denied. I spent part of this month shooting and getting familiar with the Sig P365 and this is what I found.
<h2>Why Consider the Sig Sauer P365?</h2>
The Sig P365 is a purpose-made concealed-carry pistol. It is also…the work of gypsies, as it takes a frame and slide that are either the same size or SMALLER than that of the Glock 43 (a single-stack gun) and adds 4 rounds to it. And it does it in a way that is more comfortable to hold and has a better trigger.
So you might consider the Sig P365 for its impossible sorcery of improved capacity and grip comfort over all competitors or perhaps for how it logically allows you to carry an 11-round, 9mm pistol that disappears onto your waistline as almost no other gun. Or perhaps you might consider this one because it’s a Sig Sauer pistol, known (with a cringy exception or two *cough*P320*cough*) to make excellent firearms.
Now, about that caveat I mentioned. Despite reports of issues with this pistol, I experienced no issues when running the gun through a couple hundred rounds (a gun that had 2,200 rounds through it already) and since this is a first-impression and shooting review, I will merely report on my experience.
Sig Sauer P365 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9mm</li>
<li>Length: 5.8 “</li>
<li>Height: 4.3” with flush magazine</li>
<li>Width: 1”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.1”</li>
<li>Trigger: ~6 lb.</li>
<li>Sights: XRAY3 Day/Night Sights (3-dot)</li>
<li>Weight: 17.8oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide: Stainless Steel, Nitron finish</li>
<li>Capacity: 10+1 (1 flush mag, 1 extended mag) – 12-round magazine available</li>
<li>MSRP: $599</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/rated-plus-p-9-ammo.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15445" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/rated-plus-p-9-ammo.jpg" alt="Sig P365" width="1920" height="1080" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/rated-plus-p-9-ammo.jpg 1920w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/rated-plus-p-9-ammo-300x169.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/rated-plus-p-9-ammo-768x432.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/rated-plus-p-9-ammo-1024x576.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/rated-plus-p-9-ammo-1080x608.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1920px) 100vw, 1920px" /></a>
<h2>Shooting the P365</h2>
The first time I shot the P365 I tried to use my normal grip, with a high-forward support hand. I left not liking the experience because the slide-lock lever painfully abraded my support-hand thumb knuckle at the palm. Shooting it was genuinely uncomfortable. It later occurred to me to augment my grip so that the thumb knuckle was not in contact with the lever. This grip proved to be both effective and comfortable.
I came to enjoy shooting the little pistol and had no problems or difficulty running the gun; inserting mags, getting a grip, firing, ejecting the mag, locking the slide back, etc… The controls seem to be well located for my medium-sized hands and perfectly functional to what I’d expect. Frankly, I was expecting difficulty and never encountered any.
In one session I went back and forth between my Glock 43 and the P365, shooting groups at various ranges. I used my normal grip with my G43 and the altered grip with the P365. I was surprised to see that at every distance, the groups with the P365 were half the size of the Glock 43 groups. Yes, that is anecdotal and I am not quite sure what to attribute this difference to, but I believe it is the better trigger on the Sig. Also the sights on the Sig seem a bit more precise.
I’ve read where the P365 is rated for +P ammunition, if you care about such things. The average defensive 9mm round is perfectly effective without any added pressure so I’ve always been against +P ammo. It’s possible that +P matters in a tiny gun like this, with such a short barrel, but I confess I don’t at this moment know where performance would necessitate a +P round.
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity 
As I mentioned earlier, once I changed my grip, I found the P365 to be quite comfortable to hold and to shoot. The grip is actually quite small and would be excellent for people with smaller hands.
Generally speaking, it’s a tiny pistol so shooting 9mm from it means it’s going to be snappier than a mid-sized pistol. That said, I found it very easy to control—even with a modified grip—and easy to make quick follow-up shots. This is especially true when I was using the extended magazine, where I was able to get my whole hand on the grip. I still find it amazing that this short, thin, little grip can hold a magazine with 10 rounds. It seems impossible, yet here it is.
Components & Features 
The slide is a mere 1” wide and it has good serrations both fore and aft. The stock sights are very nice, with tritium inserts front and rear (mostly invisible in daylight, so you get a blacked-out rear) and the front dot is surrounded by a day-glow-green ring for daytime high contrast. I found the sights to be very easy to pick up and to use for easy accuracy.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/xray3.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15443" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/xray3.jpg" alt="P365 sights" width="1920" height="1080" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/xray3.jpg 1920w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/xray3-300x169.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/xray3-768x432.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/xray3-1024x576.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/xray3-1080x608.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1920px) 100vw, 1920px" /></a>
As do all good pistols, the Sig Sauer p365 has no extraneous external controls; only a slide-lock lever and a takedown lever mar the otherwise clean design. The trigger is plastic and does not have a safety-tab rib, making it a bit more comfortable on the finger pad than most striker-fired pistols’ trigger shoes. The trigger action is very nice for a stock trigger. It has some takeup, a clear wall, and a sort of dull break (not super-crisp). The reset is quite short and a bit soft; not as tactile as you’ll find on many striker-fired pistols. I found the trigger to be very nice when running the gun and, I think, it’s a component that contributes to the easy accuracy.
The frame has a nice, if not very aggressive, texture and it features an accessory rail up front. Note, however, that this is not a picatinny rail and is entirely proprietary. I expect that Sig will release some Sig-specific accessories for this rail in the future. The magazine release is easy to find and use and is reversible for lefties. The pistol comes with a 10-round flush mag and 10-round extended mag (with 12-round mags available).
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/2-10-round-mags.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15444" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/2-10-round-mags.jpg" alt="P365 magazines" width="1920" height="1080" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/2-10-round-mags.jpg 1920w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/2-10-round-mags-300x169.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/2-10-round-mags-768x432.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/2-10-round-mags-1024x576.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/2-10-round-mags-1080x608.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1920px) 100vw, 1920px" /></a>
<h2>*Issues</h2>
I experienced no issues whatever shooting a few hundred rounds through the Sig P365. That said, there have been many reports of some specific failures and issues from the early purchasers of this pistol. The primary issue reported is that the pistols firing action causes the tip of the striker to drag across the primer (primer smear), often leading to a broken striker where the tip breaks off. As counterpoint to those reports, there are reports from folks who have 10,000+ rounds through theirs with no issues.
As this is not an in-depth review, I can only report on my own limited experience with this pistol. Issues after a first release are in no way uncommon with pistols and what matters most at this point is the manufacturer’s response to them. As you can likely tell, I’m a fan of the gun for a few important reasons. I cannot, however, recommend that anyone use this pistol as their sole personal-protection tool until Sig has a chance to address these post-release issues.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The Sig Sauer P365 has the best size-to-capacity ratio of any subcompact pistol. The trigger and sights are quite good right out of the box. While small, the pistol’s ergonomic design makes it fit comfortably in the hand and the extended magazine allows most folks to get all of their fingers on the grip. For carry, the pistol is small enough to disappear onto your body no matter what carry location you choose. I found it to be easily accurate out to 15 yards, which is plenty for a subcompact.
Cons 
The slide-lock lever will painfully abrade your support hand if you take a high, thumb-forward position. Being so small and light, the pistol is rather snappy firing the 9mm round. The P365 seems to have some function and construction issues yet to be worked out by the manufacturer, so it may not right now be the best choice as your only carry gun. Some may find the purchase price to be a bit off-putting.
So for rating the Sig P365…
Ergonomics (****) 
For such a small pistol, it’s quite comfortable in the hand. I found the controls easy to reach and use.
Shootability (****) 
Definitely a shootable pistol, with its nice trigger action and excellent sights. It’s only detriment is it’s subcompact size.
Accuracy (****) 
I found it plenty accurate and easy to get there. Again, sights and trigger are positive contributors here.
Concealability (*****) 
The P365 tiny and thin and should be invisible on just about anybody in any carry location.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
Sig has seemingly done the impossible here; squeezing 11 rounds into a super-tiny striker-fired pistol that is both comfortable and accurate. It’s the kind of thing that most concealed carriers always wish for. I have to believe that this P365 will eventually become a concealed-carry staple for lots of folks.
I’m a Glock guy because I’m a 100%-reliability guy and it’s hard to contemplate replacing my G43 with something other than a Glock, but this little pistol has me seriously considering it. I’m not quite ready to jump yet, as there seem to be some function issues that Sig Sauer needs to address, but once done I am likely on board. I think this little pistol is a gem.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-sig-sauer-p365/">Shooting Review: The Sig Sauer P365</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-sig-sauer-p365/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>88</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Review 380EZ</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review380ez/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review380ez/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[John Grizzaffi]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 01 Jul 2019 19:32:35 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=16738</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Reviewed and Authored by Andy Rutledge Why make a low-capacity, mid-sized pistol chambered in .380? This was my first question when I saw the specs of the 380 Shield EZ. Well, Smith & Wesson are no dummies so there had to be some logic behind their move here. What I found when I got my […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review380ez/">Review 380EZ</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Reviewed and Authored by Andy Rutledge
Why make a low-capacity, mid-sized pistol chambered in .380? This was my first question when I saw the specs of the 380 Shield EZ. Well, Smith & Wesson are no dummies so there had to be some logic behind their move here. What I found when I got my hands on the gun and a few rounds downrange was that they’ve got something rather interesting here.
The frame is seemingly larger than would be required for this capacity and chambering, but there is a benefit. The capacity is seemingly lower than would be expected for a frame of this size, but there is a benefit. The result is an easy to hold, easy to manipulate, lightweight pistol that shoots a defensive round but feels like a .22 cal gun. Hrm.
<h2>Why Consider the M&P 380 Shield EZ?</h2>
The M&P 380 Shield EZ is a compact pistol purpose made for carry and for home defense. Though compact, it is longer and taller than the 9mm Shield most of us know, so there is more of the gun to hold onto. One of the primary features of the pistol is its easy-to-rack slide, seemingly tailor made for people without strong hands. Another feature worth consideration is the grip safety; a feature not often found on compact pistols. If you’re someone who values an extra layer of safety, the 380 Sheild EZ might just be the ticket for you. Finally, you might consider this pistol for its appealing price.
The combination of the slightly larger frame and the slightly softer round make this pistol a joy to shoot and very easy with which to be very accurate…all so long as you don’t mind the minimal defensive ballistics of the .380 round.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15540" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez.jpg" alt="380 Shield EZ" width="800" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez-300x188.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez-768x480.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez-400x250.jpg 400w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
M&P 380 Shield EZ Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 380 Auto</li>
<li>Action: Internal hammer fired</li>
<li>Length: 6.7″</li>
<li>Height: 4.98”</li>
<li>Width: 1.15” (1.43” including the slide “wings”)</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.675” stainless steel Armornite™ finish</li>
<li>Trigger: ~5lb.</li>
<li>Sights: 3-Dot steel, adjustable rear</li>
<li>Safety: Grip safety + available with or without ambi thumb levers</li>
<li>Weight: 18.5 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide: stainless steel Armornite™ finish</li>
<li>Capacity: 8+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $399</li>
</ul>
Note that the model I’m evaluating here has ambi thumb safety levers.
<h2>Shooting the 380 Shield EZ</h2>
Shooting the 380 Shield is like shooting a .22 pistol. No kidding, the recoil impulse is almost nonexistent so the pistol is very easy to control and to maintain a high degree of accuracy. While some .380 pistols are a bit snappy, due to their subcompact configuration, this Shield model has both the size and weight necessary to mitigate all snappiness. This is an easy pistol to shoot.
The frame is larger than a typical Shield, but smaller than, say, the M&P 9. This mid-sized frame offers plenty to hold onto and allows the controls to be very comfortably positioned. I had no problem running the gun for on/off safety, magazine ejection and reloads, and locking the slide back. It all felt very natural and comfortable.
The trigger is actually quite nice and has a very short and crisp reset, but somehow running it fast did not go as smoothly as I thought it should. I did a few strings of rapid fire during which I wasn’t able to keep the gun as still as it seemed I should for being such a soft shooter. I chalk this up to my being familiar with my EDC gun and this slightly altered geometry of this 380 Shield EZ threw a wrench in my gears. Surely with a bit of practice shooting fast drills would become smoother.
Mostly, though, I just enjoyed shooting this gun. No kidding, outside of a precision .22 this is the softest gun I’ve ever shot. So fun.
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity 
The 380 Shield is not at all heavy and lighter than even the smaller Shield 9mm. Though it is named for the Shield, it feels less like that model and more like the M&P 9 in the hand. It’s a single stack gun, but the grip is not overly thin. For my medium-sized hands, it was quite comfortable. And as mentioned earlier, the controls were easy to get to and to manipulate. The 8+1 capacity is a bit low for a .380 of this size, but being a single stack gun keeps the frame width down and facilitates a more concealable gun.
Controlling the 380 Shield EZ is about as easy as it gets. Even older children and new shooters should do quite well keeping this pistol under control.
Components and Features
The 380 Shield EZ looks like a typical striker-fired gun, but it’s not. It has an internal hammer and that brings consequences to both the trigger (smooth) and the recoil spring weight you feel when racking the slide (softer), since there is no striker to load up.
The most conspicuous feature of the 380 Shield EZ is the grip safety. It’s a large component that disappears when the frame is gripped. I found that I never even noticed the grip safety fin so it was a non factor in my working with the gun. The model I used had the ambi thumb safety levers. Though I always believe such components to be useless or even dangerous on a pistol, I did spend time engaging and disengaging the levers during shooting. They seemed stiff enough to be properly tactile and easy enough to manipulate. The 380 Shield EZ can come without the manual safety levers if you prefer that model (and I hope you do).
The sights are 3-dot steel and the rear sight is drift adjustable. I had no trouble picking up the sights and maintaining a good sight picture during shooting strings. The slide has good serrations, but with the addition of some “wings” on the rear of the slide, I guess to assist with slide racking. I found them entirely unnecessary, but they also didn’t get in my way as some similar components on other guns have.
<div id="attachment_15543" style="width: 510px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-15543" class="size-full wp-image-15543" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings.jpg" alt="380 Shield EZ detail" width="500" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings-300x300.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>These are the wings at the rear of the slide. Not necessary, but not a problem, found.</div>
<div></div>
As mentioned before, the trigger is darn good and contributed positively to accurate shooting. I did not measure its weight, but it seemed to break at around 5 – 5.5 pounds. I’m a fan and wish my Glocks had as good a trigger. The frame is nicely textured and plenty comfortable for my medium-sized hands.
<div></div>
<div id="attachment_15544" style="width: 510px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-15544" class="size-full wp-image-15544" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip.jpg" alt="380 Shield EZ detail" width="500" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip-300x300.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>The grip texture is rather mild, but still grippy. Most folks will still want to stipple.</div>
Interestingly, the magazines have side tabs very similar to those found on .22 magazines so that you can if you wish pull down to allow for easier loading of rounds into the magazine. I didn’t find the need to do so, but they work just fine.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15541" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez.jpg" alt="380 Shield EZ" width="801" height="607" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez.jpg 801w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez-300x227.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez-768x582.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 801px) 100vw, 801px" /></a>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
This is a relatively lightweight pistol that carries relatively lightweight ammo, which amounts to a mid-sized gun that would be very comfortable to carry around concealed all day. Virtually anyone could rack the slide to lock open or to load. The soft-shooting, highly controllable characteristics make shooting the pistol a very appealing prospect. The trigger is excellent and the grip safety offers an unobtrusive layer of mistake prevention. Also, the price is comparatively very nice.
Cons 
The .380 round is not optimal for defensive use, but it is serviceable; especially during warmer months when clothes are not thickly layered. Eight rounds in the magazine is a bit anemic for a carry gun, especially with such a small caliber and the overall package is a bit large for an 8+1 capacity (only 1 more round than the smaller 9mm model???).
So for rating the M&P 380 Shield EZ…
Ergonomics (****) 
There is nothing spectacular about this gun’s ergonomics, but it works and feels just fine.
Shootability (*****) 
Perhaps the most shootable pistol I’ve ever laid my hands on.
Accuracy (*****) 
I found it to be very accurate and very easy to maintain that accuracy!
Concealability (****) 
The 380 Shield EZ is thin enough and small enough to conceal quite well, though not as well as its smaller cousin, the M&P Shield 9mm.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
Essentially what Smith & Wesson has done here is create an easy to manipulate, easy to shoot, lightweight gun that sacrifices some size and capacity for a soft shooting experience. In my mind, this is not a bad tradeoff as it addresses some issues that plague some shooters and gives them a mildly compromised solution. Good for S&W.
In the end, my only complaint with this package is the .380 round. Everything else is just fine for my money. Eagle Gun Range has the 380 Shield EZ for rent, so take it out for yourself and see what you think.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
Why make a low-capacity, mid-sized pistol chambered in .380? This was my first question when I saw the specs of the 380 Shield EZ. Well, Smith & Wesson are no dummies so there had to be some logic behind their move here. What I found when I got my hands on the gun and a few rounds downrange was that they’ve got something rather interesting here.
The frame is seemingly larger than would be required for this capacity and chambering, but there is a benefit. The capacity is seemingly lower than would be expected for a frame of this size, but there is a benefit. The result is an easy to hold, easy to manipulate, lightweight pistol that shoots a defensive round but feels like a .22 cal gun. Hrm.
<h2>Why Consider the M&P 380 Shield EZ?</h2>
The M&P 380 Shield EZ is a compact pistol purpose made for carry and for home defense. Though compact, it is longer and taller than the 9mm Shield most of us know, so there is more of the gun to hold onto. One of the primary features of the pistol is its easy-to-rack slide, seemingly tailor made for people without strong hands. Another feature worth consideration is the grip safety; a feature not often found on compact pistols. If you’re someone who values an extra layer of safety, the 380 Sheild EZ might just be the ticket for you. Finally, you might consider this pistol for its appealing price.
The combination of the slightly larger frame and the slightly softer round make this pistol a joy to shoot and very easy with which to be very accurate…all so long as you don’t mind the minimal defensive ballistics of the .380 round.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15540" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez.jpg" alt="380 Shield EZ" width="800" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez-300x188.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez-768x480.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez-400x250.jpg 400w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
M&P 380 Shield EZ Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 380 Auto</li>
<li>Action: Internal hammer fired</li>
<li>Length: 6.7″</li>
<li>Height: 4.98”</li>
<li>Width: 1.15” (1.43” including the slide “wings”)</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.675” stainless steel Armornite™ finish</li>
<li>Trigger: ~5lb.</li>
<li>Sights: 3-Dot steel, adjustable rear</li>
<li>Safety: Grip safety + available with or without ambi thumb levers</li>
<li>Weight: 18.5 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide: stainless steel Armornite™ finish</li>
<li>Capacity: 8+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $399</li>
</ul>
Note that the model I’m evaluating here has ambi thumb safety levers.
<h2>Shooting the 380 Shield EZ</h2>
Shooting the 380 Shield is like shooting a .22 pistol. No kidding, the recoil impulse is almost nonexistent so the pistol is very easy to control and to maintain a high degree of accuracy. While some .380 pistols are a bit snappy, due to their subcompact configuration, this Shield model has both the size and weight necessary to mitigate all snappiness. This is an easy pistol to shoot.
The frame is larger than a typical Shield, but smaller than, say, the M&P 9. This mid-sized frame offers plenty to hold onto and allows the controls to be very comfortably positioned. I had no problem running the gun for on/off safety, magazine ejection and reloads, and locking the slide back. It all felt very natural and comfortable.
The trigger is actually quite nice and has a very short and crisp reset, but somehow running it fast did not go as smoothly as I thought it should. I did a few strings of rapid fire during which I wasn’t able to keep the gun as still as it seemed I should for being such a soft shooter. I chalk this up to my being familiar with my EDC gun and this slightly altered geometry of this 380 Shield EZ threw a wrench in my gears. Surely with a bit of practice shooting fast drills would become smoother.
Mostly, though, I just enjoyed shooting this gun. No kidding, outside of a precision .22 this is the softest gun I’ve ever shot. So fun.
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity 
The 380 Shield is not at all heavy and lighter than even the smaller Shield 9mm. Though it is named for the Shield, it feels less like that model and more like the M&P 9 in the hand. It’s a single stack gun, but the grip is not overly thin. For my medium-sized hands, it was quite comfortable. And as mentioned earlier, the controls were easy to get to and to manipulate. The 8+1 capacity is a bit low for a .380 of this size, but being a single stack gun keeps the frame width down and facilitates a more concealable gun.
Controlling the 380 Shield EZ is about as easy as it gets. Even older children and new shooters should do quite well keeping this pistol under control.
Components and Features
The 380 Shield EZ looks like a typical striker-fired gun, but it’s not. It has an internal hammer and that brings consequences to both the trigger (smooth) and the recoil spring weight you feel when racking the slide (softer), since there is no striker to load up.
The most conspicuous feature of the 380 Shield EZ is the grip safety. It’s a large component that disappears when the frame is gripped. I found that I never even noticed the grip safety fin so it was a non factor in my working with the gun. The model I used had the ambi thumb safety levers. Though I always believe such components to be useless or even dangerous on a pistol, I did spend time engaging and disengaging the levers during shooting. They seemed stiff enough to be properly tactile and easy enough to manipulate. The 380 Shield EZ can come without the manual safety levers if you prefer that model (and I hope you do).
The sights are 3-dot steel and the rear sight is drift adjustable. I had no trouble picking up the sights and maintaining a good sight picture during shooting strings. The slide has good serrations, but with the addition of some “wings” on the rear of the slide, I guess to assist with slide racking. I found them entirely unnecessary, but they also didn’t get in my way as some similar components on other guns have.
<div id="attachment_15543" style="width: 510px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-15543" class="size-full wp-image-15543" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings.jpg" alt="380 Shield EZ detail" width="500" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings-300x300.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>These are the wings at the rear of the slide. Not necessary, but not a problem, found.</div>
<div></div>
As mentioned before, the trigger is darn good and contributed positively to accurate shooting. I did not measure its weight, but it seemed to break at around 5 – 5.5 pounds. I’m a fan and wish my Glocks had as good a trigger. The frame is nicely textured and plenty comfortable for my medium-sized hands.
<div></div>
<div id="attachment_15544" style="width: 510px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-15544" class="size-full wp-image-15544" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip.jpg" alt="380 Shield EZ detail" width="500" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip-300x300.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>The grip texture is rather mild, but still grippy. Most folks will still want to stipple.</div>
Interestingly, the magazines have side tabs very similar to those found on .22 magazines so that you can if you wish pull down to allow for easier loading of rounds into the magazine. I didn’t find the need to do so, but they work just fine.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15541" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez.jpg" alt="380 Shield EZ" width="801" height="607" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez.jpg 801w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez-300x227.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez-768x582.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 801px) 100vw, 801px" /></a>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
This is a relatively lightweight pistol that carries relatively lightweight ammo, which amounts to a mid-sized gun that would be very comfortable to carry around concealed all day. Virtually anyone could rack the slide to lock open or to load. The soft-shooting, highly controllable characteristics make shooting the pistol a very appealing prospect. The trigger is excellent and the grip safety offers an unobtrusive layer of mistake prevention. Also, the price is comparatively very nice.
Cons 
The .380 round is not optimal for defensive use, but it is serviceable; especially during warmer months when clothes are not thickly layered. Eight rounds in the magazine is a bit anemic for a carry gun, especially with such a small caliber and the overall package is a bit large for an 8+1 capacity (only 1 more round than the smaller 9mm model???).
So for rating the M&P 380 Shield EZ…
Ergonomics (****) 
There is nothing spectacular about this gun’s ergonomics, but it works and feels just fine.
Shootability (*****) 
Perhaps the most shootable pistol I’ve ever laid my hands on.
Accuracy (*****) 
I found it to be very accurate and very easy to maintain that accuracy!
Concealability (****) 
The 380 Shield EZ is thin enough and small enough to conceal quite well, though not as well as its smaller cousin, the M&P Shield 9mm.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
Essentially what Smith & Wesson has done here is create an easy to manipulate, easy to shoot, lightweight gun that sacrifices some size and capacity for a soft shooting experience. In my mind, this is not a bad tradeoff as it addresses some issues that plague some shooters and gives them a mildly compromised solution. Good for S&W.
In the end, my only complaint with this package is the .380 round. Everything else is just fine for my money. Eagle Gun Range has the 380 Shield EZ for rent, so take it out for yourself and see what you think.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review380ez/">Review 380EZ</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review380ez/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Endangered Dangerous Men</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/endangered-dangerous-men/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/endangered-dangerous-men/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 22 Feb 2019 14:39:43 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=16191</guid>
<description><![CDATA[I am what many people would call a dangerous man. This is because since 1988 I have trained 3 to 7 days a week, as other responsible men do, in the arts, sciences, and techniques of maiming and killing men. The popular and appropriate term is self-defense, because few are comfortable with the fact that […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/endangered-dangerous-men/">Endangered Dangerous Men</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[I am what many people would call a dangerous man. This is because since 1988 I have trained 3 to 7 days a week, as other responsible men do, in the arts, sciences, and techniques of maiming and killing men. The popular and appropriate term is self-defense, because few are comfortable with the fact that self-defense requires you train to be very good at maiming and killing men.
This is what it means to be a responsibly prepared man: to be prepared for violence. This is what I train to understand and to do. As such, I am a member of an endangered, beleaguered, and therefore shrinking group. According to our cultural and political masters, my being this sort of responsible man makes me a threat to society. More specifically, it makes me a threat to the society our cultural and political masters are desperately working to create. And mostly they are succeeding.
Like other responsible men, I train weekly and have proficiency in using environment, observation, behaviors, and tools to gain advantage. Like other responsible men, I train weekly and have proficiency in using unarmed techniques and weapons, including knives, swords, sticks, pistols, and long guns, to incapacitate and destroy the spirit and body parts of those who would threaten me, my family, or my property. I fire roughly 30,000 rounds every year in training and competition in order to maintain my proficiency.
Despite these facts and what leftists otherwise claim, no one in my vicinity is ever under any threat from me unless they choose to threaten or act to harm me or harm others within my mantle of protection. In short, the people in my proximity are far safer than most other people specifically because of their proximity to me. Even so, the pop-culture leaders of our deteriorating culture now deliberately and erroneously classify me and others like me as a threat to society. You may find this difficult to believe, but there was a time when society did not exclude responsible people. But those days are waning.
Our cultural and political masters often repeat the provably false cliché: “Violence never solves anything.” An education will make remarkably clear that, indeed, violence is the only thing that ever has. Diplomacy is the art of destruction by incremental compromise. Violence or the promise of assured destructive finality is the only thing that has ever ended a conflict.
Despite what your cultural and political masters will tell you, violence is not objectively bad. It is, like every other tool, morally neutral. It is a means to an end and, exclusively, the moral prerogative of the defender. As with any other tool, it is the circumstance of the employment of violence, measured against objective morality, that defines its quality; a fact both sheep and tyrants ignore in order to hasten the embrace of tyranny.
<h2>Violence Is No Circus</h2>
Because I train and occasionally mention it, sometimes my habits become known by those I interact with and I am often asked if I “know how to fight.” I do not. In the context that those asking imagine it, a fight is either 1) a lie, or 2) a case of something frivolous treated as serious and then carried out irresponsibly and incompetently.
Fighting is for irresponsible men; it’s a laughable circus for ill-tempered bubbas, thugs, and hooligans devoted to indulging emotional fetish. They fight to create spectacle or build irresponsible legend. They fight because they lack self-control and morality and because they relish harming others…and they fight to ensure that others know these things. Indeed, they fight to project an ungoverned threat of irresponsibility.
Responsibly prepared men don’t know how to fight and spend no time trying to learn. Fighting is dangerous, foolish, and pointless and a misemployment of violence. Violence is for finality, not frivolity. Violence is terrible and no responsible man ever wants to employ it. Men trained in and prepared for violence don’t fight; we only know how to maim and kill—or—how to immediately and decisively end a physical threat without violence, because the purpose of violence is destructive finality. In a situation where destructive finality is not the proper outcome, violence has no moral purpose and its employment is irresponsible.
<h2>Regular, Dangerous Men</h2>
As a dangerous man, I am also just a simple designer. For eight to ten hours a day I employ my God-given talents and hard-won skills as a designer and business strategist. The rest of my waking hours, outside of a bit of leisure, are devoted to my family and to responsible preparation as a good, dangerous man. I want and need to be a dangerous man, in part, because I am a husband and a father.
Just like being responsibly prepared for violence, being a husband and a father makes me a member of another endangered, beleaguered, and shrinking group. According to our cultural and political masters, my filial and marital fidelity makes me a threat to the society leftists are working to create. They seek to supplant me and other responsible husbands and fathers with an all-caring, all-knowing, all-controlling government. This is the sort of outrageous idea that takes hold when a society ostracizes good, dangerous men and demagogues their very existence.
Despite these tyrannical efforts and irresponsible ideas swelling in American culture, there are other good, dangerous men around you. They maintain our important traditions and hold to objective morality and they keep us safe when mortal threats arise. They also serve you coffee, pick up your trash, calculate your taxes, fix your plumbing, design your websites, teach your children, write the books you enjoy, and run the companies that employ you and your friends. But not a single one of them is a Democrat, Socialist, Communist, or other statist. Objective morality is anathema to statists and their ideology doesn’t allow for good, dangerous men to exist. As such, they are the actual threats to society.
<h2>For Goodness Sake, Be Dangerous</h2>
The existence of responsibly dangerous men is culturally and legally threatened and curtailed by a now-continual and rampant encroachment of tyranny. This tyranny is buoyed and enabled by willful ignorance and by the systematic destruction of morality and important, once-sacred traditions. Because of this leftist-designed destruction of morality and American culture, liberty is dying. For everyone. By design.
American culture and liberty are under threat. Our nation needs more good, dangerous men. Our nation needs more people who embody the antithesis of the leftists who seek to destroy our liberty and our culture. If you’re a moral man, you have a solemn responsibility to be a good, dangerous man. You have a solemn responsibility to learn to defend yourself and others. You have a solemn responsibility to train to decisively and abruptly end threats to your life, your family, and your property. To do so means you must possess the ability to maim and kill men. You must also have the capacity to stop a threat decisively, without violence; something impossible without dangerous, destructive capability.
This responsible preparation means ongoing training. It is not something you can devote a few days, weeks, or years to and then have done with. If you once prepared and now wait in supposed preparation, claiming to be prepared, you are deluding yourself and others. If you are not training regularly you are not prepared and your claim is an embarrassing lie. Training is preparation. All else is fantasy.
Fantasy is the opiate that those working to destroy our liberty and our culture are handing out like candy. Fantasy is what they rely on; that, and the elimination of good, dangerous men. Don’t buy into utopian fantasy. Choose responsibility. Become responsibly prepared. For when the good, dangerous men are gone, liberty and The United States of America will be gone.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/endangered-dangerous-men/">Endangered Dangerous Men</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/endangered-dangerous-men/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>An Ordinary Citizen’s Training Year in Review and Plan</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/an-ordinary-citizens-training-year-in-review-and-plan/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/an-ordinary-citizens-training-year-in-review-and-plan/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 15 Jan 2019 14:05:49 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=16134</guid>
<description><![CDATA[As many of you know, I’m an avid firearms-training enthusiast and spend several days each week at gun ranges, indoor and out. I thought here that I’d do a bit of a 2018 review and then describe some plans for 2019. Firearms training can sometimes be lonely and/or tedious, and I often seek useful insights […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/an-ordinary-citizens-training-year-in-review-and-plan/">An Ordinary Citizen’s Training Year in Review and Plan</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[As many of you know, I’m an avid firearms-training enthusiast and spend several days each week at gun ranges, indoor and out. I thought here that I’d do a bit of a 2018 review and then describe some plans for 2019. Firearms training can sometimes be lonely and/or tedious, and I often seek useful insights or inspiration from others who are on the same responsible path. My hope is that those of you who are taking up firearms training or planning to do more this year might find this examination useful or inspiring.
Of course, the foundation of individual practice comes ONLY from quality instruction received in classes or lessons with skilled firearms and defense instructors. Otherwise, regardless of what you think you know, you have no idea what or how to train on your own. Therefore, please hold that idea as the context from which all my thoughts here are presented. This is not a lesson, it’s just an article.
<h2>The Past Year’s Training</h2>
If you like, you can <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/gun-stats/index-2018.html">visit my full 2018 training and competition records</a>, but here’s a screenshot of part of it:
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/stats2018.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-16135" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/stats2018.jpg" alt="Andy's training screenshot" width="1437" height="1177" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/stats2018.jpg 1437w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/stats2018-300x246.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/stats2018-768x629.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/stats2018-1024x839.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/stats2018-1080x885.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1437px) 100vw, 1437px" /></a>
<div></div>
I keep detailed records of my ongoing training and rounds-fired for all my firearms. In 2018 I fired 30,452 rounds in training and competition. This was fewer rounds than the previous year, which was fewer than the year before that. As I reflect on my ongoing training, this is a trend I’d like to continue.
I participated in only 4 pistol matches and only 3 classes in 2018. That’s the least I’ve done in years. 2018 was a bit of a turbulent year for me personally and my attentions were drawn elsewhere. I look forward to a more active 2019, especially with regard to course participation.
As is normal, I spent most of my training attention focused on my EDC pistol, either working on precision fundamentals or defensive drills and manipulations run from concealment. As an everyday carrier, unless I’m shooting some different pistol for a review article or working with my rifles, I train almost exclusively with the pistol I carry every day, using the clothing and EDC loadout I use every day.
One of the things not reflected in my training records is the time and reps spent in dry-fire training. I do this in a few ways.
The basic methods involve my EDC carry gun (Glock 19) and a magazine or two of snap caps. I will do dry-fire practice either for trigger-press mechanics—where I’m just sitting or standing still and carefully aiming and slowwwwwwwllly pressing the trigger in proper fashion—or with dynamic movement and/or drawing from concealment and executing dry shots at various targets.
The other method of dry-fire that I began in 2018 is with my exact-replica G19 airsoft blowback pistol. With this tool, I can engage in dynamic drills in my personal indoor range (my garage!) and practice the no-recoil shot of an actual projectile for accuracy, but with the mental stimulus of the sound of breaking the shot along with the slide cycling. I find it very effective and, also importantly, very engaging. In any event, in 2018 I engaged in dry-fire practice once or twice per week.
<h2>My 2019 Training Plans</h2>
This year I plan to make better use of fewer rounds than in 2018. I want to do this for a few reasons. Firstly, ammo is expensive, so I’d like to decrease my training-ammo budget a bit each year. Secondly, with now well-established pistol fundamentals I don’t need to spend so many rounds on my all of my pistol skills, but rather more specifically on pistol-skill weaknesses. I can spend fewer rounds maintaining strengths. Lastly, I want to spend more time and rounds with my rifles this year.
Another component of pistol training is that I want to devote more time and attention to dry-fire practice in 2019. It costs far less, and I understand that it pays significant dividends toward live-fire ability. Win-win.
Another primary goal for 2019 is that I want to get back into the habit of regularly receiving instruction in classes. I took eleven classes in 2017, but only three in 2018. I’d like to more than double my 2018 total this year.
I enjoy competition and would like to do more of that in 2019, too. I find that pistol competition is a useful and instructive measure of my ongoing training, for if I find it difficult to execute in a match, chances are that it’d be even worse in an actual defensive situation. Also, matches are a good place to explore limits, which allows for more focused training sessions afterward. I haven’t tried a rifle or 3-gun match yet. Who knows, maybe I’ll ease into that, too.
Overall, I’d like to become more efficient in my 2019 training. With more attention devoted specifically to weaknesses (1-handed competence, left-hand competence, rifle speed reloads, etc…) While I’m already pretty serious at the range, I hope my 2019 training becomes more like work and less like messing around.
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
I hope you found this examination useful. If you’re a responsible, ordinary citizen and especially if you carry concealed, I hope you might conduct your own similar assessment and make your own specific plans for 2019 with the aim of becoming better skilled, more broadly skilled, or even just better a one specific skill.
As I often tell my friends, “Trained in the use of firearms” is fantasy. There is not “trained.” There is training, else there is some level or another of incompetence.
So keep up your training, but if it’s not taking you where you want to be, change it up! If you always do what you’ve always done, you’ll always be what you’ve always been. Okay, I think that’s enough maxims for one post. Happy New Year and good training in 2019!
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/an-ordinary-citizens-training-year-in-review-and-plan/">An Ordinary Citizen’s Training Year in Review and Plan</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/an-ordinary-citizens-training-year-in-review-and-plan/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The Walther Q5 Match</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-q5-match/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-q5-match/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Thu, 27 Dec 2018 13:37:02 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=16115</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Built around Walther’s PPQ platform, according to the manufacturer, the Q5 Match “is built for the production class competitive shooter.” While I’m a competitive shooter, I stay in the stock/production divisions and appreciate out-of-the-box qualities on pistols that lend themselves to fast and accurate running. Guns of that ilk that come to mind include the […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-q5-match/">Shooting Review: The Walther Q5 Match</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Built around Walther’s PPQ platform, according to the manufacturer, the Q5 Match “is built for the production class competitive shooter.” While I’m a competitive shooter, I stay in the stock/production divisions and appreciate out-of-the-box qualities on pistols that lend themselves to fast and accurate running. Guns of that ilk that come to mind include the CZ Shadow at the high end, Canik tp9sfx on the affordable side, and now Walther has thrown its hat into the ring, somewhere in the middle.
I was introduced to the Q5 Match early this month at an event at Eagle Gun Range. While speaking with the factory representative there he asked if I had seen the pistol (I had not) and he put it into my hands. It certainly looked like a performance machine and with a few dry presses I enjoyed the feel of the trigger action. I was anxious to try it out and Eagle’s general manager assured me I would soon get the chance. So I’m happy to say that this month I’ve spent some time shooting the Q5 Match and I’m eager to share my first impressions of Walther’s new pistol.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_1.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-16119" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_1.jpg" alt="Walther Q5 Match" width="800" height="800" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_1.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_1-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_1-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_1-768x768.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<h2>Why Consider the Walther Q5 Match?</h2>
The Q5 Match is specifically made for competitive shooting. It comes with three sizes of grip backstraps for proper fit to your hand. The comparatively long sight radius makes for easier accuracy and the slide cuts and ports removes weight, reducing the recoil impulse. It comes with and is ready to accept various red-dot optic mounts and the blue Q5 trigger is exceptionally smooth with a relatively short press travel (0.4”) and very short reset (0.1”). The result is a very shootable and accurate system right out of the box.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_3.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-16121" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_3.jpg" alt="" width="800" height="800" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_3.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_3-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_3-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_3-768x768.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
Since Walther went to the trouble to make it immediately ready for various red-dot optics, this is a pistol to consider specifically if you plan to run it with one. Since adding a red dot to a pistol that was not built for that setup can introduce function anomalies, it makes sense to instead get a model made for it. Lastly, you might consider the Q5 Match if you’re looking for a great value and you’ve got a fairly hefty budget, since its MSRP is $849. But again, this is not your average, compact carry gun; it’s a racer with some excellent competition-specific features which more than justify the cost.
Walther Q5 Match 9mm Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Length: 8.1”</li>
<li>Height: 5.3”</li>
<li>Width: 1.3”</li>
<li>Barrel: 5”</li>
<li>Weight: 27.9oz. (w/empty magazine)</li>
<li>Frame: Polymer with S-M-L backstraps</li>
<li>Finish: Tenifer (black)</li>
<li>Sights: Fully-adjustable rear blacked-out sight with red fiber-optic front sight</li>
<li>Optic Mount: Optional red-dot mount position, comes with mounting plates for Trijicon, Leupold, and DOCTER red-dot optics</li>
<li>Capacity: 15</li>
<li>MSRP: $849 (often available for less)</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_4.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-16127" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_4.jpg" alt="Walther Q5 Match" width="800" height="800" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_4.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_4-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_4-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_4-768x768.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<h2>Shooting the Q5 Match</h2>
One enjoyable constant of shooting just about any Walther pistol is the grip ergonomics. They just feel good in the primary hand; at least I’ve always thought so. I got to spend a couple of weeks with the Q5 Match and my hands enjoyed every minute of it. Well, my support hand not quite as much, but I’ll get to that in a minute. Mostly, though, shooting the Walther Q5 Match was an absolute pleasure.
The first shooting I did with the pistol was on 1” dots. Even when shooting at a good pace—about four shots in 2 seconds—I was able to maintain quarter-sized groups of four at 7 yards and if I slowed down to 4 shots in 3 seconds I could put all 4 rounds in the same hole with relative ease. I’ve never shot a pistol that was so easy to maintain accuracy with medium-paced shot strings. Part of the reason for this easy accuracy has to be the excellent trigger. It’s smooth and relatively short, but that extra quick reset is fantastic and really allows for some “quiet” hands when shooting. I love this trigger.
I noticed pretty quickly that the pistol’s muzzle was moving around more than I’m used to seeing with each shot. The long slide extends further away from my hands than with most pistols I shoot, so I was unaccustomed to that much muzzle flip. Even with the slide cuts and ports, which did reduce the felt recoil, I thought, the end of the gun was moving far more freely than with more compact pistols. One of the reasons for this muzzle flip is the fact that the Q5 Match lacks any sort of index point for the support-hand thumb. I tend to ding lots of pistols for having straight, slick sides and no shelf to allow the support-hand thumb to mitigate muzzle flip, but on a purpose-built competition gun like this, I think it’s a pretty big flaw.
The sins of that flaw showed up when I started shooting the Q5 Match the way it was intended to be shot. I setup a target with 4 fist-sized circles at 7 yards and did runs of eight shots: quick pairs in each of the four circles, doing the full circuit in about 2 seconds. My lack of practice with a longer slide and the lack of a forward thumb shelf combined to make it very difficult for me to maintain accuracy with each pair. I wanted to go fast—I’m rather practiced at fast shooting strings—but I had great difficulty controlling the muzzle flip. As a result I never got the hang of the timing and grip management required to keep that second shot of each pair in close enough proximity to the first, for my taste. I have to believe this is merely a training issue for a new gun with different dimensions than I’m used to, but I confess I was quite frustrated. This is a race gun and it seemed a bit clumsy while racing.
That issue aside, I found the pistol to be a pleasure to shoot. The model I used had only the iron sights, but I would really like to shoot this one with an RMR mounted. Seems to me that it’d be something close to an unfair advantage on a gun that’s already so easy with accuracy. Running the gun for mag ejection, reloading, and using the slide release (something I don’t habitually do) was all very smooth and comfortable. Walther has done a pretty fantastic job with this pistol.
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity
The Q5 Match has Walther’s famous ergonomic grip geometry that just seems to feel better in the hand than most pistols on the market. That fact coupled with one of the three included backstraps means you can likely create just the right fit to your hand. While some pistols beg for a bit of frame modification for better comfort (*cough* Glock), my hands were perfectly comfy on the Q5.
My impression of the recoil impulse was that it was no worse than any full-size, 9mm, polymer pistol; perhaps lighter than most. What I did have a bit of an issue with, however, was muzzle flip. The long slide on this gun means that there’s more real estate moving around and more weight that is farther away from your hands as compared to a compact pistol. The result, even with the removed slide weight with the cuts and ports, was quite a bit more movement than I’m used to.
Somewhat surprising, I think, is the fact that the Q5 Match has something of a meager capacity, at 15 rounds in the magazine. So while the slide length is 8.1” and longer than that of a Glock 17, the capacity is the same as a “compact” Glock 19. I’d have thought that for a competition-specific pistol that they’d go for a larger grip and capacity. The magazine capacity can be augmented, of course, with extended slide plates, but I still wonder why Walther chose to go with 15 as the stock capacity. If I were to nitpick, I’d say this is perhaps the second flaw in this package.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_TV_6.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-16124" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_TV_6.jpg" alt="Walther Q5 Match" width="800" height="800" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_TV_6.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_TV_6-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_TV_6-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Match_TV_6-768x768.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<h3>Components and Features</h3>
As mentioned before, the Q5 Match’s grip is remarkably comfortable and configurable with small, medium, and large backstraps. The grip texture, however, is somewhat lacking in my opinion. The “quick defense trigger” is fantastic and even though it is not exceedingly light at 5.5 pounds, I’d be happy with this on any of my pistols. Walther says the press has 0.4” and the reset 0.1” of travel. Well done!
The front sight has a fiber optic insert and the blacked-out and serrated rear sight is fully adjustable for both windage and elevation. If you opt to use one of the three included red-dot sight mounting plates, you’ll lose the rear sight so there will be no co-witnessing with this pistol. The slide cuts, with serrations in the rear and the front, are nicely done and there are 16 ports cut into the forward half of the slide, which has a beautifully satin Tenifer finish. Here are the included red-dot mounting plates:
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Tac_PLATES-UPDATED800x800.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-16123" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Tac_PLATES-UPDATED800x800.jpg" alt="red-dot mounting plates" width="800" height="800" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Tac_PLATES-UPDATED800x800.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Tac_PLATES-UPDATED800x800-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Tac_PLATES-UPDATED800x800-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Walther_Q5-Tac_PLATES-UPDATED800x800-768x768.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
The controls are also very nicely done. The slide stop/release is oversized for length, but still keeps a low profile on the side of the frame. The configuration is perfect for staying out the way when you’re shooting and easy to access without breaking your grip when you want to actuate it. There are slide stop/release levers on both sides of the gun. The magazine release button is round and, again, unobtrusive, but I found it easy to access when I needed it. It is reversible so that lefties can have that option.
The included red-dot mounting plates are made specifically to fit either Trijicon, Leupold, or Docter red-dot optics. That Walther included all three in the box is pretty awesome, I think. The pistol comes with three (!) 15-round steel magazines (or 10-rounders in more tyrannical states).
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The Q5 Match is a formidable production competition gun right out of the box, with its ported-for-reduced-weight slide, long sight radius, and fully adjustable iron sights. Even better with the multi-red-dot-optic options. With the right backstrap, the Q5 should fit just about anyone’s hand like a glove. Lastly, the trigger is one of the best you’ll find on any striker-fired pistol.
Cons 
The Q5 Match has a comparatively low capacity for a competition gun and some folks may balk at the price. Moreover, it should have some sort of forward thumb rest built into the frame.
So for rating the Walther Q5 Match…
Ergonomics (*****) 
The Q5 Match is among the most comfortable pistols around.
Shootability (****) 
This is an eminently shootable pistol with all sorts of characteristics that make accuracy easy, but it could use some design features to assist with fast shooting.
Accuracy (*****) 
I find the Q5 Match to be among the most accurate pistols I’ve ever shot.
Value (*****) 
Even with the $849 MSRP, the features and out-of-the-box adaptability and included peripherals for this pistol make it quite a good value. There are a lot of companies who do good slide modification work, but the cost of doing what Walther has already done here would be prohibitive and one would end up paying far more this one costs from the factory.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
If you’re looking for an advantage in the production division of your competitive matches—and/or—if you’re looking to build an optic-equipped race gun, I think you could do a lot worse than the Walther Q5 Match. This may be about the best value available as a starting platform for your competitive machine. Yes, there are better models available, but at something close to twice the price.
I recommend that you give the Q5 Match a try. I’m guessing you’ll fall in love with the grip comfort, controls design, and the excellent trigger, as I have. You can rent it here at Eagle Gun Range, so give it a shot or two and see what you think. I’m betting you’ll dig it.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-q5-match/">Shooting Review: The Walther Q5 Match</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-q5-match/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>How to Replace Your Glock Slide-Lock Spring (Gen’s 1 – 4)</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/how-to-replace-your-glock-slide-lock-spring-gens-1-thru-4/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/how-to-replace-your-glock-slide-lock-spring-gens-1-thru-4/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 11 Dec 2018 18:14:33 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=16100</guid>
<description><![CDATA[I replace the slide-lock spring every 10,000 rounds. If you wait too long, this part will break in half and your slide will fall off of the frame when it fails. Best to just spend $8 every 10K rounds and keep your gun in perfect running order, as a part of required, periodic maintenance rather […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/how-to-replace-your-glock-slide-lock-spring-gens-1-thru-4/">How to Replace Your Glock Slide-Lock Spring (Gen’s 1 – 4)</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[I replace the slide-lock spring every 10,000 rounds. If you wait too long, this part will break in half and your slide will fall off of the frame when it fails. Best to just spend $8 every 10K rounds and keep your gun in perfect running order, as a part of required, periodic maintenance rather than suffer a complete stoppage at an inconvenient time.
Keep good records so that you know when to replace various components! But anyway, here’s how to do this one replacement on any Gen 1 thru 4 Glock pistol.
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/RWLl1Hub76A" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/how-to-replace-your-glock-slide-lock-spring-gens-1-thru-4/">How to Replace Your Glock Slide-Lock Spring (Gen’s 1 – 4)</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/how-to-replace-your-glock-slide-lock-spring-gens-1-thru-4/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Choosing the Right Concealed-Carry Holster</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-the-right-concealed-carry-holster/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-the-right-concealed-carry-holster/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 30 Nov 2018 20:35:53 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=16095</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Today I want to share a voice of experience, with dos and don’ts, on choosing the right everyday-carry holster for inside the waistband. With this video I want to try and save you hundreds of dollars in trying and failing to find just the right holster. The dos and don’ts here should steer you away […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-the-right-concealed-carry-holster/">Choosing the Right Concealed-Carry Holster</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/V5sf2ZltKXk" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
Today I want to share a voice of experience, with dos and don’ts, on choosing the right everyday-carry holster for inside the waistband.
With this video I want to try and save you hundreds of dollars in trying and failing to find just the right holster. The dos and don’ts here should steer you away from the ones that are not suitable and toward the ones that are suitable. You may still have to try out a few, but at least you won’t have to try out dozens!
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-the-right-concealed-carry-holster/">Choosing the Right Concealed-Carry Holster</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/choosing-the-right-concealed-carry-holster/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>“My right to life trumps your right to own guns.”</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-right-to-life-trumps-your-right-to-own-guns/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-right-to-life-trumps-your-right-to-own-guns/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 14 Nov 2018 21:02:22 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15989</guid>
<description><![CDATA[This statement in the title, or some variation thereof, is the tyrannical left’s favorite non sequitur bludgeon at the moment. I see it used all the time in public discourse and, unfortunately, I seldom if ever see anyone challenge the utter lack of logic and morality the statement embodies. As we’ll learn in the body […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-right-to-life-trumps-your-right-to-own-guns/">“My right to life trumps your right to own guns.”</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[This statement in the title, or some variation thereof, is the tyrannical left’s favorite non sequitur bludgeon at the moment. I see it used all the time in public discourse and, unfortunately, I seldom if ever see anyone challenge the utter lack of logic and morality the statement embodies.
As we’ll learn in the body of this article, the fact that anyone holds with such a statement is an indictment of their morality and intelligence. It also very clearly describes the battle that leftists desperately want to have with their fellow citizens; a battle that perverts the definition of rights and destroys liberty. In short, leftists want to do with rights what they do with everything else: distort first the language then the ideas, and then based on that distortion pit one arbitrary group against another in order to create a chaos that can only be addressed (they say) by a totalitarian web of immoral, unjust, and increasingly draconian laws. In the end, tyranny is defined as justice.
It’s all sounds very dramatic, but it’s the template the left has ever employed. We’ve seen it play out time and time again throughout history and the results are always the same. The United States was, in fact, founded in to be the exception to these examples seen the world over. Yet leftist tyranny has grown apace even here. As always, the prelude to genocide begins with disarmament.
Here are a few examples of leftist demagoguery and gaslighting:
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-2.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15993" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-2.jpg" alt="" width="631" height="436" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-2.jpg 631w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-2-300x207.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 631px) 100vw, 631px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-3.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15994" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-3.jpg" alt="" width="634" height="405" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-3.jpg 634w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-3-300x192.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 634px) 100vw, 634px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-4.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15995" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-4.jpg" alt="" width="635" height="300" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-4.jpg 635w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-4-300x142.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 635px) 100vw, 635px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-5.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15996" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-5.jpg" alt="" width="630" height="449" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-5.jpg 630w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-5-300x214.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-5-400x284.jpg 400w" sizes="(max-width: 630px) 100vw, 630px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-6.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15997" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-6.jpg" alt="" width="631" height="449" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-6.jpg 631w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-6-300x213.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-6-400x284.jpg 400w" sizes="(max-width: 631px) 100vw, 631px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-9.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15999" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-9.jpg" alt="" width="630" height="651" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-9.jpg 630w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-9-290x300.jpg 290w" sizes="(max-width: 630px) 100vw, 630px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-8.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15998" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-8.jpg" alt="" width="584" height="282" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-8.jpg 584w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/tw-8-300x145.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 584px) 100vw, 584px" /></a>
That last group of tweets is my fave. :)
The very clear fact is that despite the left’s clever slogans and emotion-fueled demagoguery, our rights are never in conflict with one another. And because of the nature of rights, they are never in conflict with anyone’s safety. Therefore, whenever an argument is made to the contrary, the basis of the argument is quite obviously false. Even so, in order to fully understand the illogic and immorality of the “my right to life/safety trumps your right to guns” statement one needs to understand what a right is.
<div></div>
<h2>A Right, Defined</h2>
A “right” is a moral principle defining and sanctioning an individual’s freedom of action in a social context. That’s the basic definition, but rights have characteristics that distinguish authentic rights from tyranny. Each day, people proclaim in error many rights they or others supposedly possess, but there is a simple test one can apply to verify whether or not something may authentically be deemed a “right.”
<ol>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ol>
<li> A right may place no obligation on any other individual. 
For example, supposed rights to healthcare or to housing or to food are not rights because they each place an onus on another individual to provide them.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
 
<ol>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ol>
<li> A right may not violate another individual’s rights. 
A right to healthcare, for instance, would force a physician to provide a service, violating his right to liberty; to dispose of his genius and effort as he sees fit, and at the price he decides.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
 
<ol>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ol>
<li> Rights are possessed only by individuals; we each have all the same ones. 
For example, any “rights” that are for a special class or group of citizens (e.g. women, voters, migrants, etc…) are not rights because there are no such things as group rights. A right held by a group can come only at the expense of individual rights.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
 
If a supposed right fails any of these tests, it is not a right. Instead, it is tyranny. This is a fact that most leftists ignore or even deny and it leads them into illogical and immoral arguments. One reason leftists ignore these facts is that a leftist’s morality does not allow them to recognize as legitimate any idea that prohibits conquest or slavery. I don’t say that to be critical; only to be accurate and factual. All leftist ideology is built upon the foundation of conquest and slavery.
In light of this clarification and relevant to the Twitter messages above, here are some important facts to consider:
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>There is no right to safety</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
Proclaiming this right implies the requirement others provide it; a disqualification. Though you do have a moral obligation to provide for your own safety.
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>Therefore, there is no right to “have your family safe from gun violence”</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
And it is people who are violent, not guns or other inanimate objects.
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>There is no right to feel safe</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
Feelings, being fictions invented in your own mind, are irrelevant with respect to rights—and in all other respects outside of your own mind.
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>There is no right to happiness</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
You have the right to pursue happiness, but that’s your business and no one else’s.
There IS, however, a right to life! Your right to life is component to fundamental morality, which is the right of every individual to his/her own life, genius, effort, and the fruits thereof. Yet in order to be maintained, and because there is evil in the world, one must sometimes defend one’s life.
The responsibility for that defense is each individual’s own; one may not, morally or by right, hold another responsible for the defense of one’s life. An obvious reason for this standard is that no right may place an onus on any other individual. By this standard alone, your right to life is yours to preserve and defend. No other individual can be held responsible for your defense, for to do so would be to transform a right into a tyranny and, therefore, a moral violation.
This is why our right to arms is inalienable; because—along with intellect and reason—arms are a human’s means of defense. To deny arms is to deny the means for defending life and property. Such a denial, then, is tyranny and as such, immoral. Yet leftists argue that this right must be denied because it conflicts with other rights.
Because leftists deny the idea of personal responsibility, their personal safety ostensibly becomes an issue for someone else to address and to which all must contribute since, in their flawed ideology, safety is a right. By flawed leftist logic, if you possess anything that could be used to endanger their safety, you are violating their rights and The State must do something about you (must bring force against you). For safety.
<div></div>
<h3>It All Boils Down To “Safety”</h3>
“Safety” is the primary talking point keyword in the left’s battle against liberty. Leftist operatives use this term and its perverted ideal in every battleground: Safe Spaces at universities, <a href="https://everytown.org/">Everytown For Gun Safety</a> is the left’s primary anti-gun organization (and, no, they do not teach or even talk about firearm safety) …every argument against the inalienable right of gun ownership these days is primarily based on the idea of public safety. In their arguments, the left elevates safety to the ridiculous and impossible status as a right; a right that they say trumps your authentic, inalienable rights. Yes, their argument is and always will be that your rights must give way to their dominion.
In fact, every reference to “gun safety” that you’ll ever see these days in the mainstream media—printed or broadcast—is used to mean a denial of inalienable rights. These references have nothing to do with safe gun handling habits. In this manner they’re changing the common parlance in an effort toward tyranny. Those who mean to rule you first pervert language so that every communication is an effort to get you to question your own sanity.
<div></div>
<h2>The Logical Conclusions</h2>
The essential leftist argument is, “My life is in danger merely because you own firearms.” It is ridiculous and false, of course, but that is their thesis; that rights are in conflict.
Due to their very nature, rights can’t be in conflict. Moreover, to suggest that one is endangered because someone else is armed is to say that all must render themselves defenseless…which is to say that no one has a right to defend his or her own life. That idea has an obvious conflict with reason and morality. Such an idea is the same as saying that weak people are in danger merely because others are strong. It is the same as saying that the rights of irresponsible people are violated when others behave responsibly. It is logically the same as saying that to possess food is to cause obesity in others. Like everything else the left professes, it is all illogical idiocy.
So, no, as an objective and moral fact, no one’s right to life trumps your right to own guns. Owning guns poses no threat to anyone’s rights or safety or liberty or pursuit of happiness. Our inalienable rights are never in conflict and none trumps another. It is the inviolate recognition of our inalienable rights—all of them together rather than some and not others—that defines moral governance. Our rights never change; only the legitimacy and illegitimacy of our government.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-right-to-life-trumps-your-right-to-own-guns/">“My right to life trumps your right to own guns.”</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-right-to-life-trumps-your-right-to-own-guns/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>A Look At the New Glock 45</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-look-at-the-new-glock-45/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-look-at-the-new-glock-45/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 29 Oct 2018 18:39:26 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15905</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Despite its mildly misleading moniker, the G45 is a 9mm pistol. It’s quite similar to the Glock 19X, but there are important distinctions beyond the black color. Have a look at the feature callouts in the images below for a fuller appreciation of these changes and improvements. I got to spend some quality time with […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-look-at-the-new-glock-45/">A Look At the New Glock 45</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Despite its mildly misleading moniker, the G45 is a 9mm pistol. It’s quite similar to the Glock 19X, but there are important distinctions beyond the black color. Have a look at the feature callouts in the images below for a fuller appreciation of these changes and improvements. I got to spend some quality time with the G45 this month and I have a few thoughts and some info to share.
<h2>Why Consider the Glock 45?</h2>
With its full-size frame and compact slide, the G45 is perhaps best considered as a duty pistol or home-defense gun. The shorter, lighter slide means less-pronounced muzzle-flip and its larger grip means more ammo capacity and slightly better control opportunities. The longer grip also means the Glock 45 is not the best concealed-carry gun.
You might also consider the G45 because it represents a slight evolution in the current Gen 5 complement of features. Maybe call it a Gen 5.5 pistol. Many enthusiasts and law enforcement officerss may enjoy the slight enhancements featured on this gun.
Glock 45 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9×19</li>
<li>Length: 7.44”</li>
<li>Slide Length: 6.85”</li>
<li>Height: 5.47”</li>
<li>Width: 1.34”</li>
<li>Slide Width: 1”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4.02” Marksman Barrel</li>
<li>Weight: 24.98 oz. (w/empty magazine)</li>
<li>Finish: nDLC black</li>
<li>Sights: Available with polymer, steel, or steel night sights</li>
<li>Capacity: 17</li>
<li>MSRP: $698 (often available for less)</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the Glock 45</h2>
It’s a 9mm Glock pistol. I don’t believe it necessary to describe what it’s like to shoot one, except to say that performs just like any other mid-to-full-size Glock pistol. What is perhaps remarkable about the shooting experience is that the G45’s trigger is the best of the Gen 5 triggers I’ve ever pressed. It’s still a Glock trigger, but it’s considerably better than the Gen 4 trigger and to me it seems even better than the Gen 5 G19 triggers I’ve spent time with.
Comfort and Controllability 
The pistol is eminently controllable and the extended grip (as compared to the G19) will make some people very happy; especially those with large hands. Glock pistols are never very ergonomic, but I’m quite used to them and find nothing exceptionable about this one.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/5157D143-FAAA-4BF8-B6E8-866CC4B3F8E4.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="wp-image-21541 size-large aligncenter" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/5157D143-FAAA-4BF8-B6E8-866CC4B3F8E4-1024x709.jpg" alt="" width="1024" height="709" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/5157D143-FAAA-4BF8-B6E8-866CC4B3F8E4-1024x709.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/5157D143-FAAA-4BF8-B6E8-866CC4B3F8E4-980x678.jpg 980w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/5157D143-FAAA-4BF8-B6E8-866CC4B3F8E4-480x332.jpg 480w" sizes="(min-width: 0px) and (max-width: 480px) 480px, (min-width: 481px) and (max-width: 980px) 980px, (min-width: 981px) 1024px, 100vw" /></a>
 
<h2>Components and Materials</h2>
Again, it’s a Gen 5 Glock pistol, so… The G19-sized slide features the nDLC coating, which is a bit slicker than previous slide treatments, but the forward slide serrations will mitigate that slickness for some folks who care about such things. The sights are available in standard polymer “u-notch” sights, steel 3-dot sights, or factory Glock night sights.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/g45-left.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15909" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/g45-left.jpg" alt="Glock 45" width="800" height="567" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/g45-left.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/g45-left-300x213.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/g45-left-768x544.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/g45-left-400x284.jpg 400w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<div></div>
The slide has the contoured “bullnose” front area and the frame is contoured to match this feature. The barrel is the Gen 5 “Marksman” barrel, which is a genuine step up from the Gen 4 barrels. The slide stop controls are on both sides of the pistol and, as per usual, the magazine release control is reversible.
<div></div>
 
<div></div>
The trigger has the smooth face rather than the G19-style serrated face. The full-sized grip has the flat frontstrap and, unlike other Gen 5 models, there is no cutout at the base of the grip. Like Gen 4 Glocks, the G45 comes with replaceable backstraps for sizing and comfort fit to your preference. The base of the grip is mildly flared out to create a slight magwell (though it is not a true magwell and there is no need for one anyway).
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/112842_B.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="wp-image-21543 size-large" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/112842_B-893x1024.jpg" alt="" width="893" height="1024" /></a>
 
<div></div>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros: 
It’s a Glock, which means it’s the most reliable, safest pistol on the planet right out of the box. The full-size grip fits larger hands, allows for more ammo capacity, and better control. The G19 slide means lighter weight, less muzzle flip, and excellent balance to the whole gun. The new trigger is Glock’s best yet.
Cons: 
The gun is not the best choice for concealed carry and the backstrap contour, as with all Glocks, is not the most ergonomic. It’ll likely be hard to find one with anything other than the typical polymer sights.
So for rating the Glock 45…
Ergonomics (***) 
I find it to be just fine, but I’ve learned to settle. Most quality pistols are far more ergonomic than any Glock pistol.
Shootability (*****) 
It’s very shootable, especially with the better trigger.
Accuracy (****) 
I found it to be plenty accurate and the Marksman barrel is a genuine boon to accuracy.
Reliability (*****) 
It’s a Glock; the most reliable pistol on the planet. I have experienced no malfunctions of any kind while shooting the G45s.
Customization (*****) 
There are all kinds of aftermarket sights and other components for this pistol, and any holster that fits a Gen 5 Glock 19 will fit the G45.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
For duty carry or home defense, this is a gem of a pistol. I like how Glock is making small incremental improvements in their components and this pistol has the most and best options available.
Rent the G45 at Eagle Gun Range, shoot a box or two of ammo through it, and see what you think!
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-look-at-the-new-glock-45/">A Look At the New Glock 45</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-look-at-the-new-glock-45/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>37</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Tips for At-Home Carry</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/tips-for-at-home-carry/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/tips-for-at-home-carry/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 15 Oct 2018 14:26:54 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15881</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Responsible everyday carry means carrying all day, every day. Too many concealed carriers relegate their carry to those times when they’re leaving the house for some extended period of time. Such a failure of logic and responsibility declares that there are some times when it’s okay to be defenseless; when it would be okay for […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/tips-for-at-home-carry/">Tips for At-Home Carry</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Responsible everyday carry means carrying all day, every day. Too many concealed carriers relegate their carry to those times when they’re leaving the house for some extended period of time. Such a failure of logic and responsibility declares that there are some times when it’s okay to be defenseless; when it would be okay for an armed assailant to take one’s life.
A failure to carry while at home equates to the same declaration. I’ll argue that at-home carry is at least as important as away-from-home carry and is likely more important. Your home is your castle. For many of us, our home is where our family is and where our family most needs protection.
Many responsibly armed citizens have the useful habit of staging firearms in their homes; either for immediate access in a hidden location or in, say, a bedside handgun safe for relatively quick access. While this practice is often wise and can be useful in certain situations, it doesn’t serve you well…
<ul>
<li>when you run out to check the mail</li>
<li>when you pop over to a neighbor’s home for a quick visit</li>
<li>when you take the trash out to the curb</li>
<li>when you go out to tend the flower bed</li>
<li>when you play with your dog in the backyard</li>
</ul>
…or for any of the myriad things you do around the house that take you outside for just a moment.
Staged firearms don’t help most particularly when you answer a knock at your door.
Home-invasion robberies and assaults happen every day. Most begin so quickly and violently that victims do not have any opportunity to go and get a staged firearm for defense. Only one who is already responsibly armed has a chance to thwart a violent invasion of their home as it begins. That pistol under the coffee table or in the closet is unlikely to help you a bit when your door is kicked in by three armed thugs who swarm into your home and beat you senseless, or worse.
<h2>Carrying At Home</h2>
Carry at home just like carry anywhere else involves, at minimum, a handgun and a tourniquet. Just as you don’t want to get caught needing a gun and not having one, you do not want to get caught needing a tourniquet and not having one. Either can save your life or the life of someone you love when seconds count.
I have staged firearms in my home. They’re for specific scenarios that are beyond the scope of this article, but even so I carry every waking moment when I’m in my home. Unless I’m in bed or in the shower, I have my pistol with me at all times. It’s therefore with me when I check the mail, when I take the garbage to the curb, and when I do all the other things that are part of being at home during the day or evening.
However, when I’m at home I want to be comfortable; more comfortable than when I’m out and about away from home during the day. If you’re like me, home time is when you throw off the discomfort and encumbrance of the day, to relax…or do housework, but in greater comfort. For responsible defensive carry, this might mean a different carry method or perhaps even a different gun for home carry than you use for away-from-home carry.
<h3>Compromises and Tips</h3>
If you carry a full-size or compact pistol in appendix or at 4 o’clock position away from home, you might change to a subcompact pistol and/or pocket carry at home. I can say from experience that carrying a subcompact, single-stack pistol at home makes for a very nice change from the mid-sized double-stack pistol I carry away from home. It’s far less encumbering and allows for far greater comfort.
<div id="attachment_15885" style="width: 1210px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/three-guns.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-15885" class="size-full wp-image-15885" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/three-guns.jpg" alt="three pistols" width="1200" height="700" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/three-guns.jpg 1200w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/three-guns-300x175.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/three-guns-768x448.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/three-guns-1024x597.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/three-guns-1080x630.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a>From Left to Right: My EDC Glock 19, my at-home-carry Glock 43, and my pocket Ruger LCP. The smaller pistols make for a nice transition at home to a less-encumbering option.</div>
I hated to give up wearing comfy sweatpants around the house when I started with defensive carry. I could still do it and carry a subcompact pistol with pocket carry at home, but I prefer to carry at home with the same method I carry away from home (appendix position); all the better for a panicked response. So I changed to wearing shorts at home. The compromise is that I have to wear a belt. It’s not my ideal for lounging around the house, but I’m prepared to make that small compromise. Since I’m not wearing a magazine pouch and phone on my belt at home, I can wear it a bit more loosely, allowing the slim, single-stack Glock 43 have little impact on comfort.
<div id="attachment_15886" style="width: 1210px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/holstered-guns.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-15886" class="size-full wp-image-15886" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/holstered-guns.jpg" alt="three holstered pistols" width="1200" height="900" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/holstered-guns.jpg 1200w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/holstered-guns-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/holstered-guns-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/holstered-guns-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/holstered-guns-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/holstered-guns-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a>The same three pistols from the previous image, now holstered: the Glocks in AIWB holsters and the Ruger in a pocket holster.</div>
Part of what helps carrying a holstered pistol inside my waistband is the practice of wearing an undershirt. I never wore undershirts before I started carrying concealed. But I find that this small compromise makes for far greater comfort, even on hot days here in Texas when two layers might seem to be too much (it’s not).
If you prefer comfy sweatpants or shorts and no belt at home, you might consider pocket carry at home. Remember, you still need a good pocket holster. So long as your gym shorts or sweatpants have a waistband tie string, something like a Ruger LCP in your pocket will ride just fine and encumber you very little. As for tourniquets, a RATS or CAT tourniquet fits easily in a pocket with little to no encumbrance or discomfort.
You are no less vulnerable to assault, robbery, or ambush at home then elsewhere. What’s more, you likely have more to defend in and around your home than you do anywhere else. Responsibility requires that you be armed on your person and not simply have defensive arms or tourniquets “where you can get at them.” Save for a few rare anecdotes, such ideas are fantasy.
Find what works for you. Decide what small compromise of comfort you can best make, but don’t make the irresponsible mistake of failing to be armed at home. Concealed carry is not merely an occasional choice, it is a lifestyle; a responsible lifestyle.
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/tips-for-at-home-carry/">Tips for At-Home Carry</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/tips-for-at-home-carry/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The FNS-9</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-fns-9/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-fns-9/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Thu, 27 Sep 2018 11:43:29 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15812</guid>
<description><![CDATA[A couple of days ago I got my hands on the new Glock 45 in 9mm. It’s the black-Gen-5 version of the Glock 19X. Basically, it’s a G19 slide with a G17 frame. Well, in actuality this same gun has been available since 2012. It’s called the FNS-9. The FNS-9 is a medium-sized 9mm striker-fired […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-fns-9/">Shooting Review: The FNS-9</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[A couple of days ago I got my hands on the new Glock 45 in 9mm. It’s the black-Gen-5 version of the Glock 19X. Basically, it’s a G19 slide with a G17 frame. Well, in actuality this same gun has been available since 2012. It’s called the FNS-9.
The FNS-9 is a medium-sized 9mm striker-fired pistol with a 17-round magazine capacity. As I alluded to earlier, it is quite close in size to a Glock 19, but with that 17-round magazine the grip is a bit longer, closer to that of a G17. The other differences are that, out of the box, the FNS-9 has far-superior features and ergonomics to the Glock. I find it strange that this pistol is not more popular and more talked about.
FN is a well respected brand. From the SCAR to the SAW to <a href="https://fnamerica.com/military/">a host of other models</a>, FN has been a military arms staple. The FNS-9 is right in the sweet spot for duty carry, but I’ve not heard of any police forces that use this model. Again, strange. I recently got the chance to shoot this pistol over a few days and here are my first impressions.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-9-profile.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15823" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-9-profile.jpg" alt="" width="1000" height="708" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-9-profile.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-9-profile-300x212.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-9-profile-768x544.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-9-profile-400x284.jpg 400w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
<h2>Why Consider The FN FNS-9?</h2>
The FNS-9 is purpose made as a duty pistol. It is almost just right for concealed carry, but that 17-round capacity makes the grip a tad too long for my taste and for easy concealment. You might consider it because you like that configuration (medium slide, full grip) and you detest the uncomfortable grip of the Glock. Because, yes, the FNS-9 is far more comfortable in the hand. But then again, what pistol isn’t more comfortable than a Glock?
If you prefer polymer-framed, striker-fired pistols, you might consider the FNS-9 for the far-superior-to-Glock complement of external controls and sights, or perhaps for the solid and respected pedigree of the manufacturer. In short, there are a number of good reasons to consider the FNS-9. Have a look at its specifications:
FNS-9 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9mm</li>
<li>Length: 7.25”</li>
<li>Height: 5.5”</li>
<li>Width: 1.35”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4” stainless steel</li>
<li>Sights: 3-dot white or 3-dot night sights</li>
<li>Weight: 25.2oz. (w/empty magazine)</li>
<li>Finish: Stainless steel in Black Nitride or natural silver</li>
<li>Capacity: 17 (10 in tyrannical states)</li>
<li>Manual safety: Available with (ambi) or without</li>
<li>MSRP: $599</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/FNS-9-SSR.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15818" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/FNS-9-SSR.jpg" alt="" width="600" height="540" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/FNS-9-SSR.jpg 600w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/FNS-9-SSR-300x270.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a>
<h2>Shooting the FNS-9</h2>
I feel like I should say something interesting or clever here, but shooting the FNS-9 was just comfortably boring. I ran a few hundred rounds of ball and defensive ammo through it without a hiccup. And this was on a pistol that already had a couple thousand rounds through it since it was last cleaned.
Running the gun was easy. The controls all seem to be in the right place and were entirely unobtrusive; even the manual safety control (which I didn’t use) never got in the way. What I did NOT like, however, was the awful trigger. The trigger is gritty and long, with a bit of a long reset for my taste. The trigger’s safety mechanism splits the upper portion from the lower portion of the trigger shoe with a hinge. The hinge must be depressed for the trigger to actuate. Whatever…I could not perceive the hinge action while shooting, but I was never really comfortable with the trigger and when shooting rapid-fire strings I could not really find a rhythm. Were I to own an FNS-9 I’d have to spend some time smoothing out that trigger action.
Despite the poor trigger I found it easy to get good accuracy from this pistol. It felt natural to shoot it for good hits. Unlike many non-Glock striker-fired pistols, the bore axis on the FNS-9 is really quite low. Correspondingly, the recoil impulse and muzzle flip are insignificant. All in all it was a comfortable, easy, and effective pistol to shoot. I like this one.
Comfort & Controllability
I found the FNS-9 to be worlds more comfortable to grip than my EDC Glock 19. You can choose your backstrap, small or large, according to your taste. It’s plenty comfortable to shoot, too and the recoil is no better or worse than any quality 4”-barreled gun. I had no controllability issues and found it easy to both maintain a good grip and get sights back on target immediately. If you’re like me, you’ll find it useful to use the takedown lever as a support-hand thumb rest, useful in controlling muzzle flip.
Concealability + Capacity
The grip is a tad long for easy concealability. I know folks who EDC with a Glock 17 so it’s possible, but I wouldn’t want to do it. The 17-round capacity is pretty normal for a gun/grip of this size.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-perspective.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15819" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-perspective.jpg" alt="" width="1001" height="800" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-perspective.jpg 1001w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-perspective-300x240.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-perspective-768x614.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></a>
<h2>Components and Materials</h2>
The FNS-9’s external controls are quite minimal. Even the superfluous safety control is unobtrusive and never got in my way. Unlike many similar models, features like the slide stop lever and takedown lever are fairly unobtrusive, too. Lots to like there.
The sights are iron 3-dots, in either white dots or night sights, and both the front and rear are drift adjustable. The pistol has dual-sided slide-stop levers and dual-sided magazine release controls, which will be a boon to lefties and those who shoot with either hand. Same with the manual safety control, if you opt to get a model with that feature (just don’t). The FNS-9 comes with two interchangeable backstraps and three steel magazines. Gotta love a company that puts more than two mags in the box! The steel magazines are nice and so much better than polymer mags.
The 4” stainless steel barrel rides under a stainless steel slide that has serrations both forward and aft. They’re plenty grippy. The polymer frame has a MIL-spec 1913 accessory rail up front and is otherwise nicely minimal, with something of a beavertail on the back. The trigger guard is large enough to accommodate a gloved hand (a nice feature!) and has texture on the front…for if you’re a huge, monkey-handed brute who likes to put his support-hand index finger on there. The grip texture is about is good as it gets on a stock pistol. The bottom of the grip includes a lanyard hole (as do all MIL pistols).
The trigger is one of the worst I’ve run on a striker-fired gun. It’s got this weird hinge that spits the trigger shoe in the middle, separating the top from the bottom. As I mentioned before, I’m not a fan of the trigger’s action or travel.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-trigger.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15820" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-trigger.jpg" alt="" width="579" height="356" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-trigger.jpg 579w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fns-trigger-300x184.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 579px) 100vw, 579px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The FNS-9 is a somewhat concealable, striker-fired pistol with 100% ambidextrous controls. Out of the box, the iron sights, minimal controls, and metal magazines put it miles ahead of any Glock. It’s comfortable to hold and shoot and it’s plenty accurate.
Cons 
The FNS-9’s trigger is pretty bad. Because it’s so close in size to the G19 I’m going to ding it also for the long grip (should have kept it to 15 rounds!!!). But that’s about it; there’s not a lot to dislike about this fine pistol.
So for rating the FNS-9…
Ergonomics (****) 
The FNS-9 is very comfortable to hold and operate.
Shootability (*****) 
I’d shoot the heck outta this gun any day. It’s easy to shoot well.
Accuracy (*****) 
I found it to be very accurate for its 4” barrel. I doubt you can outshoot the gun.
Reliability (*****) 
This is a first-blush evaluation, so I can’t speak to real reliability. However, I found no issues in a few hundred rounds at the end of a 2000+ round string of shooting since its last cleaning. Other than some early-release-model hiccups (corrected), I could find no reports of reliability issues (some reports showed amazing reliability even when covered in mud/sand!).
Customization (***) 
You can find good aftermarket sights for the FNS-9 and I’ll bet that triggers are on the way (one is recently release for the FN 509). Beyond that, there’s not much one might want to do for this gun. It’s that solid.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
Were I not a Glock adherent I wouldn’t hesitate to pick up this excellent pistol. Yes, the trigger is crap, but I’ve seen how one can improve that with rudimentary armoring skills. The long grip presents a bit of a hurdle for concealment in an EDC role, but everyday carry is about solving such issues. I’ll bet you can if you try.
I cannot understand why this pistol is not mentioned more frequently and is not more popular among serious pistol carriers. It is the “comfortable Glock” and I think it deserves more consideration in gun culture. I hope you’ll give it a try. I bet you’ll love it.
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-fns-9/">Shooting Review: The FNS-9</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-fns-9/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>23</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Defensive Targets for Armed Defenders</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/defensive-targets-for-armed-defenders/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/defensive-targets-for-armed-defenders/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sun, 09 Sep 2018 19:35:05 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15728</guid>
<description><![CDATA[When you first start receiving handgun instruction, the oft-heard maxim for defensive shooting is “aim center mass.” This is good general advice, but center mass is a very general target area and there are far more effective targets to better achieve the imperative aim of stopping the threat in a defensive situation. The purpose of […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/defensive-targets-for-armed-defenders/">Defensive Targets for Armed Defenders</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[When you first start receiving handgun instruction, the oft-heard maxim for defensive shooting is “aim center mass.” This is good general advice, but center mass is a very general target area and there are far more effective targets to better achieve the imperative aim of stopping the threat in a defensive situation.
The purpose of defending with a handgun is to stop the threat. This is specific: to stop it—to make it cease to be a threat. In the case of human threats, this means to render the individual(s) incapable of continuing to be a threat. Context is everything, so “stopping the threat” may be as simple as deploying your firearm in a compelling manner and issuing compelling verbal commands for the individual(s) to cease and desist. At the other end of the spectrum is the requirement for accurate shots on target to stop the threat.
The specifics and totality of the context (and laws) may guide you in determining what level of force is appropriate, but it is the more violent end of the defensive spectrum that I want to deal with in this article. Specifically, we’re going to examine the few, small targets that when attacked with a handgun allow for a quick stop to threats. Again, they are specific and few and almost never are they accounted for when aiming center mass.
<div></div>
<div id="attachment_15733" style="width: 560px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/b27.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-15733" class="size-full wp-image-15733" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/b27.jpg" alt="B-27 target" width="550" height="700" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/b27.jpg 550w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/b27-236x300.jpg 236w" sizes="(max-width: 550px) 100vw, 550px" /></a>Above: Don’t use this target for your practice. Rather use one that does not focus on center mass, but instead has specific, effective target areas as outlined in this article – or – targets that are either simple outlines or are photorealistic and have no target areas defined (which makes for very good practice!).</div>
<div></div>
<h3>Context: Handguns, Not Long Guns</h3>
It is important to understand that the context for this article is for handguns only. Rifles and shotguns introduce different contexts and I’m not going to deal with them here.
A handgun, generally, will put holes into people and animals. There are many handgun round calibers and slug types, but popular carry-handgun trauma characteristics are somewhat similar with regard to the specific and effective target areas of the human body. Rifle rounds, on the other hand, introduce far greater temporary-cavity trauma and generally put holes through people and animals. Shotguns, in addition to putting holes into people and animals have the added gruesome aspect of potentially taking chunks of anatomy off of the body, at close range.
Suffice it to say that we’re only going to deal with the most likely form of defensive targeting, which is that with a handgun.
<h2>Stopping a Human Threat</h2>
If you put several rounds into an armed assailant’s center mass it may incapacitate or even kill him eventually, but real-life example after example demonstrates that he will likely suffer no diminishment or only mild diminishment of ability for minutes or even hours. In other words, you can shoot him in the belly and he can keep shooting at you or attacking you with a knife or with a crowbar for as long as it takes to kill you. “Center mass” will often do very little to stop the threat.
Serious trauma to the chest, even directly to the heart, has an unusually low mortality rate. <a href="https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2911188">One study noted</a> that of 1109 patients with severe and puncturing trauma to the chest, only 18% died. Generally located defensive shots to the chest can be largely ineffective. Shoot a man in the left lung, he’s still got one good lung and another with diminished function. A lung shot is going to give the assailant a problem, but not immediately and it will seldom stop a determined assailant quickly; and then only if they decide to. Renowned instructor and self-defense legal expert <a href="https://gundigest.com/handguns/concealed-carry/5-concealed-carry-myths-busted">Mas Ayoob said it quite well</a>:
<blockquote style="font-size: 20px; font-style: italic;">“The way to stop a criminal from shooting at you is to deliver your bullet to a part of the body he needs in order to keep shooting at you, and to make that part of his body stop working.”</blockquote>
In essence, you need to instantly turn the machine off. There are a couple of very good ways to do that; one is to traumatize the nervous system and the other is to traumatize the circulatory system. Again, neither of these is possible when you aim center mass with a handgun.
<h2>The Circulatory System</h2>
Attacking the circulatory system with a handgun in order to immediately stop a threat is not so easy as it might sound. True, any round you put into someone’s body will likely induce bleeding trauma, but most bleeding occurs too slowly to have any timely impact on the threat at hand. Effective attacks are possible at only a couple of small targets.
The heart is a primary circulatory target, but even to say “the heart” is to be far too imprecise for quickly stopping a threat. The large heart muscle can withstand quite a bit of trauma before it stops working well. Shooting someone in the heart will most likely not even kill them. <a href="https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2911188">As has been documented</a>:
<blockquote style="font-size: 20px; font-style: italic;">“Specifically, the mortality rate of gunshot wound of the heart 24.5% and that of stab wound of the heart, 11.5%.”</blockquote>
Though you’re not trying to kill anyone, your defensive aim is to immediately incapacitate. Rather than traumatizing muscle, incapacitation is best achieved by causing a quick and dramatic loss of blood pressure. This means attacking the upper venous and arterial structure of the heart.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/heart.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15736" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/heart.jpg" alt="The human heart" width="700" height="1400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/heart.jpg 700w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/heart-150x300.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/heart-512x1024.jpg 512w" sizes="(max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a>
<div></div>
Trauma to this upper structure of the heart has the greatest chance of causing internal bleeding to the extent of causing a quick drop in blood pressure, greatly slowing down the assailant or causing loss of consciousness.
<h3>Locating the Target Area</h3>
On a human male, the proper target area for the upper structure of the heart is located midway between the nipples and the clavicles, roughly in the midline, as you can see here:
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/chest-target.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15737" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/chest-target.jpg" alt="chest target area" width="852" height="400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/chest-target.jpg 852w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/chest-target-300x141.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/chest-target-768x361.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 852px) 100vw, 852px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/duke-anatomy-lab.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15738" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/duke-anatomy-lab.jpg" alt="" width="1000" height="793" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/duke-anatomy-lab.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/duke-anatomy-lab-300x238.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/duke-anatomy-lab-768x609.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
<div></div>
In your range training, do not aim for center mass and do not aim merely for the chest. Instead practice aiming and hitting this proper small target area exclusively. Regard anything else as a miss.
<h2>The Nervous System</h2>
Trauma to the central nervous system can essentially turn off the machine, causing a sudden loss of consciousness and a corresponding stop to the threat. As defenders, this is what we want. As with the circulatory system, there are precious few targets for effective nervous-system attacks and none are large.
On the front of the head, the best target area is between the pupils of the eyes and down to the bottom of the nasal area. The reason this is the best target on the front of the head is because the bone structure here is comparative thin and there are voids behind the frontal bone structure, allowing for easier access to the most effective target of the cranial area: the brain stem.
On the side of the head, this same target is located at the top of the ear, where the skull is relatively flat, with the important target—the brain stem—just behind it.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/head-detail.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15740" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/head-detail.jpg" alt="cranial target areas" width="1100" height="580" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/head-detail.jpg 1100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/head-detail-300x158.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/head-detail-768x405.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/head-detail-1024x540.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/head-detail-1080x569.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1100px) 100vw, 1100px" /></a>
Note that other areas of the head are not good targets, as the human skull is designed to deflect energy away with its rounded structure. There are many examples of people being shot “in the head” where the bullet simply fails to penetrate the skull and either glances off or is caught under the skin where it travels around the skull rather than penetrating.
It is true that the impact of a high-energy projectile to many places on the head can induce quite a shock to the system and even move the head so violently that one loses consciousness, but this is not a sure bet. As one defending his or her life, you want to cause an immediate stop to the threat. You need surer targets.
<h2>Angles Change Things</h2>
Given the specific scope of this article I’m not going to spend a lot of time here, but it is important for armed defenders to understand how various body angles change your target areas. Targets on the front of the body are not necessarily the same as on the back of the body. They’re similar, but not identical. Learn them and adjust accordingly.
For instance, it is difficult to attack the upper spine from the front with a handgun. Other than the neck, the spine is protected by various anatomical elements. On the back, however, the spine is somewhat exposed so the upper spine can be an effective rear target.
Note, however, that it is highly unlikely that any assailant will simply be standing facing your or away from you, with arms at his or her sides. More likely they’ll be both at some sort of angle and their arms and or weapons will likely be in the way of certain important target areas.
Notice here how useful target areas change as the body angle changes:
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/turnaround.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15746" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/turnaround.jpg" alt="target areas on different body angles" width="900" height="1800" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/turnaround.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/turnaround-150x300.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/turnaround-768x1536.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/turnaround-512x1024.jpg 512w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<div></div>
In addition to body angles, the fact that they’re attacking you or someone else means that they’ve got their arms and some sort of weapon in use, likely in front of their body. Additionally, their upper body is likely to be in a position other than simply ramrod straight and vertical. Notice how the assailants depicted on these training targets present far fewer effective target areas.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rifle-assailant.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15742" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rifle-assailant.jpg" alt="practice target" width="900" height="623" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rifle-assailant.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rifle-assailant-300x208.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rifle-assailant-768x532.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/woman-aiming.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15743" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/woman-aiming.jpg" alt="" width="400" height="498" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/woman-aiming.jpg 400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/woman-aiming-241x300.jpg 241w" sizes="(max-width: 400px) 100vw, 400px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>In Conclusion</h2>
If you’re going to carry a concealed handgun, don’t live and train with the illusion that simply putting holes in your attacker, even in center mass, will do anything to stop them attacking you before they’ve done great harm.
Effective targets on a human attacker are few and they are small. Get training that focuses on effective target areas and practice for good hits on these effective, small target areas exclusively. If you’re going to defend your life or someone else’s life, know what you’re doing and acquire the skill and discipline to be effective.
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/defensive-targets-for-armed-defenders/">Defensive Targets for Armed Defenders</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/defensive-targets-for-armed-defenders/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>The Springfield Armory XD-S Mod 2 (9mm Model) – Shooting Review</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/the-springfield-armory-xd-s-mod-2-9mm-model-shooting-review/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/the-springfield-armory-xd-s-mod-2-9mm-model-shooting-review/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 24 Aug 2018 11:30:21 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15671</guid>
<description><![CDATA[I was an XD-S owner for a couple of years with the original model. As I’ve detailed before, I was a big fan of the XD-S 9mm and trained with it regularly, ultimately putting thousands of rounds through it. As they’ve done with other XD models, Springfield Armory has now released an updated version of […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/the-springfield-armory-xd-s-mod-2-9mm-model-shooting-review/">The Springfield Armory XD-S Mod 2 (9mm Model) – Shooting Review</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[I was an XD-S owner for a couple of years with the original model. <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-springfield-armory-xd-s-9mm/">As I’ve detailed before</a>, I was a big fan of the XD-S 9mm and trained with it regularly, ultimately putting thousands of rounds through it. As they’ve done with other XD models, Springfield Armory has now released an updated version of the XD-S, called the Mod.2. They first released the XD-S Mod.2 in .45 ACP and now have made the 9mm model available.
The Springfield XD-S has been a popular model since its arrival. It lives in an increasingly crowded class of EDC pistols, but the XD-S has generally been at or near the front of that class. I recently spent a few days shooting and getting to know the updated Mod.2 9mm version and present my thoughts from that experience here. Hope you enjoy.
<h2>Why Consider the Springfield XD-S Mod.2 9mm?</h2>
The XD-S platform has a specific purpose: concealed carry. This is a single-stack, subcompact, striker-fired pistol that is both relatively thin and relatively light. It is made for easy concealment with everyday clothes and even with light clothing or formal wear. Like others in its class, the XD-S pistol is a carry gun for when you can’t carry a larger double-stack pistol, or maybe you just want to be less encumbered.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/xds-compare.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15675" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/xds-compare.jpg" alt="Springfield XD-S Mod.2 9mm" width="1000" height="450" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/xds-compare.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/xds-compare-300x135.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/xds-compare-768x346.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
The XD-S model has a very good track record of reliability (except for the early recall issue in 2013 that Springfield handled quite well) and it has no major design flaws or troublesome design issues. Overall, it’s a solid platform. The Mod.2 update is mostly an exterior and aesthetic update, so it should only bring benefits. Time will tell. Here are the specs:
Springfield Armory XD-S Mod.2 3.3″ 9mm Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Length: 6.3”</li>
<li>Height: 4.3”</li>
<li>Width: .975”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.3” hammer-forged, Melonite finish</li>
<li>Weight: 21oz. (w/empty magazine)</li>
<li>Slide Finish: Black (Melonite)</li>
<li>Magazines: One 7-rd mag w/pinky extension and one 9-rd extended magazine, plus one flush base plate</li>
<li>MSRP: $524 (fiber optic sight), $586 (Tritium sight), $555 (w/Fiber + Viridian laser)</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/sights.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15679" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/sights.jpg" alt="Springfield XD-S Mod.2 9mm" width="550" height="1350" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/sights.jpg 550w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/sights-122x300.jpg 122w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/sights-417x1024.jpg 417w" sizes="(max-width: 550px) 100vw, 550px" /></a>
<h2>Shooting the XD-S Mod.2</h2>
Before pulling the trigger, I noticed that the Mod.2’s redesigned frame offers a grip that is much more comfortable and natural feeling than the original model. I’ll talk about specifics in a moment, but suffice it to say that I immediately liked the redesigned grip. But as you can see from the specs above and the photos here, there is very little basic design difference from the original model here.
My first shots were not as accurate as I’d have hoped. I spent some time getting the hang of shooting this little pistol, and eventually I did, but it was a bit hard for me to stay consistent, I found. It’s a subcompact pistol so it’s going to be a bit snappier than a compact or full-size model, but it seemed a bit more violent than I remember the XD-S being. I chalk this up to the relatively high bore axis as compared to the Glock 43, which is the only subcompact that I shoot these days. By comparison, the G43 is a softer-shooting gun. Anyway, after 20 or so rounds I had it figured out, but my trouble was mostly from one feature: the trigger.
The trigger of the old XD-S was always a bit mushy and the new XD-S Mod.2 has that same mushy trigger. It’s true; this update was a cosmetic update. I confess that my trigger trouble stems mostly from the fact that I shoot so much with one specific trigger (on my carry G19) that different press characteristics throw me off a bit. No biggie, but it’s worth mentioning that the notorious trigger of the XD-S remains. I don’t like it, but others may. After all, the XD-S is a very popular pistol. When I concentrated it was easy to be accurate out to 10 yards on 2” circles so I expect it’d be no problem at 15 or 20 yards to get consequential, incapacitating hits. I shot the pistol using both the pinky-extension magazine and the extended magazine. Both were just fine and I was able to get my whole hand on the grip with the pinky extension.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bothsights.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15676" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bothsights.jpg" alt="Springfield XD-S Mod.2 9mm" width="1000" height="635" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bothsights.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bothsights-300x191.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bothsights-768x488.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
<div></div>
I enjoyed the bright yellow (Tritium loaded) front sight against the blacked-out rear and found it easy to get a good sight picture every time. The new XD-S Mod.2 9mm is available in three different sight configurations: yellow w/Tritium front sight, red fiber-optic front sight, or a fiber optic front sight with a Viridian red laser mounted to the front of the trigger guard.
Over a couple of days I shot a couple hundred rounds of Fiocchi 115gr ball ammo and a bit of Federal Premium 124gr HST and it all ran just fine. Springfield has already done an extensive 25,000-rd torture test without a failure (they say) and I have no reason to doubt its reliability (except that the old model did not run Hornady 135gr Critical Duty rounds – I didn’t check this time).
Overall, the gun ran fine and was easy to manipulate, load, eject the empty magazine, reload, and lock open. The controls seem well placed. No problems here.
Comfort & Controllability 
As I mentioned, I found the grip to be very comfortable. I like what they’ve done with the contours and the change in textures. The original texture wasn’t grippy at all and the big, chunky “texture” was just knobby. This one, while not really grippy either, is at least comfortable. The comfort remains while shooting the gun, too. Good job.
The pistol’s snappiness is to be expected, but I didn’t have trouble controlling it or getting my sights back on target. I was able to easily shoot faster than 1 shot per second without sacrificing any accuracy. There’s really nothing up front on the frame on which to rest your support-hand thumb to help mitigate muzzle flip, but that’s not a grave error for a subcompact. I tried using the takedown lever as a thumb rest, but the recoil made the lever abrade my thumb more than I’d like. Again, no biggie, but that high bore axis has muzzle-flip consequences.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/magazines.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15677" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/magazines.jpg" alt="Springfield XD-S Mod.2 9mm magazines" width="1000" height="700" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/magazines.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/magazines-300x210.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/magazines-768x538.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
Concealability + Capacity 
The XD-S Mod.2 9mm conceals very easily; it is purpose made to be easily concealable. Even the pinky extension on the 7-round magazine wouldn’t cause much of a concealability issue. But there’s also the flat base plate if you’d like to go that way.
At 7 rounds for the flush/pinky mag, the XD-S Mod-2 is pretty competitive for a single stack. The Glock 43 has only a 6-round capacity with the stock magazine and while the G43 is slightly shorter, the XD-S Mod.2 is not a big gun for the extra round. Good stuff.
Components and Materials 
The slide and the barrel are Melonite treated/coated, and that’s good. The sights for the Mod.2 are good to come in different configurations; all with the blacked-out and textured rear sight. The grip texture is far better than the old model, but this is still a grip that you’ll want to stipple if you’re going to carry this gun. The GRIP ZONE texture looks and feels nice, but it is inconsequential for actual grip. It’s nice, though, that this XD-S does not have “GRIP ZONE” emblazoned on the grip for this model like they do on others in the line. :)
Changes for the Mod.2 include the profile of the rear sight, a slightly extended beavertail configuration, and an extension designed into the grip safety. All of these are positive changes and all of them are mere slight improvements. That’s not a dig, just a fact. It’s all good stuff.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/feature-details.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15678" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/feature-details.jpg" alt="Springfield XD-S Mod.2 9mm" width="600" height="700" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/feature-details.jpg 600w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/feature-details-257x300.jpg 257w" sizes="(max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The redesigned frame and grip are much more comfortable than the old model. It’s great that the XD-S Mod.2 9mm comes in three different sight/laser configurations. Some folks will like that the rear sight is A) blacked out, and B) has a bit of a flat ledge on the front for easier 1-handed racking of the slide. This pistol conceals easily and has decent capacity. It’s a small thing, but the pinky-extension mag plate is a nice and useful touch.
Cons 
The trigger is not very nice and the relatively high bore axis gives this pistol a bit more muzzle flip than some subcompacts will have. The grip texture looks nice, but is not very grippy. But that’s just about all I can find wrong with this little gun.
So for rating the XD-S Mod.2…
Ergonomics (*****) 
This is a comfortable pistol to hold and to shoot. The update made good progress on this score.
Shootability (****) 
The XD-S Mod.2 9mm is plenty shootable and easy to get back on target, but I took one star away for the mildly excessive muzzle flip. The variations in sight configurations can allow you to get the setup that works best for you; another plus.
Accuracy (*****) 
For a shorty subcompact, it’s plenty accurate and the XD-S platform has long been recognized for being accurate. Any misses I made were entirely my fault.
Customization (***) 
There’s precious little available for aftermarket customization, save for a trigger kit (which is really not so good). The sight-config variations are a nice touch, but there’s really nothing that one needs to do to this gun.
In Summary 
The Springfield Armory XD-S Mod.2 is arguably one of the best single-stack subcompact pistols on the market. There are some very nice updates in the Mod.2 and I can easily recommend this pistol to you, provided you shoot it first and learn if it fits your hand, your style, and your needs. Rent it and find out.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/the-springfield-armory-xd-s-mod-2-9mm-model-shooting-review/">The Springfield Armory XD-S Mod 2 (9mm Model) – Shooting Review</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/the-springfield-armory-xd-s-mod-2-9mm-model-shooting-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>17</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Your Rights Are Infringed. They Are Very, Very Infringed.</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-rights-are-infringed-they-are-very-very-infringed/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-rights-are-infringed-they-are-very-very-infringed/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Aug 2018 14:59:58 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15645</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Even though the Constitution of the United States recognizes and codifies your right to keep and bear arms—without infringement—your state and federal governments declare that you may under no circumstances keep or bear arms unless you and your arms are compliant with many, many infringements upon your God-given rights. And then only if those who […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-rights-are-infringed-they-are-very-very-infringed/">Your Rights Are Infringed. They Are Very, Very Infringed.</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Even though the Constitution of the United States recognizes and codifies your right to keep and bear arms—without infringement—your state and federal governments declare that you may under no circumstances keep or bear arms unless you and your arms are compliant with many, many infringements upon your God-given rights. And then only if those who manufacture the arms you might purchase can successfully navigate the intricate web of tyrannies upon their activities and operations.
Truly, this state of affairs seems strangely tyrannical for The Land of the Free.
<div style="padding: 20px; background: #eee; margin-bottom: 20px;">Disclaimer: The views expressed in this article are that of the author alone, and are not necessarily those of Eagle Gun Range.</div>
The United States of America existed as a Constitutional Republic for 143 years—becoming during that time the greatest, freest nation on the face of the planet—without a single federal gun law. Then, in 1934, the federal government began perpetrating an unending series of federal tyrannies upon firearms models and configurations, firearms manufacturers, and the individual liberty of those who keep and bear firearms.
It should surprise no one that this tyrannical process of infringements began with legislation written by a Democrat from Connecticut, Attorney General Homer S. Cummings. This Act of Congress—the <a href="https://www.atf.gov/rules-and-regulations/national-firearms-act">National Firearms Act</a> (NFA)—was enacted by the Democrat-controlled 73rd Congress. From that point on, <a href="http://time.com/5169210/us-gun-control-laws-history-timeline/">the U.S. federal government never looked back</a>. It then proceeded to continually infringe on every individual’s God-given right to keep and bear arms; <a href="https://constitutioncenter.org/interactive-constitution/amendments/amendment-ii">the only right referenced in our Constitution</a> with the explicit warning that it “shall not be infringed.” In short, our government lacks authority to infringe upon our rights, yet members of state assemblies and U.S. Congress write and pass these infringements, Governors and Presidents sign these infringements into law, and these infringements remain and pile up, illegal law upon illegal law.
<h2>The Current State of Tyranny</h2>
Fast forward to today where, at the current end of a long train of abuses and usurpations pursuing invariably the same object, the most recent human-liberty kerfuffle surrounds homemade and 3D-printable guns. Even though many Americans have no interest in making their own firearms (something that is now and always has been legal in the United States) or 3D printing firearms, the legal debate surrounding these issues is highly instructive and it exposes some key tyrannies and infringements that Americans may not have been aware of or may have long ignored.
A prominent argument against printed guns is that they are perhaps undetectable. And this is important because, according to <a href="http://uscode.house.gov/">U.S. Code</a>, the only reason, apparently, that the US government allows citizens to keep and bear firearms today is that years ago someone invented the metal detector. I guess that was a fortunate event?
<a href="https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/STATUTE-102/pdf/STATUTE-102-Pg3816.pdf">The United States Undetectable Firearms Act of 1988</a> (18 U.S.C. § 922(p)) makes it illegal to manufacture, import, sell, ship, deliver, possess, transfer, or receive any firearm that is not as detectable by walk-through metal detection as a security exemplar containing 3.7 oz (105 g) of steel, or any firearm with major components that do not generate an accurate image before standard airport imaging technology.
The Undetectable Firearms Act of 1988 was introduced by William J. Hughes (D-NJ) and it easily passed the Democrat-controlled 100th Congress. It was signed into law by everyone’s favorite Republican President, Ronald Reagan. This tyrannical and illegal law infringes on every individual’s right to keep and bear firearms if the model they prefer is not detectable by a walk-through metal detector.
Our Constitution places no limitations on our rights to arms and it grants no authority to any branch of the government to do so, but our government sees fit to do so anyway. But what if the metal detector had never been invented? It’s quite clear that government tyrants would have negated your God-given rights. Eric at Gunmartblog.com wrote <a href="http://gunmartblog.com/2013/12/09/bizzaro-world-metal-detectors-never-invented/">a compelling piece about this very thing</a>:
<blockquote style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;">So seriously, what if metal detectors were never invented? Would the simple fact that we didn’t have the technology to detect firearms at airport checkpoints be a justifiable reason to completely end the inalienable right to keep and bear arms? Would we really outlaw all guns in an effort to ensure that we kept them off airplanes? Would we be willing to give up the second amendment in its entirety to ensure our safe passage on airplanes? I mean if we can completely secure our airplanes and make sure that these bad guys don’t hijack anymore planes, then we should definitely ban guns, right? We can’t detect them, so what else are we to do!
<div></div>
But wait. Even in Bizzaro World a complete and total ban on guns would not stop airplane hijackings. Not having guns on the planes did nothing to stop 9/11. That all went down rather easily without the need for one single firearm… 3D printed or not.
<div></div>
So why ban 3D printed guns? It certainly doesn’t solve the problem. Terrorists have proven that they certainly don’t need to sneak some 3D printed gun parts and one lone bullet onto an airplane to hijack it. Why would we let this ridiculously low level of justifiable “need” go forth and set such a dangerous precedent? And if we are not willing to apply it to everything, across the board then why are we so quick to throw 3D printed guns under the bus?
<div></div>
The danger with throwing 3D printed guns under the bus is that it will have a catastrophic impact on every aspect of liberty in this country… it will be an incredibly dangerous precedent going forward for any and all pieces of technology. We are not just talking about second amendment rights here either. We are talking about giving our overbearing, ruling class politicians the A-OK going forward for any piece of future technology that may come along that might affect any of our unalienable rights. ‘Well, we can’t fully oversee it and control it, so we must ban it‘… is now going to be the standard going forward for everything…</blockquote>
Read the whole article: <a href="http://gunmartblog.com/2013/12/09/bizzaro-world-metal-detectors-never-invented/">Bizzaro World: What if metal detectors were never invented?</a>
So does this ridiculous and illegal precedent for reliance on detecting technology clear the way for tyrannical tech-related mandates? You bet it does. And what if that tech hasn’t even been invented? There is a provable answer to this question, for indeed, they already have created law that requires compliance with a yet-to-be-invented technology—in Commefornia.
<h2>More Tech Tyranny</h2>
Tyrants in California have already written a law that requires manufacturers include in their firearms a technology that does not yet exist. Just as stupidly, this ridiculous law has been upheld by the courts.
<blockquote style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;">In 2007, the California legislature approved a law, enacted as <a href="https://codes.findlaw.com/ca/penal-code/pen-sect-31910.html">Cal. Penal Code § 31910 (b)(7)(A)</a>, on “unsafe handguns.” New models of semiautomatic handguns could not be sold unless the gun was equipped with “microstamping” technology that allowed the make, model, and serial number of the pistol to be imprinted in “two or more places” internally so that, theoretically, this information would imprinted on each cartridge case when the gun was fired. (The bill was amended to add the “two or more” requirement after it was pointed out that a single microstamp on the firing pin could be easily defeated by defacing or replacing the firing pin). Any semiautomatic handgun without this “dual placement microstamping” capability not already on the state roster of handguns was automatically an “unsafe handgun,” which exposed manufacturers, importers, and dealers to criminal prosecution and imprisonment.
<div></div>
The law became effective as soon as the California Department of Justice certified that the technology used to create the imprint was available. When this certification occurred in 2013, the State clarified that the certification confirmed only “the lack of any patent restrictions on the imprinting technology, not the availability of the technology itself.” In layman’s terms, the state was saying that nothing was stopping someone from developing the technology, so it was “available,” even though it wasn’t.</blockquote>
From nraila.org – <a href="https://www.nraila.org/articles/20180703/mission-impossible-california-court-upholds-microstamping-law">Mission Impossible: California Court Upholds Microstamping Law</a>
That’s right; the law requires a technology that does not currently exist. For this and other reasons (detailed in the article—please do read the whole thing), it is impossible for anyone to comply with this law. Even so, as is detailed in the article, litigants appealing the law before the Court are prohibited from arguing against the law on grounds that the law is impossible with which to comply. I’m not kidding.
What good are rights when with them we have no way to comply with the law?
We citizens have the right to keep and bear arms, but arms deemed “safe and legal” may not be manufactured or used in California. Those that are non compliant and allowed (another scary bit of tyranny) to be manufactured must remain on the Roster of Unsafe Handguns. With this mechanism, for reasons that defy logic and morality, the manufacturers can be held liable for any use of these “unsafe” guns…guns that are in no way unsafe. These kinds of requirements are important components of fascism, by the way.
Oh, and this law does not apply to any firearms used or purchased by any law enforcement agency. Well played. Yet another example of something that is allowed for government and not allowed for the people; a practice known by a specific term: tyranny.
<h2>When Legal Victory Just Reveals More Tyranny</h2>
In the <a href="https://templatelab.com/dc-v-heller-case/">District of Columbia v. Heller</a>, 554 U.S. 570 (2008),[1], the Supreme Court of the United States held that the Second Amendment protects an individual’s right to possess a firearm, “unconnected with service in a militia, for traditionally lawful purposes.” There are many specific details covered in this case and its ruling—one that is mostly viewed as a victory for human rights—but there are some very scary and tyrannical precedents there, too.
Firstly, and this is more of an aside, the Second Amendment doesn’t “protect” anything. It is merely a reference to God-given rights possessed by each individual inalienably, whether our Constitution exists or not. It is moral men and armed citizens that protect everything worth protecting. The court’s ruling here invests authority in words on paper where there is none. Ahem.
The primary perversion of law in this case is that much of the reasoning referenced in the case for upholding an individual’s right to keep and bear arms was that a handgun is a firearm that is “in common use at the time” (something that emerged in the 1958 United States v. Miller case). I’m compelled to point out that there is no “in common use” clause to the Second Amendment. Rather, it says “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms shall not be infringed.” It does not describe or limit which kinds of Arms nor does it describe under which circumstances these Arms may be kept or borne. It simply states that this right of the people may not be infringed. And yet, the highest court in the land has declared an assumption to which all Americans must adhere: that the wording is, “the right of the people to keep and bear arms that are in common use shall not be infringed.” This is an outright lie and perversion, and court rulings and legislation that assume this lie are pure tyranny.
And this is not all, not by a long shot. There are many other state and federal infringements on your rights not detailed here; even though no government has authority to infringe on your rights, and violating your rights is a crime. So, yes, your God-given rights are infringed upon. They are severely infringed upon. The government has invoked <a href="http://time.com/5169210/us-gun-control-laws-history-timeline/">a series of infringements since 1934</a> and there will continue to be more and more unconstitutional, tyrannical laws enacted until…what?
That’s the question: how will this long train of abuses and usurpations pursuing invariably the same object be stopped? And when? And by whom? Will Americans be able to successfully appeal to the better natures of our elected representatives to right these wrongs…or will Americans, in that proudest of American traditions, be again forced spill the blood of tyrants in order to secure our liberty?
It’s an important and very serious question. It will have to be answered, for liberty is not negotiable.
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-rights-are-infringed-they-are-very-very-infringed/">Your Rights Are Infringed. They Are Very, Very Infringed.</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-rights-are-infringed-they-are-very-very-infringed/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The Glock 30S</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-glock-30s/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-glock-30s/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 30 Jul 2018 15:58:24 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15566</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The first time I picked up a Glock 30 pistol some years ago I noted that it felt like I was holding a potato. The grip filled my hand and seemed fat as compared to other pistols I’d held in my hands. Not bad, just more robust than most. I must have liked that because […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-glock-30s/">Shooting Review: The Glock 30S</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[The first time I picked up a Glock 30 pistol some years ago I noted that it felt like I was holding a potato. The grip filled my hand and seemed fat as compared to other pistols I’d held in my hands. Not bad, just more robust than most. I must have liked that because it was only a couple months later that I bought one.
Full disclosure: most of the pistols I review are new to me and my review is about first impressions. Not so with this one. I owned an original G30 before the 30S was released and in 2014 I sold my G30 in order to get the G30S model. It’s lighter and slimmer than the original model and it’s a gem of a pistol; a .45 caliber thumper in a compact frame that, to me, just feels right. Except for the fact that it’s chambered in .45 ACP, the Glock 30S is perhaps my all-time favorite pistol.
<h2>Why Consider the Glock 30S?</h2>
The first and last reason to consider a Glock pistol of any variety is the simplicity and reliability. There is no more simple and reliable a pistol on the planet than a Glock. That aside, the G30S is purpose made for concealed carry—it is the compact version of the Glock 21 duty pistol. So you might consider carrying the G30S for its easy concealability (it’s a bit smaller than a G19).
You might consider the G30S for its .45 chambering, as many folks prefer to have fewer large-caliber rounds rather than more smaller-caliber rounds on their hip. If you have larger hands, you might consider the 30S for its robust grip radius. It’s a double-stack .45 so it has a meaty grip that fills the hand. Despite the large chambering, double stack of large rounds in the mag, and meaty grip, the G30S is a relatively lightweight carry pistol at just over 30 ounces, loaded.
Glock 30S Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: .45 ACP (auto)</li>
<li>Length: 6.96”</li>
<li>Height: 4.8”</li>
<li>Overall Width: 1.27”</li>
<li>Slide Width: 1”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.77</li>
<li>Trigger: ~5.5 pounds</li>
<li>Sights: Polymer “U” dot configuration, rear adjustable</li>
<li>Weight: 22.95 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide Finish: Black Melonite</li>
<li>Capacity: 10+1 (9-round flush magazine is available)</li>
<li>Price: ~$499 – $550 (often found for more and for less)</li>
</ul>
Compared to the original G30: 
The Glock 30S is a slightly downsized version of the G30. The primary features are the slimmer slide width (1” as opposed to 1.12”) and lower slide-assembly weight (it’s a full 3.5 ounces lighter than the G30 slide assembly) and with the SF frame, the 30S has a slightly shorter trigger reach and overall grip radius as compared to the plain G30.
<div id="attachment_15576" style="width: 1410px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g30s-today.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-15576" class="size-full wp-image-15576" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g30s-today.jpg" alt="Glock 30S" width="1400" height="1050" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g30s-today.jpg 1400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g30s-today-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g30s-today-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g30s-today-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g30s-today-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g30s-today-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></a>My Glock 30S as I carried it and keep it today.</div>
<h2>Shooting the Glock 30S</h2>
Comfort & Controllability 
The Glock pistol frame is not what most would call comfortable. Rather, it’s serviceable, but it has the saving grace of being very easy to contour with a Dremmel sander for perfect fit and comfort. I believe that every Glock pistol frame needs contouring as well as stippling, so that’s how my 30S is set up. So for me, my Glock 30S fits like a glove.
I expect that some will find the G30S grip to be more comfortable than that of other Glock models, owing to the additional girth. I do and my medium-sized find the girth and trigger reach to be just fine.
The .45 ACP round has a bit of a punch as compared to 9mm and any .45 shot from a compact, polymer frame is going to deliver a bit of pop. That said, the G30S is in no way harsh or uncontrollable. The slightly wider-than-normal grip and the softness of the plastic render the pistol quite tame. I have no trouble whatever shooting an accurate Bill drill as fast as I can pump my finger with this pistol and, provided your grip is proper, this is an easy to control gun. As with comfort concerns, one can contour the frame to allow for better purchase of the support-hand thumb to assist with recoil management.
One thing I’ll point out is that while the 10-round magazines allow for a full grip on the pistol for just about anyone, the 9-round flush magazine leaves a short enough grip that one’s pinky might not have good purchase on the grip. For those with large hands, the pinky might have no purchase at all. The result is not so short as, say, a G26, but the fact that this is a .45 may mean that some folks will desire the full grip provided by the 10-round magazines to help with managing the recoil impulse.
Concealability & Capacity 
I’m used to carrying a Glock 19 all day and I find that the G30S conceals even better than the G19. This fact is mostly due to the shorter grip. The slide is about the same width as the G19, but the frame is slightly wider, but only just so and the concealability difference is nonexistent. Overall, this is an easy-to-conceal pistol; and only a tiny bit heavier than a G19. The G30S is actually a bit lighter on your belt if you carry with the flush 9-round magazine.
The typical, extended-looking magazines are 10-rounders, allowing for 11 in your gun. This capacity is not at all bad, especially considering the compact package and length of the grip. No complaints here.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/compare.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15569" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/compare.jpg" alt="Comparing the G30S to the G19" width="1270" height="1000" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/compare.jpg 1270w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/compare-300x236.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/compare-768x605.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/compare-1024x806.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/compare-1080x850.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1270px) 100vw, 1270px" /></a>
Components and Materials
Well, it’s a Glock. The Glock 30S is built like every other Glock pistol and the frame has Gen 3 styling. The recoil spring is of the captured dual-spring variety. Like most Glock pistols, the G30S comes with polymer sights with the rear U-notch. You’ll likely want to replace these stock sights with some sort of iron sights.
The 30S slide has the bull-nose contouring at the muzzle port, but otherwise is like any other model. The slide-lock lever and takedown tabs are very low-profile, providing the simplest and sleekest external-controls complement in the business.
Customization
Despite its simplicity and reliability, customization is a Glock’s best friend. Virtually every after-market manufacturer on earth makes replacement parts and accessories for Glock pistols and if you are of a mind to replace or augment components you’ll have the widest range of options from which to choose.
Note, however, that unlike some Glock pistols the G30S does not have a reversible magazine release. If you’re a lefty, the G30S requires you use the magazine release as is. That’s no great hurdle, but it is a departure from nearly every other contemporary Glock model.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/glocks.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15579" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/glocks.jpg" alt="Glock 30s views" width="1000" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/glocks.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/glocks-300x180.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/glocks-768x461.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
<h2>Some Customization Recommendations:</h2>
<ul>
<li>Do use a Dremmel tool to contour the bottom/side of the strong-hand side of the trigger guard junction with the frame. It makes a HUGE difference in comfort.</li>
<li>Do stipple the frame; both the grip and the forward area for your support-hand thumb. There is no pistol in the world (except the Glock RTF texture!) that has a frame texture that allows for enough grip purchase when your hands are wet (from rain, sweat, or blood) and the G30S is no exception. A stippled pistol is highly controllable and comfortable, to a degree not found on any non-stippled pistol. And, no, do not use adhesive grip tape. If you don’t train enough to melt or otherwise scrap it off, the tape’s grippiness is not going to help you much.</li>
<li>Do replace the plastic sights with iron sights of your preference.</li>
<li>Do not replace the slide lock with an extended slide lock. It’s a LOCK and not a release. An extended slide lock will get in the way of your manipulation of the pistol making it prone to not lock open on the last round of a magazine.</li>
<li>Do not put a plug in the bottom of the grip. That opening is there to allow for your thumb’s access to help remove the stuck magazine in the event of a double feed malfunction.</li>
<li>Do not replace your slide stop with a trapezoidal, extended slide stop. These extend too far out from the frame and are both uncomfortable for your hand when shooting and will destroy your holster…and will catch on things when you are manipulating your pistol. As for easy fieldstripping, you don’t need to do that so quickly that an extension matters.</li>
</ul>
As for Maintenance:
<ul>
<li>Do replace your recoil spring every 5,000-8,000 rounds – and use a factory replacement (only), not an aftermarket model of any kind.</li>
<li>Do replace your trigger spring and slide-lock spring every 10,000 rounds.</li>
</ul>
For more maintenance advice, <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/maintaining-your-glock/">see this article on maintaining your Glock</a>.
<h2>Carrying the Glock 30S</h2>
I carried the Glock 30S a couple of years ago and it was my daily carry pistol for about a year. I wore the pistol inside the waistband in the 5 o’clock position with a 9-round flush magazine in the gun and 2 10-round mags in an OWB mag pouch on my left side at about 8 o’clock. This rig concealed very well under a simple t-shirt, due in part to the compact nature of the G30S with the flush magazine. Even with the full-size magazine, the G30S has a shorter grip than a G19 (which is my daily carry now) so it is quite concealable no matter your carry location.
Fully loaded, the G30S is less than .4 ounces heavier than a fully-loaded G19, at 30.36 ounces. That’s not terribly light, but for a double-stack .45 pistol, it’s rather remarkable. I find that so long as you have a good carry belt it’s easy to forget you’re wearing it. And that’s not a glib platitude, but a fact based on prolonged experience.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The Glock 30S is an easily concealable, compact .45 with good capacity vs. size and weight. It is as reliable a pistol as was ever made and it’s easy to customize; with a wide variety of after-market components and holsters available.
Cons 
Some with smaller hands may find the grip to be uncomfortably wide. The polymer sights just beg to be replaced with irons. The price may be a bit high for this pistol.
So for rating the Glock 30S…
Shootability (****) 
It’s a Glock. It’s easy to operate and easy to shoot.
Ergonomics (***) 
The Glock 30S is likely the most comfortable compact pistol Glock makes, but it still requires some slight modification to be a truly comfortable gun.
Accuracy (****) 
It is likely more accurate than anyone shooting it. I’m confident with it out to 50 yards.
Reliability (*****) 
There is no more reliable a pistol in the world.
Customization (*****) 
The Glock 30S is among the most customizable pistols on earth.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The Glock 30S is perhaps not for everyone, but everyone should try it. If you like the .45 ACP round and don’t mind its recoil profile, I think the G30S provides the perfect combination of size, weight, capacity, reliability, and concealability.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-glock-30s/">Shooting Review: The Glock 30S</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-glock-30s/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>36</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>My Glock Frame Modification Process</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-glock-frame-modification-process/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-glock-frame-modification-process/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Jul 2018 00:40:27 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15557</guid>
<description><![CDATA[This is my process for every Glock pistol I purchase, taking it from a stock, uncomfortable, ill-fitting frame to a glove-like fit to my hand. The process involves removing the Gen 4 texture, contouring the frame to fit my hand and preference, and stippling for a sure grip in any conditions. This was the Glock […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-glock-frame-modification-process/">My Glock Frame Modification Process</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[This is my process for every Glock pistol I purchase, taking it from a stock, uncomfortable, ill-fitting frame to a glove-like fit to my hand. The process involves removing the Gen 4 texture, contouring the frame to fit my hand and preference, and stippling for a sure grip in any conditions.
This was the Glock 19 Gen 4 fame as purchased.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g19.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15558" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g19.jpg" alt="Glock 19 frame" width="640" height="371" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g19.jpg 640w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g19-300x174.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a>
The video shows, in detail, my process of turning this uncomfortable Glock frame into a carry-worthy frame that fits like a glove.
<div></div>
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/BA7FWC1Ctrw" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div></div>
After some detail work and reassembly, here is my carry-ready Glock 19 Gen 4.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g196-oblique.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15559" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g196-oblique.jpg" alt="Glock 19" width="1400" height="1050" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g196-oblique.jpg 1400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g196-oblique-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g196-oblique-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g196-oblique-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g196-oblique-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g196-oblique-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g19-6-oblique-left.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15560" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g19-6-oblique-left.jpg" alt="" width="1400" height="1050" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g19-6-oblique-left.jpg 1400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g19-6-oblique-left-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g19-6-oblique-left-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g19-6-oblique-left-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g19-6-oblique-left-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/g19-6-oblique-left-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h3>Why Stipple?</h3>
For some the question is aesthetics–so that my gun looks tacticaool! For me, the question is reliable grip in any condition while I’m trying to save my life or the lives of my family. The Gen 4 grip texture looks good, but it’s as slick as glass if your hands are wet. And when might your hands be wet? Think about it: if you’re fighting for your life it is quite likely that your palms may be sweaty from exertion and stress. It’s also likely that your hands may be bloody. Since it’s possible that you’re doing all of this outdoors, it is quite possible that it might be raining. All of these likely conditions require that your pistol’s grip be unfailingly grippy. Therefore, every carry pistol requires stippling.
In any event, this is my method. Hope you find it helpful!
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-glock-frame-modification-process/">My Glock Frame Modification Process</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/my-glock-frame-modification-process/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review -The M&P 380 Shield EZ</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/mp-shield-ez-smith-and-wesson/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/mp-shield-ez-smith-and-wesson/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sat, 30 Jun 2018 21:58:27 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15536</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Why make a low-capacity, mid-sized pistol chambered in .380? This was my first question when I saw the specs of the M&P Shield EZ. Well, Smith & Wesson are no dummies so there had to be some logic behind their move here. What I found when I got my hands on the gun and a […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/mp-shield-ez-smith-and-wesson/">Shooting Review -The M&P 380 Shield EZ</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Why make a low-capacity, mid-sized pistol chambered in .380? This was my first question when I saw the specs of the M&P Shield EZ. Well, Smith & Wesson are no dummies so there had to be some logic behind their move here. What I found when I got my hands on the gun and a few rounds downrange was that they’ve got something rather interesting here.
The frame is seemingly larger than would be required for this capacity and chambering, but there is a benefit. The capacity is seemingly lower than would be expected for a frame of this size, but there is a benefit. The result is an easy to hold, easy to manipulate, lightweight pistol that shoots a defensive round but feels like a .22 cal gun. Hrm.
<h2>Why Consider the M&P 380 Shield EZ?</h2>
The M&P 380 Shield EZ is a compact pistol purpose made for carry and for home defense. Though compact, it is longer and taller than the 9mm Shield most of us know, so there is more of the gun to hold onto. One of the primary features of the pistol is its easy-to-rack slide, seemingly tailor made for people without strong hands. Another feature worth consideration is the grip safety; a feature not often found on compact pistols. If you’re someone who values an extra layer of safety, the M&P Shield EZ might just be the ticket for you. Finally, you might consider this pistol for its appealing price.
The combination of the slightly larger frame and the slightly softer round make this pistol a joy to shoot and very easy with which to be very accurate…all so long as you don’t mind the minimal defensive ballistics of the .380 round.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15540 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez.jpg" alt="S&W 380 m&p shield ez" width="800" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez-300x188.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez-768x480.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/shield380ez-400x250.jpg 400w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
M&P 380 Shield EZ Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 380 Auto</li>
<li>Action: Internal hammer fired</li>
<li>Length: 6.7″</li>
<li>Height: 4.98”</li>
<li>Width: 1.15” (1.43” including the slide “wings”)</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.675” stainless steel Armornite™ finish</li>
<li>Trigger: ~5lb.</li>
<li>Sights: 3-Dot steel, adjustable rear</li>
<li>Safety: Grip safety + available with or without ambi thumb levers</li>
<li>Weight: 18.5 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide: stainless steel Armornite™ finish</li>
<li>Capacity: 8+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $399</li>
</ul>
Note that the model I’m evaluating here has ambi thumb safety levers.
<h2>Shooting the M&P Shield EZ</h2>
Shooting the 380 Shield is like shooting a .22 pistol. No kidding, the recoil impulse is almost nonexistent so the pistol is very easy to control and to maintain a high degree of accuracy. While some .380 pistols are a bit snappy, due to their subcompact configuration, this Shield model has both the size and weight necessary to mitigate all snappiness. This is an easy pistol to shoot.
The frame is larger than a typical Shield, but smaller than, say, the M&P 9. This mid-sized frame offers plenty to hold onto and allows the controls to be very comfortably positioned. I had no problem running the gun for on/off safety, magazine ejection and reloads, and locking the slide back. It all felt very natural and comfortable.
The trigger is actually quite nice and has a very short and crisp reset, but somehow running it fast did not go as smoothly as I thought it should. I did a few strings of rapid fire during which I wasn’t able to keep the gun as still as it seemed I should for being such a soft shooter. I chalk this up to my being familiar with my EDC gun and this slightly altered geometry of this 380 Shield EZ threw a wrench in my gears. Surely with a bit of practice shooting fast drills would become smoother.
Mostly, though, I just enjoyed shooting this gun. No kidding, outside of a precision .22 this is the softest gun I’ve ever shot. So fun.
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity 
The 380 Shield is not at all heavy and lighter than even the smaller Shield 9mm. Though it is named for the Shield, it feels less like that model and more like the M&P 9 in the hand. It’s a single stack gun, but the grip is not overly thin. For my medium-sized hands, it was quite comfortable. And as mentioned earlier, the controls were easy to get to and to manipulate. The 8+1 capacity is a bit low for a .380 of this size, but being a single stack gun keeps the frame width down and facilitates a more concealable gun.
Controlling the 380 Shield EZ is about as easy as it gets. Even older children and new shooters should do quite well keeping this pistol under control.
Components and Features
This Smith and Wesson 380 M&P Shield EZ looks like a typical striker-fired gun, but it’s not. It has an internal hammer and that brings consequences to both the trigger (smooth) and the recoil spring weight you feel when racking the slide (softer), since there is no striker to load up.
The most conspicuous feature of the 380 M&P Shield EZ is the grip safety. It’s a large component that disappears when the frame is gripped. I found that I never even noticed the grip safety fin so it was a non factor in my working with the gun. The model I used had the ambi thumb safety levers. Though I always believe such components to be useless or even dangerous on a pistol, I did spend time engaging and disengaging the levers during shooting. They seemed stiff enough to be properly tactile and easy enough to manipulate. The 380 Shield EZ can come without the manual safety levers if you prefer that model (and I hope you do).
The sights are 3-dot steel and the rear sight is drift adjustable. I had no trouble picking up the sights and maintaining a good sight picture during shooting strings. The slide has good serrations, but with the addition of some “wings” on the rear of the slide, I guess to assist with slide racking. I found them entirely unnecessary, but they also didn’t get in my way as some similar components on other guns have.
<div id="attachment_15543" style="width: 510px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-15543" class="size-full wp-image-15543" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings.jpg" alt="380 Shield EZ detail" width="500" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/wings-300x300.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>These are the wings at the rear of the slide. Not necessary, but not a problem, found.</div>
<div></div>
As mentioned before, the trigger is darn good and contributed positively to accurate shooting. I did not measure its weight, but it seemed to break at around 5 – 5.5 pounds. I’m a fan and wish my Glocks had as good a trigger. The frame is nicely textured and plenty comfortable for my medium-sized hands.
<div></div>
<div id="attachment_15544" style="width: 510px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-15544" class="size-full wp-image-15544" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip.jpg" alt="380 Shield EZ detail" width="500" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/grip-300x300.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>The grip texture is rather mild, but still grippy. Most folks will still want to stipple.</div>
Interestingly, the magazines have side tabs very similar to those found on .22 magazines so that you can if you wish pull down to allow for easier loading of rounds into the magazine. I didn’t find the need to do so, but they work just fine.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15541" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez.jpg" alt="380 Shield EZ" width="801" height="607" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez.jpg 801w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez-300x227.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/ez-768x582.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 801px) 100vw, 801px" /></a>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
This Smith and Wesson 380 is a relatively lightweight pistol that carries relatively lightweight ammo, which amounts to a mid-sized gun that would be very comfortable to carry around concealed all day. Virtually anyone could rack the slide to lock open or to load. The soft-shooting, highly controllable characteristics make shooting the pistol a very appealing prospect. The trigger is excellent and the grip safety offers an unobtrusive layer of mistake prevention. Also, the price is comparatively very nice.
Cons 
The .380 round is not optimal for defensive use, but it is serviceable; especially during warmer months when clothes are not thickly layered. Eight rounds in the magazine is a bit anemic for a carry gun, especially with such a small caliber and the overall package is a bit large for an 8+1 capacity (only 1 more round than the smaller 9mm model???).
So for rating the M&P 380 Shield EZ…
Ergonomics (****) 
There is nothing spectacular about this gun’s ergonomics, but it works and feels just fine.
Shootability (*****) 
Perhaps the most shootable pistol I’ve ever laid my hands on.
Accuracy (*****) 
I found it to be very accurate and very easy to maintain that accuracy!
Concealability (****) 
The 380 Shield EZ is thin enough and small enough to conceal quite well, though not as well as its smaller cousin, the M&P Shield 9mm.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
Essentially what Smith & Wesson has done here is create an easy to manipulate, easy to shoot, lightweight gun that sacrifices some size and capacity for a soft shooting experience. In my mind, this is not a bad tradeoff as it addresses some issues that plague some shooters and gives them a mildly compromised solution. Good for S&W.
In the end, my only complaint with this package is the .380 round. Everything else is just fine for my money. Eagle Gun Range has the 380 Shield EZ for rent, so take it out for yourself and see what you think.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/mp-shield-ez-smith-and-wesson/">Shooting Review -The M&P 380 Shield EZ</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/mp-shield-ez-smith-and-wesson/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>53</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Situational Awareness Advice for Armed Citizens</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/situational-awareness-advice-for-armed-citizens/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/situational-awareness-advice-for-armed-citizens/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 13 Jun 2018 18:35:58 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15485</guid>
<description><![CDATA[If you are habitually armed in public, it is necessary that you live your public life aware of what’s going on around you; that you are situationally aware. Proper situational awareness is not something you simply get after some time as a concealed or open carrier. Rather it is something that you must deliberately develop […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/situational-awareness-advice-for-armed-citizens/">Situational Awareness Advice for Armed Citizens</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[If you are habitually armed in public, it is necessary that you live your public life aware of what’s going on around you; that you are situationally aware.
Proper situational awareness is not something you simply get after some time as a concealed or open carrier. Rather it is something that you must deliberately develop into habit. Doing so takes time and continual effort until it’s something you do automatically, without ever thinking about it. Ultimately, situational awareness becomes your lifestyle. That doesn’t mean it’s something conspicuous, something you display in your mannerisms. On the contrary, it’s an unobtrusive quality, likely unnoticeable by those around you. At least it should be, until there’s something to respond to.
To become habitually, situationally aware requires that you work to develop some specific habits that at first will intrude upon your daily life. Initially, they’re things you have to deliberately think about and remember to do nearly all of the time until they become unconscious habits. My advice that follows here includes some important components to situational awareness, but once you start paying attention you’ll likely find or develop others.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/publicplace.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15486" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/publicplace.jpg" alt="a public setting" width="1024" height="683" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/publicplace.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/publicplace-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/publicplace-768x512.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>General Habits</h2>
Be genuinely interested in what’s happening around you at all times. Actively and passively monitor the situation for your entire 360. 
Everywhere you go you should be continually comparing the people and activity around you to what you believe should be the baseline for the location or context. By baseline, I mean “the normal” for the venue. If anything varies from how people should normally behave, move, talk, and engage in activity it should raise a flag to your attention.
Continually monitor for anything new or incongruent. Note when the volume or character of nearby conversations changes; when the background noise varies oddly; when the flow of human traffic changes; when nearby people’s physical attitude changes, when the point of attention for the people around you changes; when an individual or a group of people seem out of place due to physical attitude, dress, facial expression, movement, or other quality. You might even be able to detect when the mood of those around you changes (develop and then learn to trust your gut!).
At first you’ll have to actively pay attention. In time, you’ll be surprised by how easy it is to keep tabs on everything happening around you. When you have developed the habit, nearly all of the aforementioned information can be monitored passively. When something raises a flag in your attention, switch to active and evaluate things critically for a moment.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/restaurant.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15487" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/restaurant.jpg" alt="a restaurant setting" width="900" height="550" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/restaurant.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/restaurant-300x183.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/restaurant-768x469.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<div></div>
Move and position yourself strategically. Sit facing the front door or the largest area of the room in public places. Even better, have your back to a wall while doing so. 
If you’re going to monitor the situation, it’s best to have a clear view of your surroundings, with your back toward the least-likely direction for ambush. This is an easy habit to develop, but it requires that you enlist your family and friends. For instance, my wife always takes the restaurant seat with her back to the door because she knows which seat I’ll take. Likewise, all of my friends know to leave the proper seat to me when we’re out in public because they’ve been trained (by me) and know that if they don’t, I’ll ask to switch seats. When you’re with someone new, move deliberately to take the proper position in a room or at the table.
This is an important habit and allows for some other important ones…
When in a static position in a public place (e.g. seated in a restaurant, in an office waiting room, in your workplace) briefly make note of every person who enters the room. 
Take a look at face, hands, and hips and “clear them” as a potential threat before letting your attention drift elsewhere. While this might sound laborious, it’s really quite easy and can be done in one or two seconds. It’s nothing anyone should notice you doing, as it becomes just a component of your stationary activity and varied attention.
Does the person seem nervous or angry? Are they holding their arms oddly, especially holding their arms against their body or beltline? Are they holding something in their hands? What is it? Are they trying to conceal something in their hands? Are they wearing clothes that are incongruent with the temperature or venue? You should be able to tell from the face, hands, or hips, or combination of them, if that person is about to become a threat.
If you’re then going to respond to the potential or developing threat, you’ll have to already have a plan specific to that location (a topic for another article).
<h2>Habits for Moving Around</h2>
Take a wide line when going around corners. Check beside and behind you after you turn the corner. 
When moving to a space you cannot see, it is important not to make yourself an easy target; either for ambush or for collision with someone else who is equally oblivious and coming toward you.
This habit is most threat-context relevant when you’re in a public space, like on a downtown sidewalk, in a parking garage, in an apartment breezeway or hallway. When you’re going to walk around a right-hand corner, western habit is to hug the right side and take the corner in a shallow manner. Break with this habit and always move to the center of the walkway well before the corner so that you get a view of your new space before you move into it. When you’ve finished turning the corner, reevaluate your immediate 360 after a step or two. Corners—before, during, and after—are common ambush locations.
If you’re approaching a T corner, be sure to check both ways as you’re navigating the turn. Don’t leave an unknown at your back.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/hallway.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15488" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/hallway.jpg" alt="a hallway" width="900" height="808" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/hallway.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/hallway-300x269.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/hallway-768x689.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<div></div>
Scan right and left when walking through a doorway—any doorway, even in your own home. 
Like blind corners, archways and doorways take us from a clear view to an unseen area. Make a habit of moving slowly through portals while you quickly scan right and left; even up, when appropriate. Unless you’re actively evaluating for specific threats, this needn’t be anything more than a quick glance, as anything that might concern you will capture your attention.
I say “even in your own home,” because survival is a habit that is relevant to the activity, not to the public or private context. If you sometimes don’t do it, then you’ve not yet developed the habit.
Never walk while looking at or talking on your phone. 
Just never do it. Sadly, this is a common habit and character flaw among people today. This one mistake is responsible for a large proportion of mugging victimhood. One should never do it.
Note that your friends who habitually break this rule are alive at the whim of criminals who could take them at any moment. It’s not okay to live at another’s whim.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/garage.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15489" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/garage.jpg" alt="a garage" width="900" height="606" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/garage.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/garage-300x202.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/garage-768x517.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<div></div>
When in a parking lot or parking garage, pay particular attention to your surroundings. 
These areas are prime ambush locations so always make note of and evaluate:
<ul>
<li>occupied parked cars</li>
<li>running cars</li>
<li>all of the other people (What are they doing? Where are they going?)</li>
<li>blind spots</li>
</ul>
Additionally, give parked cars a wide berth while walking to/from yours. Note the spaces in between. Never, ever, assume you are alone.
<h2>Automobile Habits</h2>
Pay particular attention when approaching a parking spot. 
Whether you’re in a parking lot, a parking garage, or approaching your own driveway, turn up your awareness as you approach your parking spot. Maintain heightened awareness after you park. Scan the wider area then the immediate area as you pull up. Before you turn off the engine or unlock the doors, do a quick 360 scan. Then, when you exit your vehicle, pay particular attention to the area behind you as you reevaluate your 360 and leave the area of your vehicle.
Undo your seatbelt before you turn into your parking space. 
Parking ambush attacks often come or can be noticed before you stop your vehicle. Smart assailants may have an accomplice in another vehicle that will block your way of escape. If you are strapped into your seat, it can be difficult to deploy your defensive weapon quickly enough to thwart the threat before an assailant can gain the advantage (you will likely die if you attempt to draw your own weapon when the assailant’s gun is trained on you). It can be a useful habit to free yourself of constraint well before you begin parking.
Of course, if you notice a threat before you turn off your engine, driving away from a threat can often be the best course of action—provided you’re not blocked in or acting from the drop (when an assailant already has a gun drawn on you).
<h2>Develop Your Gut</h2>
At first you’ll have to deliberately practice situational awareness. In time, you’ll simply be aware. Ultimately, all of these habits should be automatic and employing them should bring nothing visibly noticeable about you. You’ll still look and behave the same way, but you’ll be far more in tune to what’s going on around you. If you’re going to listen to your gut, give it something to go on and work to develop the senses that will inform your intuition.
Since you’re the one with the defensive weapon on your person, you should be the first one alerted to something wrong. Be first. Those who respond last usually don’t last very long when things go wrong. So if you carry a defensive weapon, give yourself a chance for that fact to count for something when it’s needed.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
Featured photo at top is by <a href="https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:The_Coliseum,_Fort_Worth,_Texas_(8123991462).jpg">Nicolas Henderson</a> from Coppell, Texas.
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/situational-awareness-advice-for-armed-citizens/">Situational Awareness Advice for Armed Citizens</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/situational-awareness-advice-for-armed-citizens/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Concealed-Carry Matters:Home Training Kit for Dry-Fire</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-matters-home-training-kit-for-dry-fire/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-matters-home-training-kit-for-dry-fire/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 14 May 2018 15:30:09 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15367</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Live-fire training obligates us to ammunition expenses that may come dearly for some. Thankfully, dry-fire practice needs not be so expensive and so it can be far easier to schedule as a multiple-times-per-week activity. There are, however, some equipment needs for a more robust dry-fire and dry-training experience. Well, some are needs and some are […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-matters-home-training-kit-for-dry-fire/">Concealed-Carry Matters:Home Training Kit for Dry-Fire</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Live-fire training obligates us to ammunition expenses that may come dearly for some. Thankfully, dry-fire practice needs not be so expensive and so it can be far easier to schedule as a multiple-times-per-week activity. There are, however, some equipment needs for a more robust dry-fire and dry-training experience. Well, some are needs and some are nice-to-haves. Let’s look at them and examine some ways to use them in effective home practice.
Home Training Kit
While there are all sorts of kit you might get for your training, the things I believe are good home-training components for everyday carry, in order of importance, include:
<ul>
<li>Snap caps</li>
<li>Blue gun (full-weight +1)</li>
<li>Airsoft replica</li>
</ul>
<h2>Snap Caps and Blue Guns</h2>
Snap caps are mostly known as live-fire training aids, to be used as dummy rounds mixed into a loaded magazine to simulate a malfunction. They’re good tools in this role, but they have a role in home dry-fire practice, too. Even if your dry-fire practice is nothing more than trigger-press precision training, I recommend using snap caps. These dummy rounds help to protect your gun’s components from undue wear and potential damage that dry trigger presses can bring, especially to striker-fired pistols.
The snap cap allows the striker to impact as normal on the back of a shell, saving the striker from repeated impacts on the rear of the breech face in striker-fired pistols. While it takes many dry strikes to do so, repeated striker impacts can cause cracks in the breech face and can ultimately damage the striker. When I use snap caps for home dry-fire practice, I load one or more magazines full of them, so as to add some weight to the magazine for a more realistic feel.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/orangesnap.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15370" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/orangesnap.jpg" alt="orange snap caps" width="500" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/orangesnap.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/orangesnap-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/orangesnap-300x300.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/snapcaps.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15371" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/snapcaps.jpg" alt="brass snap caps" width="1200" height="816" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/snapcaps.jpg 1200w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/snapcaps-300x204.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/snapcaps-768x522.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/snapcaps-1024x696.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/snapcaps-1080x734.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a>
<div></div>
The plastic, florescent orange snap caps are great for range use because they’re easier to find on the ground than the maroon or brass kind. But for home practice I use the kind with a brass case because they’ll last longer. The orange plastic kind tend to wear over time at the case rim area, and have to be thrown away.
A blue gun that is an exact copy of your carry gun is a very useful, even vital component of dry training, both for at home and for practical training at the range. A blue gun allows you to practice manipulations and engage in hands-on partner practice safely, because it is 100% inert.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/bluegun.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15372" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/bluegun.jpg" alt="blue gun" width="1200" height="863" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/bluegun.jpg 1200w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/bluegun-300x216.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/bluegun-768x552.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/bluegun-1024x736.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/bluegun-1080x777.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/blue-holster.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15373" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/blue-holster.jpg" alt="" width="1200" height="706" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/blue-holster.jpg 1200w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/blue-holster-300x177.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/blue-holster-768x452.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/blue-holster-1024x602.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/blue-holster-1080x635.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a>
<div></div>
Blue guns come in light models and true-weight models. You can practice with a lightweight blue gun, but for more realistic training the weighted kind is best. I carry a Glock 19 every day, so my blue gun is a true-weight, exact copy of my G19. I use it at home to <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/becoming-a-left-handed-shooter/">practice left-handed concealed carry manipulations</a> and I use it at the range to do a few first runs of new manipulations so that I can make mistakes while maintaining safety. Moreover, I’ve used my blue gun in hands-on practical classes for retention defense and grappling with pistols. This is a very handy tool for gaining firearms and EDC competence.
<h2>Airsoft Pistols</h2>
I recommend airsoft in a very narrow context for firearms training. I’d say that an airsoft pistol has value if it is 1) an exact replica of your everyday-carry pistol, 2) is a blow-back gun so that the slide cycles when firing, and 3) is used only for practical-scenario solo practice and practical-scenario force-on-force training. Airsoft is a huge industry and hobby endeavor that is mostly focused on airsoft gaming and I suggest that any prolonged participation in that aspect of use for replica weapons is very harmful to your self-defense competency and firearms safety habits.
That said, I believe there are very good ways to use an airsoft replica gun to aid in the development of practical competence. In much the same way a blue gun affords us the opportunity to practice certain manipulations and drills safely, an airsoft replica allows for a next step in that process with the added benefit of a functioning tool. Airsoft practice is not “safe” in the way that blue-gun practice is, but it allows for complete follow-through in scenario-based training, provided you take simple precautions like wearing good eye protection (goggles are best) and perhaps heavier clothing to protect from the very real sting of the airsoft bbs.
<div id="attachment_15374" style="width: 1210px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/airsoft.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-15374" class="size-full wp-image-15374" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/airsoft.jpg" alt="airsoft Glock 19" width="1200" height="880" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/airsoft.jpg 1200w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/airsoft-300x220.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/airsoft-768x563.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/airsoft-1024x751.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/airsoft-1080x792.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a>My airsoft Glock 19 with the green-gas magazine and 6mm bbs.</div>
These practical-scenario uses aside, I use airsoft for the same reason I do static, dry-fire trigger presses: to develop my hands’ ability to stay still while pressing and breaking the trigger. In this way I train my hands, body, and brain to not react to the break of the live-fire shot and develop myelin pathways to cement the habit. The benefit of the airsoft gun is that it provides the pop, the cycling slide, and a very mild recoil impulse in that still-hand training. I believe it to be very beneficial.
Some of the dimensions of home dry-fire practice are outlined very well in this (somewhat hilarious) video from the “warrior poet,” John Lovell. John is the real deal and I highly recommend his videos.
<div></div>
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/4ezHq4KVkb8" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div></div>
Hope you enjoyed this and work to add dry-fire practice to your regular training regimen.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-matters-home-training-kit-for-dry-fire/">Concealed-Carry Matters:Home Training Kit for Dry-Fire</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-matters-home-training-kit-for-dry-fire/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Automatic, Animated Targets at Eagle Gun Range</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/automatic-animated-targets-at-eagle-gun-range/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/automatic-animated-targets-at-eagle-gun-range/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sun, 29 Apr 2018 13:17:07 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15335</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Most indoor gun ranges have rules and conventions that make it difficult for folks to do much more than static target shooting. While target practice and precision fundamentals practice can be fun and they’re important components of shooting practice, if that’s all you get to do you’re missing out on other important training—and fun. Now, […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/automatic-animated-targets-at-eagle-gun-range/">Automatic, Animated Targets at Eagle Gun Range</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Most indoor gun ranges have rules and conventions that make it difficult for folks to do much more than static target shooting. While target practice and precision fundamentals practice can be fun and they’re important components of shooting practice, if that’s all you get to do you’re missing out on other important training—and fun. Now, Eagle Gun Range has a way to help you move beyond mere target shooting.
The <a href="https://www.google.com/maps?ll=32.947366,-96.838143&z=16&t=m&hl=en-US&gl=US&mapclient=embed&q=14400+Midway+Rd+Farmers+Branch,+TX+75244">Farmer’s Branch location of Eagle Gun Range</a> has a target system that can greatly broaden your training and your fun. In addition to static positions at 1 to 25 yards, their automatic, programmable targets also have 27 animated programs for pistol and rifle that offer fun and challenging training drills to test you and keep your practical skills sharp.
For example, here’s a video of portions of a couple of runs through the Decision program; a shoot / no shoot drill that uses a bad-guy and good-guy side of the target. This video is on the advanced setting and the drill asks for three shots each time the bad-guy target is presented for 1.5 seconds. Note that the beginner and intermediate settings present the target for longer periods of time.
<div></div>
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/yB5gLUVNYnc" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/menu.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15336" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/menu.jpg" alt="" width="1400" height="1050" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/menu.jpg 1400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/menu-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/menu-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/menu-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/menu-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/menu-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></a>
<div></div>
Each shooting lane has a control pad that offers a menu. From here you can choose “Manual,” which you can use to set the static location of your target for precision target practice; “Drills,” which is a topic for another post; and “Programs,” which offers an array of pre-programmed shooting courses. Several of the programs have beginner, intermediate, and advanced settings.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog1.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15337" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog1.jpg" alt="" width="1400" height="1050" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog1.jpg 1400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog1-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog1-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog1-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog1-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog1-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></a>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog2.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15338" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog2.jpg" alt="" width="1400" height="1050" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog2.jpg 1400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog2-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog2-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog2-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog2-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog2-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></a>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog3.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15339" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog3.jpg" alt="" width="1400" height="1050" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog3.jpg 1400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog3-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog3-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog3-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog3-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/prog3-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></a>
<div></div>
It is important to note here that because many of the programs require or allow a number of shots within a short span of time, you are allowed to break the 1-shot-per-second rule at this Eagle Gun Range location, provided that you can demonstrate safe competence when doing so. Your range safety officer will be the arbiter of your shooting speed allowance. So unlike with most indoor gun ranges, if you can safety shoot fast and on target, your Farmer’s Branch Eagle Gun Range RSO will allow you to do so.
For some, “shooting faster” may mean just a little faster than 1 shot per second, but for others it might mean 4 or 5 shots per second. The point is not to go fast, but to take advantage of the opportunity to practice practical shooting, which may well be faster than simply 1 shot per second.
<h2>How to Do It</h2>
To use the programs you should ask your RSO to turn on the programs for your lane. After doing so, the RSO will need to add a full-size cardboard target backing to the lane so that your target can remain flat during the animations. When that’s done you’re good to go; select “programs” from the menu, find the program you’d like to try, and read the instructions.
Note that several of the programs will require a number of shots that may be greater than your magazine capacity. So be sure to pre-load two or more magazines and have them at the ready; either on your shooting bench, in your pocket, or in your magazine pouch on your belt. When you’re ready, press “start” and the screen will count down from 5 to 1 before the program begins. Be safe and have fun!
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/instructions.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15340" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/instructions.jpg" alt="" width="1400" height="1050" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/instructions.jpg 1400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/instructions-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/instructions-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/instructions-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/instructions-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/instructions-1080x810.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></a>
<div></div>
Above: The detailed instructions for the advanced “Decision” pistol drill.
Don’t be intimidated by the fancy features here, it’s just an animated target and each program has clear instruction (and usually some comprehensive details by tapping “more”) for how to engage the drill. Try things out. Make mistakes. Try it again. It’s not a test unless you want it to be. The point is to expand your practice beyond what you’re used to.
For reference, here is a list of the available programs:
<ul>
<li>Pistol – Basic | 2 min</li>
<li>Pistol – Intermediate | 2 min</li>
<li>Pistol – Advanced | 2 min</li>
<li>Rifle – Basic | 2 min</li>
<li>Rifle – Intermediate | 3 min</li>
<li>Rifle – Advanced | 2 min</li>
<li>Decision – Basic | 2 min</li>
<li>Decision – Intermediate | 2 min</li>
<li>Decision – Advanced | 2 min</li>
<li>6×6 – 3×3 Short Distance | 1 min</li>
<li>10x6x3 Long Distance | 2 min</li>
<li>21 ft. Challenge 1 | 1 min</li>
<li>21 ft. Challenge 2 | 1 min</li>
<li>2 Mag Reload Basic | 30 sec</li>
<li>2 Mag Reload Advanced | 30 sec</li>
<li>1 Mag Reload Basic | 30 sec</li>
<li>1 Mag Reload Advanced | 30 sec</li>
<li>Charging Drill Basic | 1 min</li>
<li>Charging Drill Advanced | 1 min</li>
<li>Long Shot Decision | 1 min</li>
<li>1 Hole Game Short Dist | 2 min</li>
<li>1 Hole Game Long Dist | 2 min</li>
<li>Counting Game | 2 min</li>
<li>Fed. Pistol Qualification 1/4 | 1 min</li>
<li>Fed. Pistol Qualification 2/4 | 1 min</li>
<li>Fed. Pistol Qualification 3/4 | 1 min</li>
<li>Fed. Pistol Qualification 4/4 | 1 min</li>
</ul>
Come by the range and try them out! They’re fun and challenging and, most importantly, they allow you to stretch into more practical training with your defensive tools to better evaluate and hone your skills.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/automatic-animated-targets-at-eagle-gun-range/">Automatic, Animated Targets at Eagle Gun Range</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/automatic-animated-targets-at-eagle-gun-range/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Becoming a Left-Handed Shooter</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/becoming-a-left-handed-shooter/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/becoming-a-left-handed-shooter/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 06 Apr 2018 19:19:21 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15291</guid>
<description><![CDATA[I am right handed. That said, a progressive issue with my right hand will in years to come require I become a left-handed shooter; carry concealed left handed, train and compete left handed. It’s not what I’d prefer, but it’s likely a future requirement so I’m getting started early with preparations and training to build […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/becoming-a-left-handed-shooter/">Becoming a Left-Handed Shooter</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[I am right handed. That said, a progressive issue with my right hand will in years to come require I become a left-handed shooter; carry concealed left handed, train and compete left handed. It’s not what I’d prefer, but it’s likely a future requirement so I’m getting started early with preparations and training to build left-hand firearms competence.
When I mentioned on social media that I was beginning the process of becoming a left-handed shooter, several of my friends asked me to document and share the process. So I’m doing just that, beginning with this article and its accompanying videos. My friends’ request would seem to be sensible, as surely I’m not the only one dealing with issues that will force a change of primary hands for everyday concealed carry, training, competition, and potentially even practical use. Whether from serious injury, stroke, or other causes there are times folks will have to make their lifelong support hand into their primary hand for everyday tasks.
Life happens and that’s no excuse to go through the rest of it incompetent, unarmed, and defenseless.
<h2>First Steps</h2>
The first consequential and necessary step I took was ordering a left-handed holster in the model I prefer (<a href="https://www.tacticalholsters.com/product/incog-eclipse/">the INCOG Eclipse</a>). When it arrived, I began using my full-weight blue gun to practice mechanics and to sort out the changes I’d need to make in order to switch my everyday carry, draw, and presentation from right to left. There were more changes than I first thought there would be.
Have to flip my belt from left-side insertion to right-side insertion into my pants’ belt loops. 
This change is required because I carry in the appendix position and I don’t want the holster clip to have to cover two layers; both the belt and the belt tail. So the tail needs to extend in the opposite direction than it does now.
Had to contour and stipple new locations of my gun frame. 
I carry a Glock 19 pistol and I always contour the right underside of the trigger guard so that there is a larger, smoother transition from the trigger-guard underside to the right side of the frame. This makes gripping and shooting the pistol far more comfortable. I now had to contour the left side as well. As for stippling, I contour and stipple the forward area of the left side of the frame where my support-hand thumb rests when I grip the pistol. I use that index point as an anchor for my thumb to help control the recoil impulse when firing. I therefore had to do the same to the right side.
I’ll need to order a magazine pouch with bullets facing the opposite direction. 
I carry two extra magazines every day as a part of my <acronym style="cursor: help;" title="Everyday Carry">EDC</acronym> kit. I’ll have to carry them on the right so I need a pouch with the bullets facing forward on my right side. Haven’t ordered this <a href="https://gunfightersinc.com/products/ronin-magazine-pouches/">Ronin double mag pouch</a> yet, but will do so very soon. Interesting to note that this change means I’ll have to change my phone-pouch carry position from the right to the left.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/back-wtdi-uncovered.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15293" style="padding-top: 30px;" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/back-wtdi-uncovered.jpg" alt="" width="1000" height="678" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/back-wtdi-uncovered.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/back-wtdi-uncovered-300x203.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/back-wtdi-uncovered-768x521.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
Above: My current belt complement for my right-handed carry. I’ll have to reverse all of what you see here for left-hand carry.
I’ll need to order a right-facing holster for my TDI knife. 
I carry a TDI knife in the near middle of my back on the exterior of my belt that is made for me to reach back and draw with my left hand. I’ll eventually need one facing the opposite direction, for use with my right hand.
I may also eventually need to change the pocket locations of a couple of other EDC items, but perhaps that won’t be so crucial.
<h2>Week-One Observations: Drawing from Concealment & Manipulations</h2>
Luckily, I’ve practiced left-hand-only pistol manipulations for years and I’m confident in my ability to draw (from a right-hand holster), reorient the pistol, engage, clear malfunctions, and reload all with my left hand. That’s just part of training to stay in the fight should my primary hand/arm be injured or otherwise engaged. Going to a left-hand draw from a left-hand holster and engaging lefty with both hands on the gun is a different matter.
After some blue-gun practice at home, I did some left-hand training at the range this week. I started with some dry draws and presentations, making sure I was solid getting my hands safely into a proper grip in that process. As you can see in the video here, things went okay, but there were a host of little things that were not quite right.
<div></div>
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/1xA8PKTllWY" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div></div>
Observations from Dry-fire:
<ul>
<li>My support hand doesn’t yet feel very comfortable on the gun. It feels weak, actually. Adding a stippled index point for my forward thumb may help with this.</li>
<li>As a lefty shooter I’ll be cross-eye dominant. There will be no changing of my dominant eye from right to left, but I’m good with this.</li>
<li>Marrying my hands after the draw feels clumsy. This is a training issue.</li>
<li>My arm mechanics in and after presentation are wrong. Elbows should be facing outward more and not pointed down toward the ground.</li>
</ul>
After some dry-fire I went to live-fire draws and shots. Here I was 23 yards from a 12” steel target.
<div></div>
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/gSTcEKnSlzU" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div></div>
Observations from live-fire:
<ul>
<li>I may have to adjust my holster’s ride height to get a better grip before drawing from the holster.</li>
<li>Accuracy is pretty good. The video eventually shows a few misses, all because I was trying to concentrate on shoulder/head position and grip mechanics rather than accuracy. At first and then later, I have solid hits because I was trying to be accurate, so I was.</li>
<li>Grip still feels odd and weak.</li>
<li>Arms are still in wrong position (elbows badly facing downward).</li>
<li>Turtling, still (head down, shoulders hunched).</li>
<li>Appendix carry can be mildly dangerous for beginners and those switching hands as I am here, but my draws and re-holstering are going just fine and I am competent in my safety here.</li>
<li>Other than this, things are going pretty well.</li>
</ul>
This is day one of week one. I’m not surprised by my mild clumsiness and the poor mechanics. It’s a process. I’m mostly concerned with safety and gross mechanics at this point. On those issues I am happy with the results.
Here is my summary of observations from day one, the video made after my range session.
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/qO_INK3BnGo" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
I’ll continue to document my transition process and will be sure to note any and all interesting or consequential observations that come from it. I’ll publish those observations in subsequent articles either here on the Eagle blog or on my own site. I hope you’ll find it all interesting and will stay tuned.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/becoming-a-left-handed-shooter/">Becoming a Left-Handed Shooter</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/becoming-a-left-handed-shooter/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review – The H&K VP9SK</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hk-vp9sk/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hk-vp9sk/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Thu, 29 Mar 2018 12:53:32 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15277</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Heckler & Koch’s VP9 remains one of the more popular full-sized pistols of the past few years. I remember when shooters first got it into their hands, they immediately started calling for a compact model for concealed carry. Now, after a few years, H&K have release that smaller-version pistol. The VP9SK (SK for subkompakt, I […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hk-vp9sk/">Shooting Review – The H&K VP9SK</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Heckler & Koch’s VP9 remains one of the more popular full-sized pistols of the past few years. I remember when shooters first got it into their hands, they immediately started calling for a compact model for concealed carry. Now, after a few years, H&K have release that smaller-version pistol.
The VP9SK (SK for subkompakt, I think) is an abbreviated version of <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hk-vp9/">the VP9</a>. I have been shooting the VP9SK this month and have some thoughts to share on that experience here. I was pleased to find that it does bring with it that butter-smooth trigger and the contoured, configurable grip. It also brings with it some of the less attractive features of the larger model, but not all of them. Here are my thoughts after spending a few hundred rounds with this oddly-large subcompact.
<h2>Why Consider the H&K VP9SK?</h2>
The H&K VP9SK is a large-ish “subcompact,” double-stack pistol that is purpose-made for concealed carry and it has many of the qualities of its larger namesake. You might consider this pistol for the manufacturer’s reputation for producing firearms of excellent quality. You might also consider this one if you don’t want to carry a full-size pistol, but don’t want the lower capacity of a single-stack gun. Mostly though, you might consider this pistol if you really enjoy the popular features of the VP9 and wished there was a smaller version for concealed carry. There is!
H&K VP9SK Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9mm</li>
<li>Length: 6.61″</li>
<li>Height: 4.57” with flush magazine, 5” with extended magazine</li>
<li>Width: 1.31”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.39”</li>
<li>Trigger: 4.5lb to 5.5lb.</li>
<li>Sights: Luminescent 3-Dot, steel</li>
<li>Weight: 23.07 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide: Black oxide finish</li>
<li>Capacity: 10+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $719 (often found for much less)</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15279" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk.jpg" alt="" width="1024" height="752" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk-300x220.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk-768x564.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk-1.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15281" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk-1.jpg" alt="" width="1024" height="752" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk-1.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk-1-300x220.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk-1-768x564.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a>
The overall size and weight of this supposed subcompact pistol are a bit surprising. While slightly smaller than a compact Glock 19 and with considerably less capacity, the VP9SK is a couple of ounces heavier! That’s not what I would have expected from a gun that is labeled a subcompact. The fact of the matter is that despite the claim, the SK is not a subcompact and is among the larger and heavier compact pistols on the market. This may or may not matter to some individuals, but it’s worth noting for comparison purposes.
<h2>Shooting the VP9SK</h2>
Putting rounds on target with the VP9SK was, for me, a better experience than shooting its full-size brother. The shorter slide of the SK greatly reduces the muzzle flip found with the full-sized VP9. In that respect, the VP9SK provides a superior shooting experience. Not surprisingly, the trigger on this compact model is as good as on the full-sized original; smooth and relatively light. I, like many others, think this is one of the better stock triggers available on a striker-fired pistol.
What I first noticed when I started shooting the SK was that my hands could not find a comfortable position for a good grip. I felt awkward holding the pistol, due to the extended mag finger-groove mismatch for my primary hand and the lack of any anchor point for my support-hand thumb. Others with different-sized hands and grip conventions may or may not have this experience. The only other things I found less than enjoyable on this pistol were the paddle-style magazine release and the polymer “wings” on the back of the slide. More on those later.
The extra weight this medium-sized gun carries makes for a relatively soft shooting experience. I find its recoil impulse to be less noticeable than that of the G26 or other double-stack short guns. The fact that the VP9SK is considerably larger than most of these certainly helps on that score.
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity 
Controlling the VP9SK is easy. With its relatively soft recoil impulse and lack of muzzle flip, fast follow-up shots are a breeze. It would be even more controllable if there was an index point for your support-hand thumb on the forward frame. The takedown lever is there, but it is too far back to be a worthy anchor point for anyone with large or medium-sized hands.
As I mentioned earlier, I did not find the SK to be a comfortable gun to hold or fire. I like the finger grooves in the grip, but the added groove that comes on the magazine extension does not play well with the rest of the grip. I ended up with either odd finger placement or my pinky on the hump of where the grip and extension meet. And for reasons already mentioned, my support hand always felt oddly weak on the gun. Shooting was not a comfortable experience for me.
The SK’s 10-round capacity is fine for a double-stack subcompact, but given the fact that with the extended magazine the grip is larger than even the 15-round-capacity Glock 19, there should have been room for a couple more rounds here. This is not a tiny gun and it flat out dwarfs the 10-round Glock 26. So it’s not bad capacity, just a little disappointing based on the size. That said, there are 12-round extended magazines available from H&K. At around $70 each, they’re not an easy purchase to contemplate.
Components and Features 
Not surprisingly, the slide is nicely contoured and finished, and has excellent serrations front and rear that provide excellent purchase for manipulations. A conspicuous feature on the slide is the presence of polymer “wings” at the back. I assume they’re meant to assist a weaker operator in racking the slide, but I found them to be quite uncomfortable when doing so. Moreover, they’re entirely unnecessary since the slide serrations are well done and easily gripped. I’m told you can remove these wings and I’d highly recommend doing so.
Again, the trigger is excellent and it doesn’t ask to be modified in any way. There is a trigger-shoe safety rib that, unlike with some other models, doesn’t create any discomfort when pressing the trigger a couple hundred times in a shooting session. Well done.
The grip has a conspicuous hump in the backstrap, but I found it fit my hand quite nicely. Like the VP9, the SK model comes with replaceable side and rear grip panels that allow you to find the perfect combination of contour and size. This is a good feature more guns should have.
The paddle controls are not easy to reach with either my thumb or index finger so I have to modify my grip considerably to actuate it. I ended up using my index finger, as it was the easiest to use and required the least grip modification. Others with different sized hands may not have this trouble.
The frame includes a picatinny rail for lights or lasers and I found the drift-adjustable 3-dot sights to be just fine. Like the magazine release, the slide-lock lever can be accessed on both left and right sides. While the SK comes with a flush and extended magazine, the extended mag does not add any capacity. C’mon, H&K, stop being stingy!
For color and magazine complements, the VP9SK comes in several configurations, as described on the Heckler & Koch website:
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk-configs.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15278" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk-configs.jpg" alt="" width="900" height="400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk-configs.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk-configs-300x133.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vp9sk-configs-768x341.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The VP9SK is relatively soft shooting for a <del>sub</del>compact. The trigger is excellent and the stock sights are good (they’re glow-in-the-dark, but not “night sights”), combining to make this a small pistol that’s easy to be accurate with. The configurable grip panels allow you to find just the right grip size and contour for your preference. Some folks will like the ambi slide-lock lever.
Cons 
The VP9SK is heavier than the G19 even though it is smaller and has considerably less capacity. Some folks may find that the VP9SK doesn’t conceal as well as other subcompacts, due to the wide slide and heavier weight. The finger grooves don’t match well with the magazine extension. The magazine extension doesn’t afford any extra rounds. There is no forward anchor point for the support-hand thumb. Some people will not like the paddle-style magazine release and the slide “wings” just get in the way. Finally, it’s a bit pricey.
So for rating the H&K VP9SK…
Ergonomics (***) 
The VP9SK was not for me very ergonomic. The grip was excellent (and configurable), but I was never comfortable holding and shooting the gun, owing to the mag-extension finger affordance and no good place for my support-hand thumb. Additionally, the magazine release controls were not easy for me to manipulate. I admit I was a bit disappointed on this score.
Shootability (****) 
Definitely a shootable pistol in other respects; has a great trigger, it’s easy to get quick follow-up shots, and it’s not too snappy.
Accuracy (****) 
I found it to be plenty accurate for a small gun.
Concealability (***) 
At 1.31” wide, the VP9SK is rather chunky—even for a double stack—and with the magazine extension the grip is a long as that of a G19. So it’s not unconcealable, but for a supposed subcompact it will be a bit more difficult to conceal.
<h3>In Summary</h3>
I simply found too many nitpicks to really enjoy this pistol. That said, lots of folks love the VP9 so I expect they’ll enjoy this smaller version too. Moreover, Heckler & Koch are known for the excellent quality of their guns and I found nothing here to cast doubt on that quality.
If you like chunky, heavy, small guns of excellent quality with moderate capacity that afford right-hand or left-hand manipulations, The VP9SK is definitely worth checking out. As a model to bring something new and special to the compact/subcompact market, this is nothing to write home about. Even so, I encourage you to rent this pistol and see what YOU think of it.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hk-vp9sk/">Shooting Review – The H&K VP9SK</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hk-vp9sk/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>39</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>You Carry Concealed Now. What’s Next?</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/you-carry-concealed-now-whats-next/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/you-carry-concealed-now-whats-next/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 13 Mar 2018 14:50:47 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15241</guid>
<description><![CDATA[So you got your concealed-carry permit or you live in a free state where you don’t need one, but you’ve decided to carry a concealed firearm at home and in public. Now what? In this article I’ll touch on a few of the things that responsibility and morality now require of you, including the hard […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/you-carry-concealed-now-whats-next/">You Carry Concealed Now. What’s Next?</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[So you got your concealed-carry permit or you live in a free state where you don’t need one, but you’ve decided to carry a concealed firearm at home and in public. Now what? In this article I’ll touch on a few of the things that responsibility and morality now require of you, including the hard stuff and things most folks find distasteful, because you need to hear them.
There is no such thing as “trained in the use of firearms.” Those who believe they’ve been trained and are good to go are delusional. There is not trained. There is either regular training or incompetence of one degree or another. You do not want to be incompetent and you certainly don’t want to be exposed for your incompetence should some criminal decide to make that happen. I’m guessing you don’t want to die for your incompetence either. So get training on a regular basis and practice on a regular basis to maintain competence.
Note that the competence I’m referring to here has little or nothing to do with being able to load and calmly stand still and slowly fire to hit an 8” target at 7 yards. Rather, I’m talking about quickly and surely deploying from concealment and fighting with your gun (not “shooting” it) and keeping it running in a chaotic firefight. If you don’t train for this, you are incompetent and should address this failing. Don’t worry, we all start out incompetent. But we can get better.
<h2>Concealed Carry is Serious Business</h2>
Meditate on these facts: when you decide to carry a concealed firearm you are committing yourself to the possibility of getting into a deadly firefight as well as the possibility of having to take someone’s life. You will not pick the terms of the fight, which is 99.9% likely begin with you at a severe disadvantage. If you are competent in quickly deploying and running your gun and have an indomitable spirit, there is a significant chance you won’t survive. If you are incompetent or lack the proper spirit you will not survive. Your gun probably won’t matter.
Therefore, you have a moral obligation to cultivate and then continually work to maintain safety and competence and to explore and develop your will to prevail in a fight. You cannot develop these things on your own; they require professional instruction. Receiving instruction should be an ongoing endeavor in your responsible lifestyle as a concealed carrier (are you starting to get the message?).
Safety
Inexperienced gun handlers under duress are habitually unsafe because merely knowing <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/the-four-rules-of-gun-safety/">the 4 rules of gun safety</a> has no effect on gun handling when you’re simply reacting. One of the most valuable benefits of training is the ingraining of safe habits. Safe habits take quite a while and lots of effort to get internalized, but they must become unconscious habits and have to be reinforced continually by someone other than you. For this you cannot monitor yourself so you need someone else to offer instantaneous correction. A training class is the best place to acquire and reinforce these habits because the level of expectation is high and uncompromising, and others’ eyes are always on you. Practicing at a good gun range is another means for safety reinforcement because the RSO will have his/her eye on you and will be quick to offer correction.
<h2>A Training Regimen</h2>
A level-1 pistol course is something you should already have completed before you began to carry concealed. That training, and copious, ongoing practice, should soon be followed by a level-2 course. The <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/intermediate/">Intro to Intermediate Pistol</a> class at Eagle Gun Range is a prime example of the kind of course that is meant to prepare you for the later classes that you need most: those that teach you to run your gun and survive an attack.
Having completed these courses, and with accompanying, regular self practice at home and at the range, you’re likely ready to begin the real training and take the important practical (some call them tactical) courses. Don’t let the “tactical” label fool you; these are not courses for Special Forces operators, but rather fundamental-competency courses that expose and help you to understand and develop the basic skills required for anyone to be competent with a firearm. They’re not nice-to-have skills or special classes; they’re must-have compulsory classes necessary for anyone who carries a firearm.
Though some have the label, there is no such thing as an advanced firearms class, only more and more practical, fundamental skills and competency. The most important classes are likely those that are about fighting with your gun, not shooting your gun. Even more important are those concerned with when and when not to introduce your gun into a situation…and how to best avoid ever having to do so. As one who carries a firearm, you have an obligation to avoid danger and confrontation, and to de-escalate those that find you. It’s good to be trained to do that.
<h2>How many classes should you take?</h2>
All of them, and on a regular basis. I took six such classes in 2016 and eleven classes in 2017 and I sometimes retake classes just because the refresher and opportunities to receive professional instruction are always good.
I recommend that you take a class every 2 months at minimum, with ongoing practice every week in between. Think of your competency with your firearm the same as with a musical instrument. Would you be ready to perform a public concert after just one or two music classes? What if that concert would decide whether you live or die? Maybe take every class you can possibly take and practice as much as you possibly can. You don’t get to pick the time, place, or circumstances where you may be called upon to demonstrate your competency.
<h2>Some Advice and Caveats</h2>
If you carry concealed, make sure that all of the classes you take either require or allow running your gun from concealment. I’m not talking about the level 1 or 2 intro classes, but rather the practical classes. It makes no sense whatever to train to draw from a military-style, open-carry holster if you do not carry that way on a daily basis. If you carry openly, make sure your classes are for that style of carry. Take the class in the same clothes and with <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/everyday-carry-during-wartime/">the same loadout you carry every day</a>. Don’t ever change to something specific for the class unless that new thing will be your new every-day.
Spend your money on ammo and training, not on new guns. Find your pistol and stick with it. Don’t pursue every newfangled model to emerge, but find one that perfectly fits your hands, your preferences, and your carry style and build a system around that. This “system” should or may include a safe-training gun (blue gun), top-quality holsters, lots of extra magazines, a replacement-parts kit that you assemble yourself (learn to work on your gun), a light made for that model, etc… Don’t change your gun based on the seasons, but find the right gun and carry it in all seasons.
Carry all day, every day. No exceptions. Put your gun on when you get out of bed and take it off when you go to bed. If it’s not on you it’s not available to you, no matter what lies someone may have told you.
Carve out an ammo budget and dedicate part(s) of every week to dry-fire practice at home and live-fire practice at the range. You don’t have to fire 300 or 500 rounds in a training session. You can get excellent practice with 50 rounds once or twice a week, provided that you actually train for specific skills and don’t just “shoot” at the range.
There’s a place for standing in a lane at a static, indoor range and taking target practice. It is one component of many necessary components of ongoing practice. Remember, though, that all firearm defense is practical shooting. If you don’t train to draw from concealment, run with your pistol, take defensive positions behind cover, and defend from cover against several targets—and do so safely—then you are 100% unprepared to defend your life or anyone else’s. Find a gun range that allows you to do these things and make your training dollars count.
Work on what you’re poor at, not on what you’re good at. If you can fire 5 rounds in 3 seconds and shoot a hand-size group at 7 yards, don’t ever waste time doing that. Push your target out to 15 or 25 or 50 yards and/or change to primary-hand-only drills. If you’re solid with your primary hand, switch to support-hand-only drills. Practice shooting 4 different targets in one string, transitioning while maintaining a good sight picture and good accuracy.
Practice fast accuracy at longer ranges like 25 and 50 yards. With your pistol you should own everything 25 yards and in and be capable of incapacitating hits at ranges beyond 25 yards. There’s a place for 3 and 5 and 7-yard training, but they’re just one small component of productive, regular practice. That’s not a Shield of Invulnerability you’re carrying. It’s a tool that is meant to reach out and stop a deadly threat. Keep reaching out further in practice.
<h2>Do Right</h2>
By carrying a concealed firearm you’ve made a serious, consequential choice that brings with it significant obligations and, perhaps, some lifestyle changes. Own up to these obligations and find ways to responsibly fit your choice into your life.
There is nothing more valuable to your concealed-carry lifestyle than training and practice. And there is nothing so irresponsible as neglecting the cultivation and maintenance of your competence. The consequences of your actions are now greatly magnified. Make sure you do right by yourself and by those around you.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/you-carry-concealed-now-whats-next/">You Carry Concealed Now. What’s Next?</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/you-carry-concealed-now-whats-next/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The SilencerCo Maxim 9</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-silencerco-maxim-9/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-silencerco-maxim-9/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 26 Feb 2018 13:38:06 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=15046</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The SilencerCo Maxim 9 is an integrally suppressed 9mm pistol that uses Glock 17 magazines. This is an idea that surely lots of folks have fiddled with for a while, but it took a suppressor manufacturer to get one properly launched. This is not a perfect pistol, but it’s a solid first step; I hope […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-silencerco-maxim-9/">Shooting Review: The SilencerCo Maxim 9</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[The SilencerCo Maxim 9 is an integrally suppressed 9mm pistol that uses Glock 17 magazines. This is an idea that surely lots of folks have fiddled with for a while, but it took a suppressor manufacturer to get one properly launched. This is not a perfect pistol, but it’s a solid first step; I hope it’s the first of many steps.
Others have kind of beat to death the odd look of the pistol so I won’t. If you’re going to make an integrally suppressed pistol it’s got to have some extra structure going on. I think the Maxim 9 handles this pretty well. While there are some problems here, this is a more than worthy effort and it warrants our attention and probably our money. The pistol is configurable for the size of the suppressor and even at full size is not terribly unwieldy.
Before shooting the Maxim 9 I was sure I was not going to like it at all, but as you’ll see I found plenty to like about it. I’m glad that I got the chance to shoot and evaluate this interesting pistol.
<h2>Why Consider the SilencerCo Maxim 9?</h2>
The idea of an integrally suppressed 9mm pistol is pretty compelling and the Maxim 9 is a good first production effort. Its practicality takes some consideration, but it’s not at all difficult to imagine good uses for this pistol.
An obvious reason to consider the Maxim 9 is for target practice and general plinking. Being free from ear pro is rather appealing for pretty much anyone. While it obviously is not a concealed-carry candidate, it makes some good sense as a duty weapon. With the proper holster, the benefits of the long sight radius and suppressed firing report could be brought to a context where one seldom if ever wears hearing protection.
Perhaps the best reason to consider this pistol right now is for home defense. Suppressed guns are the best sort of home-defense guns, as they keep you and your family from having to pay a high hearing price for firing inside a home.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/maxim9.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15047" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/maxim9.jpg" alt="SilencerCo Maxim 9" width="1400" height="750" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/maxim9.jpg 1400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/maxim9-300x161.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/maxim9-768x411.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/maxim9-1024x549.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/maxim9-1080x579.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></a>
SilencerCo Maxim 9 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9mm</li>
<li>Length: 10.75” or 9.54”</li>
<li>Height: 5.41”</li>
<li>Width: 1.58”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4” Fixed</li>
<li>Trigger: ~5.5lb</li>
<li>Sights: Tritium 3-dot (compatible w/Glock 17 sights)</li>
<li>Weight: 2lb, 7oz – or – 2lb, 5oz</li>
<li>Frame: Glass-reinforced nylon polymer</li>
<li>Slide: Stainless steel</li>
<li>Baffles: Stainless steel with aluminum outer shell</li>
<li>Capacity: 17+1 (Glock 17 mags)</li>
<li>MSRP: $1,499</li>
</ul>
The SilencerCo website has the following stats on the hearing-safe configurations with ammo:
In short configuration:
<ul>
<li>147+ gr: 139.9 dB</li>
</ul>
In long configuration:
<ul>
<li>115gr: 137.1 dB</li>
<li>124gr: 138.3 dB</li>
<li>147gr: 136.3 dB</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the SilencerCo Maxim 9</h2>
As I was getting ready to shoot the Maxim 9, the first thing I noticed was that the slide (kind of a half slide) was easy to rack. Also the slide serrations are very sharp and easy to get a grip on. Only the portion from the ejection port back moves, which likely helps explain the next thing I noticed: almost no recoil.
Shooting the Maxim 9 is like shooting a .22 pistol. The recoil impulse is veeery soft and combined with the suppressed firing report makes it hard to believe you’re shooting a 9mm pistol. I immediately got the sense that I’d like to shoot this pistol all day! …Except I could not shoot it for more than 100 rounds, as by around shot number 70 I could not properly grip the pistol. Everything forward of the trigger guard was far too hot to touch, so I was basically shooting the last 30 rounds of that first day one handed. I had both hands on it, but my thumbs were not on the frame. Apparently, turning the “frame” into a suppressor has consequences.
That trigger tho! The Maxim 9 has the worst trigger I’ve ever felt on a striker-fired semi-auto pistol. The takeup is gritty and stuttering and the reset, while quite short, is almost impossible to feel or hear. It’s a long trigger press and a very short reset, but the quality of both is pretty awful. Good thing this pistol has several redeeming qualities. It’s possible that the trigger will smooth out after a couple thousand rounds, but I hope there’s a mechanical way to address the press action and the reset.
I found the sights to be okay, but I never saw any dots on them. They’re tritium night sights, but the dots are quite small. No worries, though, as it was just like shooting blacked-out sights; which are just fine. But maybe consider replacing these guys with Truglos or Trijicons, as they use Glock format sights.
The first time I shot the Maxim 9 it was very dirty. The suppression blowback helps keep a lot of the gunpowder residue in the gun, which quickly gums up the internals and slide rails. My first time shooting the Maxim 9, the pistol experienced 4 or 5 instances of a failure to go into battery. I chalked this up to the grime. I later shot the Maxim 9 after a good cleaning and experienced no malfunctions of any kind. So it seems that this is a gun you’ll have to keep clean and clean more often than other pistols.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/maxim9-product.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15049" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/maxim9-product.jpg" alt="SilencerCo Maxim 9" width="671" height="904" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/maxim9-product.jpg 671w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/maxim9-product-223x300.jpg 223w" sizes="(max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" /></a>
Comfort & Controllability
The grip of the SilencerCo Maxim 9 is well shaped, but it has odd contours. The contouring looks pretty rough, but I didn’t feel anything disagreeable. It’s a good full grip and the reach to the trigger was comfortable for my medium-sized hands. Racking the slide, while easy, involves gripping the extra deep and extra sharp serrations. They’re pretty vicious, but they work very well. I wish some other companies (hello Glock!) would pay this kind of attention to their slide serrations.
Controllability is a dream. The Maxim 9 is the softest-shooting 9mm I’ve ever had to pleasure to operate. It literally feels like you’re shooting a .22 target pistol, but the gun for all its size is not perceptibly heavy. The shooting softness is likely due to the suppressor, the fixed barrel, and the fact that only half of the slide reciprocates with each shot.
Components and Materials
The SilencerCo MAXIM 9’s frame is glass-filled polymer and the matchup with the forward baffle structure is very good; almost looks like one piece. The frame has an odd-looking texture, but it’s fairly effective for grip. The baffles have an outer shell of aluminum, but the internals are stainless steel. You can configure the baffles for a short and long configuration, simply by removing one of them. The suppression quality varies by doing so, but it’s nice to have the choice.
The 4” barrel is fixed, so it does not move with the action. That’s another bit of recoil impulse movement nicely removed from what you’re used to. The controls are almost ambi: there is a slide-lock lever on both right and left sides and the magazine release control is reversible. The trigger is not curved and has no safety rib in it, so it’s a long, flat, straight trigger that would otherwise be a nice feature if not for the terrible action.
The top of the baffles/slide is drilled for a red-dot sight. That’s an interesting and I think good stock feature choice by the manufacturer. The sights are 3-dot tritium and they’re compatible with Glock replacement sights, if you desire to replace them. The Maxim 9 uses Glock 17 magazines, so it’ll be easy and relatively inexpensive to get more.
The feature I find most odd is the fact that the bottom of the baffle structure is milled with keymod slots as the accessory affordance. One wonders why they didn’t just go with a picatinny rail, but perhaps that would have added more weight than they wanted.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The sound suppression at full size is pretty darned good and it’s configurable to allow you to choose better suppression or a smaller package. The extended sight radius naturally helps with accuracy. The Glock replacement sight and magazine compatibility are a welcome boon. The extra-mild recoil impulse is excellent and the easy-racking slide will have lots of fans, making the Maxim 9 easy for just about anyone to operate and shoot well. The fixed barrel will likely have a positive effect on accuracy and the pistol’s overall longevity.
Cons 
At nearly $1,500, this is a very hard pill to swallow—especially considering that there will be a $200 tax stamp in addition to the purchase price. The Maxim 9 has about the worst trigger I’ve ever felt on a semi-auto pistol. Note that this is not a pistol you can use for lots of continuous reps in training. It gets hot fast and after 75 or so rounds is pretty much too hot to hold properly. As with all suppressed guns, be sure to keep your mouth closed, as there is gas face and you don’t want to be eating that acrid stuff. Finally, keymod slots?
So for rating the SilencerCo Maxim 9…
Shootability (***) 
The Maxim 9 is super easy to operate and the long sight radius and soft recoil help make it a highly shootable gun. It’s pretty much like shooting a .22 pistol. Awful trigger, though.
Ergonomics (****) 
The grip is well shaped if not perfectly contoured, and the pistol feels good in my hand. Despite the big, long structure out front, the pistol is still pretty wieldy.
Accuracy (****) 
I found it very easy to be accurate with this pistol. Surely the fixed barrel helps in that regard. 
The long sight radius helps and the mild recoil makes getting sights back on target a breeze.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The SilencerCo Maxim 9 is an interesting pistol-and-suppressor combo that warrants some attention. As the first of its kind (that I know of), it’s a worthy effort and the result, even with its faults, is not bad. This is a good plinker and an excellent home-defense gun where, combined with the right ammo, will save the hearing of you and your family should you ever have to use it indoors.
I want to see SilencerCo continue to innovate and try some different configurations, especially to try and mitigate the heat buildup in key grip areas. Oh, and fix that trigger. In the end, you should give this one a try. Rent it and put a few rounds downrange. I’ll bet you’ll be impressed. Maybe start saving your dollars now, though.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-silencerco-maxim-9/">Shooting Review: The SilencerCo Maxim 9</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-silencerco-maxim-9/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Review: Introduction to Intermediate Pistol Class</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-introduction-to-intermediate-pistol-class/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-introduction-to-intermediate-pistol-class/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 14 Feb 2018 14:08:08 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=14991</guid>
<description><![CDATA[So you’ve got a handgun. Maybe you took an introductory safety course or a Level 1 handgun course. Perhaps you went so far as to get your license to carry. What’s next? Answer: more training and lots and lots of practice. But how to practice? What do you work on? How do you know? And […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-introduction-to-intermediate-pistol-class/">Review: Introduction to Intermediate Pistol Class</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[So you’ve got a handgun. Maybe you took an introductory safety course or a Level 1 handgun course. Perhaps you went so far as to get your license to carry. What’s next? Answer: more training and lots and lots of practice. But how to practice? What do you work on? How do you know? And How do you know if you’re equipped for the next level of training?
A few weeks ago I took the new <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/intermediate/">Introduction to Intermediate Pistol</a> class at Eagle Gun Range. The course has a valuable premise: it’s an introduction to running and manipulating your pistol properly, safely, and effectively—and—shooting faster and more competently. It’s not touted as a super-tactical gunfighting class and it is not that kind of class. Rather, it is supposed to be an instructional bridge that teaches relative beginners how to train toward that next level of gun-manipulation and operation competence.
Here I’ll present my impressions and evaluation of the class and point to what kind of shooter I believe this class is best suited.
<h2>Who is This Class Made For?</h2>
I believe this class is good for all kinds of people. It will be valuable for relatively new shooters as well as those who are experience, but have only ever practiced at a strict indoor range or engaged only in target practice. It is good for those who want to improve their self-defense competencies and those who are considering getting into competitive shooting. This class is in many ways a bridge from static target practice to high-speed run-and-gun shooting, as this class teaches the skills required in order to get there. That said, it is still a beginner-friendly class provided one has solid safety fundamentals.
<h2>The Instruction</h2>
Instruction for this class starts in the classroom. There, the focus begins with safety fundamentals and then those of grip, body attitude, and engagement technique. For many students, the demonstrations and explanations of safe and competent gun handling basics will hold value and provide fodder for practice.
The instructors’ detailed examination of proper grip is a vital component of the instruction. I find that many shooters at any gun range I visit lack proper understanding of grip. Their competence is greatly harmed by their poor technique. Even experienced shooters will do well to pay close attention here.
With that foundation, the classroom instruction moves into explanations and demonstrations of various gun handling operations. For example: proper techniques for reloading your pistol by exchanging magazines and an examination of various malfunctions and demonstrations for how to clear them. There are also examinations and explanations of what happens when you’re under stress and recommendations for how to maintain proper fundamentals and effective gun handling in those circumstances. Lastly, there is demonstration and explanation of the 4-step draw from a holster.
When the class moves out onto the shooting bay, as you might expect, there is the opportunity to put into practice all of the fundamentals and techniques discussed in the classroom portion. There is also, however, the introduction of some new things and the course of fire is designed to progress from easy to difficult with each technique practiced. The result is an opportunity to experience some of the under-stress shooting and gun handling presented as theory in the classroom portion.
<h2>My Thoughts on the Course</h2>
I was largely impressed by both the course content and the instruction. While every other class I’ve seen dwells either on basic fundamentals or practical techniques, this class bridges the gap. While proper grip and body attitude fundamentals are still fresh in mind, students in this class get to dive into practical techniques, like accurate rapid fire and mid-shooting-string reloads. There is great value in this approach.
I particularly like the way the shooting portion presents a course of fire that progresses from easy to difficult, allowing students to A) learn to progress in an effective and regimented fashion, and B) stretch their abilities and find failure points in a safe environment. What’s more, the instructional method in this class gives the student an effective blueprint for further self practice.
I left the class feeling like this was a course largely lacking in the industry; one that helps firearm owners and everyday carriers learn the most important practical techniques vital to responsible manipulation and operation of their tools, while at the same time allowing them to explore failure points rather than simply meet or fail to meet a class standard. This is a class that also allows students to come away equipped (after self practice) to try more advanced classes or perhaps dip their toe into the competitive world.
So I’m a big fan of this <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/intermediate/">Introduction to Intermediate Pistol</a> class and I’m very glad to see Eagle Gun Range offering it. I sincerely hope every one of their customers takes it!
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-introduction-to-intermediate-pistol-class/">Review: Introduction to Intermediate Pistol Class</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-introduction-to-intermediate-pistol-class/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>EDC Skills: Getting to One Carry Gun</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/edc-skills-getting-to-one-carry-gun/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/edc-skills-getting-to-one-carry-gun/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 29 Jan 2018 14:31:46 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=14944</guid>
<description><![CDATA[One common approach to everyday carry of a handgun involves carrying a different model or even different platform in different carry positions or using different carry methods, all depending on the circumstances, weather, and clothing. There is some concealment logic to this approach, but I’m going to argue against that as a long-term strategy. Instead […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/edc-skills-getting-to-one-carry-gun/">EDC Skills: Getting to One Carry Gun</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[One common approach to everyday carry of a handgun involves carrying a different model or even different platform in different carry positions or using different carry methods, all depending on the circumstances, weather, and clothing. There is some concealment logic to this approach, but I’m going to argue against that as a long-term strategy. Instead I advocate carrying a single larger gun model, no matter the context or your clothing. There’s a learning curve and experience factors involved, but I believe that anything else introduces unacceptable compromises of concealment and defensive capability.
First, the problem. A common, contextual approach to everyday carry typically involves something like this:
<ul>
<li>a larger gun and a backup magazine in winter, carried in one’s default carry position, when heavier clothes make concealment easier</li>
<li>a smaller gun and no backup magazine in summer, when lighter clothing make concealment more difficult, possibly carried in a different position than in cooler months</li>
<li>a smaller, single-stack gun and no backup magazine for formal dress, when a tucked-in shirt and thinner fabrics make concealment and carrying extra gear more difficult, possibly carried in a different position than with informal attire</li>
<li>a larger gun and one or two backup mags for potentially more dangerous contexts (like going into the city or to a movie theater with the family)</li>
</ul>
Surely not all concealed carriers do all of these things, but my reading and conversations indicate that almost all concealed carriers make some or all of these contextual changes (and I was one of them). For many people, however, these changes are unnecessary. Contrary to conventional wisdom, I believe they work against better concealment rather than helping it. Moreover, these supposedly advisable contextual changes are in many ways detrimental to competent self defense.
I advocate for a larger size carry gun (the largest you can carry), carried one way, in one position only, in all contexts and weather, and with all kinds of clothing. Having done this myself, I can tell you that it is economically beneficial and enhances concealment, confidence, and competence. It makes my everyday concealed carry lifestyle simple and reassuring. In peaceful times, this approach offers fewer opportunities for me to exhibit physical behaviors (telltales for concealing something) that pique the interest of those looking at me. Should violence threaten, it offers surety and the opportunity for an unambiguous and unfettered automatic response.
Aside: Note that in the hero photo for this article, I’m carrying my Glock 19 (a 15+1-capacity, mid-sized pistol) right in front in appendix position. No one in public would know.
<h3>Why a larger carry gun?</h3>
Concealed carry is not about what is likely to happen. <a href="http://andyrutledge.com/concealed-carry-and-whats-likely-to-happen.html">As I’ve observed before</a>, one carries a concealed weapon for what is highly unlikely to ever happen. When something terrible or threatening does happen, we have no say in its context or severity. It’s easier to be competent with a larger gun than with a smaller gun, especially as the number of threats and the engagement distance varies.
The rise of Islamic terrorism means that we are living in a war that could erupt at any time in any public place. Concealed carry used to occur almost exclusively in the context of providing a means of defending against, most likely, one or two threats at very close range. Modern concealed carry is wartime concealed carry. It is potentially about defending yourself and possibly your family against five or six terrorists armed with automatic rifles and suicide-bomb vests, at ranges far greater than 5 yards. In such a horrible scenario you may not be able to escape and instead have to fight your way to safety. This is not to say that one must approach concealed carry to account for such a scenario, but rather that the potential exists and one may want to responsibly prepare toward the needs of a difficult and unthinkable context.
<h3>Why one carry position/method only?</h3>
If you carry your primary concealed handgun in different locations and with different carry methods depending on context or clothing, that means you have to train to be subconsciously competent bringing your gun into the fight from each of those positions and methods, with all of those different kinds of clothing—AND—defending your gun in all of those positions (retention against an attempt to take it from you). It means you have to have to accumulate thousands upon thousands of practice reps from each of those positions, with all of those different kinds of clothing; dry reps and live-fire reps.
As one who trains almost every day, I can tell you that I barely have time to keep up with requisite training and practice from just one carry position and method (with all kinds of clothing). If I had to multiply my training by two or three different positions & methods, there’s almost no way I could develop sure competence and confidence. But even if I could, there would be one issue remaining: my unthinking, automatic response in a panicked moment of crisis. I simply wouldn’t have a sure response to get to my gun.
When I began competing in pistol competition, I trained to get my draw from holster smooth, fast, and sure as I began to engage targets. What I found, though, was that my training to draw from my <acronym title="outside the waistband">OWB</acronym> holster on my hip conflicted with my training to draw from my <acronym title="inside the waistband">IWB</acronym> concealed holster in front of my body for everyday carry. By training, I was effectively muddying the waters and ensuring I would be confused, wrong, or tentative when it came to drawing the right way from the right location depending on the circumstance. My training two different ways made sure I had no proper, automatic response. I faltered in both situations on a regular basis.
Because of this and because my life was more important than my match results, I resolved to compete only where I was allowed to run from concealment at all times. That way all of my training was concentrated on the one way I would get to my gun should a deadly threat arise. I put it to you that if you practice getting to your primary gun at different carry locations, you’re training your mechanics, but destroying any chance of an automatic response in a moment of crisis.
Practice makes permanent. For your emergency draw from concealment, when you’ve no time to think, you’re going to have one and only one intuitive response. If you train to draw from two or three carry positions, which one is going to be the one you go to in an unthinking, panicked manner? Will it be the one where your pistol is right now? No, there’s no way to know that. It’s going to be the one you practice the most. Therefore, there should be one and only one carry method and position for your primary defensive weapon.
Many of us carry more than one defensive weapon, even more than one handgun at a time. A backup gun means carrying in a different location than your primary, but the defensive context is different for a <acronym title="backup gun">BUG</acronym> and is not contextual to or compromised by what I’m advocating here. With a primary gun of a single model, a <acronym title="backup gun">BUG</acronym> should be of either the same model or at least the same platform as your primary.
<h3>Why only one model, or at least one platform?</h3>
For the same reasons mentioned earlier; training allows us to develop competence with automatic, subconscious technique. We can develop one automatic response, but not two or more. Different platforms (e.g. 1911 and Glock) demand different initializing actions as we bring the firearm into the fight and as we reholster. As responsible gunmen, it is required that we accomplish these tasks automatically, correctly, and safely. We can think our way though variations, but only if we remember to do so (which, as history shows, doesn’t happen in a stressful situation).
Therefore, the vast majority of our training should be with a single platform and, ideally, a single model of handgun. Only in this way will one be able to develop safe, subconscious, automatic competence.
<h3>Toward Better Concealment</h3>
Concealment is as much about skill as it is about anything else, including clothing and gun size, but it helps when you can concentrate on a single firearm model, a single carry method, and single carry position. By skill I mean competence with how to stand, how to walk, how to run, how to work, how to engage in all manner of physical activity without betraying your concealment and without looking odd doing it.
With experience one can learn to determine the optimal carry position for all circumstances, the optimal gun angle for that location, and the optimal ride height for the gun, all to maximize concealment and comfort with any kind of clothing. Skill and experience aside, equipment can contribute substantially to proper concealment. Here are a few advisable components:
The Right Holster: 
Concealment for any firearm will be impractical or even impossible without a holster of proper quality and geometry. The right holster should be 100% Kydex and not leather or some combination of leather or rubber and Kydex (“hybrid” holster). The holster should be one that has a proven track record of retention, longevity, proper belt grip, location stability (stays where it’s put), and it should provide proper angle on all 3 axis—inherently or with built-in adjustment.
Very few holsters meet these important requirements. In my experience, for IWB, only the <a href="https://www.tacticalholsters.com/product/incog-eclipse/">Incog Eclipse</a> and <a href="https://www.tacticalholsters.com/product/incog-shadow-eclipse/">Incog Shadow Eclipse</a> holsters and the <a href="http://rcsgear.com/eidolon-holster-system/">Raven Concealment Eidolon</a> holsters are made to conceal properly, retain well, and stay in place. Moreover, they’re adjustable. Note that only the Incog holsters are comfortable to wear and easy to don and remove. It is also easy to train with (for repeated draws and reholsters). The Eidolon conceals very well, but it’s rather less comfortable and difficult to put on and take off. It is also not so great for repeated draw-reholster reps in training. In time you will learn from experience exactly what suits your individual preferences and needs, and you may discover a suitable holster I’ve missed here, but for now you might simply start with one of these systems as a first step.
Appendix Carry: 
One must have a reasonably flat belly to find the greatest advantage to appendix-position carry. This position allows for a larger gun because the front of your body is squishier than the side or back of your body. The position allows for a natural, fast, and easy deployment of your gun and is far easier than any other position for defending your gun from someone trying to get it. Note that if you’re a man you will have to learn how to arrange your anatomy to maintain comfort when carrying in this position (I see many who neglect this aspect and needlessly reject appendix carry).
Caveat: I recommend appendix carry only for experienced, safe gun handlers who train every week from concealment. If you don’t get a hundred or so live-fire reps from concealment every week, choose a different carry position. It could save your life.
A Rigid Gun Belt: 
A <a href="https://www.koreessentials.com/">belt made specifically for everyday carry</a> allows for better concealment and easier belt-carry of a heavier gun and items like backup magazines, trauma gear, or a phone (or all of these).
Backup Magazine Pouch(es): 
Habitually carrying backup magazines is a baseline responsible approach to EDC. Two magazines is no more difficult to conceal than one, so carry two as often as you can (I do this every day). Get good, concealable pouch models, like those from <a href="https://gunfightersinc.com/products/ronin-magazine-pouches/">Gunfighters, Inc.</a> and <a href="https://www.bravoconcealment.com/collections/magazine-holsters-1/products/double-magazine-pouch">Bravo Concealment</a>. Since these are OWB items, they’re not appropriate for when you’ve tucked in your shirt. In such cases, pocket carry of a backup is a good option.
Advisable Clothing Conventions: 
Learning to carry concealed well means learning to adapt your wardrobe to your responsible purpose and lifestyle. Concealed carry is easier when you wear darker and/or patterned shirts that are un-tucked, and pants with more/better pockets. Practice concealing your pistol with a tucked-in, more formal shirt. Yes, practice matters and the confidence you’ll gain will help, too.
You may have to adopt some changes in your clothing routine. You may have to start wearing an undershirt every day. You may have to stop wearing white shirts. You may have to switch your brand of jeans or other pants. You may even have to change the size of t-shirt you normally wear. These are small things in the face of a choice between a responsible or irresponsible lifestyle.
<h3>Make This Your Everyday Approach</h3>
One carry gun in one position for all contexts means 1) less money spent on other guns, 2) less money spent on ammo of various calibers, 3) no need to feel less competent with a particular gun at longer ranges, 4) focused and practiced competence for concealing your firearm (individual skill), and 5) Surety for reacting successfully and safely when you need to deploy your gun for defense.
If you live in one manner most days then abruptly change your clothes and/or physical mannerisms, people in your life tend to notice. You don’t want people to notice conspicuous differences so don’t portray conspicuous differences. It is advisable that if you’re going to live responsibly armed, adapt your daily conventions to accommodate your approach, holistically.
Make these aforementioned components your conventional, daily norm and you’ll find it easy to live more responsibly while having the mental surety and physical reliability of having but one habitual response for deploying your weapon should deadly circumstances arise. Moreover, you’ll find that you’re able to settle on a single, larger, more accurate firearm with better capacity for all carry contexts.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/edc-skills-getting-to-one-carry-gun/">EDC Skills: Getting to One Carry Gun</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/edc-skills-getting-to-one-carry-gun/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The Ruger Security-9, 9mm</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-ruger-security-9/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-ruger-security-9/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sun, 14 Jan 2018 12:55:26 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=14937</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Ruger has recently been on fire, coming out with interesting and even compelling new firearms in quick succession. At a time when so many manufacturers are missing the boat, it’s good to see an American gun manufacturer doing some good things. One of the new releases from Ruger is a compact 9mm pistol, the Security-9. […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-ruger-security-9/">Shooting Review: The Ruger Security-9, 9mm</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Ruger has recently been on fire, coming out with interesting and even compelling new firearms in quick succession. At a time when so many manufacturers are missing the boat, it’s good to see an American gun manufacturer doing some good things.
One of the new releases from Ruger is a compact 9mm pistol, the Security-9. It’s a double-stack, mid-sized pistol that very closely follows the dimensions of the Glock 19, but in a hammer-fired configuration that doesn’t show the hammer (it’s internal). The exterior and interior of the Security-9 make it seem very much like a larger version of the LCP II. But since it so closely mimics the Glock 19, it would seem to be a direct challenger…for nearly half the price!
<h2>Why Consider the Ruger Security-9?</h2>
Price and size vs. capacity would seem to be the strongest reasons to consider the Security-9. Its height, width, and length are almost identical to the G19 and it has the same 15+1 capacity. However, instead of a $500-$600 price tag, the Ruger comes in at $289-$380 (I’ve seen $289 already).
Its size and capacity make it a good choice for concealed carry, but it has other features that may appeal to some people. Being hammer fired, the slide is a bit easier to rack than that of a striker-fired gun. So people who have trouble with stiff recoil springs will better enjoy the Security-9. Also, the grip has a smaller circumference than that of many pistols, so those with smaller hands may like this pistol for that feature.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/ruger-sec-9.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-14939" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/ruger-sec-9.jpg" alt="Ruger Security-9" width="1250" height="430" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/ruger-sec-9.jpg 1250w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/ruger-sec-9-300x103.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/ruger-sec-9-768x264.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/ruger-sec-9-1024x352.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/ruger-sec-9-1080x372.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1250px) 100vw, 1250px" /></a>
<div></div>
Ruger Security-9 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9mm</li>
<li>Length: 7.24″</li>
<li>Height: 5”</li>
<li>Width: 1.02”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4” blued, alloy steel</li>
<li>Sights: Drift-adjustable U-notch</li>
<li>Safety: Left-side thumb lever</li>
<li>Weight: 23.7 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide: Blued, Through-Hardened alloy steel</li>
<li>Frame: Glass-filled nylon</li>
<li>Capacity: 15+1 or 10+1 (2 magazines)</li>
<li>MSRP: $379</li>
</ul>
<h2>First Impressions from Shooting the Security-9</h2>
I found nothing remarkably good or bad about shooting the Security-9. It feels and shoots pretty much like any other polymer gun. The rear sight is a U-notch, just like that on a stock Glock pistol. There’s nothing necessarily wrong with that, but I did find it a bit difficult to pick up the front sight in the U-notch—specifically because my near vision is not the greatest—like most men my age I use reading glasses. 3-dot sights are no problem for me, but the Security-9 sights were not as clear for me and I had to work harder than normal to get proper sight alignment. Therefore, those who need reading glasses would do well to replace the dovetailed rear sight.
The sight discomfort aside, I found the Security-9 to be an accurate pistol. I did some bench-rest shots and my hits were right on at 15 yards. Unlike a Glock 19, I felt no discomfort under the trigger guard. I did notice a bit more felt recoil with this pistol than with my Glock, I guess owing to the lighter recoil spring weight, but this was negligible.
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity 
The capacity is what one would expect from a pistol of this size, but which few deliver: 15 rounds in the magazine. Most guns with 15-round capacity have a taller grip than a G19, but this Ruger manages to match that height.
The Security-9 felt good in my medium-sized hands and allows for easy reach to the trigger. The controls seem well placed and I got no raw spots on my hands from abrasion or controls rubbing me while firing. It’s a comfortable gun.
My only gripe about shooting this pistol was the lack of any structure or texture on the forward frame for my support-hand thumb (this is a common complaint of mine) so I was unable to enlist the help of my thumb to mitigate muzzle flip. It’s likely that a bit of stippling there would help (if it’s possible to stipple a glass-filled-nylon frame). Muzzle flip wasn’t bad, after all the pistol has quite the low bore axis, but I’d prefer a landing for my thumb.
Components and Features 
The slide is nicely contoured and has curved serrations front and rear. I found them to be easily grippable for slide racking. The hammer is concealed inside the slide so this looks and seems to work like a striker-fired pistol. The glass-filled nylon frame grip has texture identical to that on the LCP II, so it’s grippy, but mild. I still say it’ll require stippling for daily carry.
The trigger is almost exactly like that of the LCP II. It is very smooth and almost without a wall. It does not bind up before the break, but has more of a hammer-fired characteristic (since it is a hammer-fired gun). There is absolutely no overtravel, due to the built-in stop on the bottom of the trigger guard. The reset is a bit long for my taste. I short stroked the reset a time or two when shooting. That said, the trigger is really quite nice and I would not balk at this trigger on any of my guns.
The sights are drift adjustable and are, I believe, metal of some sort, though I cannot find information on just what material they’re made from. There is a thumb safety lever on the left side of the frame. It is small and unobtrusive, but I found it very difficult to operate. I could not use my strong-hand thumb to engage the safety, but managed to thumb it “off”. I had to use my support hand to engage the safety. Really stiff.
Some components that immediately got my attention were the aluminum (!) slide rails and the thin, contoured barrel. The slide rails are the full length of the internal components, but they’re made of aluminum. I don’t know how common aluminum slide rails are among firearms, but I cannot imagine this is a good choice, as the steel of the slide will surely wear down the rails in time. The barrel is quite thin as compared to other 9mm pistol barrels, and it has that LCP contour toward the mouth of the barrel, rendering it paper thin at that point. Again, I’d prefer a thicker construction and have to believe this is a potential point of failure with much use.
<h2>Comparing the Security 9 with the Glock 19</h2>
Since the Security-9 is almost identical in dimension and weight to the Glock 19, one assumes it is meant to be a commercial challenger. So here is a side-by-side comparison of specs:
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align: right;">Model:</th>
<th>Ruger Security-9</th>
<th>Glock 19</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Chambering:</td>
<td>9x19mm</td>
<td>9x19mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Length:</td>
<td>7.24″</td>
<td>7.28″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Height:</td>
<td>5″</td>
<td>4.99″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Width:</td>
<td>1.02″</td>
<td>1.18″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Barrel:</td>
<td>4″ cold hammer forged</td>
<td>4.02″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Trigger:</td>
<td>~5 lb.</td>
<td>~5.5-6 lb.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Sights:</td>
<td>Drift-adjustable w/U-marked rear</td>
<td>Polymer w/U-marked rear</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Weight:</td>
<td>23.7 oz.</td>
<td>23.65 oz.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Slide:</td>
<td>Blued</td>
<td>Black Melonite +nDLC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Capacity:</td>
<td>15+1</td>
<td>15+1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">MSRP:</td>
<td>$379</td>
<td>$600</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/rugers.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-14940" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/rugers.jpg" alt="Ruger Security-9" width="800" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/rugers.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/rugers-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/rugers-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/rugers-510x382.jpg 510w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
This is a 15+1 pistol that is light and almost exactly the size of a G19 for about 60% of the price! This makes it an inexpensive way for responsible folks to carry an adequately sized gun. It is comfortable, easy to rack the slide, and is good for folks with smaller hands. The trigger is quite nice and it’s an accurate pistol for defensive ranges. The sights are drift adjustable.
Cons 
The slide rails are made of aluminum. The barrel is of less than optimal construction and thickness. The sights will likely need to be replaced.
So for rating the Ruger Security-9 SECURITY-9…
Ergonomics (***) 
It’s no Sphinx, but the grip is comfortable and most of the controls are well placed, but for the thumb safety.
Shootability (****) 
Definitely an easy-to-shoot pistol, but the frame construction doesn’t allow you to use your support hand to mitigate muzzle flip.
Accuracy (****) 
I found it accurate out to 15 yards (likely more, but I didn’t test at longer ranges).
Concealability (****) 
The Security-9 is slightly thinner than a Glock 19, making it eminently concealable for many folks.
Value (*****) 
For the price, the Ruger Security-9 appears to be a very good value.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
This is an interesting pistol. It would seem to embody some important trade-offs. It’s a pistol almost identical in dimension and size to a Glock 19, but the construction and components are not on par with Glock quality. However, you get an otherwise nice pistol for around 60% of the cost of the Glock! It’s a hammer-fired gun, but you don’t see the hammer. You get a nice trigger, but the components may not last for as many rounds as would a more expensive gun.
My conclusion here is that if you’re looking for a mid-capacity, concealable, well-functioning, easy-to-shoot pistol but have a tight budget, this would be a good one to pick up. For the price, the Ruger Security-9 would seem to offer an excellent value.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-ruger-security-9/">Shooting Review: The Ruger Security-9, 9mm</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-ruger-security-9/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>98</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>“Weak-Hand” Shooting</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/weak-hand-shooting/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/weak-hand-shooting/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 26 Dec 2017 22:39:15 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=14928</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Like most folks, I’m right handed. Like many serious shooters, I don’t like the idea of referring to my left hand as my weak hand because I don’t want to get comfortable with the idea or even the label of weakness. So for shooting, and like a lot of folks, I refer to my left […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/weak-hand-shooting/">“Weak-Hand” Shooting</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Like most folks, I’m right handed. Like many serious shooters, I don’t like the idea of referring to my left hand as my weak hand because I don’t want to get comfortable with the idea or even the label of weakness. So for shooting, and like a lot of folks, I refer to my left hand as my support hand. It is a fact that I’m more competent with my right hand for most things, but responsibility requires that I work to develop and maintain left-handed skills; in shooting and in other things.
Support-hand shooting is something that not many gun owners practice. From what I’ve seen, even those who are serious about training devote precious little time and effort to developing support-hand skills. This is especially true with regard to manipulation skills, like malfunction clearing and in-fight reloads.
That said, support-hand shooting competence is something every responsible citizen should continually work to develop. Among the reasons for this is the fact that if you are unfortunate enough to find yourself in a gunfight in defense of your life or family or home, it is not unlikely that you yourself will be wounded by gunfire. If one of those wounds is to your primary hand or arm (which is highly likely since it will probably be in front of your body), without support-hand competence you are no longer capable of defending life or home. As a result you will be defeated. In a gunfight, this means you and perhaps others will die.
Therefore, support-hand training is not something that should be relegated to the military or LEOs or competitive shooters. It’s fundamental and should be a part of each week’s training, in both live-fire and dry-fire practice. If one is not capable of support-hand manipulations and marksmanship, one is 50% incapable.
While support-hand live-fire and dry-fire drills are important, there is yet more one can do to improve support-hand competence. If you get into the habit of using your support hand in mundane tasks in your daily life, <a href="https://www.goodfinancialcents.com/benefits-of-using-your-opposite-hand-grow-brain-cells-while-brushing-your-teeth/">your body will grow new neural pathways</a> and establish more confidence and a more holistic physical competence.
<h2>A Holistic Approach</h2>
What follows here are anecdotes from my own life and approach, but I share them as an illustration of ideas and methods you might adopt in your approach to become more competent in your left-handed activities, shooting or others.
I’ll admit right now that I’m a bit of an odd character because since childhood I have been uncomfortable with the idea of “handedness”—right or left—and so I have struggled against it in various ways. I can remember in high school I once turned in a 3-page essay I wrote with my left hand and in mirror-image cursive, which required my teacher hold it up to a mirror to read and grade (I got an A). While that was mostly a prank, it was also a test for me to see if I could actually do it and write legibly. Though I don’t practice it, to this day I can write near perfect cursive in mirror image at speed with my left hand. I’m strange that way.
I later adopted other practices that exercised my left hand and left-side competence. In the late 1980s I took up martial arts practice, which has a built-in doctrine of all techniques being practiced lefty and righty. I’ve since spent almost 30 years in several-days-a-week left-hand defensive training. In order to gain more competence with my left-handed defensive techniques early on, I changed conventions in my life outside of martial arts training. For instance, I took up eating exclusively with my left hand. I had to learn to not decorate my face with my food or perform clumsily on the plate with a fork or spoon. I also began brushing my teeth left handed. After decades, these are practices that I maintain today.
<h2>Support-Hand Shooting</h2>
It is no fluke then that when I took up shooting I was eager to explore left-handed pistol technique and switch-handed rifle manipulations. The latter is especially useful for left-side barricade/cover shooting, as it allows you to conceal as much of your body as possible when defending from a left-side wall opening or corner. There are many drills one can do to practice support-hand competence, but I’ll show a few fundamental ones.
Here (below) is an example of a left-hand pistol drill, where my primary hand is out of the fight before I go to my pistol (the reload is just an opportunity to practice this component in a left-hand drill). Therefore I have to draw and reholster with my left hand only:
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/OkNwk3njBRU" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div></div>
Here (below) is an example of a drill that simulates a primary-arm injury mid fight, where I have to switch to my support hand to finish and prevail:
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/qhixnY_Q4v0" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div></div>
And for rifle… 
Here (below) is an example of right and left-handed rifle manipulations around a barricade:
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Yif9BqM4i5A" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div></div>
These are just some practical drills, but there are many more drills one can do to practice support-hand competence. A good place to start is to do with your support hand anything/everything you do with both or just right hand during a training session. Just add left-hand sequences as a matter of course.
<h2>Caveat Bellator</h2>
The biggest obstacle to support-hand training, and the reason almost no one does it, is because we typically suck at it, and it is hard and galling to spend time doing what you’re terrible at. This is especially true where there are other people at the range who will see you sucking at stuff. In this respect, we allow our egos to perhaps one day get us killed.
That said, this ego obstacle must be overcome if one is to become a competent shooter and gun handler. The alternative is that one lives as a secret incompetent; never publicly shamed until that fateful day when one gets killed by a punk because of an inability to draw a concealed pistol or clear a malfunction with the untrained hand.
Bite the bullet and resolve to be clumsy and inaccurate in front of other people. It doesn’t matter and most folks are ignoring you at the range anyway. An easy way to approach your training is to run every drill or shoot every string three ways: both hands, right hand, and left hand. In time that incompetence will turn into semi-competence and then actual competence. But that will never happen if you never work on what you’re now terrible at doing.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/weak-hand-shooting/">“Weak-Hand” Shooting</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/weak-hand-shooting/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The Hudson H9</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hudson-h9/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hudson-h9/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 13 Dec 2017 12:45:33 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=14910</guid>
<description><![CDATA[There is precious little innovation in the firearms industry. With few notable exceptions, just about any new pistol is little more than a cosmetic makeover of another. But sometimes a company makes a bold move and releases something truly new and different. The results may be good or not so good, but disruption is a […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hudson-h9/">Shooting Review: The Hudson H9</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[There is precious little innovation in the firearms industry. With few notable exceptions, just about any new pistol is little more than a cosmetic makeover of another. But sometimes a company makes a bold move and releases something truly new and different. The results may be good or not so good, but disruption is a worthy goal.
Hudson is a new gun company, founded by Cy and Lauren Hudson. Their first pistol is the Hudson H9 chambered in 9mm. It’s an interesting attempt at creating a pistol with 1911-style geometry, but in a low-bore, striker-fired package and without all the crummy external controls. It’s the kind of Frankenstein creation that many gun enthusiasts have wished for and joked about for years. The H9 would seem to be the first serious attempt at realizing this fantastical ideal.
The Hudson H9 is interesting and I mean that in both the positive and negative senses of the term. Being the first of its kind, it is due both thorough exploration and likely much criticism. That’s the nature of going first. Pioneers take plenty of arrows and after spending some time this month shooting the H9 I aim to shoot a few arrows myself.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/h9specs.gif"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-14914" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/h9specs.gif" alt="" width="900" height="600" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>Why Consider the Hudson H9?</h2>
As a first for me, and unlike every other review I’ve written, I’m going to suggest that one should consider the Hudson H9 almost exclusively for its novelty and not for any specific use purpose. I say this because I cannot think of a specific purpose this pistol serves beyond representing an interesting exploration of new configuration.
The H9 is likely too large and too heavy to serve well as a concealed-carry tool. Its oddly-shaped forward frame means that any rail accessory, like a flashlight or laser, will produce an awkward pistol to holster for duty carry. Otherwise, duty carry could be a relevant consideration for this pistol, but I say that with reservation: this pistol configuration is as yet unproven and perhaps not optimal. I note that given its weight, good sights, and flat-shooting traits, one possible employment could be as a stock competition gun.
Hudson H9 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Length: 7.625”</li>
<li>Height: 5.225”</li>
<li>Width: 1.24”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4.28”</li>
<li>Trigger: ~5 pounds</li>
<li>Sights: Anti-glare iron rear, Trijicon HD front</li>
<li>Weight: 34 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Frame: Steel</li>
<li>Slide/Frame Finish: Black nitride</li>
<li>Capacity: 15+1</li>
<li>MSRP: ~$1,147</li>
</ul>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/hudson-drawing.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-14916" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/hudson-drawing.jpg" alt="Hudson H9" width="1270" height="720" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/hudson-drawing.jpg 1270w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/hudson-drawing-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/hudson-drawing-768x435.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/hudson-drawing-1024x581.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/hudson-drawing-1080x612.jpg 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 1270px) 100vw, 1270px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h3>Before Shooting the Hudson H9</h3>
As there was a lot of buzz surrounding the H9 before it came to market, there was sure to be a lot of gossip about it after the fact. When talking to folks who had the chance to shoot it, and before I had that chance, almost to a man they told me that the H9 shoots low. The general consensus is that the front sight is too tall, resulting in a low point of impact vs. aim. I was therefore expecting to experience this same issue. As I’ll detail below, I did not…with an asterisk…
<h2>Shooting the Hudson H9</h2>
The Hudson website refers to their new pistol saying, “From its steel frame, to its straight-pull trigger, to its striker-fired design the H9 will feel instantly familiar to firearms enthusiasts.” I call false advertizing: there is nothing familiar feeling about shooting the H9. This is something different.
The recoil impulse is different. As compared to the 9mm 1911s I’ve shot, the recoil impulse is pretty strong. Having said that, there is very little muzzle flip with the H9 as compared to a 1911. I’ll attribute this to the deliberate and interesting placement of the recoil spring assembly, which rides low, inside the frame and just in front of the trigger guard. This lower placement of the recoil spring directs the impulse, in part, lower into your hand. However, the spring’s placement necessitates a shorter spring assembly, which allows for a bigger kick (I believe).
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/target.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-14911" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/target.jpg" alt="first shots on target" width="900" height="800" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/target.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/target-300x267.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/target-768x683.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<div></div>
Right off the bat the pistol experienced a malfunction, as it failed to feed the first round of the first magazine when I slingshot the slide. I tapped the back of the slide and it went into battery, loading the first round. I saw no hiccups after that. My first shots were not consistent and I later attributed this inconsistent shot placement to the odd trigger construction and action. The H9’s trigger has a full-width shoe/safety that compresses upward, as it is hinged at the bottom. This action is unlike any other trigger on any pistol. The rest of the trigger press is, like that of a 1911, straight back. After the safety shoe takeup, there is very little travel before the crisp break. However, the odd, bottom-hinged safety action tends to result in an odd-feeling press action and perhaps compensatory hand manipulation. It is this odd mechanic to which I attribute the low hits so common to folks who have shot the Hudson H9.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/feature-trigger_04.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-14912" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/feature-trigger_04.jpg" alt="Hudson H9 trigger" width="636" height="518" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/feature-trigger_04.jpg 636w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/feature-trigger_04-300x244.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 636px) 100vw, 636px" /></a>
<div></div>
In short order I was able to correct my tendency to use a different press action and accuracy returned. I soon found the H9 to be as accurate as most pistols I’ve shot. Granted, I only took the H9 out to 15 yards, but I was able to get good groups while firing multiple shots at less-than-a-second intervals. The bright front sight certainly helps with mechanical accuracy. Note that I did not do any bench-rest shooting to test the true precision of the H9.
Comfort & Controllability
The grip of the Hudson H9 is chunkier than I imagined it would be. But after all, it is still a double-stack pistol. The lack of grip contour on the front and back makes this not a terribly comfortable gun to hold, but it’s not particularly uncomfortable either. My medium-sized hands could get decent purchase, but I felt like my trigger finger needed to be slightly longer. Perhaps this is something that smaller grip shells (something coming in the future) could mitigate.
One thing I don’t like about the H9 is the flat and slick forward frame. There is neither contour nor texture for the support-hand thumb to gain purchase to help manage the recoil motion. As a result, I got more muzzle flip than I wanted, but this is not a gun that has much muzzle flip in the first place so the result was not as bad as one might expect. I expect that the relatively low bore axis and lowered recoil spring location has something to do with this. The recoil is a bit stiff for such a heavy gun, but it is rather flat shooting and easy to get the excellent sights back on target immediately.
The slide lock mechanism is kind of touchy, resulting in the pistol going into battery most times when a new magazine is inserted. It also results in the slide slipping into battery when you gently set a cleared and open pistol down on the bench. This happened to me a few times. I’d prefer a surer locking mechanism.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/hudson-h9.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-14915" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/hudson-h9.jpg" alt="Hudson H9" width="800" height="487" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/hudson-h9.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/hudson-h9-300x183.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/hudson-h9-768x468.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<div></div>
Components and Materials
The Hudson H9’s frame is steel and the forward slide configuration is large, which makes for quite a heavy gun. The grip shells can eventually be replaced so one will soon be able to configure the size and texture to suit. As is, the gun is a bit slick and I would not want to run it in the rain or if I had sweaty or bloody hands.
As mentioned earlier, the trigger is an odd bird. The action is straight back, similar to a 1911 trigger. However, the first press movement is the finger closing the safety/shoe onto the trigger body. This safety is hinged at the bottom so the safety moves at the top rather than at the bottom, as all other trigger safeties work. The result is a trigger press that makes the Hudson H9 feel like no gun ever made. I believe this “upside down” feel is responsible for most folks shooting low with the H9. The trigger reset is very short and quite pleasing.
The sights are excellent. The rear is serrated and blacked out and the front is a Trijicon HD sight that is highly visible and certainly helps with proper aim when shooting. Both are dovetailed and one assumes replacements will eventually be available (though likely not necessary!).
I found the external controls to all be well located for my medium-sized hands. The reversible mag release and ambidextrous slide-lock controls will be a boon to some folks. The one component that I think is just poorly done is the slide serration. I don’t care about the front serrations, but the rear serrations are rather mild, shallow, and slick. I found it easy to miss my grip and fail to cycle the slide sometimes.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
With its straight movement and short reset, the trigger is great to run during fast-string shooting. The sights are excellent and the overall aesthetic, the chunky nose aside, is handsome. The recoil impulse, while stiff, is not accompanied by much muzzle flip. The Hudson H9 is an interesting exploration of a concept. I give Hudson props for jumping in with both feet in this admirable effort.
Cons 
Unfortunately, I think this gun is a solution to a problem that does not exist. The H9 does not approximate the soft-shooting action of a 9mm 1911. The grip lacks any ergonomic contours. The trigger, while having some good qualities, feels odd to engage and I believe this causes sympathetic hand manipulation during the press. The slide serrations are nowhere near aggressive enough. This is quite a heavy pistol and…it’ll cost you $1,200 bucks!
So for rating the Hudson H9…
Shootability (***) 
The interesting trigger is not smooth enough and has a weird-feeling press that I believe compels inaccuracy. However, the gun stays relatively flat when firing and the stock sights are excellent. Ambi controls are in the right spots.
Ergonomics (***) 
The Hudson H9 is not a very ergonomic pistol. The ambi controls are a plus, but the grip is like a shovel’s handle.
Accuracy (****) 
I found the H9 to be hard to shoot accurately at first, but later found my groove. I’d say it’s as accurate as a Glock 17.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The Hudson H9 is a gun that someone needed to make. I called it a solution to a problem that does not exist, but it is the answer to a question many have had for a long time. I believe that Hudson did a pretty good job here, but there’s just too much that is not yet right, in my opinion. The concept may have legs, but Hudson needs to stretch them a bit before I’ll be sold on a gun like this. Designing toward a specific purpose would be a great next step. At present, this gun has no specific purpose for existing, beyond novelty.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hudson-h9/">Shooting Review: The Hudson H9</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hudson-h9/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>23</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Opinion: One in the Chamber?</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-one-in-the-chamber/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-one-in-the-chamber/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 24 Nov 2017 14:23:55 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=9623</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Properly considered, the question for whether or not to carry with a round in the chamber is only partially concerned with self defense. The issue is substantially about whether one is developing and reinforcing habits to become a competent and safe gun handler – or – a perpetual incompetent who is a danger to oneself […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-one-in-the-chamber/">Opinion: One in the Chamber?</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
Properly considered, the question for whether or not to carry with a round in the chamber is only partially concerned with self defense. The issue is substantially about whether one is developing and reinforcing habits to become a competent and safe gun handler – or – a perpetual incompetent who is a danger to oneself and others.
An opinion of the author, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>, and not necessarily that of Eagle Gun Range.
* * *
A common logic for carrying unchambered is “because it is safer and prevents unintended discharges.” This foolish placebo replacement of actual firearm safety can be made only when one holds <a href="http://condition-yellow.com/the-four-rules-of-gun-safety/">the first 3 rules of firearm safety</a> in contempt. The results of this foolishness are manifold and dangerous, including:
<ul>
<li>The individual erroneously relies on the firearm’s assumed condition as the barometer for gun safety</li>
<li>The individual erroneously believes that safety is determined by the mechanism rather than by the person handling or carrying it</li>
<li>The individual erroneously believes and may professes that “It’s not loaded/chambered” is a statement relevant to gun-handling safety</li>
<li>The individual believes that s/he and others should take different precautions with a firearm that is loaded and chambered than with a firearm that is unloaded or that is loaded but not chambered</li>
<li>Etc…</li>
</ul>
These ideas and behaviors are concerned with and cultivate negligence, not safety. These ideas and behaviors are responsible for 100% of negligent firearm discharges, injuries, and deaths. And it all starts with the idea that not having a round in the chamber somehow changes the way one can or should interact with a firearm. One who holds with these ideas is a danger to himself and everyone nearby.
Gun safety is your responsibility and not the gun’s responsibility.
<h2>The Other Side of Firearm Carry Condition</h2>
While the context of this post is meant to address firearm safety, the practice of carrying without a round in the chamber has further consequences. As to the self-defense aspects of carrying a not-ready-to-work firearm, consider the real-world evidence presented in this video from <a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCsE_m2z1NrvF2ImeNWh84mw">Active Self Protection</a>:
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/rVPiic-ELoM" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
If your gun is not ready to work the instant you need it, you’re not armed. You’re merely encumbered and deluded.
<h3>If you carry, carry with a round in the chamber.</h3>
A carried firearm is carried for one purpose only: immediate, emergency deployment as a fighting tool. A carried pistol lacking a round in the chamber is a defensive liability and an invitation to negligence. The purpose of the holster (and every carried firearm should be in a holster) is to mitigate issues related to people and objects unintentionally fouling the trigger while clothing and hands are interfacing with the firearm in cramped quarters. Once drawn from the holster, only one action can cause the firearm to discharge: you depressing the trigger.
If your desire is to not fire a gun, it is your responsibility to not depress the trigger. One not capable of managing one’s trigger finger and safely holstering and unholstering the firearm has an obligation to refrain from carrying a firearm until they are capable of managing these operations safely. Until then, adopting the habit of carrying without a round in the chamber is neither a good nor safe alternative.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-one-in-the-chamber/">Opinion: One in the Chamber?</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-one-in-the-chamber/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: M&P 9 Shield M2.0</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-mp-9-shield-m2-0/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-mp-9-shield-m2-0/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2017 13:18:21 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=9615</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Recently, Smith & Wesson has been revamping its M&P line with the M2.0 series. The latest in this series is the M&P Shield M2.0. Available in 9mm and .40 (the newish 45 Auto version is not technically in the M2.0 series), with and without an external safety lever, the Shield is one of the most […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-mp-9-shield-m2-0/">Shooting Review: M&P 9 Shield M2.0</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
Recently, Smith & Wesson has been revamping its M&P line with the M2.0 series. The latest in this series is the M&P Shield M2.0. Available in 9mm and .40 (the newish 45 Auto version is not technically in the M2.0 series), with and without an external safety lever, the Shield is one of the most popular pistols ever so an updated model is kind of a big deal.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
There’s no denying the Shield’s popularity and its genuine suitability to its primary purpose of concealed carry. I’ve recently spent a few days shooting the new M&P 9 Shield M2.0 and here I’ll detail my impressions from that experience and offer some technical comparison with popular competitor models.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/shields.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-9616" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/shields.jpg" alt="M&P Shields comparison" width="1000" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/shields.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/shields-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/shields-768x384.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
<h2>Why Consider the M&P 9 Shield M2.0?</h2>
The M&P Shield is a purpose-made concealed carry pistol. It’s a single-stack model with a slim slide and frame that easily disappears on or into one’s waistline with a quality holster. It is not meant to compete with or replace popular double-stack pistols and it’s a bit too large to be a good pocket pistol. So it is made to fill a specific niche and it fulfills that duty as well as or perhaps better than any other pistol, depending on your taste.
The M2.0 feature updates are meant to make an already top-notch pistol a bit better. However, as I’ll detail later, the M2.0 updates don’t really amount to much of an upgrade. The changes and improvements are few and slight, but not necessarily insignificant. So while the M&P Shield model has always been worthy of consideration, the M2.0 upgrade is even more worth one’s consideration for an everyday-carry pistol.
Note that there are some variations available for the Shield M2.0, as shown on the S&W website…
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/shield-options.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-9617" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/shield-options.jpg" alt="Shield options" width="962" height="628" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/shield-options.jpg 962w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/shield-options-300x196.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/shield-options-768x501.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 962px) 100vw, 962px" /></a>
M&P 9 Shield M2.0 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9mm</li>
<li>Length: 6.1″</li>
<li>Height: 4.5” with flush magazine, 5” with extended magazine</li>
<li>Width: .99”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.1” stainless steel Armornite™ finish</li>
<li>Trigger: ~5.5 lb.</li>
<li>Sights: 3-Dot steel</li>
<li>Safety: available without or with thumb lever</li>
<li>Weight: 18.3 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide: Black, stainless steel Armornite™ finish</li>
<li>Capacity: 7+1, 8+1 (extended magazine)</li>
<li>MSRP: $479</li>
</ul>
Note that the model I’m evaluating here was without a thumb safety lever.
<h2>Shooting the Shield M2.0</h2>
The Shield is a subcompact pistol so it is a bit snappier than your average compact or full-size pistol yet I found the Shield M2.0 to be no more so than similar pistols, like the XDs or Glock 43. I shot the pistol from 3 to 15 yards and found it easy to maintain hand-sized groups while shooting at faster than 1 round per second. One-handed shooting was easy too and I appreciated the new grip texture. I found the 3-dot iron sights to work just fine
As an update, I’d say that this M2.0 model is quite a mild one, as it is virtually identical to the original, save for the grip texture. The M2.0’s trigger is perhaps better than its predecessor, but I still don’t like the long reset. When I did rapid-fire shot strings I didn’t short stroke the trigger, but my finger was doing more work that I’d prefer in a defensive situation.
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity 
I mentioned in other articles that I’ve not been a big fan of the Shield and primary gripe with it owes to the otherwise positive feature of the very slim grip. This slim profile aids in concealability, but the tapered elliptical radius of the back of the grip is uncomfortable for me. As a prolific shooter (several days a week) I’m not bothered by recoil impulse or snappiness, but when I train I typically shoot 200 to 400 rounds in a session. The Shield’s comfort firing a few rounds is just fine, but shooting 100+ rounds with the recoil impulse delivered into the palm of one’s hand and focused on a thin and comparative sharp backstrap is not comfortable at all. I’ve heard other shooters mention this issue, too. The wider or flatter backstraps of other similar pistols are far more comfortable than this one. Surely this won’t be an issue for everyone, but it is for me.
The M&P 9 Shield M2.0 comes with two magazines: a flush magazine that holds 7 rounds and an extended 8-round magazine. With the flush mag, my medium-sized hand just fits about half of my pinky and the extended mag offers an ample and full grip. The extended magazine makes a good backup, but it makes the grip too long for advisable concealed carry. Still, seven rounds in the flush mag and one in the chamber is pretty good for a single-stack 9mm subcompact. Though it has as good or better capacity than its competitors, that extra capacity comes at the price of the Shield 9 M2.0 being taller than any of them. The extra height may make it a bit less concealable than some, though only slightly if at all with the proper holster.
The M2.0 grip texture is quite good. It is more effective and covers more surface area than standard M&P Shield grip texture. It makes it quite easy to maintain a good grip when firing strings of several rounds. I had the opportunity to fire some rapid-fire strings and never felt like I was having trouble maintaining control of the pistol or my grip. Missing, however, is the same texturing on the forward thumb position of the frame. This position where the support-hand thumb rests is an important component to recoil management and the slick polymer here does the shooter no favors.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/texture.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-9618" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/texture.jpg" alt="Shield M2.0 texture" width="720" height="720" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/texture.jpg 720w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/texture-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/texture-300x300.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 720px) 100vw, 720px" /></a>
Components and Features 
The most conspicuous feature of the M2.0 line is the aforementioned grip texture. The new texture is subtle, but quite grippy and might mitigate the need for stippling. I’d have to try it with wet hands to be sure and did not have this opportunity for this review. As with other M2.0 models, the Shield’s slide has the addition of some scalloped texturing on the lower portion of the front area of the slide. I can’t imagine what purpose this feature serves and it is not very attractive.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/front-serrations.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-9620" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/front-serrations.jpg" alt="front serrations on the Shield M2.0" width="720" height="720" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/front-serrations.jpg 720w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/front-serrations-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/front-serrations-300x300.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 720px) 100vw, 720px" /></a>
The model I used for evaluation came without the external thumb safety (<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-firearm-safety-levers-greatly-reduce-safety/">as all pistols should</a>), but the Shield is available with an external safety lever. I found the slide lock to be easy to manipulate when I wanted to lock the action open. It did not get in my way when shooting and I never rode the control preventing the slide from locking back on the last round of a magazine, as can happen with some guns. The takedown lever is quite unobtrusive. It is smooth, rounded, and very low-profile on the frame. Well done with all of this.
The Shield M2.0 has the hinged trigger, with a trigger stop on the upper portion of the trigger well as an interesting way to prevent overtravel. The M&P 9 M2.0 Shield has white 3-dot sights that seem to work just fine for my eyes.
Comparisons
Here is how the M&P Shield 9 M2.0 measures up physically against other popular competitors (with a flush magazine):
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th>M&P Shield M2.0</th>
<th>XDS 9</th>
<th>Glock 43</th>
<th>Kahr PM9</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Length</td>
<td>6.1″</td>
<td>6.3″</td>
<td>6.26″</td>
<td>5.42″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Height</td>
<td>4.5”</td>
<td>4.4″</td>
<td>4.25″</td>
<td>4″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Width</td>
<td>.99″</td>
<td>.9″</td>
<td>1.02″</td>
<td>.9″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Barrel</td>
<td>3.1″</td>
<td>3.3″</td>
<td>3.39″</td>
<td>3.1″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Weight</td>
<td>18.3 oz</td>
<td>23 oz</td>
<td>17.95 oz</td>
<td>14 oz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Capacity</td>
<td>7+1</td>
<td>7+1</td>
<td>6+1</td>
<td>6+1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MSRP</td>
<td>$479</td>
<td>$499</td>
<td>$519</td>
<td>$810</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
For its size and in its category, the M&P 9 Shield M2.0 is an eminently shootable and concealable, single stack pistol. The external controls are well designed and unobtrusive and the capacity is as good as one might hope, given the small size.
Cons 
The narrow backstrap makes prolonged training uncomfortable. Other than this and the lack of texturing on the forward frame for the support-hand thumb, I can think of nothing substantive to criticize on the Shield 9 M2.0. As for nitpicks, it doesn’t have the best trigger around, with quite a long reset, and I’ll point out that the small area of serrations on the bottom of the front of the slide are as useless as they are unattractive.
So for rating the M&P Shield M2.0…
Ergonomics (****) 
The controls are well placed and unobtrusive and the grip texture is excellent. The thin grip is both good and bad, depending on your preferences. Some shooters will prefer the more vertical grip angle of the Shield as opposed to the more acute angle of the Glock 43.
Shootability (****) 
Definitely a shootable pistol, though less comfortable to shoot than most 9mm subcompacts. The grip texture does a good job here.
Accuracy (***) 
I found it to be plenty accurate for serious business at close range, but less so than my Glock 43 at 10-15 yards. The 3.1” barrel is not best suited to great distances. For most defensive uses, no complaints here.
Concealability (*****) 
The Shield 9 M2.0 has a thin frame that easily disappears on or into your waistline—with the flush magazine. The extended magazine causes some concealability issues. Carry that one as your backup.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
This is a solid and well conceived thin-framed subcompact in 9mm. The Shield has been the popular standard for this type and size of pistol for quite a while. There have been some new competitors in recent years, but the Shield remains a top pick. I wouldn’t say it is the best of the best, but it’s certainly one of the best.
The M&P Shield is a proven performer and popular success. I have to believe that this new iteration will only help with its popularity. Also, I would tend to trust the quality of Smith & Wesson’s M&P line. Come by Eagle Gun Range and rent the M&P 9 Shield M2.0 and see what you think.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-mp-9-shield-m2-0/">Shooting Review: M&P 9 Shield M2.0</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-mp-9-shield-m2-0/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>17</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting With Both Eyes Open</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-with-both-eyes-open/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-with-both-eyes-open/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Oct 2017 11:41:20 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=9382</guid>
<description><![CDATA[When any of us first starts shooting we make a point to close our off eye so that we can have a clear sight picture. That clear, unambiguous sight picture is vital at this stage because we typically have no trained mechanics or muscle memory to assist with our effort to shoot accurately. What’s more, […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-with-both-eyes-open/">Shooting With Both Eyes Open</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
When any of us first starts shooting we make a point to close our off eye so that we can have a clear sight picture. That clear, unambiguous sight picture is vital at this stage because we typically have no trained mechanics or muscle memory to assist with our effort to shoot accurately. What’s more, most of us are unaccustomed to unconsciously or even consciously directing our focus into one eye while the other eye remains open.
All of this is to say, there’s a bit of a learning curve to proper defensive firearm technique (of which the eyes are just one component).
I say defensive firearm technique because there is little benefit in target shooting with both eyes open. This doesn’t mean one shouldn’t target shoot with both eyes open, but the point of having both open is so that your field of vision remains as wide as possible so that you don’t miss something important or deadly in a fight for life; yours or someone else’s. However, since humans are creatures of habit, it is best to make a habit of shooting with both eyes open.
<h3>First Steps</h3>
This process won’t be easy and you will continually find yourself wanting to cheat. The good news is that it’s okay to cheat. It actually helps.
You’ll first want to know which of your eyes is dominant. There are <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://www.google.com/search?q=find+your+dominant+eye&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8">a few well-documented ways</a> to figure this out, so I won’t go into that here. Go figure it out then continue reading.
Here’s your target:
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/bay-target.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-9383" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/bay-target.jpg" alt="a shooting bay target" width="1000" height="609" /></a>
<div></div>
Next, step up to the line with your pistol, take aim as usual, with your off eye closed and your finger taking the slack out of the trigger, then open your off eye and note the sight picture. With both eyes open, depending on what your focus habit is (front sight or target), you will have either two targets or two pistols in view, but only one properly aligned sight picture.
As shown in the images below, if your focus is on your front sight, you will have two targets in view. In this case, the target you should aim at is the one on the side of your dominant eye (right target if you’re right-eye dominant). You can confirm by blinking your off eye.
Conversely, if your focus is on your target, you will have two pistols in view. In this case, the proper sight picture will be with the pistol opposite your dominant eye (left pistol if your right-eye dominant). You can confirm by blinking your off eye.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/bay-sight-focus.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-9384" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/bay-sight-focus.jpg" alt="Sight picture" width="1000" height="609" /></a>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/bay-target-focus-1.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-9386" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/bay-target-focus-1.jpg" alt="Shooting with both eyes open" width="1000" height="609" /></a>
<div></div>
Note: The photos above are representative of a right-eye-dominant view.
Now, close your off eye and then open it again, all while keeping your sights on target and your finger on the trigger. Break the shot with both eyes open and while concentrating on the proper sight picture. Repeat this process roughly 50 times.
Next, repeat the process, but instead of starting with your off eye closed, start with both eyes open and try to seize the proper sight picture. Then blink your off eye once or twice to confirm (and adjust if necessary). Once you’ve confirmed and with both eyes open, break the shot. Repeat roughly 50 times.
<h3>You’re on your way!</h3>
Even so, don’t expect to transition from a one-eyed shooter to a two-eyed shooter in one day. Give the process some time.
Now, when you go back to the range or while you’re doing dry-fire practice at home, use the second method. Instead of blinking to confirm every time, try only doing so when you lose track of the proper sight picture. In other words: when you find yourself losing focus, cheat.
In time, you’ll seldom have to blink to confirm your sight picture, as your brain learns to focus exclusively on the proper sight picture. Start today and resolve never to backslide to shooting one-eyed again.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-with-both-eyes-open/">Shooting With Both Eyes Open</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-with-both-eyes-open/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>83</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The Glock 19 Gen 5</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-glock-19-gen-5/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-glock-19-gen-5/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 09 Oct 2017 15:16:58 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=9331</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Glock released the Gen 4 pistol line in early 2010, which addressed some caliber-to-frame durability issues and brought some mild external changes. Roughly seven years later we’re presented with the next generation in Glock’s lineup. The Gen 5 differences are equally mild on the surface, but there are some interesting changes that are not immediately […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-glock-19-gen-5/">Shooting Review: The Glock 19 Gen 5</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
Glock released the Gen 4 pistol line in early 2010, which addressed some caliber-to-frame durability issues and brought some mild external changes. Roughly seven years later we’re presented with the next generation in Glock’s lineup. The Gen 5 differences are equally mild on the surface, but there are some interesting changes that are not immediately apparent.
For this Glock 19 review, I’ve been using my Gen 5 since late August and have put roughly 4,000 rounds through it since. I’ve run it for static precision and in dynamic defensive drills from concealment, with and without a light attached to the rail. I have also spent time with it disassembled, getting familiar with the internal changes and issues with parts replacement (since Glocks are fun hobby kits).
Mostly, the Gen 5 Glock 19 is just a Glock 19, but there are some interesting and odd changes that warrant examination. There are also some caveats that early purchasers should be aware of. I hope to cover most of all of them here, but keep in mind that these insights are from less than 2 months of use, several times a week. More time may tell more tales.
Much of this Glock 19 review will deal with Gen 5 differences from previous versions and Gen-5-specific user issues (for carry, shooting, accessories, etc…). For a more basic review of the Glock 19 I encourage you to read <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-glock-19-gen-4-after-80000-rounds/">my Glock 19 Gen 4 review here (“Review: Glock 19 Gen 4 – After 80,000 Rounds”)</a>. Note also that the photos shown in this article do not depict factory-new pistols. Rather, these are photos of the pistols of someone who uses them hard several days every week. They tend to get a bit beat up.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/fourandfive.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-9431" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/fourandfive-1024x768.jpg" alt="Glock 19 Gens 4 and 5" width="1024" height="768" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/fourandfive-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/fourandfive-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/fourandfive-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/fourandfive-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/fourandfive-1080x810.jpg 1080w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/fourandfive-610x458.jpg 610w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/fourandfive.jpg 1400w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>Why Consider the Glock 19 Gen 5?</h2>
The first and best reason to consider this pistol is because it’s a Glock 19; arguably the best all-purpose handgun ever made. It is large enough to be a duty gun and offer functional accuracy and a substantial magazine capacity while being small and light enough for everyday concealed carry.
Additionally, one cannot ignore the excellent record of reliability offered by Glock pistols. From my own experience, I’ve shot well over 100,000 rounds through Gen 3 and Gen 4 Glock pistols and the only malfunctions I’ve ever experienced were due to failed non-Glock replacement parts and a botched Cerakote job. With stock parts, a Glock pistol is near flawless in operation, even under harsh conditions.
Specific to the Gen 5, you might consider the new Glock 19 for a couple of compelling reasons. First, the slide lock lever is now double-sided. So if you’re a lefty, switch the mag-release to the right and you have a fully-left-handed pistol. For those of you who like Glock pistols, but not the grip finger grooves, the Gen 5 comes with a flat-face frontstrap on the grip. No customization necessary.
Glock 19 Gen 5 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Length: 7.28”</li>
<li>Height: 5.04”</li>
<li>Width: 1.34”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4.02” – 1:9.84” RH twist – Blued</li>
<li>Trigger: 5 to 6.5 pounds</li>
<li>Sights: Polymer “U” dot configuration, rear adjustable (standard)</li>
<li>Weight: 23.99 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide Finish: Black Melonite + nDLC coating</li>
<li>Capacity: 15+1 (10 – if you live under tyranny)</li>
<li>Price: ~$560 (often found for more and for less)</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the Glock 19 Gen 5</h2>
The Gen 5 brings very little that is new to the shooting experience, with 2 notable exceptions. The Glock 19 has always been a soft-shooting, easily managed pistol and it has always had accuracy that will outstrip 99.9% of shooters’ ability. What’s new to this experience is brought by the new Gen 5 barrel and the flat frontstrap of the grip.
Having shot a lot with Gen 3 and 4 Glocks, I find the lack of finger grooves notable. I’m used to the grip snugging up to fill my strong hand and now it feels different. I don’t find the difference to be bad, but as the finger grooves fit my hand perfectly and I miss them on this pistol. I know a lot of folks have never liked them, so many will be pleased by this change.
<div style="text-align: center;">
<div id="attachment_9432" style="width: 1034px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/dirty-training-right.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-9432" class="size-large wp-image-9432" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/dirty-training-right-1024x768.jpg" alt="The Glock 19 Gen 5" width="1024" height="768" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/dirty-training-right-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/dirty-training-right-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/dirty-training-right-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/dirty-training-right-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/dirty-training-right-1080x810.jpg 1080w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/dirty-training-right-610x458.jpg 610w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/dirty-training-right.jpg 1200w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a>The Glock 19 Gen 5 after some muddy “wounded wing” training. It got dropped on the ground a few dozen times.</div>
</div>
<div></div>
The new barrel rifling profile is purported to double accuracy at longer ranges (4” groups at 50 yards, Glock claims). I’m not yet good enough to get 4” groups at 50 yards, but I did find that my groups at 25 yards were noticeably smaller with the Gen 5 as compared to my Gen 4 shooting. I can’t say for sure, but I’ll assume that this is due to the more accurate barrel.
<div style="text-align: center;">
<div id="attachment_9434" style="width: 906px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/barrelthreads.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-9434" class="size-large wp-image-9434" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/barrelthreads-896x1024.jpg" alt="Glock 19 barrel threads" width="896" height="1024" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/barrelthreads-896x1024.jpg 896w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/barrelthreads-263x300.jpg 263w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/barrelthreads-768x878.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/barrelthreads-610x697.jpg 610w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/barrelthreads.jpg 1050w" sizes="(max-width: 896px) 100vw, 896px" /></a>Glock added little ridges to the each side of the base of the polygonal rifling lands.</div>
</div>
<div></div>
The Gen 5 trigger is perhaps a slight bit better feeling than the Gen 4, but it’s subjective and hard for me to tell. The Gen 5 trigger assembly is completely different from the Gen 4, configured like the Glock 43. It has a “New York” trigger spring that uses a polymer spring support and a compression spring (rather than an expansion spring hooking the bar to the cruciform). I tried a 3.5lb connector and felt no press-weight difference at all. So I tried a 2lb connector and got the 4.5lb press that I expect in my pistols. Interesting.
The bulk of the 9mm ammo I’ve run through the pistol is 115gr ball, but I’ve run rounds from an assortment of Federal Premium 147gr Hydra-Shok JHP, Speer Gold Dot 124gr +P GDHP, Federal Premium 124gr HST JHP, Hornady Critical Defense 115gr, and Hornady Critical Duty 135gr …all with flawless performance.
Malfunctions 
I have experienced none in ~4,000 rounds with my Gen 5 Glock 19. The only remarkable issue I can report is that inside of the first 1000 rounds I occasionally felt a slight hesitation as the action chambered the first round of a magazine. Instead of the standard “chick” sound/feel of the slide going into battery, there was sometimes a “ka-chunk” that felt like a slight hesitation with the round chambering. This anomaly went away after about 1000 rounds and never did impact the performance of the gun. Every round chambered and fired.
Comfort & Controllability 
As with every other Glock pistol, the Gen 5 G19’s trigger guard transition to the grip is quite angular and typically uncomfortable for the strong-hand middle finger while shooting. Therefore, I suggest that EVERY Glock pistol must have a Dremmel tool taken to the side and bottom of the trigger guard junction with the grip in order to create a smoothly rounded and reduced profile there. Other than this issue, the Glock 19 is plenty comfortable enough. There are some who disagree and find the G19 or any Glock pistol to be just fine without this slight modification work. With this modification I find the Gen 5 Glock 19 to be very comfortable. Without it, unusable. I, personally, would never own a Glock that had not been adjusted in this way. Sure would make for a nice Gen 6 upgrade.
The Glock 19 is in no way snappy and it’s very easy for one to manage recoil. The location of the magazine release is good and I only have to modify my grip slightly to get my medium-sized hands into position to actuate it (as I do on every pistol made). Even with Glock’s minimalist slide-lock lever, my grip often interferes with the lever and I find that the pistol will not lock open on the last round of a magazine from time to time. This is in no way the fault of the gun. It’s all me.
Concealability & Capacity 
Even though it is a compact, the Glock 19 is larger than some in that classification. However, with a good and well-made holster, it is easily concealed in several positions on your belt, inside the waistband or outside. I wear a Glock 19 with a light in appendix position every day and never have a printing problem.
Note, however, that concealability is managed significantly by the holster and its configuration. Most holsters made for concealed carry are made poorly are not configured to properly angle the pistol to aid in concealment. Be careful!
The Glock 19’s fifteen-plus-one capacity is ample, especially for a compact. It is no mistake that the Glock 19 sets the standard for size to capacity ratio in the pistol world.
<h2>Components and Materials</h2>
The Gen 5 Glock 19’s largely unadorned slide comes in black Melonite finish that is then treated with an nDLC coating. The result is a darker and, reportedly, more durable finish. I really like this new finish and the aesthetic it delivers. I can’t say if it is more durable. I can say, however, that dropping it onto gravel repeatedly in training will scratch the slide and flake off spots of the finish, as shown here:
<div style="text-align: center;">
<div id="attachment_9433" style="width: 906px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/scratches.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-9433" class="size-large wp-image-9433" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/scratches-896x1024.jpg" alt="Scratches" width="896" height="1024" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/scratches-896x1024.jpg 896w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/scratches-263x300.jpg 263w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/scratches-768x878.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/scratches-610x697.jpg 610w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/scratches.jpg 1050w" sizes="(max-width: 896px) 100vw, 896px" /></a>Scratches and flaked-off finish after the Glock 19 Gen 5 was dropped onto gravel repeatedly during training.</div>
</div>
<div></div>
The scratches shown above came from doing a few dozen reps of the “wounded wing” drill, shown here:
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/qhixnY_Q4v0" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
The polymer frame is much like the Gen 4, except that the grip is slightly flared on the sides to imitate a magwell (it is only imitation) and the finger grooves on the frontstrap are gone. The Gen 5 also features only one pin near the locking block instead of the 2 pins common to recent generations. Perhaps because of this change, the frame is very slightly wider and very slightly taller than that of the Gen 4. The grip texture is identical to the Gen 4 and is serviceable, unless you have wet or bloody hands (therefore, be sure to stipple your Glock if it is a carry gun).
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/frames.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-9336" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/frames-1024x768.jpg" alt="Glock 19 - Gen 5 vs Gen 4" width="1024" height="768" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/frames-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/frames-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/frames-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/frames-510x382.jpg 510w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/frames-1080x810.jpg 1080w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/frames-610x458.jpg 610w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/frames.jpg 1400w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/magwells-1.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-9341" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/magwells-1-1024x805.jpg" alt="magwells" width="1024" height="805" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/magwells-1-1024x805.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/magwells-1-300x236.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/magwells-1-768x604.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/magwells-1-1080x849.jpg 1080w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/magwells-1-610x479.jpg 610w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/magwells-1.jpg 1200w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/slides.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-9338" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/slides-1024x682.jpg" alt="" width="1024" height="682" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/slides-1024x682.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/slides-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/slides-768x512.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/slides-1080x720.jpg 1080w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/slides-610x407.jpg 610w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/slides.jpg 1400w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/triggergroups.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-9339" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/triggergroups-1024x878.jpg" alt="" width="1024" height="878" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/triggergroups-1024x878.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/triggergroups-300x257.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/triggergroups-768x658.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/triggergroups-1080x926.jpg 1080w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/triggergroups-610x523.jpg 610w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/triggergroups.jpg 1100w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a>
 
<div></div>
IF YOU CARRY A GLOCK 19 WITH A LIGHT, note that the Gen 5 with a light will not likely fit your Kydex light-bearing holster. The dimension from the top of the slide to the bottom of the accessory rail is slightly greater on the Gen 5 than with the Gen 4. This means that your gun will probably be too tall to fit into a hard (Kydex) holster with a light. It will likely take a short while before manufacturers are prepared to offer Gen 5 light-bearing models.
<h2>Customization</h2>
The Gen 5 brought some changes that will for a while play havoc with some popular customizations. None of the previous-generation Glock OEM or aftermarket triggers will fit the Gen 5. The dual-sided slide-lock lever necessitates a reduced-size area on the top of the trigger shoe. If you like aftermarket triggers, you’ll have to wait until manufacturers release a Gen-5-specific setup.
The very slightly wider frame means that the takedown tabs are ever so slightly more recessed than on previous generation models. Therefore you might opt for an extended slide stop with trapezoidal tabs. Note, however, that the slide-stop spring is no longer a leaf spring, but rather a traditional compression spring (which is very hard to install once disassembled!).
Beyond these issues, the Gen 5 is much like any other Glock pistol with regard to customization. (Caveat: if you opt for modification of your pistol, make sure you’re either trained to do so or allow a trained professional to do it for you. Altering the components of a deadly weapon is no joke.)
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The Glock 19 Gen 5 is a Glock 19, so it is the perfect combination of size and capacity. Some folks will like the absence of front-strap finger grooves. The nDLC coating delivers a better looking finish than that of the Gen 4. Like the Gen 4, the Gen 5 has interchangeable back straps. The Glock pistol is likely the most reliable pistol on the planet, and Glock claims the Gen 5 is the most reliable yet.
Cons 
Same old plastic sights, same old odd back strap shape. The slightly different frame dimension can present holster-compatibility issues is you have a mounted light. The new internals mean you’ll have to relearn some disassembly points and many aftermarket parts are incompatible with the Gen 5.
So for rating the Glock 19…
Shootability (****) 
This is an eminently shootable pistol. Controlling the recoil during shooting strings is quite easy. It is neither too big nor too small for precision manipulations and keeping rounds on target. The trigger is “fair,” but good for a Glock trigger.
Ergonomics (***) 
The Glock 19 is not the most ergonomically designed pistol, but with modification it has the potential to be quite nice. The lack of finger grooves will allow this version to better fit some folks’ hands.
Accuracy (****) 
This is as good a shooter as most pistols, but the looser tolerances in the design mean that slight variations can creep into the results at longer distances. The new barrel rifling profile seems to more than make up for this beneficial flaw.
Reliability (*****) 
There is no more historically reliable a pistol in the world. My only caveat here is that the Gen 5 is new and we have yet to learn of any inherent flaws or wear issues.
Customization (****) 
The Glock 19 has been the most customizable pistol in existence. However, the Gen 5 presents us with some incompatibilities and new mechanisms that will require time for the aftermarket to catch up. Four stars instead of five here.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The Glock 19 Gen 5 is in most ways, just another Glock 19, but there are some interesting and perhaps useful changes here. I can’t say that the Gen 5 changes are reason enough to replace your previous version, but if you don’t have a Glock 19, the Gen 5 model is well worth picking up.
I like both my Gen 4 and Gen 5 Glock 19s and I look forward to seeing what the aftermarket manufacturers come up with in the way of augmentations and accessories. If you’re interested, but not sure if the Gen 5 if for you, rent one and put a few rounds through it. See what you think.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-glock-19-gen-5/">Shooting Review: The Glock 19 Gen 5</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-glock-19-gen-5/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>72</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The CZ P-10 C</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-cz-p-10-c/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-cz-p-10-c/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 08 Sep 2017 16:03:52 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=9192</guid>
<description><![CDATA[For years, companies have worked to challenge Glock’s position in the market, fueled mightily by the success of the sweet-spot Glock 19. The CZ P-10 C is the first one to make so direct a challenge; going so far as to supposedly “fit most Glock 19 holsters.” In some ways, CZ has produced what some […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-cz-p-10-c/">Shooting Review: The CZ P-10 C</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
For years, companies have worked to challenge Glock’s position in the market, fueled mightily by the success of the sweet-spot Glock 19. The CZ P-10 C is the first one to make so direct a challenge; going so far as to supposedly “fit most Glock 19 holsters.” In some ways, CZ has produced what some might call a more attractive G19, but is looks all there is there?
CZ is a company known for making high-quality pistols for both defense and competition. I’m sure I was not alone in being a bit surprised when they announced this stylistic and functional departure from just about anything they’ve ever done. From appearances, it would seem to be a worthy challenger to Glock’s model 19, but the proof is in the shooting. I recently got to spend some quality time shooting the P-10 C and here follow my first impressions.
<h2>Why Consider the CZ P-10 C?</h2>
The P-10 C is a direct challenge to the Glock 19. Like the G19, the P-10 C is a large-ish compact, striker-fired pistol made for everyday carry and duty.
This new CZ pistol could be considered for several reasons. Chief among them are if you want a good value on a quality pistol that asks for little or no modification. You might also consider the P-10 C if your primary concern is trigger-action quality. You might also consider it if you like the Glock 19’s features, but prefer a better grip contour and a more attractive design.
Now, because CZ has deliberately created the P-10 C as a direct competitor to the Glock 19, I will be making some direct comparisons along those lines throughout this review. Those comparisons cannot help but be colored by the fact that I shoot 40k to 45k rounds through a Glock 19 every year. One could say I’m quite used to that platform. Let us see if this P-10 C is actually a Glock killer.
CZ P-10 C 9mm Specs, as compared to the Glock 19:
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align: right;">Model</th>
<th>CZ P-10 C</th>
<th>Glock 19</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Chambering:</td>
<td>9x19mm</td>
<td>9x19mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Length:</td>
<td>7.3″</td>
<td>7.28″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Height:</td>
<td>5.2″</td>
<td>4.99″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Width:</td>
<td>1.26″</td>
<td>1.18″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Barrel:</td>
<td>4.02″ cold hammer forged</td>
<td>4.02″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Trigger:</td>
<td>~4.5 lb.</td>
<td>~5.5-6 lb.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Sights:</td>
<td>Aluminum glow-in-the-dark 3-dot</td>
<td>Polymer w/U-marked rear</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Weight:</td>
<td>26 oz.</td>
<td>23.65 oz.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Slide:</td>
<td>Black nitride</td>
<td>Black Melonite +nDLC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Capacity:</td>
<td>15+1</td>
<td>15+1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">MSRP:</td>
<td>$499</td>
<td>$599</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/p10cbench.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-9195" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/p10cbench.jpg" alt="CZ P-10 C on the bench" width="1000" height="750" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/p10cbench.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/p10cbench-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/p10cbench-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/p10cbench-100x75.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/p10cbench-884x663.jpg 884w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>Shooting the P-10 C</h2>
The first thing I noticed when I brought the CZ P-10 C up onto target is that the grip angle, while similar to the G19, is slightly less acute. This means that if you’re used to shooting a Glock pistol you’ll have to bring the front sight of the P-10 C up a bit when you press out to the target. As very few pistols have a Glock-like grip angle, this is to be expected. However, the P-10 C’s grip angle is not so vertical as most Sig or 1911 pistols.
Once I got the hang of the proper grip angle for press-out, I found the P-10 C easy to shoot accurately. The 3-dot sights are easy to pick up and the round goes where it’s supposed to go. Surely part of this easy accuracy comes from the much-celebrated trigger on this pistol.
Yes, the trigger is very good. It has a smooth takeup, a crisp break, and a veeerry short reset for a striker-fired gun. It breaks at around 4.5 pounds. This trigger is superior to anything you’re likely to create in a Glock with polishing and/or aftermarket components. While running a friend’s model on the practical range, I found Bill drills and other fast-shooting to come easy with the P-10 C. CZ is deserving of praise for this trigger.
I find that I like how that a firm magazine seating into the pistol with a locked-open slide will send the slide home. Apparently, this is a deliberate feature of the action. Good on ‘em. This is something that is possible with some Glocks, but is not predictably repeatable.
The one negative thing I immediately notice is that the P-10 C seems to have a bit stronger recoil impulse than I find on a Glock 19. It’s not tremendous, but it is noticeable. I chalk this one up to the fact that 1) the grip is a bit narrower than on a G19, so the recoil is directed to a smaller area, and 2) the bore axis, while low, is very slightly higher on the P-10 C. Moreover, since the CZ has no frame flare in the area one would rest one’s support thumb to help mitigate muzzle flip, that tool is removed or diminished for control.
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity 
This P-10 C has a far-more plush hand fit than is found on the G19. The grip contours are a bit spartan as compared to other CZs, but still quite nice. I almost got the impression that I was putting my hand into the gun rather than gripping the outside; a feeling due in part to the pronounced beavertail-like upper rear frame.
The other noticeable aspect of gripping the P-10 C is the fact that the undercut rear of the trigger guard is both comfortable and helps facilitate a slightly higher grip. This is a feature fail on the Glock 19, which has a most uncomfortable configuration at that location (and must be modified after purchase!). My medium-sized hands had a good reach to the trigger and I found the grip size to be just right with the small backstrap
As I mentioned earlier, I found it slightly less controllable than a Glock 19, owing to a slightly more pronounced recoil impulse and an inability to rest my support-hand thumb on the forward frame. CZ textured that thumb location on the frame, but it is pancake flat and offers little in the way of purchase for control. The difference in controllability is just slight, though, and not a compelling issue.
Though the P-10 C is roughly a half-inch taller than the Glock 19, it has the same 15+1 capacity. This is not terrible, but one would hope that it would mean one or two more rounds. Mildly disappointing.
Components and Features 
The P-10 C’s frame is made from fiber-reinforced polymer and touts an aggressive texture similar to yet more pronounced than that of a Gen 4 Glock. A few of the folks I’ve spoken to who have purchased the new CZ say they’ve sanded down this texture slightly. I can’t imagine why one would do this, as the texture is still not rough enough to be called “grippy.” It’s a good texture, but I’d prefer if it were sharper. I still say this frame requires stippling.
The glow-in-the-dark 3-dot sights are made from aluminum. This is not optimal, but it sure beats plastic sights. I expect a serious devotee would want to replace these with irons, perhaps with Tritium dots.
As has been reported elsewhere, the magazine release (available on both sides!) is quite stiff and requires a strong, straight press to release. The control is rather small and I’m not a fan. I prefer the larger, flatter control found on the Glock 19. I’m told that the release will loosen up in time and have no reason to doubt this claim.
The frame and the slide are attractively contoured, but free of useless frills. I applaud CZ’s choice to make the pistol completely ambidextrous rather than side-swappable. The barrel is quite robust, especially the barrel lug. Not sure why they felt this was necessary, but I believe it’s a nice feature.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The P-10 C is an accurate, simple, attractive, comfortable pistol with a fantastic trigger. The grip contour is much more comfortable than that of a G19 and the sights are metal rather than plastic. Getting all of this at roughly $100 less than you’d pay for a Glock 19 makes this pistol hard to ignore.
Cons 
The P-10 C is slightly larger and heavier than a Glock 19 and replacement magazines are more expensive than the Glock’s. While it fits into some G19 holsters, it won’t fit into G-Code Incog holsters (which are by far the best holsters for concealed carry). The magazine release control is a bit fussy and small. Felt recoil is slightly more with the P-10 C than with a Glock 19 and the frame is not conducive to physical management of muzzle flip.
<h3>So for rating the CZ P-10 C…</h3>
Ergonomics (*****) 
The P-10 C fits like a glove and I see nothing wrong with the ergonomics of its design (short of a forward thumb rest).
Shootability (****) 
There’s very little wrong with the shootability of this pistol. I’m giving it 4 stars instead of 5 as a comparison to the Glock 19, which I find to be pretty flawless in its shootability.
Accuracy (*****) 
I find nothing to complain about here and found it easy to be accurate with this pistol.
Value (*****) 
I think the CZ P-10 C is something close to the very definition of a good value. Yes, there are some small shortcomings, but for the price you’re not likely to find anything close to this quality and these features.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
While I reserve judgment on its reliability and longevity, the CZ P-10 C is simply a superior value to the G19…out of the box. There are particulars related to everyday carry that prevent me from wanting to replace my Glock 19 with a P-10 C, but it’s hard to find anything truly wrong with CZ’s new pistol. One could not compare this newcomer to the long and storied history of excellence and reliability of the Glock, but time will tell many things.
I’ll be interested to see how the market for components and holsters responds to the advent of this pistol. If it is truly to be the Glock killer it was conceived to be, that response will have to be pretty darned robust. In the mean time, the CZ P-10 C is an excellent effort and worth anyone’s consideration.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-cz-p-10-c/">Shooting Review: The CZ P-10 C</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-cz-p-10-c/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>20</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Some Concealed-Carry Advice</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/some-concealed-carry-advice/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/some-concealed-carry-advice/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2017 14:44:32 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8714</guid>
<description><![CDATA[If you carry concealed, you’ve doubtless read lots of advice for dos and don’ts. Here are a few that you might not have read about or considered. I hope you find them helpful! By Andy Rutledge * * * Keep as much kit as possible on your belt (to free up pockets). Since, as a […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/some-concealed-carry-advice/">Some Concealed-Carry Advice</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
If you carry concealed, you’ve doubtless read lots of advice for dos and don’ts. Here are a few that you might not have read about or considered. I hope you find them helpful!
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
<h3>Keep as much kit as possible on your belt (to free up pockets).</h3>
Since, as a concealed carrier, you went to the trouble to get a good-quality stiff belt it makes perfect sense to exploit the benefits of that belt to make it easier to carry your EDC (everyday carry) kit. Advisable kit in addition to your carry pistol includes at least one spare magazine (two is better), a pocket and/or fixed-blade knife, a tourniquet, a flashlight, a phone, and maybe even a multi-tool and IFAK (individual first-aid kit). That’s a lot of stuff in addition to your wallet and keys. Unless you’re wearing 5.11s every day it’ll be difficult to keep it all just in pockets!
Since most of these EDC items are weighty for their size, they can greatly encumber your trouser pockets and will damage them over time. It’s best to use your belt to carry as much of it as you can manage. There are good belt/holster options for phones, knives, tourniquets, and especially pistol magazines. These items do not create much of a printing (revealing) hazard and they travel far better on your belt than in your pockets. Give it a try!
<h3>Carry at home all the time.</h3>
If you’re going to carry concealed, it is best to carry every waking moment. When you’re at home, you’re often doing any number of things outside your home from time to time, like doing yard work, taking out the trash, relaxing in the back yard, fetching something from the car, etc… Instead of putting on your pistol every time you decide to perform a quick errand, be smart and just keep it on. People are attacked inside their homes and in their yards and driveways all the time. You do not want to be unarmed when that happens.
Home invasions happen every day and at every time of day and night. Even if you have staged weapons in your home, you cannot pick your location when three or four armed thugs kick down your front or back door. When you’re unarmed, you live at the whim of criminals who will take your life or the lives of your family. I believe it is irresponsible to leave your life and your family’s life to chance like that. So stay armed every waking moment. If you’re going to carry, carry. Or are there moments of your day when it’s okay for someone to take everything from you?
<h3>If you’re fit, consider appendix position for carrying your pistol.</h3>
Carrying concealed in the 3 to 5 o’clock positions can be quite comfortable, but those positions present some obstacles to defense, retention, and concealment. Carrying AIWB (appendix inside the waistband) is superior for addressing all of those issues.
The appendix position offers a far easier and more natural location for getting your weapon into the fight, and is faster to do so from that position. It’s also far easier to defend against someone trying to get to your weapon. Moreover, the appendix position conceals far better than any other waistline position…if you have the frame for it.
Appendix position is not best suited to those who have a larger gut and it can be more problematic for those who wear their shirts tucked. Mostly, however, AIWB is a bad choice for someone who does not train regularly. If you’re going to carry in the appendix position, it is imperative that you train regularly from concealment with dry-fire and live-fire drills every week. You want to forge incorruptibly safe habits because a mistake of negligence while drawing or re-holstering in the appendix position could prove fatal. If you’ve got these bases covered, however, AIWB is a far superior carry position in most cases.
<h3>When training at the range, always practice reloads from your spare-magazine carry position (pocket or mag pouch) as a matter of routine.</h3>
This one is easy. Whether you’re at a strict indoor range or at a tactical-style outdoor range, all of your precision and practical pistol drills should include reloading from your normal spare-magazine position.
If you’re going to shoot, say, strings of 5 for precision, have one magazine in your pistol and one magazine in your normal carry position and when you’re done with the first magazine, perform a speed reload and continue. This is an easy routine to work into your normal training. It helps to forge solid habits and exposes problems with your technique and carry method.
<h3>Know the laws & keep up with changes.</h3>
Laws change and if you’re going to be a law-abiding citizen you’re responsible for keeping up with them. The fact that you carry a firearm on a daily basis means you’re held to a higher standard and you’re generally subject to more liability.
Stay informed by frequenting <a href="https://thegunfeed.com/">industry</a> and <a href="https://blog.princelaw.com/category/firearms-law/">gun-law weblogs</a>. Also, each state has an online reference for its gun laws. Make a habit of checking up on a periodical basis.
<h3>Wear patterned, and/or dark shirts.</h3>
No matter where or how you carry your pistol on your belt line, your shirt will move and settle from time to time in a way that indicates something is under it. Since revealing that you’re carrying a handgun is in poor taste, often illegal (depending where you live), and always defeats the purpose of carrying concealed, you’ll want to mitigate these events. Dark colors and especially patterns help to conceal the outline of a pistol grip in cases where a light-colored, un-patterned shirt will make it obvious.
Dressing around the gun is an important conceit and needn’t be overly constraining. Being relegated to darker colors and patterned shirts is a small price to pay for peace of mind and better concealment.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/some-concealed-carry-advice/">Some Concealed-Carry Advice</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/some-concealed-carry-advice/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review – Ruger Mark IV 22/45 Lite Pistol</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-mark-iv-2245-lite-pistol/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-mark-iv-2245-lite-pistol/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 28 Apr 2017 19:53:57 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8646</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Improvement and upgrades are a good pattern to follow for pistol model progression. The Ruger Mark IV 22/45 Lite is a nice improvement and has excellent upgrades over the previous model. This small, light, attractive pistol is an excellent platform for a suppressor and makes for a fantastic plinker. By Andy Rutledge * * * […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-mark-iv-2245-lite-pistol/">Shooting Review – Ruger Mark IV 22/45 Lite Pistol</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
Improvement and upgrades are a good pattern to follow for pistol model progression. The Ruger Mark IV 22/45 Lite is a nice improvement and has excellent upgrades over the previous model. This small, light, attractive pistol is an excellent platform for a suppressor and makes for a fantastic plinker.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/top.png"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8656" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/top.png" alt="Ruger Mark IV 22/45 Lite" width="1400" height="425" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/top.png 1400w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/top-300x91.png 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/top-768x233.png 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/top-1024x311.png 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/top-100x30.png 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/top-884x268.png 884w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/top-1140x346.png 1140w" sizes="(max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></a>
<h2>Why Consider the Mark IV 22/45 Lite?</h2>
Its light weight and short, threaded barrel make it an excellent suppressor gun. So, the 22/45 Lite is an excellent range shooter or recreational pack gun. Keep in mind, though that while it is built to be accurate, it is not a serious, precision target pistol.
Among 22 pistols, the Ruger Mark IV 22/45 Lite has about the easiest takedown of any gun. It takes about 2 seconds to completely fieldstrip: press one button on the back of the pistol and the slide comes off the frame and you can pull out the bolt for easy cleaning. Done!
Ruger Mark IV Specs
<ul>
<li>Chambering: .22 LR</li>
<li>Length: 8.4”</li>
<li>Height: 5.5”</li>
<li>Width: 1.22”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4.4” threaded (comes with thread cap)</li>
<li>Thread Pattern: 1/2″-28</li>
<li>Sights: black, click-adjustable rear (windage & elevation)</li>
<li>Safety: Ambi manual thumb safety (can convert to left-side only)</li>
<li>Weight: 25 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide Finish: Bronze or Black Anodized aluminum</li>
<li>Grip Frame: Black polymer (rubberized grip panels)</li>
<li>Magazine Capacity: 10 (2 mags)</li>
<li>MSRP: $559</li>
</ul>
<h2>Options</h2>
The Ruger Mark IV comes in two finishes: black or bronze. The slide (not really a slide, per se) detailing differs between them, with the black model having straight-drilled cutouts and the bronze model having contoured cutouts.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/options.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8655" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/options.jpg" alt="Ruger Mark IV 22/45 Lite options" width="900" height="360" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/options.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/options-300x120.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/options-768x307.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/options-100x40.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/options-884x354.jpg 884w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<h2>Shooting the Ruger Mark IV 22/45 Lite</h2>
As with most .22 pistols, shooting the Mark IV 22/45 Lite is fun. Very fun. It’s actually a bit more fun than most with this one, though, because it weighs so little. “Lite” is right, this is a pistol you could shoot all day and not get tired. The grip is quite nice, with checkered texture on the front and back of the polymer grip and grippy 1911-style rubberized panels on the sides. Very easy and comfy to hold onto.
Though it comes with a picatinny rail, I used the iron sights for my shooting. I found it to be a comfortable and accurate shooter, with one caveat: the lack of heft made it a bit harder to be extremely precise. I could see the slight wobble in my sight picture and anything but a perfect trigger press could cause the point of impact to vary slightly for me. All of this is my fault, of course, but a heavy gun (like the S&W 22 Victory, for instance) would mitigate these issues slightly. This is a bit nitpicky, I admit.
Components and Features
The action is manipulated by pull-tab “ears” on the back of the slide. They’re easy to grasp and very grippy. You should be careful to slingshot it, though, as if you ride it forward (it’s a short trip) it will pinch the heck outta your fingers. Got me a couple of times. The trigger breaks at around 5 pounds and is not at all bad (much better than the Mark III, I’m told). Volquartsen makes a replacement trigger and sear that will bring the break down to about 3 pounds.
The front sight is fixed and the rear sight can be adjusted for windage and elevation. I found the front sight to be rather wide and it takes up almost the entire rear-sight notch in the sight picture. I think I’d prefer a thin blade for a plinker like this.
The controls all seem to be in good positions for my medium-sized hands. The Mark IV 22/45 Lite comes with a thumb “safety” on both sides of the frame. Apparently this can be modified to be left-side only. I wish it could be modified to have no “safety” lever at all. I like how the magazine drops free (an upgrade from the Mark III) and seats flush to the grip. The one-button takedown is a very nice feature and a great improvement over previous models. Finally, I think the eye-candy factor is pretty high, without being too gaudy. It’s a handsome gun.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The Ruger Mark IV 22/45 Lite is very light and easy to shoot, manipulate, and to do so for extended periods. The rubberized grip panels make holding it very comfortable and sure. The trigger is pretty good and some folks will appreciate the ambi “safety” levers. The one-button takedown is glorious and the gun just looks nice.
Cons 
The only nits I can pick here are the chunky front sight and the presence of “safety” levers. Beyond those, there’s not really anything terribly wrong with this gun.
So for rating the Mark IV…
Ergonomics (*****) 
It’s easy on the grip and easy to manipulate the controls.
Shootability (*****) 
It’s an easy, fun shooter. I had no malfunctions or other complaints while shooting it, save the nitpicky front-sight issue.
Accuracy (****) 
The Mark IV is plenty accurate, but as a light pistol it won’t be as easy to get precision hits as would if it were 10 ounces heavier.
Customization (***) 
There are a few aftermarket components available that some might enjoy, like fiber optic front sights and different trigger, but there’s not a lot you’ll want to modify here.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The Ruger Mark IV 22/45 Lite is an attractive, light, easy to take down and clean, fun-to-shoot pistol with a decent price. If you’re a plinker, I’d recommend it highly to you; especially if you favor suppressed pistols. If you’re not a plinker, try the Mark IV 22/45 and see how you feel about that afterward.
22-caliber suppressors are not very expensive. Almost makes you want to get this pistol just to take advantage of that fact, right?
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-mark-iv-2245-lite-pistol/">Shooting Review – Ruger Mark IV 22/45 Lite Pistol</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-mark-iv-2245-lite-pistol/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Concealed Carry and Competence</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-and-competence/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-and-competence/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 14 Apr 2017 23:58:58 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8586</guid>
<description><![CDATA[If you carry a concealed handgun, it means that you’re committing yourself to a few logical conclusions. In the event of a life-threatening event, carrying means you’re committed to: drawing a live weapon from concealment in the heat and chaos of a terrifying moment, doing so safely and competently, despite your adrenaline-compromised state of mind […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-and-competence/">Concealed Carry and Competence</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
If you carry a concealed handgun, it means that you’re committing yourself to a few logical conclusions. In the event of a life-threatening event, carrying means you’re committed to:
<ol>
<li>drawing a live weapon from concealment in the heat and chaos of a terrifying moment,</li>
<li>doing so safely and competently, despite your adrenaline-compromised state of mind and physical mechanics, so as not to injure yourself or those nearby,</li>
<li>bringing the weapon to bear while avoiding physical or projectile attack upon yourself,</li>
<li>making the life-and-death decision to fire or not fire as the situation develops, moment to moment,</li>
<li>putting rounds accurately on your target, should you deliberately choose to fire, avoiding endangering innocents in the vicinity,</li>
<li>being able to properly decide when and if the threat has been stopped, and if there are other threats besides the initial one,</li>
<li>and, when the danger has passed, re-holstering your live weapon safely.</li>
</ol>
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
<div></div>
Now, how many times/week do you train to do those things, at least the mechanical things? How many times per day do you draw your live, chambered weapon from concealment with speed and deliberate intent and bring it to bear on a target, and then re-holster back into your concealed holster?
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/aiwb_draw.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8587" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/aiwb_draw.jpg" alt="drawing from concealment" width="1100" height="800" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/aiwb_draw.jpg 1100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/aiwb_draw-300x218.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/aiwb_draw-768x559.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/aiwb_draw-1024x745.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/aiwb_draw-100x73.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/aiwb_draw-884x643.jpg 884w" sizes="(max-width: 1100px) 100vw, 1100px" /></a>
What about doing all this with the t-shirt that is longer than others you wear; the shirt that’s a bit more clingy than your others; with the jacket you wear zipped in cool weather; with the heavy coat you have on you during winter; with the gloves you wear while outdoors? How many times do you train to speedily and competently draw your live, ready-to-fire weapon from concealment under these garments…and safely re-holster? How many hundreds of times each month? Because hundreds of times each month is what is required for gaining any semblance of competence.
<h4>I wonder if most concealed carriers think about these things. Any of them.</h4>
In my experience most concealed carriers imagine that when they feel the need to defend themselves, some nonspecific things will “happen” wherein their weapon will move, safely and surely, from concealment into the perfectly formed grip of their outstretched hands…and, after some quick and easy decision, the threat “will be neutralized.”
I could be wrong. Perhaps I’m prejudiced by the fact that of the people I know who carry concealed, very few of them spend any time at the range training to do or handle or examine any of the things listed above. But they should because unless you have practiced unconsciously correct mechanics and habits, when you try and bring a loaded weapon into play from concealment while under duress—or while trying to perform quickly in a practical training class—you’re likely going to mess up in one or several ways. You might possibly even shoot yourself or someone else due to your negligence in training and resultant incompetence.
I believe this is what will likely happen because gun owners tend to shoot themselves when they “try something;” something they should try time and time again, every week of every month of every year of their lives. But they don’t, so <a href="https://www.google.com/webhp?sourceid=chrome-instant&ion=1&espv=2&ie=UTF-8#q=shot%20himself%20while%20reholstering">they shoot themselves</a> in the groin or the hip or the leg.
Instead of doing what is responsibly required of someone who carries a deadly weapon, I believe most concealed carriers merely practice drawing and re-holstering at home (when trying out a new holster), with an unloaded weapon, and I believe only a relative few of them visit a gun range to practice more than a couple times a year. And when they do they’re standing statically in a bay, slowly firing ball ammo rounds at a static target 7 yards away. This, anyway, is what my acquaintance, observation, and conversations with other shooters proves to me.
My tone here may seem a bit harsh, but, to take from <a href="https://politicaldictionary.com/words/politics-aint-beanbag/">a political aphorism</a>, concealed carry ain’t beanbag. It’s deadly serious stuff that directly impacts people’s lives and fortunes in all sorts of ways. I therefore believe that those who aren’t prepared to meet their responsibilities with respect to carrying a concealed weapon should stay out of it.
Untrained and incompetent firearms owners seem to shoot themselves or others quite often. I say quite often because that sort of thing should never happen, given how easy it is to be safe with a firearm. Easy, yes, but safety and competence each require work. Lots of work and on a regular basis. It’s easy, but so many don’t seem to bother with it; the required training to forge competence and safe habits, I mean.
<h2>A Few Tips</h2>
The way to not shoot yourself while drawing your handgun is to do so with your index (trigger) finger ramrod straight along first the holster, then the frame of the handgun. You then keep your finger ramrod straight along the side of the frame until your sights are on your target. You need to do this thousands of times, perfectly, so as to make it automatic. You need to do this so many times that you become unconsciously incapable of putting your finger anywhere else.
If you do not do this thousands of times, you will fail when your conscious mind is occupied by some immediate threat and your unconscious mind is screaming, “Find the trigger! Find the trigger! Shoooooot!” In that case, you’re likely to shoot yourself or the ground while drawing.
The way to not shoot yourself while re-holstering is to
<ol>
<li>Look your weapon back into the holster. The whole way.</li>
<li>Know the habits of your outer garments as they hang and behave while you’re holding them out of the way while re-holstering. Know this from your thousands of repetitions in training. Know this about all of the kinds of outer garments you wear; not just clothing types, but each of the specific individual shirts, jackets, coats, etc.</li>
<li>Know the habits of your pants and undershirt, if you wear one. Know, from thousands of repetitions in training, how they may try and interfere with the opening of your holster; especially an <acronym title="inside the waistband">IWB</acronym> holster.</li>
<li>Re-holster slowly and surely, and know (from thousands of repetitions in training) what it feels like when some unseen piece of fabric is in the way.</li>
<li>Keep your index finger ramrod straight along the frame of the weapon the entire time, and keep your thumb on the back of the slide, so that it won’t be pushed out of battery by the holster or anything else.</li>
<li>Replace your garments to their normal hang/position and know the feel (from thousands of repetitions in training) of something being a bit out of place.</li>
</ol>
<div></div>
Do all of these things perfectly for thousands of repetitions in training, all while obeying <a href="https://gunpath.com/the-4-rules-of-firearm-safety/">the 4 rules of firearm safety</a> out of habit (developed through consistent, ongoing training around other people), and you will never shoot yourself. Fail to do things this way and you will eventually shoot yourself. I’d almost bet my mortgage on that.
<h3>Because incompetence…</h3>
A couple of years ago, firearms trainer <a href="https://bearingarms.com/larry-vickers-self-neutering-classes-guys/">Larry Vickers announced</a> that he was banning AIWB (appendix-inside-the-waisband) carry from his classes. Why? Because most people don’t train enough and don’t train correctly. Given the fact that his classes are open to shooters of various skill levels, in his place I would likely do the same. Because unsafe people are unsafe.
In his announcement, Larry observed…
<blockquote>“I know of two different students in two different classes taught by two different instructors who have shot themselves reholstering – I don’t want my name added to that list.”</blockquote>
Indeed. And negligently shooting oneself in the groin area is perhaps more traumatic than shooting oneself in the hip or outer leg. However, what’s at issue here has nothing to do with carry position. Rather, as always, the only relevant issue is safety and competence. Unsafe people are unsafe and incompetent people are incompetent. You may know them by their repeated lack of training and practice.
<h2>How To Not Shoot Yourself: Train</h2>
The thing that separates safe and competent shooters from unsafe and incompetent shooters is ongoing, contextually appropriate training. By this, I mean training that involves (after sufficient, requisite safety and mechanics training) drills that require drawing a live weapon from concealment while moving off the X and engaging targets effectively…while around other people…and then safely re-holstering the live weapon. Then doing it all over again and again and again. Even better if drills involve moving to and/or using cover, and better still if they involve speed reloads from concealment (you do carry a spare mag, don’t you?).
In the absence of this training, a person lacks competence at every step, which is highly dangerous given that it all involves manipulating a deadly weapon while doing complex things. Drawing a live handgun from an inside-the-waistband holster is not in and of itself dangerous at all. But the fumbling, unsure hands of one whose conscious attention is occupied by an immediate threat or training objective, without benefit of automatic muscle memory and unconscious habits, turn that multi-step operation into a crap shoot (so to speak), fraught with deadly danger.
<h2>An Anecdote: My Training</h2>
I draw and re-holster my loaded and ready-to-fire pistol at least 480 times every month. At least 320 of those reps are done in live-fire training on the range, where I draw from my <acronym title="appendix-inside-the-waistband">AIWB</acronym> holster and engage one or more targets, then re-holster the still-loaded pistol (Note: it’s a bad idea to holster an empty firearm. If you deliberately or accidentally make a habit out of doing that, it may one day get you killed. Besides, since you MUST treat every firearm as though it is loaded, make damn sure it is always loaded. Any other habit sows the seeds of failure.).
Here’s an example (below) of a concealed-carry competence drill:
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/r3hCZkmtCKU?rel=0" width="853" height="480" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div>
 
</div>
Every morning after arming myself, I perform at least two draws of my loaded, ready-to-fire weapon from concealment. Additionally, I perform at least two reps of drawing my replacement magazine. I do this so that, outside of any range training I’ve done, I have a practiced understanding of how these clothes are best manipulated in drawing from concealment, today. I then do the same thing at the end of the day when taking off my weapon. This regimen isn’t enough by itself, but it’s a daily reinforcement of what I’ve forged on the range. It’s like brushing teeth; you just do it.
Now, I mention these facts to present readers with an example of where competence comes from. It comes from training; lots of training on a regular basis. And in the absence of lots of training on a regular basis, the result in every case is an unsafe and incompetent individual. There are and never have been any exceptions to this fact.
So don’t shoot yourself. Train right, train often, and pay particular attention to the draw and re-holster operations. Pay attention to these things a few hundred times a month. Or else.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-and-competence/">Concealed Carry and Competence</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-and-competence/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review – Sig Sauer 1911 Match Elite 9mm</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-sig-sauer-1911-match-elite-9mm/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-sig-sauer-1911-match-elite-9mm/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 29 Mar 2017 12:59:33 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8514</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The Sig 1911 Match Elite is a purpose-made competition pistol and the only 1911 available in 9mm from Sig Sauer. It’s also available in .40 S&W, but it is the 9mm that I spent time with this month and will be reviewing here. By Andy Rutledge * * * The Match Elite is interesting in […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-sig-sauer-1911-match-elite-9mm/">Shooting Review – Sig Sauer 1911 Match Elite 9mm</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
The Sig 1911 Match Elite is a purpose-made competition pistol and the only 1911 available in 9mm from Sig Sauer. It’s also available in .40 S&W, but it is the 9mm that I spent time with this month and will be reviewing here.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
The Match Elite is interesting in that it has some features meant to make it a serious competition tool right out of the box. These along with the almost nonexistent recoil profile make this Sig 1911 one of the better off-the-rack, stock pistols on the market; if you like the 1911 platform.
<h2>Why Consider the Sig Sauer 1911 Match Elite?</h2>
While this Sig 1911 Match Elite pistol could be used for duty or daily carry, it is specifically made as a competition gun. As a full-size pistol, and rather heavy at 41+ ounces, it is not well suited to concealed carry. What it is well suited to is easy, tack-driving precision and ultra-fast follow-up shots on targets. If you’re looking for a purchase-and-go competition pistol that feels like you’re shooting a .22, this is a solid choice.
Sig Sauer 1911 Match Elite Specs, as tested:
<ul>
<li>Chambering: 9mm</li>
<li>Length: 8.7”</li>
<li>Height: 5.5”</li>
<li>Width: 1.4”</li>
<li>Barrel: 5” Match Grade, Stainless Steel</li>
<li>Trigger: SAO ~5.5 lb.</li>
<li>Sights: White 3-dot drift-adjustable front, drift and click-adjustable rear</li>
<li>Safety: Ambi thumb safety, grip safety</li>
<li>Weight: 41.6 oz.</li>
<li>Slide: Stainless Steel</li>
<li>Frame: Stainless Steel – Hogue custom wood checkered grips</li>
<li>Capacity: 9+1 (comes w/2 mags)</li>
<li>MSRP: $1,164.00</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the Sig Sauer 1911 Match Elite</h2>
The first thing I noticed was that there was almost no muzzle flip or felt recoil while shooting it. I remember spending time shooting the S&W22 Victory a while back and shooting this Sig 9mm is almost as soft as that S&W .22 pistol! I’m exaggerating a bit here, but I shoot hundreds of rounds of 9mm though pistols every week and the feeling shooting this Sig 1911 is in no way similar to any other 9mm I’ve shot.
The trigger is about what you’d expect on a good quality 1911. It breaks at about 5 pounds and has a short, crisp reset. Quite nice. It’s adjustable for overtravel, but I felt no reason to adjust it.
I found two points of discomfort running this gun. Firstly, racking the slide in customary fashion with my free hand gripping over the top of the rear of the slide had the front edge of the rear sight assembly gouging my palm and fingers. That large black plate and the blade of the rear sight have rather sharp corners that do not feel good at all when sending the slide home or locking it back. Secondly, the lower bump on the grip safety seems overlarge and is rather uncomfortable while shooting. It left a sore spot at the base of my thumb on my strong hand after the first couple hundred rounds. I’d recommend either replacing the grip safety with a lower-profile model.
Components and Features 
Well, it’s a 1911; with a design and components as you’d expect. There are some notable feature differences, though, and I’ve highlighted them in the photo below:
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/sig-1911-interest.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8516" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/sig-1911-interest.jpg" alt="Sig 1911 match elite" width="800" height="700" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/sig-1911-interest.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/sig-1911-interest-300x263.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/sig-1911-interest-768x672.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/sig-1911-interest-100x88.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
A: The sights are drift adjustable, but the rear sight has an adjustment screw that, with each click, moves the point of impact 0.25 inches at 50 yards.
B: The slide-release lever (instead of a typical slide-lock lever, this one is made to be manipulated as a release) is larger, a bit easier to get to, and offers more purchase than is typical on most 1911s. I had to adjust my grip slightly to get to it, but those with large hand will find it easy to access with a normal grip. Lefties will be able to use their index finger.
C: The ambi safety levers are abbreviated; shorter and with somewhat a lower profile than normal. I’m not sure what great benefit this offers, but less material means not getting in the way or getting snagged as much.
D: The trigger breaks at around 5 pounds and it has a set screw for adjusting overtravel.
E: As mentioned earlier, the grip safety is high profile and uncomfortable while shooting. Again, I’d recommend replacing this one with a lower-profile model.
F: The magazines have an enlarged, thicker base plate to make speed reloads a bit easier. Instead of being flush with the base of the grip, these extend a bit for both easier purchase out of your mag pouch and something to hook or grab if there is any difficulty ejecting an empty. They’re not extended capacity, but better than flush mags for competition.
Comfort and Controllability 
As mentioned before, shooting this 9mm 1911 is almost like shooting a .22. It’s the softest-shooting 9mm pistol I’ve ever experienced. Controllability, therefore, is very easy and your sights will hardly leave the target. Follow-up shots and rapid-fire shooting are a dream with the Sig Match Elite.
Comfort is typical for a 1911, only marred by the terrible grip safety hump.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
Straight off of the shelf, this pistol is an accurate, very-soft-shooting, easy to manipulate tack driver. The detail-adjusting rear sight, extended slide release, match-grade barrel, excellent trigger, reduced-size safety controls, and extended mag plates complement this already attractive pistol.
Cons 
The only physical negatives I am compelled to mention are the uncomfortable grip safety profile and how the rear sight is uncomfortable when you rack the slide. The ~$1,100 price will make this pistol beyond consideration for some.
So for rating the Sig Sauer 1911 Match Elite…
Ergonomics (****) 
It’s a 1911, so its ergonomics are pretty much defined by this. The only deviations here would be the extended slide-release, the shorter than normal thumb-safety levers, and the uncomfortable grip safety hump.
Shootability (*****) 
I find nothing to detract from this pistols shootability (other than mild palm discomfort after 100 or so rounds).
Accuracy (*****) 
With its low recoil, excellent trigger, and match-grade barrel, this is a tack driver. Get used to putting all 9 rounds in 1 hole.
Concealability (**) 
The Sig Sauer 1911 Match Elite is a purpose-made competition gun. It is not well suited to concealed carry.
In Summary
I’ve shot a few 9mm 1911 pistols, but none compare in the overall to the Sig Sauer 1911 Match Elite.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-sig-sauer-1911-match-elite-9mm/">Shooting Review – Sig Sauer 1911 Match Elite 9mm</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-sig-sauer-1911-match-elite-9mm/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>On Getting Pulled Over At Night While Armed – Very Armed</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-getting-pulled-over-at-night-while-armed-very-armed/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-getting-pulled-over-at-night-while-armed-very-armed/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sat, 11 Mar 2017 13:28:52 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8453</guid>
<description><![CDATA[A couple of months ago I was on my way home from the outdoor range after an afternoon of training and then a nighttime, no-light rifle class. It was about 9 or 9:30 pm and I was headed down Main street in Flower Mound, which was still quite busy with traffic. As I neared Lewisville, […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-getting-pulled-over-at-night-while-armed-very-armed/">On Getting Pulled Over At Night While Armed – Very Armed</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
A couple of months ago I was on my way home from the outdoor range after an afternoon of training and then a nighttime, no-light rifle class. It was about 9 or 9:30 pm and I was headed down Main street in Flower Mound, which was still quite busy with traffic. As I neared Lewisville, the posted speed limit changed from 45 to 40 MPH, which on that night I neither noticed nor remembered. As it was a weeknight, I guess I was anxious to get home, eat, and get to bed.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
My first clue that I was speeding was the telltale flashing lights in my rearview mirror. Ugh! You dummy! I signaled and changed to the far right lane and looked for a likely place to pull off the road. As I had to drive about half of a block before pulling off of the street, I went ahead and fished for my insurance card in the console so that I wouldn’t have to rummage through any compartments while the officer was at my door (thereby making the officer nervous).
It struck me then that I had a truck full of rifles and pistols and a lot of ammo. I was of course carrying my Glock 19 pistol and had a spare G19 in my range bag, with about 250 rounds of 9mm ammo left. I also had my Glock 43 holstered in my right front pocket. I also had my go-everywhere-with-me truck gun—a .300BLK SBR rifle—along with two other rifles that I had been testing out after some parts replacements; my M5 .308 and my lightweight 5.56 AR-15. As for rifle ammo, I had about 500 rounds of .300BLK, 450 rounds of .308 and 450 rounds of 5.56. All told, that’s almost 1700 rounds of ammo and a trove of weapons in the front and back seats of my truck. And I’m about to be pulled over. At night. This’ll be fun, I thought.
<h2>Making Good Choices</h2>
The street was lined with businesses, but not all the parking areas were well lit. My first job was to try and make the best of this bad situation and pick a pull-over spot that would not make the officer behind me feel any more nervous than he already would be when making a traffic stop at night. I needed to choose a well-lit area that was neither remote nor too busy with car traffic. I picked a lighted convenience store gas station parking lot and stopped on the perimeter, away from the parked cars and pedestrians.
The police car followed and after stopping I turned on the dome light and rolled down my driver-side window. Walking up on a dark car at night is no fun for any law enforcement officer. By lighting the interior of my SUV, it offered some comfort for the officer and demonstrated that I was not trying to hide anything or anyone inside.
Next, I placed my hands on the steering wheel at 11 and 1 o’clock, with my fingers spread wide. This made my hands highly visible and demonstrated that I was holding nothing in them. I waited.
The officer approached my side, staying very close to the vehicle and doubtless scanning the interior of my SUV. He stopped behind my door so that I could just see part of his face when I turned to look out of my window.
“Good evening, sir. Where are you headed tonight?”
“Howdy. I’m just on my way home.”
“Okay, I’m Sgt ********** and I stopped you because you were going a bit fast back there. Can I see your license and proof of insurance, please?”
“Sure, but I have to reach into my back pocket.”
“That’s fine…what, are you carrying a firearm right now?”
“Yes sir, I am.”
“Okay, where is it located?”
“Right here in front, on my waist.” I completely forgot about the one in my front pocket.
“That’s okay. Just go slow and don’t touch it.”
“Thanks.” I arched my back up and slowly moved to retrieve my wallet, keeping my left hand on the steering wheel. Wallet in hand, I fished out my driver’s license and LTC card and handed them to the officer (in Texas you are required to offer both if you have both). He thanked me and looked at them for a moment, then handed my LTC card back.
“How many rifles d’you have back there?”
Here we go. “I’ve got three; a regular 5.56 AR, a .308 AR, and a short-barreled AR.”
“Okay.”
“Oh, also, I’m on my way home from a rifle class!” It occurred to me that this looks pretty odd.
“Ah, so you don’t normally roll around Flower Mound with a bunch of guns on a regular basis?” He asked half in jest.
“Ha, no sir!” I explained, laughing. “It’s just for a class.”
“Okay.” He asked me if I had any outstanding warrants. I assured him I did not. He then asked me to wait as he went back to his patrol car to run my license.
When he returned, he thanked me for my patience and handed my license back to me. Then he got conversational about the rifles. He asked what brands and models they were. I explained what each one was and that I had built them all. He told me he was building an AR-15, too, starting with a BCM upper and lower, and that this was to be his first time to build an AR. So we chatted very briefly about that.
Lastly he explained that I was going 8 miles over the speed limit and that I should be careful to note when the posted speed changes. “Thank you for your courtesy tonight, Mr. Rutledge. You keep an eye on that speed and have a good evening.”
I thanked him and assured him I would. And that was that.
<h3>After Action Report</h3>
I did not receive a ticket. My having a truck full of guns and ammo, and even being armed, did not seem to alarm him. He made calm, reasonable inquiries and I gave matter-of-fact answers. It all worked out well.
I’m sure that my initial choices for a comforting stopping location, turning on the dome light, displaying my empty hands, explaining that I had to move my hand to the rear of my body (before just doing it) all worked to create a more comforting and friendly context for the Sergeant to do his job. Whether it was that, or the fellow gun-guy affinity, or just that he was not interested in ticketing someone if he didn’t have to that allowed me to escape a speeding ticket, I will never know. But I believe that we both did a good job making the best of an otherwise unpleasant situation (that I caused).
I hope that if you ever get pulled over at night while armed that you consider making similar good choices. It will likely be best for both you and the attending officer.
Image above <a href="https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:2004-02-25_Night_traffic_stop_in_Durham_2.jpg">by Ildar Sagdeje</a>.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-getting-pulled-over-at-night-while-armed-very-armed/">On Getting Pulled Over At Night While Armed – Very Armed</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-getting-pulled-over-at-night-while-armed-very-armed/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The Smith & Wesson M&P 9 M2.0</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-mp-9-m2-0/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-mp-9-m2-0/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sun, 26 Feb 2017 20:35:35 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8397</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The M&P 9 is one of the more popular handguns for duty, carry, home defense, and even competition. Recently, Smith & Wesson released an update to this pistol, the M&P 9 M2.0. I got to spend some time shooting this updated model over the past month. By Andy Rutledge * * * The M2.0’s feature […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-mp-9-m2-0/">Shooting Review: The Smith & Wesson M&P 9 M2.0</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
The M&P 9 is one of the more popular handguns for duty, carry, home defense, and even competition. Recently, Smith & Wesson released an update to this pistol, the M&P 9 M2.0. I got to spend some time shooting this updated model over the past month.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
The M2.0’s feature updates over the previous model are not giant leaps, but more along the lines of tweaks to the standards established in the original version. Even so, there are some nice improvements here, which I’ll share in this shooting review.
<h2>Why Consider the M&P 9 M2.0?</h2>
While it’s probably possible to carry the M&P 9 concealed, it is a bit large for that. So the M&P 9 M2.0 is most likely going to be a choice for open carry, duty carry, home defense, or competition. With a 4 ¼” barrel, it’s not exactly a full-size pistol, but not exactly a compact either. It has the same capacity as a Glock 17, but not quite as large and heavy (though it is slightly wider than the G17). So depending on your point of view, it’s either oddly sized or exactly in the sweet spot. Given the M&P 9’s popularity, many people hold with that second sentiment.
M&P 9 M2.0 Specs, as tested:
<ul>
<li>Chambering: 9mm</li>
<li>Length: 7.4”</li>
<li>Height: 5.5”</li>
<li>Width: 1.3”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4.25” Stainless Steel – Armornite® Finish</li>
<li>Trigger: ~5 lb.</li>
<li>Sights: White 3-dot drift-adjustable</li>
<li>Safety: comes with or without thumb safety</li>
<li>Weight: 24.7 oz.</li>
<li>Slide: Black Armornite® Finish</li>
<li>Capacity: 17+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $599</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the M&P 9 M2.0</h2>
I find it hard to recognize and acknowledge anything generally remarkable about shooting the M2.0, but for two features: the grip texture offers increased controllability and the updated trigger is very nice. It’s a much better trigger than that on the original M&P 9.
Components and Features 
The M&P M2.0 is the first production pistol ever to have a proper grip texture. This rougher texture is equivalent to a small-point stipple job. The texture allows for better controllability generally and for continued controllability when your hands are wet or bloody. This is a vital feature for every personal defense pistol and it’s about time someone did it right at the factory.
The M2.0’s trigger is pretty great. I’ve heard mixed reviews, but my experience was a trigger that I’d be happy with on any of my pistols. It’s far better than the Glock trigger, anyway. There’s quite a bit of takeup—and maybe that’s what others don’t necessarily like—but then there’s a hint of creep and a nice crisp break. Reset is quite short. It’s easy to find the end of the slack (prepping the trigger is a good skill to have and use) and I otherwise see nothing but good here. Bravo, Smith & Wesson.
The M2.0 remodel shortened the beavertail length a bit from the original model and removed more material from the slide, but the profile is otherwise just like the original model. There are odd, unattractive serrations cut into the lower portion of the front of the slide, but they’re merely cosmetic, as they offer no affordance or manipulation benefit. I think they just mess up the aesthetics.
One interesting update to the frame is that the internal stainless steel chassis now extends almost to the front of the frame. This feature is meant to give the frame added rigidity for, among other things, helping to improve accuracy. It seems like a nice idea and I’d be interested to see actual data on its beneficial effects.
A slide lock lever is present on both right and left sides of the frame and the magazine-release can be reversed for left-handed users. Stock sights are white 3-dot (not night sights) and both front and back are drift adjustable. Otherwise, this updated version is pretty much like the original. You’ll notice a detent forward of the slide-lock lever. This is new and is meant to prevent the slide from releasing home when you slam a magazine into the gun (like the original model was prone to do). Some people will miss this “feature.”
Comfort and Controllability 
The M&P 9 M2.0 with the medium-sized backstrap has a grip that is slightly too big, front-to-back, for my medium-sized hands. Though I did not shoot it with the small backstrap, I did replace and handle the pistol with the small one and liked it much better (for me). Other than that I found holding and shooting the gun to be quite comfortable.
Unlike so many pistols these days, the bore axis on the M2.0 is quite low so there’s not a lot of muzzle flip while shooting. The recoil impulse is low and sI didn’t have any problem controlling the pistol while shooting multiple-shot strings. The grip texture was of benefit to overall control. My hand placement on the frame didn’t interfere with any of the controls and I found it easy to get to the magazine release. Overall, it was a fairly satisfactory experience.
Here (below) is a comparison of the M2.0 and the original M&P 9: 
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/mp1-2-compare.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8399" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/mp1-2-compare.jpg" alt="M&P 9 v1 and M2.0 comparison" width="800" height="1100" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/mp1-2-compare.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/mp1-2-compare-218x300.jpg 218w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/mp1-2-compare-768x1056.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/mp1-2-compare-745x1024.jpg 745w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/mp1-2-compare-100x138.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The grip texture and the trigger are big wins for the M&P M2.0. It’s nice, though maybe compulsory these days, that the backstraps can be replaced for size and comfort. Though I couldn’t tell any difference, the steel-reinforced frame is likely a good idea and at least worth watching for A to B comparison data in the future. Though it has a 17-round capacity, it is not overlarge for a full-size pistol.
Cons 
The M&P 9 M2.0 is a bit large for concealed carry, both in grip length and frame width. Those useless and ugly cuts into the forward frame should have been discarded in the design phase. One thing I don’t like that others may not care about is the fact that it is not easy to fully disassemble. There are pins that have to be pounded out in order to completely disassemble the pistol for a thorough cleaning and parts replacement. It should not be so.
Here’s the promo ad for the new pistol:
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/U8IFo8q4ip8?rel=0&amp;showinfo=0" width="853" height="480" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
So for rating the M&P 9 M2.0…
Ergonomics (****) 
The grip angle and customizable trigger reach and grip size are nice, but the grip is not the most ergonomically contoured I’ve seen. The new grip texture is fantastic.
Shootability (****) 
This is an eminently shootable gun. Low recoil, little muzzle rise, and a very nice trigger make for a nice experience. If they reduced the amount of trigger takeup, I’d add another star here.
Accuracy (****) 
I found accuracy to be excellent out to 15 yards, but had a hard time getting good groups at 25 yards. I can only attribute this to my lack of time behind this gun, but I can get far better groups at 25 yards with my stock frame/barrel Glock 19. I did not, however, do any bench-rest shooting.
Concealability (**) 
The M&P 9 M2.0 is not well suited to concealed carry.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The M&P M2.0 is a nice, small step forward for a pretty good pistol. I found nothing spectacular about it, but the grip texture and trigger are quite nice. If you like the M&P line, I expect you’ll like this new one.
If you’re considering this pistol, DO try the various backstraps and DON’T balk at the rough grip texture. You want this texture on any polymer-framed pistol you own. It’s available for rent at Eagle Gun Range. Give it a try!
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-mp-9-m2-0/">Shooting Review: The Smith & Wesson M&P 9 M2.0</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-mp-9-m2-0/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>On Innovation and Qualitative Progress: A Rant</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-innovation-and-qualitative-progress-a-rant/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-innovation-and-qualitative-progress-a-rant/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2017 19:35:09 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8347</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Read a bit about firearms and related products and you’ll see the term “innovative” thrown around here and there. Given the almost entirely stagnate disposition of the firearms industry, that term is almost always misused and misapplied. By Andy Rutledge * * * There have been a few firearms innovations over the past few decades. […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-innovation-and-qualitative-progress-a-rant/">On Innovation and Qualitative Progress: A Rant</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
Read a bit about firearms and related products and you’ll see the term “innovative” thrown around here and there. Given the almost entirely stagnate disposition of the firearms industry, that term is almost always misused and misapplied.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
There have been a few firearms innovations over the past few decades. I’m overlooking maybe a couple here, but mostly you can count them on one hand:
<ul>
<li>AK-47</li>
<li>ArmaLite AR-15</li>
<li>Glock pistol</li>
<li>Kel-Tec KSG</li>
<li>Sig Sauer pistol chassis system</li>
</ul>
These firearms and the platforms they created were truly innovative. Some perhaps even revolutionary. The advent of some of these innovations brought significant consequences to both the industry and the world.
In addition to true innovation there has been sporadic minor innovation to componentry and accessories:
<ul>
<li>Kydex holsters</li>
<li>“Tactical Fuzz” covering the exterior of G-Code IWB holsters (it really does help keep the holster in place)</li>
<li>Free-float hand guards (and the related attachment configuration platforms)</li>
<li>Polymer AR magazines (and associated components)</li>
</ul>
These innovations haven’t been world-shaking events, but they brought great improvements to what came previously. But that’s about it. I’m probably forgetting one or two others here, but one could argue, as I am, that beyond these examples there has been no consequential innovation in the firearms industry in quite a while DESPITE the huge piles of cash the public has invested in firearms and related products in recent years.
And before someone thinks or says it, no, the contemporary so-called “smart guns” are in no way innovative. “Smart Guns” are nothing more than a poorly disguised attempt to destroy individual liberty. Nothing more needs be said.
Firearms manufacturers could actually innovate and bring consequential improvement to basic components, but they don’t. It is far easier and far less expensive—and less risky (just ask Remington)—to merely change current models and technology slightly by way of an entertaining and often over-hyped dance around the objective measures of firearms excellence.
For instance: The <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MeKq4t2Ug9I">Springfield SAINT</a> is 100% hype…
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/MeKq4t2Ug9I" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
This is just one example. I really like Springfield Armory products and I don’t mean to knock them or this particular rifle here, but this “take the industry by storm” hype for a basic, inexpensive rifle is just wrong. They say in ads it’s “the next generation of America’s personal defense rifle,” but it’s not. It’s a low-feature, throwback rifle. This is what they do instead of actually innovating or improving. Hype is cheap.
<h2>They could, but they don’t.</h2>
Ever wonder why every pistol you try has good and bad features? I do. I don’t mean features that fit or don’t fit your hand or mission. I mean features that are objectively good and objectively bad. I wonder that all the time. For instance, Glock pistols come with objectively inferior plastic sights. They don’t have to do that, but they do anyway. Glock even makes iron sights, but they don’t put them on their own guns. That’s not a brand standard, it’s a quality failure. These sorts of quality failures abound in the firearms industry.
Every polymer-frame pistol manufacturer could design proper texture into their frame grips, but they don’t (One exception! The new <a href="https://www.smith-wesson.com/firearms/mp-9-m20-1">M&P 9 M2.0</a> has a properly textured grip. As such, it is the first pistol in history sold with this feature.). Instead they trifle with cool-looking, graphic-like texture elements that have nothing to do with and which in no way influence grip traction. A carry-size pistol is a deliberately made lifesaving tool, yet every gun manufacturer designs grips that will be very likely to fail you if it happens to be raining or if your hands are sweaty or bloody when you use the pistol to save your own life. The message here is that firearms manufacturers care more about cool-looking visual design than about your ability to defend your life.
Every pistol manufacturer could craft a comfortable, adjustable, and ergonomic grip for their firearms, but they don’t. Instead they dance around the qualities of ergonomics and hand fit, with largely ineffectual remedies that seem innovative and yet fall far short. Some manufacturers (Heckler & Koch) do better than others (Glock), but why not just solve the issue rather than doing little or nothing about making a fantastic grip?
Every pistol manufacturer could design their pistols with a low bore axis. But they don’t. Bore axis is consequential and a low bore axis is objectively better, often far better, than a high bore axis. Instead of fixing this flaw, they bring other qualities to their pistols (Hello, Sig Sauer P320) to try and compensate for being otherwise fundamentally flawed.
Every firearms manufacturer could craft a high-quality trigger of objectively appropriate or preferentially appropriate weight and action. But they don’t. Instead they dabble in ridiculously small incremental improvements or ineffectual variations in trigger action and feel. Why not just work to make sure your pistols all have fantastic trigger action, weight, and break characteristics (even if graduated according to price point)?
The point is they don’t do these things. Instead, they design for a cooler look, add superfluous features, and otherwise try to make it look like they’re addressing an important issue…all without ever addressing vital elements of excellence and quality. In the mean time, we make do with what they offer us and do our own modifications or pay armorers to upgrade or fix the components.
I’m not saying this is a crisis. I’m saying this is embarrassingly inappropriate for such an important and well-funded industry.
As I write this article, CZ is in the process of releasing their new polymer-frame pistol, the P10 C. Interestingly, this pistol would seem to be an answer to many of the mechanical and physical shortcomings found on most other pistols. If it proves to be a genuine upgrade or innovation, I hope it puts other manufacturers on their butts, allowing CZ to leave them in its dust. 
There should be a price to pay for lack of innovation or consequential improvement. I sincerely hope that lazy manufacturers soon begin to suffer from and succumb to these pressures. That said, and with history as my guide, I don’t have any confidence they will.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-innovation-and-qualitative-progress-a-rant/">On Innovation and Qualitative Progress: A Rant</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-innovation-and-qualitative-progress-a-rant/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: Three Pocket Pistols Compared and Contrasted</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-three-pocket-pistols-compared-and-contrasted/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-three-pocket-pistols-compared-and-contrasted/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Jan 2017 15:53:49 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8250</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Among available pistol calibers, the .380 is the minimum recommended for personal protection. It’s not the best caliber for carry, but pistols chambered in .380 have the advantage of generally being smaller and lighter than pistols chambered in the more effective 9mm caliber. This characteristic makes them good choices for formal-dress situations and non-permissive environments. […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-three-pocket-pistols-compared-and-contrasted/">Shooting Review: Three Pocket Pistols Compared and Contrasted</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
Among available pistol calibers, the .380 is the minimum recommended for personal protection. It’s not the best caliber for carry, but pistols chambered in .380 have the advantage of generally being smaller and lighter than pistols chambered in the more effective 9mm caliber. This characteristic makes them good choices for formal-dress situations and non-permissive environments. Therefore, the smaller.380 pistols often fit into the “pocket pistol” category.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
I spent this past few weeks getting acquainted with three such pocket pistols: the M&P Bodyguard, the Ruger LCP II, and (reacquainted with) the Glock 42. Having put a few hundred rounds through them, I’ve learned some things and have formed some opinions, which I’ll share with you in this comparative review.
<h2>Why Consider a Pocket Pistol</h2>
A pocket pistol is a tool with a narrow focus of purpose and advantage. The low capacity and short barrel size of these subcompact pistols make them ill suited to prolonged or long-range engagements. Instead, they are best used for very-close-range, last-resort defense. Typically one handed. A pocket pistol is a comparatively limited tool.
The upside of a pocket .380 is that it’s going to be more easily concealed than a larger-caliber option. All three of the pistols I’m comparing here are less than 1” thick and two of them are only ¾” thick. Used with a good Kydex or fabric pocket holster they’ll be near invisible in a front pocket and, if visible, won’t present an obvious firearm outline. By the way, never carry a pistol in a pocket without a holster.
Given these limitations and advantages, there are plenty of contexts for which you might consider a subcompact .380 pocket pistol. My focus in this article, though, is mostly concerned with shooting them. We’ll get to my observations in a moment, but first a physical comparison:
The Specs:
</t/>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align: right;">Model</th>
<th>M&P Bodyguard</th>
<th>Ruger LCP II</th>
<th>Glock 42</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Chambering:</td>
<td>.380 Auto</td>
<td>.380 Auto</td>
<td>.380 Auto</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Length:</td>
<td>5.23″</td>
<td>5.17″</td>
<td>5.94″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Height:</td>
<td>3.78″</td>
<td>3.71″</td>
<td>4.13″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Width:</td>
<td>.75″</td>
<td>.75″</td>
<td>.94″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Barrel:</td>
<td>2.75″</td>
<td>2.75″</td>
<td>3.25″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Trigger:</td>
<td>9.5-10 lb.</td>
<td>~5.5 lb.</td>
<td>~5.5-6 lb.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Action:</td>
<td>Double Action Only</td>
<td>Single Action</td>
<td>Single Action</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Sights:</td>
<td>Steel, drift adjustable</td>
<td>Integral to the slide</td>
<td>Polymer w/a U-marked rear</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Safety:</td>
<td>Thumb-left side</td>
<td>n/a</td>
<td>n/a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Weight:</td>
<td>12 oz.</td>
<td>10.6 oz.</td>
<td>13.76 oz.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Slide:</td>
<td>Black Armornite®</td>
<td>Blued</td>
<td>Black Melonite</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">Capacity:</td>
<td>6+1</td>
<td>6+1</td>
<td>6+1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">MSRP:</td>
<td>$379</td>
<td>$349</td>
<td>$480</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/pocketpistols.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8252" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/pocketpistols.jpg" alt="3 pocket pistols" width="500" height="1100" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/pocketpistols.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/pocketpistols-136x300.jpg 136w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/pocketpistols-465x1024.jpg 465w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/pocketpistols-100x220.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>Shooting These Pocket Pistols</h2>
Each time I shot for this review, I lined all three pistols up on the bench and shot them in succession; usually 2 mag loads at a time, then onto the next pistol, repeat in a different order, etc… In this way I was able to get a good feel for each one, but also got a very good comparison between them.
I did shoot each of them 2-handed, but spent most of the rounds shooting 1-handed since that is how these guns will almost always be used in a practical situation. I shot strong hand and weak hand equally, but that was for my benefit and is not necessarily relevant to the review other than the fact that I found no limitations for either hand, short of the awkward magazine-release engagement with the left hand. Of the three, only the Glock 42 has a reversible magazine release control.
The ammo I used included ball ammo for the range, like Federal RTP, PMC Bronze, and Aguila. I also put a few defensive rounds through them, including Hornady Critical Defense and Federal Premium Hydra Shok JHP.
I must say that there is no fair comparison between all of these pistols. Two are single-action pistols and one is a double-action-only pistol. There is, therefore, no good comparison of the triggers between all of them. As this is largely a shooting review, I regret that on this point alone the Bodyguard falls into a lower echelon of carry guns.
For the uninitiated, a double-action-only trigger means a long, heavy press and hard break, with an equally long reset. I’m not an experienced <acronym title="Double-action-only">DAO</acronym> shooter so I had a bit of trouble staying on target with this one, especially for the first shot of the string. We can chalk that up to my double-action inexperience, but there’s more here that is objectively problematic and I’ll get to that later.
As an LCP owner I was very much looking forward to shooting the LCP II and trying out its reportedly improved trigger. I can now report that the trigger is not just improved, it’s fantastic. Of the three pocket pistols here, I found my best and easiest accuracy shooting this one.
I have spent some time and quite a few rounds shooting the Glock 42, as a former owner. As you can see from the specs above the G42, while small, is quite a bit larger than the other two here. Going from either of the other two to this one felt like picking up a Glock 17. The trigger is nowhere near as good as the LCP II, but not bad in its own right.
<h3>Comfort and Controllability</h3>
By far the most comfortable and controllable of the three was the Glock 42. This result is not surprising, as it has a larger grip and longer slide than the others. Glock has taken hits for its less-than-ergonomic grip contour, but on the G42 the ergonomics are superior to that of the Bodyguard and LCP II.
I was surprised to find that the Bodyguard felt better in my hand than the LCP II, though the LCP II was a bit more controllable while shooting multiple-shot strings. That LCP II trigger reset is so nice that I have to believe it would greatly mitigate the common human tendency to short-stroke the trigger when one is in panic mode.
I confess that I shudder at the prospect of having to draw and accurately fire the S&W Bodyguard while under duress. For its size, it feels quite good in the hand, but the double-action trigger combined with the cramped geometry of the pistol and the snappy recoil creates a less-than-desirable combination.
<h3>Components and Features</h3>
Pocket pistols are not what you’d call feature rich. They are too small for many features and they have a limited focus, so their features are rightly limited as well. They all have minimized slide-lock levers and I found the magazine release controls on all three to be well positioned and easily engaged.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/lcp2.png"><img decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-8254" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/lcp2-300x231.png" alt="Ruger LCP II" width="300" height="231" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/lcp2-300x231.png 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/lcp2-100x77.png 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/lcp2.png 380w" sizes="(max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>
The Ruger LCP II: 
Ruger’s update of the LCP has some nice changes. Among them are improved sights, which remain integrated into the slide. While more pronounced and usable, they’re still pretty minimized. Not awesome, but not bad. The updated frame is a bit more squared off, but more aesthetically pleasing than the original LCP. However, the supposedly better frame texture looks far better than it is in practice. The frame is imperceptibly larger than the original and it’s still a 2-finger grip.
The LCP II’s trigger is the standout feature of this gun. As mentioned before, it’s one of the better triggers I’ve felt on any gun and the reset is especially nice. Despite the gun’s size and geometry, the trigger is an accuracy facilitator that triumphs here.
The M&P Bodyguard: 
I found the grip texture of the Bodyguard to be the best of the three pistols. While all were inadequate, the Bodyguard was the most abrasive and grippy with my dry hands. The 3-dot sights were easy to see and use; made of steel and drift adjustable, they’re better than those on both the Glock 42 and the Ruger LCP II.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/bodyguard.png"><img decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-8253" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/bodyguard-300x300.png" alt="M&P Bodyguard" width="300" height="300" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/bodyguard-300x300.png 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/bodyguard-150x150.png 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/bodyguard-100x100.png 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/bodyguard.png 500w" sizes="(max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>
I hold that a heavy double-action-only trigger is a needless and problematic compromise of a defensive weapon. So heavy a double-action trigger (heavier than the original-model LCP trigger) on such a tiny pistol creates an irresponsible compromise of advisable physics. On a full-size pistol, especially shot two handed, the double-action trigger pull can easily be prevented from negatively impacting the manual mechanics of accuracy. On a tiny pistol such as the Bodyguard, the cramped geometry and proximity of the trigger finger to the palm during the trigger press make it very difficult to maintain accuracy; especially when shooting one handed.
Another bad feature on the Bodyguard is the manual thumb safety. No pistol should have an external safety gadget, for there is nothing about firearm safety that a lever or gadget can imbue. A person is either safe or unsafe. An external control can only confuse the issue and lure the operator into negligence.
One positive aspect of the double-action trigger is that the Bodyguard has “second-strike capability,” which means that if a round fails to fire on the first strike of the primer, pulling the trigger again will give it another go. It’s a rare event, as most ammo will go bang when the primer is struck, but light strikes do happen!
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/g42.png"><img decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-8255" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/g42-300x300.png" alt="Glock 42" width="300" height="300" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/g42-300x300.png 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/g42-150x150.png 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/g42-100x100.png 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/g42.png 550w" sizes="(max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>
The Glock 42: 
Like all Glocks, the G42 is plain and unadorned. The grip is a bit longer than that of the other two pistols here and with the pinky-extension magazine most folks can get 3 fingers on the grip. The grip angle is again typical of a Glock pistol and more inclined than the vertical grip angle of both the LCP II and the Bodyguard. The grip texture, though, is all but useless. Stippling is required.
The trigger press and reset characteristics are fairly typical for a Glock pistol, but to me feel a bit stiffer, especially just before break. In any event, it’s a better trigger than the DAO trigger of the Bodyguard and not nearly as good as the LCP II’s trigger. The sights are Glock’s polymer model with the U mark on the rear sight.
The whole of the package is a bit larger than either of the other pistols here. While this translates into a more comfortable and larger gun to grip, it also means it’s heavier and slightly less concealable in a pocket.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Of the three pistols concerned here, I’ve carried two (sort of): the Ruger LCP (previous version of the LCP II) and the Glock 42. I carried each of these in a Kydex front-pocket holster and find them to be eminently deployable.
Pros 
The M&P Bodyguard is very small and highly concealable. Its texture is superior to that of the other contenders here. Also the sights are quite good for such a tiny subcompact. The Ruger LCP II is the smallest and lightest of the three pistols and has, by far, the best trigger. The Glock 42 feels best in the hand, is the least snappy of the three when firing, and likely has the best aftermarket support. Of these pistols, the G42 is the only one with a reversible magazine release control, for left-handed shooters. Due to its comparative size, it is also the one here best suited to engagements beyond 5 yards.
Cons 
All three pistols are limited by capacity and advisably effective range. The Bodyguard’s trigger is a liability to accuracy and panic response (short-stroking), especially for a shooter who doesn’t continually train with a double-action trigger. The Bodyguard’s external safety is a liability. Both the Bodyguard and the LCP II are a bit difficult to grip comfortably and they deliver quite a bit of sharp recoil to the hand. The Glock 42 has a very poor grip texture and its polymer sights are a must-replace component.
<h3>So for rating these pistols…</h3>
Ergonomics 
Glock 42 simply feels better in the hand and is easier to manipulate than either of the others here.
Shootability 
The Glock 42 and LCP II are fairly easy shooters, each for the different reasons already stated. I’ll give the edge to the G42 simply because of its larger size and less felt recoil.
Accuracy 
I found easier accuracy with the Ruger LCP II, because of that great trigger press and short reset. Mechanically, the Glock 42 should be easier to shoot more accurately due to its longer sight radius and longer barrel. I’ll call this one a tie.
Concealability 
The Ruger LCP II is the smallest and lightest of the three. It’s the clear winner here.
Value 
With the lowest MSRP and some of the best features, the Ruger LCP II is the best value here.
<h3>In Summary</h3>
As with any pistol, a pocket pistol is a very personal choice, since hand strength and size and concealability requirements will vary from person to person. There are, however, some objective measures here and I stand by my assessments, but you should try each of them and consider your carry constraints and needs before making any purchase decision. Either way, there are some good guns here, at least two of which are at or near the upper echelon of choices for pocket carry. I hope this review helped you in some small way!
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-three-pocket-pistols-compared-and-contrasted/">Shooting Review: Three Pocket Pistols Compared and Contrasted</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-three-pocket-pistols-compared-and-contrasted/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>22</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Grip Issues: Lessons Learned from 126,000 Pistol Rounds</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/grip-issues-lessons-learned-from-126000-pistol-rounds/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/grip-issues-lessons-learned-from-126000-pistol-rounds/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sat, 14 Jan 2017 21:46:45 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8176</guid>
<description><![CDATA[I’m a student of firearms. For the past | three-plus | years I’ve made a habit of training two to five days each week at the range—both indoor and outdoor—coupled with dry-fire training at home. I’ve taken more than a dozen classes and have participated in quite a bit of GSSF and USPSA-style competition. It […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/grip-issues-lessons-learned-from-126000-pistol-rounds/">Grip Issues: Lessons Learned from 126,000 Pistol Rounds</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
I’m a student of firearms. For the <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://gunpath.com/my-2014-firearms-training-annual-report/">past</a> | <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/my-firearms-training-annual-report-for-2015/">three-plus</a> | <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/my-2016-firearms-training-annual-report/">years</a> I’ve made a habit of training two to five days each week at the range—both indoor and outdoor—coupled with dry-fire training at home. I’ve taken more than a dozen classes and have participated in quite a bit of GSSF and USPSA-style competition. It has been an expensive and time consuming endeavor, but as a result I’ve gained valuable insights and my skills and safety habits are much improved.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
One of the things to which I’ve noticed the most improvement is my grip technique and strength. These things have brought better accuracy to my shooting results. I’ve discovered that there is far more to grip technique than I ever imagined just a couple years ago. While some lessons I gained through instruction, most were learned by just practicing. A lot.
Over the past three years I’ve shot 135,000+ rounds through a host of firearms, in training and competition. Most of those rounds, 126,000 or so, have been shot through pistols. I concentrate on pistols for a few reasons; among them the comparatively low ammo price and the fact that, as a concealed carrier, a pistol is what responsibility requires I be most skilled at employing.
Having said all of that, I’m still just a student. I have much yet to learn and skill to develop. I am no instructor. Even so I’ve learned some lessons that I believe others might benefit from, so I’d like to share some of them with you here (Please note that some of the following advice assumes an <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://www.policeone.com/police-products/firearms/training/articles/7981637-The-3-shooting-stances-Which-ones-right-for-you/">isosceles or modified isosceles shooting stance/position</a>).
Grip strength is vital to pistol-shooting competence.
It took me a couple of years to fully appreciate just how important it is for a shooter to have a strong grip. I don’t just mean grip your pistol tightly, though you must certainly do that. I mean the grip strength required to shoot well is far greater than the grip strength possessed by the average active and healthy person. For almost everyone, if you’re going to shoot well you’ve got to train your grip exclusive of and in addition to your pistol practice. Gaining the requisite strength will take time. Be patient, but keep working at it.
Proper support-hand leverage can greatly enhance accuracy.
Your strong hand has a handle to hold onto (the pistol grip), while your support hand has more difficult job with no easy handle to grab. In order for your trigger finger to be allowed to work independent of your grip, your support hand will have to do a lot of work and exert the proper leverage. If it does not, your pistol will tend to move as the trigger is pressed, easily turning a 1” group into a 5” group at 7 yards (or a 4” group into an 8”-10” group).
The thing that had the biggest impact on my accuracy was learning to twist my support hand into the pistol frame. It’s a bit hard to explain, but while you’re gripping strongly with both hands, use your support hand wrist to twist or crank your thumb horizontally into the frame—toward your strong hand—almost like you’re trying to crush the frame. Doing so will better keep the gun still during trigger press AND greatly mitigate muzzle flip…or stop it altogether.
Proper grip and recoil management require proper arm position.
Elbows should point out to the sides, not down towards the ground. If your elbows are pointed downward, a number of bad things happen: 1) You’ll be unable to employ proper grip and leverage on the gun, 2) Your elbows will tend to lock, promoting injury while greatly enhancing muzzle flip, 3) Recoil will be directed into your body, moving you out of position and off balance, playing havoc with your ability to keep your sights on target for follow-up shots, 4) etc…
With your elbows properly positioned outward, you can use your pectorals to press your hands toward each other (again, like trying to crush the gun). Additionally, you’ll be able to employ a proper grip and exert proper torque in your grip. Outward-facing elbows allow your arms and pectorals to greatly manage and fully absorb the recoil, saving your body from being moved around.
By way of demonstration, here’s a short video of me shooting a Glock 19. I’m not big or overly athletic; only 5’10” and of average build. Notice the almost nonexistent movement of the pistol and my body during the shots. I’m just employing the techniques listed above.
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/BbRUXwchWI4?rel=0&showinfo=0" width="853" height="480" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<h3>Self Test: Your pistol, hands, arms, and body should barely move during shooting, if at all.</h3>
This is a way to check if your grip and position technique are correct: film yourself shooting—from the side, preferably. As you shoot, the gun should barely move and what movement there is should happen in the blink of an eye. Moreover, your arms should not move at all except to vibrate for an instant as the shot breaks. Your body should not move at all (your arms and pectorals should absorb the recoil). If you see something different than this, something is wrong. Review the tips in this article and check with an instructor to make adjustments.
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
As I mentioned earlier, I am not an instructor and your instructor may offer you different or even opposing advice. My purpose here was to share lessons I’ve learned and was not to prescribe dogma to be followed to the exclusion of all other input. That said, the techniques and understanding I’ve detailed here have brought me improved competence and better, more predictable accuracy. I hope that they do the same for you.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/grip-issues-lessons-learned-from-126000-pistol-rounds/">Grip Issues: Lessons Learned from 126,000 Pistol Rounds</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/grip-issues-lessons-learned-from-126000-pistol-rounds/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The Walther CREED 9mm</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-creed/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-creed/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sat, 31 Dec 2016 21:52:19 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8142</guid>
<description><![CDATA[One common criticism of the firearms industry these days centers on the overall lack of innovation. There are some cool doo dads becoming available now and then, but these are usually from the firearm accessories realm; particularly with ARs. Pistol and rifle newness these days generally comes from aesthetics rather than technology. But one recent […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-creed/">Shooting Review: The Walther CREED 9mm</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
One common criticism of the firearms industry these days centers on the overall lack of innovation. There are some cool doo dads becoming available now and then, but these are usually from the firearm accessories realm; particularly with ARs. Pistol and rifle newness these days generally comes from aesthetics rather than technology. But one recent innovation is the broadening category of inexpensive-but-good guns on the market. Manufacturing tech is outpacing gun tech and the result is a boon to the buyer’s wallet.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Lately there have been a handful of budget-priced pistols of relatively good quality entering the market. Last month I reviewed one of these, <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-canik-tp9-sa/">the Canik TP9 SA</a>, and was duly impressed. This month I spent some time with another of these new budget pistols: the Walther CREED. Here follows my shooting review.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-1.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8144" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-1.jpg" alt="Walther CREED" width="661" height="496" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-1.jpg 661w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-1-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-1-100x75.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 661px) 100vw, 661px" /></a>
<h2>Why Consider the CREED?</h2>
This will soon begin to sound trite, but it’s a primary factor: You’ll want to consider the Walther CREED because of the fantastic price. With an MSRP of $399 you get what sure seems to be a quality-built pistol from a good manufacturer. Walther makes some great guns…and, admittedly, some duds…but the CREED doesn’t seem to skimp much while carrying a bargain price tag.
As a full-size pistol, the CREED is perhaps not best suited for concealed carry, but it’s one to definitely consider for open carry, home defense, and target/competition shooting. Among its positive qualities are minimal—and minimized—external controls and no external safety. Here are the specs…
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-3.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8147" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-3.jpg" alt="Walther CREED" width="661" height="496" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-3.jpg 661w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-3-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-3-100x75.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 661px) 100vw, 661px" /></a>
Walther CREED Specs:
<ul>
<li>Chambering: 9mm</li>
<li>Action: Hammer fired, pre-cocked, double action</li>
<li>Length: 7.3”</li>
<li>Height: 5.6”</li>
<li>Width: 1.3”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4”</li>
<li>Trigger: ~6 lb.</li>
<li>Sights: White 3-dot with drift-adjustable rear</li>
<li>Safety: n/a</li>
<li>Weight: 27 oz.</li>
<li>Slide: Black Tennifer</li>
<li>Capacity: 16+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $399</li>
</ul>
<h2>First Impressions</h2>
My very first thought when I saw the pistol lying on the counter was, “Wow, that’s a big slide on a little grip!” The slide is a bit tall, the bore axis is pretty high, and with that telltale Walther grip profile the result is not the most attractive image. Actually, the exterior slide milling and the frame finish are quite nice. The geometry, while comfortable, is not necessarily beautiful. It’s an exaggeration to say it looks like a Hi-Point, but it kind of does. Mostly, though, it looks like a mildly modified PPQ.
I thought the CREED to be a striker-fired gun, but when I started shooting I noticed the bobbed hammer. The action is pre-cocked double action and the trigger is quite nice. I genuinely wondered where the cost savings was brought to this pistol.
<h2>Shooting the CREED</h2>
Comfort and Controllability 
Like most polymer-framed Walthers, the CREED is comfortable in my hands. I noticed that the grip angle is more vertical than what I’m accustomed to, but I quickly found the proper position for presentation. I like the position of the external controls and I found the slide lock lever and magazine release button to be easy and comfortable to use. The grip’s smallish diameter was nice for my medium-sized hands and I found the trigger reach to be good for me.
The CREED’s high bore axis did result in more muzzle flip than I prefer. While it’s not a violent gun in the hands I did wrestle with recoil management more than I do with my smaller Glock 19. I prefer a small ledge up front so that my support-hand thumb can help manage recoil, but the CREED’s minimized takedown lever did not offer much purchase (an anecdotal preference). I did notice, though, that I had no trouble getting sights back on target for quick follow-up shots. I found the 3-dot sights easy to pick up and this pistol made accuracy easy for me.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-7.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8146" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-7.jpg" alt="Walther CREED" width="661" height="496" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-7.jpg 661w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-7-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-7-100x75.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 661px) 100vw, 661px" /></a>
Components and Features 
The trigger is pretty good. As advertized it is 6-6.5 pounds, but it felt like less to me. This was probably due to the smoothness of the press action. The bobbed hammer is mostly cocked and the last bit of pre-travel before break takes the hammer back with it. There is a lot of soft take-up then a bit of firm travel (for the hammer), then a nice crisp break. The reset is rather long, but not so long as to make a big thing of it.
The frame is nicely done, but it has “Warning: Read Safety Manual” cut into the right side and “CREED” is milled into the left side of the slide. Not terrible, but they’re both a bit tacky in my opinion. The frame’s texture looks nice, but it is almost non-abrasive. Like every other polymer pistol, you’ll have to stipple this one. The lack of replaceable backstraps is the first nod to the budget price, though the grip ergonomics are quite nice as is.
The 3-dot sights are good for daytime. They are replaceable and the rear is drift-adjustable. The lack of an external safety is nice to see here and the other external controls are made to ride very close to the frame; a nice touch! The magazine release button is comfortable to engage and is reversible for you lefties. There’s also a picatinny rail for your favorite light or laser. The magazines are steel and appear to be very nice.
If you’re going to sell a good-looking, good functioning pistol on the cheap, you’re going to have to cut corners somewhere. I found a couple inside. I had a look at the internals and noticed that the milling of the interior of the slide is not fantastic. It’s not awful, but milling marks are clearly visible. The recoil spring assembly guide rod is plastic rather than steel. The barrel is a bit odd, too. It appears to be three pieces: 1) the barrel & chamber, 2) the chamber block & lug assembly around the barrel, and 3) the feed ramp. These three components appear to be separate pieces that are welded together. Note that I say “appears to be,” as I could be mistaken, but there is at least a clear weld of the feed ramp to the back of the chamber. I’ve never seen this before. Makes me wonder what’ll happen after a few thousand rounds.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The price! At $399 (or perhaps even less), the Walther CREED a lot of gun for the price, and a good value. The exterior quality of both the slide and the frame, and their components, is high. The grip is comfortably contoured and likely small enough for people with smaller hands. There’s nothing at all wrong with its accuracy.
Cons 
The Walther CREED is kind of a chunk of a pistol. The high bore axis delivers a bit of muzzle flip and the capacity (16+1) is a bit low for a full-size gun. The plastic recoil spring guide rod and the welded-component barrel are perhaps not built for longevity. I would immediately replace the recoil spring with a steel-guide-rod version.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-6.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8145" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-6.jpg" alt="Walther CREED" width="661" height="496" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-6.jpg 661w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-6-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/walther-creed-6-100x75.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 661px) 100vw, 661px" /></a>
<h3>So for rating the CREED…</h3>
Ergonomics (****) 
Very nice overall, but you can’t configure the grip to your specific preference.
Shootability (***) 
The muzzle flip and non-existent grip texture functionality are strikes against this one.
Accuracy (****) 
I found nothing wrong with its accuracy. I had 3” groups at 15 yards with no support. It will hit what you aim at.
Concealability (**) 
The CREED is not a concealed-carry-built pistol. It’s surely possible, but not optimal by any means.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
After shooting the Walther CREED, I hold that it is a good value as an open-carry or home-defense gun. While a few corners were cut with a few components, there’s a lot to like here. If I were new to guns and wanted a good all-rounder, I wouldn’t hesitate to pick up this low-priced gem. It’s in the rental case at Eagle Gun Range. Take it for a spin and see what you think!
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-creed/">Shooting Review: The Walther CREED 9mm</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-creed/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>31</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Cold-Weather Everyday Carry</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/cold-weather-everyday-carry/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/cold-weather-everyday-carry/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 12 Dec 2016 12:57:14 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8124</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Winter’s onset presents some obstacles, responsibilities, and opportunities with respect to our everyday carry of firearms and other EDC gear. Cooler weather means wearing more layers, heavier clothing, and perhaps even gloves. These changes in turn mean that you’ll likely find it …different clearing clothing, getting to a concealed weapon, bringing your firearm into the […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/cold-weather-everyday-carry/">Cold-Weather Everyday Carry</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
Winter’s onset presents some obstacles, responsibilities, and opportunities with respect to our everyday carry of firearms and other <acronym style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999; cursor: help;" title="Everyday Carry">EDC</acronym> gear. Cooler weather means wearing more layers, heavier clothing, and perhaps even gloves. These changes in turn mean that you’ll likely find it …different clearing clothing, getting to a concealed weapon, bringing your firearm into the fight, running your gun, and performing other actions like magazine reloads and malfunction clearing. Even re-holstering can be more difficult and more dangerous with winter clothing.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Since concealed-carry responsibility requires that you’re safe and competent doing all of these things in everyday clothing, when your everyday clothing changes significantly so should your training.
For example, I practice practical manipulations every week at the gun range. Living in Texas, this means that I’m almost always in pants and a t-shirt. When winter does finally arrive here and I change to layers of shirts or a jacket—or both—my manipulations from concealment become far less fluid and take on an air of clumsiness for the first couple of weeks. I eventually regain competence, but it takes practice.
Surely it is not uncommon among all concealed carriers that with new, heavier layers of clothing over a pistol and spare magazines, those well-drilled mechanics become more involved processes. Clearing clothing may go from a 1-handed operation to a 2-handed endeavor. Where once we knew instinctively how to and where to grab to clear clothing, we may now fumble and miss a layer; making the go-signal-to-first-shot from concealment go from 1 or 2 seconds to 3 or 4 seconds or more. Those are seconds in which our lives or the lives of our loved ones could be lost during a defensive situation.
Gloves are particularly disruptive to pistol manipulations. Wearing gloves, you lose some tactile sensation so you may have to visually confirm what you could otherwise simply feel. Gloves can affect your grip and draw from the holster. Gloves can interfere with the manipulation of controls, like safety and slide lock levers. If you have to reload, gloves can get pinched and prevent proper magazine seating. Often, a gloved finger will not easily fit into the trigger guard of a pistol, and may not fit at all for some subcompacts.
How does your winter clothing specifically affect your abilities and manipulations? How do you know?
It stands to reason that if we may have to fight in winter clothing, we must train in winter clothing. If you sometimes wear gloves, train in gloves. If you wear multiple layers, train in layers. If you wear a heavy coat, train in a heavy coat. When you do, you may find that you must reevaluate your choice of carry position, carry method, garment-clearing method, or the style and thickness of your gloves. You may even have to reevaluate the pistol you carry. In short, what works for jeans and a t-shirt may not work for a jacket and gloves or for a heavy coat.
You can try out gloved shooting at any indoor range, but training from concealment is crucial. It’s always best if you engage in live-fire practice from concealment on a regular basis. If you have no access to a practical gun range where you can do so, practice at home with a blue gun of the same make and model as your carry gun. You might even remove all live ammo from the room and load magazines with dummy rounds for in-home manipulation practice. But do practice from concealment.
It’s pretty simple: if you don’t train in winter clothing, you’re not well-prepared to defend yourself or your family during the winter months.
<h2>Winter EDC Opportunities</h2>
Despite its potential limitations and complications, you may find that winter clothing affords you some interesting and even advisable augmentations to your EDC kit. For example:
Bulkier clothing may allow you to carry a larger caliber weapon. 
If you’re otherwise relegated to a tiny .380 subcompact for concealed carry, you might be able to carry a single-stack 9mm or possibly even a double-stack 9mm in winter. It’s not a bad idea anyway, because a .380 is the minimum recommended defensive round, but winter’s heavy clothing can present challenges for this small-caliber round. A 9mm choice is likely the winter’s minimum-advisable caliber.
Bulkier clothing might allow you to carry a larger pistol of the same caliber. 
You can even gain a benefit without changing calibers because if you normally carry a short subcompact, winter clothing might allow you to change to a compact or full-size model of the same caliber. Why? A larger frame and longer slide often allows for better weapon control and accuracy. These issues become even more important if you’re wearing gloves.
More pockets might allow for more medical EDC supplies. 
If you normally just carry a tourniquet with your EDC kit (the minimum every concealed carrier should have with them), the extra pockets of a jacket or layers might allow you to comfortably add an IFAK (individual first-aid kit), with things like a chest seal or two, an NPA (nasopharyngeal airway), a pressure bandage, clotting agent, or other useful supplies. Of course if you’re going to carry these things, make sure you know how to properly and effectively use them.
One more thing… 
Because the end of the year is a good time to mark significant dates, it might be a good time to think about your loaded magazines of carry ammo. If you don’t otherwise cycle through your EDC ammo during the year, winter is perhaps a good time to select a date to change out your EDC ammunition loaded into your gun magazine and EDC spares. Shoot up your loaded EDC magazines and replace with newly-purchased ammo. There’s nothing necessarily wrong with year-old ammunition, but daily carry does things to your gun and to your magazines. Lint, grit, and other foreign matter can accumulate and affect functionality, so it’s a good idea to empty, inspect, clean, and reload your EDC magazines at least once a year. And more often is better.
<h2>Closing Thoughts</h2>
Our concealed defensive carry is in large measure governed by the clothes we wear. Don’t let winter’s cold weather serve as a means to render you incompetent or defenseless. If you carry concealed, make sure you’re 100% functional for all sorts of defensive manipulations—including 1-handed manipulations—in all of the different kinds of winter clothing you wear.
Train in your everyday clothing with your everyday kit. Stay safe, stay vigilant, have a wonderful Christmas, and kickoff 2017 everyday carry in a competent and responsible way!
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
Photo by <a href="https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Stormesk_3,_%C3%B8velse_Ulv_(13_of_33)_(4381788906).jpg">Soldatnytt</a>.
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/cold-weather-everyday-carry/">Cold-Weather Everyday Carry</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/cold-weather-everyday-carry/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Buying Your Suppressor – Easy Day</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/buying-your-suppressor-easy-day/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/buying-your-suppressor-easy-day/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 02 Dec 2016 20:12:32 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8117</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Buying or transferring an NFA item has never been easier. Eagle Gun Range offers the following services to help you with the process. If you are interested in creating a trust to protect your assets and allow possession of the NFA item by selected family and friends (trustees) and allow it to be passed down […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/buying-your-suppressor-easy-day/">Buying Your Suppressor – Easy Day</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div>
Buying or transferring an NFA item has never been easier. Eagle Gun Range offers the following services to help you with the process.
<ol>
<li>If you are interested in creating a trust to protect your assets and allow possession of the NFA item by selected family and friends (trustees) and allow it to be passed down (beneficiaries). There are a lot of build-your-own-trust websites out there, but they often lack many features and comforts of a custom-built trust that has an attorney’s support. For this reason, we recommend Willi Law Firm (https://texasguntrust.com), as their trusts and service are fantastic. If you decide to use James, be sure to tell him Eagle Gun Range sent you.</li>
<li>Once you have your trust or if you are going to do the paperwork as an individual, the next step is to drop by either of our locations (Farmers Branch or Lewisville) and talk to one of our associates about the best item(s) to fit your needs. Once we have helped you determine that, you will make the purchase and we will get started on your paperwork. If we cannot locate the item, you are looking for, we are happy to accept a transfer of any NFA item you find online.</li>
<li>Your paperwork consists of the following items and we can help with all of them.</li>
<li>Completed Form 4 (this is the form we send to the ATF to register that item to you or your trust). We complete this for you, all you must do is sign it.</li>
<li>(2) FBI fingerprint cards for yourself and any co-trustees on your trust. We can complete these electronically in no time at all and we even keep them on file to print for any future purchases.</li>
<li>Passport Photos. These can be completed at the same time as your fingerprints.</li>
<li>$200 payment to the ATF by either check, money order or credit/debit card.</li>
<li>Once you have completed all this, now the waiting game begins. The great thing about buying from us is that you can shoot your suppressor or other NFA item when visiting the range anytime you’d like to.</li>
</ol>
Whether you are new to the NFA world or already have NFA items in your collection, Eagle Gun Range would be honored to help you with your next NFA purchase.
If you have any questions or would like more information, feel free to stop by or call the range
</div>
 
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/buying-your-suppressor-easy-day/">Buying Your Suppressor – Easy Day</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/buying-your-suppressor-easy-day/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The Canik TP9 SA</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-canik-tp9-sa/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-canik-tp9-sa/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 29 Nov 2016 10:56:22 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8112</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Full size polymer-bodied pistols of decent quality generally cost from $500 to $750 these days. If you dip below the $500 mark it may mean you’re getting something of significantly reduced quality and reliability. Turkish gun manufacturer Canik is challenging that notion with their TP9 SA pistol. The $399 TP9 SA is an evolution of […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-canik-tp9-sa/">Shooting Review: The Canik TP9 SA</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
Full size polymer-bodied pistols of decent quality generally cost from $500 to $750 these days. If you dip below the $500 mark it may mean you’re getting something of significantly reduced quality and reliability. Turkish gun manufacturer Canik is challenging that notion with their TP9 SA pistol.
The $399 TP9 SA is an evolution of their TP9 double-action/single-action pistol. The SA model is single action only and comes in black and desert tan Duracoat. I spent time shooting the TP9 SA this month and found it to be quite the good value.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
<h2>Why Consider the TP9?</h2>
While getting performance and quality on a budget is a goal for many first-time gun buyers, the reality is difficult or impossible to achieve. The TP9 SA seems to be the first legitimate answer to that quest in a full-size pistol.
In addition to the low price, the TP9 SA has several positive qualities that make it worthy of consideration, including interchangeable backstraps, eighteen rounds of 9mm in high-quality magazines, and perhaps the best trigger you’ll find on any striker-fired pistol at any price. I’m not kidding.
TP9 SA Specs:
<ul>
<li>Chambering: 9mm</li>
<li>Length: 7.5”</li>
<li>Height: 5.7”</li>
<li>Width: 1.35”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4.09”</li>
<li>Trigger: ~4.5 lb.</li>
<li>Sights: White 3-dot with drift-adjustable rear</li>
<li>Safety: n/a</li>
<li>Weight: 24 oz.</li>
<li>Slide: Black or Desert Tan Duracoat</li>
<li>Capacity: 18+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $399</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the TP9</h2>
I quickly fell in love with the trigger. Shooting the TP9 SA is very enjoyable on that score. Despite the good trigger, the first thing I noticed is that this pistol shot really low for me. At 5 yards, it was shooting a full 1.5” low and the point of impact didn’t begin to become close to “normal” until after 15 yards. This anomaly could have been my mechanics, but I spoke with several others at the range who all claimed it shot low for them, too.
Mechanical offset issues aside, I was able to shoot the TP9 for small groups, so there’s nothing wrong with its accuracy. The pistol is comfortable in my hand and the trigger reach was quite short. For the purposes of this review I only put a few hundred rounds through the pistol, but it ran perfectly and it was an enjoyable experience. As per usual, my hands were all over the slide-lock lever so there were times the pistol did not lock open on the last round. All my fault.
<div id="attachment_8115" style="width: 810px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/cank-tp9.png"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-8115" class="size-full wp-image-8115" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/cank-tp9.png" alt="Canik TP9 SA" width="800" height="945" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/cank-tp9.png 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/cank-tp9-254x300.png 254w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/cank-tp9-768x907.png 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/cank-tp9-100x118.png 100w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>The desert tan TP9 I shot for this review.</div>
Comfort and Controllability
The TP9 comes out of the box with the small backstrap installed, making it very comfortable and easy to shoot for people with smaller hands. The grip angle is more vertical than you find on a Glock, more akin to that of a Walther or H&K pistol. The grip contour is nice, but like pretty much every other polymer gun, the grip texture is only serviceable for dry hands.
I found the TP9 SA to be a relatively soft shooter, but despite the low bore axis it does have a bit more muzzle flip than I find on most comparable pistols. The slide and frame are quite narrow and the frame is no wider than the slide, and straight sided, so I did not enjoy the absence of a support-hand forward “thumb rest” protrusion on the frame since I use my forward thumb to help manage recoil and muzzle rise while firing.
Components and Features 
The trigger on the TP9 is fantastic. It’s lighter than I’ve found on any other striker-fired pistol, at around 4.5 pounds. The action of the trigger is completely grit free and while there is quite a bit of initial takeup, the break is crisp and the reset short. I’d take this trigger on any of my pistols. The rest of the controls seem well placed and I had no trouble running the gun.
The slide machining is seemingly of excellent quality, but I note that the desert tan finish on the gun I shot was more like paint than Cerakote. Pretty sure it is some kind of Duracoat finish. The 3-dot sights are nothing to write home about. I had no trouble picking them up, but they’re perhaps not best for all-purpose use. I tried, but was unable to find any aftermarket sights available.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/decocker.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8114" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/decocker.jpg" alt="the decocker" width="783" height="400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/decocker.jpg 783w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/decocker-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/decocker-768x392.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/decocker-100x51.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 783px) 100vw, 783px" /></a>
The big point of contention among the features is the decocker on top of the slide. This feature seems to be a vestige of the original TP9. Whereas a decocker makes sense for a DA/SA gun, it makes no sense whatsoever on a single-action gun. The only positive function of the decocker here is for fieldstripping. You can press the decocker and then remove the slide without having to press the trigger first. Beyond that, any engagement of the decocker simply renders the trigger dead, so an accidental engagement means your pistol is not ready to fight and you have to work the slide in order to get the gun back in working order.
As far as I’m concerned, this flaw makes the Canik TP9 SA a no-go as a defensive weapon and relegates the pistol to plinking and competition use. Nothing terrible there, as a sub $400, 19-round stock pistol that actually works is not a bad way to get into competitive shooting!
There is a 3-slot picatinny rail on the frame. The steel magazines are quite nice. They’re made by Mec-Gar, which is known for quality. While the grip does not seem overlong, the 18-round capacity is another nice feature.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The price is nice! The value is nicer! The customizable grip size and the good fit for small hands will be welcome features for many folks—women especially. The capacity is excellent and the trigger is just about the best I’ve ever seen. Did I mention the price?
Cons 
The TP9 SA is a bit too big to be a good carry gun. The decocker is practically useless and pretty much disqualifies the pistol for defensive carry, anyway. The sights are not well suited to all-purpose use and the lack of aftermarket options is not awesome.
So for rating the TP9…
Ergonomics (****) 
There’s nothing terribly excellent about the shape and comfort of this gun, but nothing terribly bad either.
Shootability (***) 
I’m deducting a bit for the slight extra bit of muzzle flip and the lack of a frame contour for a forward thumb rest, but surely this won’t be an issue for everyone.
Accuracy (****) 
I found it to be a darned accurate shooter, though it did shoot rather low for me (and everyone else at the range that shot this pistol). This one required a full-on twelve o’clock hold.
Concealability (**) 
The TP9 is not well suited to concealed carry. This is a plinker and competition gun.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The price is the thing most folks will first take notice of, but the value for that low price appears to be excellent. While I only put a few hundred rounds through it, I have read from people I trust where this pistol endured 1000-round challenges without a hiccup. So reliability would seem to be component to the value.
My opinion is that the Canik TP9 SA is a pretty darned good pistol and would be an excellent way for a new shooter on a budget to get into the hobby. It would also seem to be a great option for those with small hands to get a good pistol that fits.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-canik-tp9-sa/">Shooting Review: The Canik TP9 SA</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-canik-tp9-sa/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>How to Practice at the Gun Range</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/how-to-practice-at-the-gun-range/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/how-to-practice-at-the-gun-range/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2016 10:05:05 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8067</guid>
<description><![CDATA[If you own a firearm, especially if you carry one at home or in public, responsibility requires that you train and practice with it on a regular basis. The alternative?… Imagine that you’re suddenly called upon to give a public piano concert. If you’ve never been trained to play the piano well and never practiced […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/how-to-practice-at-the-gun-range/">How to Practice at the Gun Range</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
If you own a firearm, especially if you carry one at home or in public, responsibility requires that you train and practice with it on a regular basis. The alternative?…
Imagine that you’re suddenly called upon to give a public piano concert. If you’ve never been trained to play the piano well and never practiced a complex concerto over and over and over—or even if you’ve practiced sporadically—how well do you expect that would go? The answer is: you would flop. If your public concert is with your pistol, your lack-of-practice failure could mean that you or innocent bystanders get hurt. The human toll aside, that will get very expensive for you in both a financial and legal sense.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Gun handling and marksmanship are perishable skills with a short shelf life. Everything about gun handling and marksmanship comes from fundamentals and you can never stop working on those fundamentals without losing skill. So you should have a training and practice regimen that at least allows you to maintain what you have and, at best, allows you to build a stronger foundation and more skill.
Many responsible gun owners want to practice, but simply don’t know how. And not all of us have access to a range where all sorts of dynamic training are possible. We may be relegated to the strict confines of an indoor range. Even with that constraint, there is plenty you can do toward effective training and practice.
<h2>How to Practice</h2>
Before you start devising a practice program for yourself, get training from qualified instructors. I don’t mean take a course. I mean take many courses; get instruction on a regular basis. There is no substitute for quality training, especially if you are not already an expert gun handler and marksman.
I recommend that you take at least one training course every 3 months. Monthly instruction would be even better. Not every class needs to be a weekend-long or day-long intensive course. There is great value in 1- and 2-hour classes when taught by good instructors. And no, it does not matter if a course is “below your level of skill.” While you should take on courses of increasing difficulty over time, instruction is valuable no matter the difficulty level of the course. Just do it. Keep doing it.
Having established an instruction-based regimen, here are some advisable tips for effective, efficient, ongoing self practice:
Go to the range with a specific plan that includes no more than 2 things to work on. 
Having only one objective is even better. Your objective should be simple and granular. “I’ll work to be more accurate” is neither simple nor granular. That’s not a practice objective. Some good, candidate, practice-day objectives might include:
<ul>
<li>I’ll concentrate on maintaining proper grip, with an eye toward muzzle/recoil control</li>
<li>I’ll work to more quickly acquire a proper sight picture as I press out</li>
<li>I’ll work to more quickly reacquire a good sight picture after each shot</li>
<li>I’ll work on acquiring and maintaining focus on my front sight</li>
<li>I’ll work on maintaining proper posture or upper-body and arm position</li>
<li>I’ll work on maintaining a good sight picture while transitioning between two targets</li>
<li>I’ll work in pressing my trigger straight back without moving my sight picture</li>
<li>I’ll work on speed-reload-to-sight-picture technique</li>
<li>I’ll work on maintaining a good cheek weld while cycling the bolt in my rifle</li>
<li>I’ll work on prepping the trigger as I press out and breaking when I have a good sight picture</li>
<li>I’ll work on clearing (some specific) malfunction(s)</li>
</ul>
And so on. If you have access to a practical outdoor range, the list of techniques and drills you can work expands greatly. Take advantage of that if you can. If you properly work just one or, at most, two fundamentals in a training session, you should see gains. If you try and do too much in a single session, you’ve most likely wasted your time. In practice, concentration is better than dilution.
Concentrate on the details of your drill and make a point to periodically evaluate and re-evaluate your effort. 
Practice makes permanent, so don’t take too many reps before critically evaluating your results and ability to maintain focus…or whatever is required of you in your particular drill. Regularly assess your ability to meet the standard you’re aiming for, adjust as necessary, resume, repeat.
Take only one firearm. 
Taking more than one firearm to the range is conducive to shooting rather than practice. So take one gun only. If you carry concealed or openly, your training weapon should almost always be your carry weapon.
Prepare targets specific to your planned drill(s) or be able to create them at the range. 
Regardless of the fundamental component you’re working on, you’ll want to see the results of your work on your target. Unless you have the ability to make one coin-sized, ragged hole in your practice target with your drills, you need multiple targets to work with. A shot-riddled target makes it impossible to tell success from failure. Therefore, it is usually best to have an array of similar targets on your paper so that you can perform a drill or a sequence on one of them, then for your next attempt use a new target, and so on.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/dot-torture.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8068" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/dot-torture.jpg" alt="dot-torture target" width="500" height="650" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/dot-torture.jpg 500w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/dot-torture-231x300.jpg 231w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/dot-torture-100x130.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a>
Above: Here’s a “dot torture” target, useful for all sorts of fundamental drills.
You might select a target sheet that has multiple targets of the appropriate size and dimensions or you can simply turn a large target over and draw what you need on the plain back of the paper with a marker. However you decide to do it, use targets that allow you to see the results of each specific shot-sequence effort.
Run the gun, not the drill. 
This is a hard one to consistently get right, but even though you’re concentrating on a specific drill for a specific shooting fundamental, don’t get lost in the drill. When something unplanned happens (you unexpectedly run empty, your experience a malfunction, etc…) immediately focus on quickly and efficiently getting your gun “back in the fight” (back in working order, ready to fire). If you’re running a 5-shot drill, but somehow only 4 rounds happen to be in the mag—or if you accidentally put 6 in the magazine—don’t pause or stop and confusedly fiddle around with things or look at your gun like it messed up. Just run the gun and continue: perform a speed reload to get that last shot – or – notice that your slide is still in battery and shoot one more time to finish the magazine (if that’s what you’re supposed to do).
This sort of flow with your weapon is something that takes a while and many unexpected events for you to get the hang of. Commit to running the gun and you’ll be on your way toward developing realistic, lifesaving habits, no matter what drills you work.
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
Ammo is expensive. If you’re going to buy ammo and spend it shooting holes in paper or ringing steel, you should probably make most of those rounds count toward your increased skill. Otherwise you’re throwing money down the toilet in exchange for creating the chore of having to clean your gun again.
There are no advanced shooting techniques. There are only different kinds of and different components of fundamentals. Get into the habit of practicing fundamentals every time you go to the range. And do this often. If you want to evaluate your progress, start competing in GSSF or IDPA or USPSA matches. They’re fun and they reveal the truth about your training and practice (maybe more on this exciting aspect of shooting in a future article).
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/how-to-practice-at-the-gun-range/">How to Practice at the Gun Range</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/how-to-practice-at-the-gun-range/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>14</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: Sig Sauer P320 Carry</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-sig-sauer-p320-carry/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-sig-sauer-p320-carry/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Thu, 27 Oct 2016 12:11:59 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8051</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Since I have for some time had my carry weapon system locked in, I don’t spend much effort trying to find the next pistol I want to buy. But once in a while a worthwhile innovation makes me sit up, take notice, and contemplate reconsidering my carry platform. The Sig P320 is one of these […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-sig-sauer-p320-carry/">Shooting Review: Sig Sauer P320 Carry</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
Since I have for some time had my carry weapon system locked in, I don’t spend much effort trying to find the next pistol I want to buy. But once in a while a worthwhile innovation makes me sit up, take notice, and contemplate reconsidering my carry platform. The Sig P320 is one of these and I’ve been waiting with great anticipation to get my hands on a model other than the full size to try out.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Recently I’ve been shooting the Sig Sauer P320 Carry model chambered in 9mm, which is the compact slide with the full-size grip. While shooting it presents some fundamental challenges to my ingrained habits, I’m finding the experience to be compelling. Especially given some of the features this newish Sig Sauer pistol offers. Here are my thoughts on the Sig P320 Carry model after putting a few hundred rounds through it this month.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/P320s.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-8052 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/P320s.jpg" alt="Sig Sauer P320" width="1150" height="690" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/P320s.jpg 1150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/P320s-300x180.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/P320s-768x461.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/P320s-1024x614.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/P320s-100x60.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/P320s-884x530.jpg 884w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/P320s-1140x684.jpg 1140w" sizes="(max-width: 1150px) 100vw, 1150px" /></a>
<div></div>
<h2>Why Consider the Sig Sauer P320 Carry?</h2>
The Sig Sauer P320 Carry and compact models are purpose-made concealed-carry pistols. The relatively short length of the slide means that they’ll work for any standard position for IWB carry: 3-5 o’clock or appendix position. Unlike most of Sig Sauer’s pistol line, the P320 is striker fired. In keeping with good sense for a carry gun, it has no external safety or any other superfluous external controls.
Yet another reason to consider the Sig Sauer P320 Compact or Carry is its modular chassis system. The serialized component is not the frame lower, but the chassis that rides inside of the un-serialized frame. This means that you can swap out frames to fit your hand size (sm, md, lg)—even going from full-size to subcompact—and even changing from 9mm to Sig .357 to .40 to .45ACP without changing from one serialized gun to another. I think this is a wonderful system for a modern firearm.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/chassis.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8055" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/chassis.jpg" alt="The Sig P320 chassis" width="650" height="400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/chassis.jpg 650w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/chassis-300x185.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/chassis-100x62.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></a>
Sig Sauer P320 Carry Specs:
<ul>
<li>Chambering: 9mm</li>
<li>Length: 7.2”</li>
<li>Height: 5.5”</li>
<li>Width: 1.4”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.9”</li>
<li>Trigger: ~5.5 lb.</li>
<li>Sights: SIGLITE® Night Sights</li>
<li>Safety: n/a</li>
<li>Weight: 26 oz.</li>
<li>Slide: Black, Nitron® finish</li>
<li>Capacity: 17+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $628</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the Sig P320</h2>
For the purpose of this review I shot the Carry model 9mm, which has the compact slide and the full-size grip. It’s all but identical to the compact model (only 2/10” difference in overall height). The Carry model does, however, get 2 extra rounds in the magazine as compared to the compact model.
The first thing I noticed is that although the P320 is a striker-fired gun, it is configured like a hammer-fired pistol, with the beavertail and high bore axis. Given this configuration, I was worried that it would display undue muzzle flip while shooting. I found that while there is more muzzle flip than say on a similarly sized Glock 19, with its low bore axis, the P320 wasn’t so bad.
The most significant difference here from what I’m used to shooting is that the grip angle on the P320 is more vertical than that on a Glock. It’s the typical Sig grip angle, similar to a 1911. This meant that my well-drilled point of aim had the muzzle pointing below proper position and it took me a few shots to remember to adjust so that my press-out placed the sights in proper alignment. Once I did, though, shooting the P320 was a nice experience, especially due to the excellent trigger.
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity
The grip of the Sig Sauer P320 is rather substantial. It feels a little fat because it is more rounded on the sides than most grips. Even with the full-feeling grip, my medium-sized hand has no trouble getting a good position on the trigger. I found it to be quite comfortable. Of course if you don’t like the grip size, you can always change the frame for a larger or smaller one, at minimal expense.
There is a bit more muzzle flip than I find on most striker-fired pistols, but by resting my support-hand thumb forward on the takedown lever I found it easy to control the recoil. I had no trouble shooting strings of several shots in quick succession and at multiple targets, so there are no control issues with this gun. With 17-round magazines for the carry model and 15-rounders for the compact, the capacity is right in line with what I’d expect. Interesting to note that the carry model grip is only 2/10” taller than the compact model, but you get 2 extra rounds in the mag.
Components and Features
The trigger on the P320 is without a doubt the best I’ve felt on any polymer, striker-fired pistol. If I could get this sort of feel and action into my pistols, I’d do it in a heartbeat. I’m guessing some folks will enjoy the absence of a trigger-safety sticking out from the shoe, giving the trigger a more comfortable marriage with your finger pad.
The frame of the Sig P320 is kind of awesome. Because of the modular chassis, you can change out frames for grip size, color, model size, and even chambering without changing (serialized) guns. <a href="https://store.sigsauer.com/parts.html?cat=286&gun_model=1291">Frames are available for about $46</a> in three colors: black, flat dark earth, and OD green; and each is available in small, medium, and large sizes to fit your preferred grip size. For an armorer/tinker like me this is a wonderful and compelling innovation. More stuff to play around with! I note that the frame texture is quite mild, so like all other polymer pistols it’ll be useless if your hands are sweaty or bloody. Stippling is required.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/p320-colors.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-8054 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/p320-colors.jpg" alt="Sig Sauer P320 frames" width="1000" height="640" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/p320-colors.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/p320-colors-300x192.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/p320-colors-768x492.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/p320-colors-100x64.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/p320-colors-884x566.jpg 884w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
The sights are iron, 3-dot night sights and the rear sight has a nice flat front face for easy purchase in one-handed slide racking. I found them easy enough to pick up visually when firing and transitioning to different targets.
The magazines are steel, with polymer base plates, and very nicely constructed. They drop free when ejected. They’re exchangeable between the P320 and the P250 of the same caliber and size. Unlike some steel mags, these don’t terribly abrade your thumb when charging rounds into them. The external controls on the pistol seem well positioned to me and the magazine release is reversible. The slide has serrations fore and aft and interesting contours and the frame’s picatinny rail allows for a flashlight or laser. I like the fact that the bottom of the grip has a cutout for better purchase on the magazine base plate; useful for those malfunctions where the mag tends to stick.
Though this is just a shooting review and I did not field strip the pistol, the P320 has an easy and safe disassembly. Rotation of the takedown lever allows disassembly without tools or trigger manipulation, which brings an added level of safety for careless people. Internals include a striker safety and disconnect safety.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The P320’s frame can be swapped for color or just the right fit, and even from compact to full-size and different calibers. The trigger is as good as it gets for a polymer, striker pistol. The components are just right out of the box and the must-haves and must-not-haves are good to go here. You get two magazines with the pistol. For me, it’s the only pistol I’ve encountered that could tempt me away from my current everyday-carry system.
Cons 
As a carry gun, the P320 is a bit wider than you may like. For comparison, while a Glock runs 1.18” in width the P320 is a bit wider at 1.4”, which may impact how you choose to carry it. The hammer-fired-like profile of this striker-fired pistol gives it quite a high bore axis, adding to the felt recoil and muzzle flip. Using the takedown lever as a thumb rest for recoil management works, but is perhaps not the most comfortable proposition when shooting hundreds of rounds in one session (my already calloused thumb was rubbed pretty raw).
So for rating the Sig P320…
Ergonomics (****) 
With the multi-size and comfortable frames, the only knock against the ergonomics is the high bore axis and different (for me) grip angle. This grip angle will be familiar for many folks.
Shootability (****) 
Shoots great! Only the slight addition of muzzle flip due to the bore axis counts against it.
Accuracy (****) 
I found nothing to complain about with its accuracy. I note that I had to use a 6 o’clock hold for 25-yard shots.
Concealability (***) 
The P320 Carry will not be as concealable as would the compact model, due to the slightly longer grip. Also, at 1.4” wide the P320 is not the slimmest carry gun you’ll encounter.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The sum of the positives here is compelling and could one day tempt me away from my almost exclusive dedication to Glocks as my carry guns. The chassis system is fantastic and makes me wonder if other manufacturers will try it out.
If you’re a striker-fired enthusiast, the Sig P320 is one pistol you simply have to check out and evaluate…for all of its many virtues. Rent this gun and give it a try (I note that Eagle Gun Range has a full-size and Carry model in their rental case). I bet you’ll be impressed on several levels.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-sig-sauer-p320-carry/">Shooting Review: Sig Sauer P320 Carry</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-sig-sauer-p320-carry/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>28</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>A Firearms-Event Emergency Plan</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-firearms-event-emergency-plan/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-firearms-event-emergency-plan/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sun, 09 Oct 2016 18:40:33 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8041</guid>
<description><![CDATA[“If you’re planning on taking up arms, plan on getting hurt.” – NCScout In the unlikely and unfortunate event that someone is severely injured in a firearms training class or competition, every individual present should know without a doubt who is responsible for performing specific duties as well as what they and every other individual […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-firearms-event-emergency-plan/">A Firearms-Event Emergency Plan</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
“If you’re planning on taking up arms, plan on getting hurt.” 
– <a href="https://brushbeater.wordpress.com/2016/09/26/contact-medicine/">NCScout</a>
In the unlikely and unfortunate event that someone is severely injured in a firearms training class or competition, every individual present should know without a doubt who is responsible for performing specific duties as well as what they and every other individual are supposed to do and in exactly what order they’re supposed to do it.
Knowing these things is impossible without a plan that has been shared and confirmed with everyone present before the training or the competition begins. In my experience, though, such plans seldom if ever exist.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Imagine the following scenarios:
<ol>
<li>You’re in a pistol class with several other people. While drawing his pistol from the holster, the guy next to you negligently discharges into his own leg…</li>
<li>While you’re in a license-to-carry qualification, the woman three lanes down from yours has a pistol malfunction, calls the range officer over to help, and negligently discharges into his chest…</li>
<li>You’re at a 3-gun match. While in the course of running a stage, one of the competitors trips, falls, and discharges his shotgun, striking you and two other onlookers…</li>
</ol>
This isn’t made up. All of these things have happened. Now, given these events, reflect on your past experience at gun ranges, courses, and competitions and answer these questions:
<ul>
<li>What was the plan for this eventuality, as explained by the instructor or by an official at the event or facility?</li>
<li>Who, either involved in the activity or in the vicinity, is the go-to medic?</li>
<li>Who among the others in attendance has medical training? What kind?</li>
<li>Where is the med kit(s) located?</li>
<li>For what sorts of trauma is the med kit useful and not useful?</li>
<li>Who in attendance has medical supplies on their person or in their range bag? What kind? Where?</li>
<li>What should everyone else in attendance do; what is the emergency procedure or what are the steps they should take? In what order? Culminating in what resolution?</li>
</ul>
When you go to a gun range for a class or competition, do you know the answers to all of these questions? To any of them? Sometimes? Always? Never?
I have to wonder. My guess is that neither you nor most folks could say that they’ve ever been to training or an event where all or perhaps even any of those aforementioned issues were covered to any satisfactory degree. In my experience, gun ranges, course instructors, and competition event organizers are in the habit of focusing exclusively on reviewing the 4 rules of gun safety as the sole way to address these issues; meaning, they don’t address them at all.
Certainly my experience is anecdotal, but having participated in almost two dozen courses and dozens of competitions at various facilities should provide some clear insight into common conventions. Even if some exceptional instructors or facilities or events work to cover all of these issues, I have to believe that many, possibly most, do not.
That is a problem.
<h2>What to Do?</h2>
While I am neither a firearms instructor nor range officer nor physician, I have some thoughts on these matters that I believe should be considered by those who are.
What follows is a sample plan template that I believe should be adopted in some form by all instructors and event range officers, then presented and confirmed before the event begins.
<h3>A Firearms-Event Emergency Plan</h3>
<ol>
<li>Define the medical first responder 
I (or some designated person) have emergency medical training. So in the event of negligent discharge trauma or other injury, [that person] will be the primary medical responder for evaluation and treatment. As such, [that person] will begin treatment and suggest whether or not to call 911 emergency services. Now, who else here has medical training? What kind? 
<ul>
<li>Make sure everyone knows who these medically trained people are.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="margin-top: 15px;">Designate a backup 
If I/he/she [the primary medical responder] is the one injured, then you/he/she [define the person] will be the primary medical responder AND will recommend whether or not to call 911 emergency services.</li>
<li style="margin-top: 15px;">Define who calls 911 
In the event it becomes necessary, you [some person] will be responsible for calling 911 emergency services while the injured person(s) is being treated. If you [that person] are the one who is injured, then you [some other person] will be responsible for calling 911.
<ul>
<li>Confirm that these individuals are up to the task.</li>
<li>Ensure these people have good cell reception – and/or – make sure everyone knows where the nearest land line is.</li>
<li>Confirm/show where the facility’s street address is written down for reference.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="margin-top: 15px;">Identify the medical supplies 
The primary medical kit is [define location – don’t tell, but show everyone where it is]. This kit can handle [these sorts of trauma] but is not equipped to handle [these sorts of trauma]. If required, you [some person] will be responsible for retrieving the med kit and you [some other person] will do this if the first one cannot. After you have secured your firearm, announce what you’re doing and then bring the med kit to the primary medical responder.Now, who here has medical supplies on their person? What kind? And who here has medical supplies in their range bag? What kind?
<ul>
<li>The instructor or range officer may want to make a list of names and specific supplies for later reference.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="margin-top: 15px;">Account for an unattended firearm(s) 
If the discharged weapon, or any other, is lying on the ground/bench and is unattended, then you/he/she [some person] will be responsible for clearing and securing the weapon. And you/he/she [some person] is their backup if you’re unable to do so. After you have secured your own firearm, announce what you’re doing and retrieve and clear the weapon and place it [in this defined location].</li>
<li style="margin-top: 15px;">Define everyone’s immediate job 
In the event that someone is struck by a negligent discharge, the first thing everyone should do is immediately make their weapons safe, either by moving to the safe area to clear and holster the weapon—or—by simply holstering their weapon. Rifles (if contextually appropriate) should be cleared and placed in this rack/area.After doing so, those of you already given jobs should accomplish your tasks calmly and quickly. Those others with medical training should remain in the immediate vicinity ready to lend assistance if needed.
Everyone else should stay clear of those working to assist the injured person(s) and everyone here should refrain from un-holstering or otherwise touching weapons until the instructor or range officer says otherwise.
<ul>
<li>If there’s some other requirement of folks, be sure to mention it.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="margin-top: 15px;">Review and confirm 
So to review: first thing everyone does is make all firearms and the area safe. Next, those with a specific job will do them, as necessary:
<ul>
<li>Who is the primary medical responder? Secondary?</li>
<li>Who is my 911 caller if needed? And their backup? </li>
<li>Who’s getting the med kit? Who is backup?</li>
<li>Who will collect and clear any unattended weapons? And their backup?</li>
<li>Okay, what is everyone else going to do?</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
Be sure to get unanimous, clear acknowledgement on each of these review points.
I don’t know if this fits every firearms class or competition, but I believe something like this should be implemented as component to every class and match.
This sort of plan ensures that everyone first works to make the area safe and everyone knows who will initially attend the injured and handle emergency logistics and communications should they become necessary. Whether or not this specific plan is appropriate for every situation, at least the primary bases have been covered, with contingencies, and everyone in attendance knows what they should do. I believe that’s a big win and a minimum standard to meet.
Those of you with more contextual experience might recommend a slightly different plan, but for goodness sake, make a comprehensive plan like this and bring it to bear in every firearms class and every competition. If you’re already doing so, please publish your plan and let others learn from your good example! In any event, let’s not continue to leave any of these vital, lifesaving things to chance.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-firearms-event-emergency-plan/">A Firearms-Event Emergency Plan</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/a-firearms-event-emergency-plan/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The Kel-Tec KSG</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-kel-tec-ksg/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-kel-tec-ksg/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Thu, 22 Sep 2016 15:31:34 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=8000</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The KSG is the double-tube magazine, bullpup-design, tactical shotgun from Kel-Tec. A pump-action shotgun, the KSG’s chambering is 12-gauge and it takes up to 3” shells. The KSG’s design is unique and striking, with clever attention paid to both function and efficiency in the overall design. I recently spent some time with the KSG and […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-kel-tec-ksg/">Shooting Review: The Kel-Tec KSG</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
The KSG is the double-tube magazine, bullpup-design, tactical shotgun from Kel-Tec. A pump-action shotgun, the KSG’s chambering is 12-gauge and it takes up to 3” shells.
The KSG’s design is unique and striking, with clever attention paid to both function and efficiency in the overall design. I recently spent some time with the KSG and found a lot to like. Here are some of my thoughts from the experience.
<h2>Why Consider the Kel-Tec KSG?</h2>
The KSG is the redefinition of a self-defense shotgun and is purpose made for CQB (close-quarters combat) and more tactical situations. Its small size makes it eminently portable and maneuverable in tight quarters (like the hallways and furnished rooms of a home), making it a formidable home-defense gun, especially since there are various indoor-safe defense loads to consider.
With the two separate magazine tubes and a mechanism to quickly switch between them, the KSG becomes an adaptable weapon for fluid tactics and/or varied ranges where different loads are optimal. Also, the KSG comes equipped with upper and lower picatinny rails, ready to accept iron sights, an optic, flashlight, vertical grip (recommended), or whatever accessory fits your desire.
<div id="attachment_8002" style="width: 1210px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-compare.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-8002" class="size-full wp-image-8002" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-compare.jpg" alt="ksg AND 500a Shotguns" width="1200" height="616" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-compare.jpg 1200w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-compare-300x154.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-compare-768x394.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-compare-1024x526.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-compare-100x51.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-compare-884x454.jpg 884w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-compare-1140x585.jpg 1140w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a>Here is the KSG next to a Mossberg 500A Tactical 12 gauge, for size and component comparison.</div>
<div></div>
Kel-Tec KSG Specs:
<ul>
<li>Chambering: 12ga</li>
<li>Length: 26.1”</li>
<li>Barrel Length: 18.5”</li>
<li>Trigger: ~5 lb.</li>
<li>Weight: 6.9 lb. empty</li>
<li>Capacity: 6+6+1 (3”), 7+7+1 (2.75”), or 11+11+1 (1.75”)</li>
<li>MSRP: $990</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the Kel-Tec KSG</h2>
I confess I’ve wanted to get my hands on the KSG since before it was released. Over the past few months I’ve seen videos of the KSG malfunctioning in various ways, generally related to feeding—and others apparently debunking any such inherent problems—so I had some trepidation. This is the first time I’ve had the opportunity to shoot this interesting shotgun and, in this case, it did not disappoint.
I received the KSG with a Sightmark Wolverine CSR red dot optic mounted and I put a Blue Force Gear padded Vicker’s sling on the gun. As a carbine shooter, I immediately warmed up to the size and maneuverability of the KSG. With the shotgun slung, it rode, felt, and handled in a way very similar to a short-barreled rifle carbine.
I’ve seen footage of some people having trouble with the KSG feeding shells, but I had no such issues. As I understand it, this issue was something perhaps related to the earliest models that were shipped. This shotgun does want you to be very firm in your manipulation of the pump action, though. If you weak-arm the pump, it can hang or fail to cycle properly. But this is a user issue and not a function flaw, so far as I can tell.
Here is a bit of footage from my experience with the KSG (video below):
<div></div>
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/9dVZRQRGBxw?rel=0&showinfo=0" width="800" height="450" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div></div>
The weight of the KSG is almost exactly the same as for my Mossberg 500A Tactical, which I shot side-by-side with the KSG, so the recoil felt identical. I found it quite comfortable to hold and to cheek weld while firing, and the red-dot optic turned out to be an effective and easy-to-use solution for sighting with the KSG.
I ran a variety of loads through the shotgun, including:
<ul>
<li>Winchester Military Grade 00 Buckshot 2 ¾ (1325 fps)</li>
<li>Winchester AA Super Sport 2 ¾ – Sporting Clays (1300 fps)</li>
<li>Remington Nitro Magnum 3” (1280 fps)</li>
<li>Winchester AA Super-Hadicap 2 ¾ – Heavy Target Load (1250 fps)</li>
<li>Winchester AA Light Target Load 2 ¾ (1145 fps)</li>
</ul>
…all of which it fed without complaint or issue. As a side note, the Nitro Magnum shells provided a stunning kick when firing. After a box of those, my shoulder was in need of a couple days rest!
<div id="attachment_8001" style="width: 1210px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ammo1.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-8001" class="size-full wp-image-8001" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ammo1.jpg" alt="shotgun shells" width="1200" height="900" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ammo1.jpg 1200w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ammo1-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ammo1-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ammo1-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ammo1-100x75.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ammo1-884x663.jpg 884w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ammo1-1140x855.jpg 1140w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a>NOT PICTURED: Winchester AA Light Target Load 2 ¾ (1145 fps)</div>
<div></div>
Here are some shot patterns of various loads at a coupe distances (note that the hits are spaced out only to differentiate between the various shots):
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/sh-and-nitro.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8004" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/sh-and-nitro.jpg" alt="shot pattern" width="900" height="1200" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/sh-and-nitro.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/sh-and-nitro-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/sh-and-nitro-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/sh-and-nitro-100x133.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/sh-and-nitro-884x1179.jpg 884w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ss-and-light-ksg.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8005" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ss-and-light-ksg.jpg" alt="shot pattern" width="800" height="1067" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ss-and-light-ksg.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ss-and-light-ksg-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ss-and-light-ksg-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ss-and-light-ksg-100x133.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/light.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8003" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/light.jpg" alt="shot pattern" width="900" height="1200" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/light.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/light-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/light-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/light-100x133.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/light-884x1179.jpg 884w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<div></div>
Comfort, Controllability, and Capacity
The KSG is somewhat oddly shaped and looks a little blocky. Even so, holding and engaging with it doesn’t seem odd or uncomfortable at all. Quite the contrary, actually. Loading the shotgun can be uncomfortable, though. The mechanics around the magazine tubes are a bit pointy and my fingers tended to rub against them from time to time while loading shells into the tubes.
I have seen videos and have read reports that there can be a problem with the downward-ejection of the empty shells impacting and even abrading the shooter’s wrist. I found no such problems and never even once noticed the ejection. I did all shooting in a short-sleeved shirt and no gloves, so my hand and wrist and arm were fully exposed. Never felt a thing, either while standing static or while maneuvering and firing.
As mentioned earlier, the recoil is no worse (and no better) than with an ordinary shotgun of similar weight, despite the comparatively small size of the KSG. I used the KSG while maneuvering over terrain and while engaging targets at various points in a 90-degree arc and never had trouble acquiring or holding on targets for multiple shots. So I found no controllability issues.
With two magazine tubes and, on average, a capacity of 14 +1 rounds, the KSG has darned good capacity! Though, I have to say, I always ran out of rounds sooner than I wanted to. This thing is fun to shoot and once you get started, it’s disappointing to have to stop.
<h2>Components and Features</h2>
I found the controls on the KSG to be well placed. The pump release is forward of the trigger guard and accessible from either side. I had no trouble reaching it with my index finger and medium-sized hands. The safety is well located, but I found the push-button control to be a bit clumsy. I had no trouble engaging it with my strong-hand thumb or index finger, but the action is in no way intuitive. I never got used to it and always had to look at it to remind myself if was engaged or disengaged.
The Kel-Tec KSG comes with two picatinny rails. There is a 12” 1913 mil-spec rail on top for sights and optics and a 6” polymer rail on the bottom for a vertical grip and/or flashlight or other accessory. I ran mine with a Sightmark Wolverine red dot on top and really enjoyed it.
There is a steel sling mount up near the muzzle and strap vents in the stock for your sling; and this shotgun seems to work very well with a sling! The proximity of the forward sling mount to the muzzle means you’ll have to be aware of where your sling is, as a lose loop could conceivably move in front of the dangerous end.
Switching between the two magazine tubes is accomplished by actuating the selector lever on the underside behind the grip. The lever is quite small, but I found it to work just fine. Even so there’s an aftermarket extended selector lever available to make this lever easier to find and engage.
Fieldstripping the KSG is by all accounts very easy (I did not try it) and accomplished simply by removing two pins.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-8007" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg.jpg" alt="Kel-Tec KSG" width="900" height="550" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-300x183.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-768x469.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-100x61.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ksg-884x540.jpg 884w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
As shotguns go, this is one heckuva compact, wieldy, quickly employable, close-quarters defense weapon. The size and weight make it a breeze to manipulate. The picatinny rails allow you to set it up in proper CQB fashion. The downward ejection keeps your profile low and, along with the ambi controls, allows for easy use by righties and lefties. And the magazine capacity is exceptionally nice.
Cons 
I’m having trouble coming up with strikes against this bullpup shotgun. There are nitpicky things, like the possibility of scraping your fingers while loading shells or the odd safety controls action, or having to turn the gun upside down to check the chamber, but these are minor issues.
So for rating the Kel-Tec KSG:
Ergonomics (*****) 
Looks strange, feels great, and moves great. The KSG fit me just fine.
Shootability (*****) 
This is an easy-to-shoot shotgun. With iron sights and/or a red-dot optic, it’s very point-and-click. I must say that a vertical grip on the pump rail adds to the ease of function and is otherwise highly recommended (for safety reasons).
Reliability (****) 
Scoring here strictly based on my experience, other than one minor cycling hiccup when I soft-armed the pump (totally my fault), the KSG ran like a sewing machine. I’m entirely confident in the function of this shotgun, but note that I put less than 200 rounds through it.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The Kel-Tec KSG has a clever and truly revolutionary design that works very well. After spending time examining and shooting it, in my estimation the KSG is the absolute best shotgun for CQB, tactical needs and self-defense; perhaps even one of the best overall self-defense and tactical weapons going.
It is likely that improvements can be made to the design and perhaps even the function, but I perceive no grave flaws with it and the design and function foundation is solid. I highly recommend the KSG to anyone interested in a tactical shotgun. If you drop by Eagle Gun Range, be sure to rent it and take it for a spin. I bet you’ll find it hard to put down.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-kel-tec-ksg/">Shooting Review: The Kel-Tec KSG</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-kel-tec-ksg/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>19</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Everyday Carry During Wartime</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/everyday-carry-during-wartime/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/everyday-carry-during-wartime/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 05 Sep 2016 17:49:44 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7994</guid>
<description><![CDATA[We are at war. We ordinary citizens are at a special disadvantage, though, because the only targets are civilians; you and me. We are at a further disadvantage because only the enemy knows when he or she will attack. And when they attack it will be somewhere ordinary people gather to do ordinary things, like […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/everyday-carry-during-wartime/">Everyday Carry During Wartime</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
We are at war. We ordinary citizens are at a special disadvantage, though, because the only targets are civilians; you and me. We are at a further disadvantage because only the enemy knows when <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://www.latimes.com/local/california/la-me-san-bernardino-shooting-terror-investigation-htmlstory.html">he or she</a> will attack. And when they attack it will be somewhere ordinary people gather to do ordinary things, like <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://www.latimes.com/local/california/la-me-san-bernardino-shooting-terror-investigation-htmlstory.html">work</a> or <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Beslan_school_siege">teach</a> or <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Westgate_shopping_mall_attack">shop</a> or <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2016/07/15/nice-terror-attack-on-bastille-day-everything-we-know-so-far-on/">relax</a> or <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Charleston_church_shooting">worship</a>, or it could even be <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2016_shooting_of_Dallas_police_officers">an ambush deliberately set for specific targets</a>.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Our war is sporadic. Most days do not feel like wartime, but the war may erupt at any time and in any place, and as civilians we must confront it or escape it with only those things we have with us at the time…as we go about our normal, otherwise-mundane daily lives. The war may then be brought to us by <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://www.cnn.com/2016/05/10/europe/germany-bavaria-knife-attack/">a lone individual with a knife</a> or <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Westgate_shopping_mall_attack">by a group</a> armed <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Charlie_Hebdo_shooting">with fully-automatic rifles</a>.
With a few notable exceptions, our war is mild and fought infrequently as compared to the same war in Europe. But as recent history shows, what grows and festers in Europe will follow in the US. The rash of daily rapes, assaults, murders, and mass attacks seen in Europe will arise with similar frequency here; especially since our “leaders” are working tirelessly to ensure this eventuality (and yes, since this fact is alarming, you should look into why they’re doing this).
These important facts provide context to some of our advisable daily choices and responsible people cannot rightly ignore the context or the choices. Carrying concealed every day is one of these responsible choices. It is the only remaining civilian defense against combatants in our growing, festering war.
<h3>So what is advisable everyday-carry (EDC) kit in the context of wartime?</h3>
Logic suggests that your EDC should be based on a specific strategy in a specific context. If it is not, it is unlikely to be useful in a situation where usefulness is needed most. Today’s EDC choices should therefore differ in important and significant ways from similar choices a decade or two ago.
In a different time, responsible EDC might include a snub-nose revolver or a subcompact pistol. Five or six rounds and a weapon with a practical range of 10 yards or less can be sufficient when the context involves surviving assault from a mugger or two. Be able to demonstrate that you’re armed and not willing to be a victim, maybe even to give one of them a wound if they come with violence, and you’re fairly well equipped. Today, however, along with the possibility of a mugging, you may have to survive <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/November_2015_Paris_attacks">a concerted attack by a heavily armed, trained group</a> who will not run away or willingly let you escape, and who will fight to the death.
Given the context of what can happen to ordinary citizens today, your EDC should allow you to:
• Engage in a sustained firefight (20-50 rounds) 
• Engage effectively at longer distances (25 to 50 yards) 
• Treat a significant rifle or shotgun wound to an extremity and stay in the fight 
• Contact authorities and perhaps even relay vital tactical information from inside the battle
Therefore, here are some advisable must-haves on your person:
• Compact or full-size (not subcompact) pistol (concealed) 
• 1-2 extra magazines, 10-16 rounds each (concealed) 
• Tourniquet (e.g. R.A.T.S. or CAT3) 
• Phone 
• Pocket flashlight 
• Knife
Here are a few nice-to-haves on your person:
• Multi tool 
• Smartphone 
• Fixed-blade fighting knife (concealed) 
• IFAK med kit 
• Paracord (bracelet or roll)
With the pistol and ammo upgrade alone you should be able to dispense more-accurate hits and at greater ranges (e.g. across a mall atrium or a large church sanctuary) and provide cover fire for others, allowing them to escape or get to cover. These things are seldom an issue for personal defense, but they are stock realities in a battle. Remember: we are at war.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/edc-2016.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7995" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/edc-2016.jpg" alt="wartime everyday carry" width="1000" height="716" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/edc-2016.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/edc-2016-300x215.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/edc-2016-768x550.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/edc-2016-100x72.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/edc-2016-884x633.jpg 884w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
Above: Sensible, easy-to-carry EDC kit here includes wallet, a Glock 19 with Surefire XC1, Incog Shadow holster for Glock w/XC1, Surefire pocket flashlight, 2 extra magazines for pistol in a Gunfighters Inc Ronin magazine pouch, RATS tourniquet, CRKT Outrage pocket knife, Gerber Mini-Suspension multi-tool, iPhone in Magpul phone case in Tactical Oatmeal belt pouch. 
<div></div>
<h2>Vehicle EDC</h2>
You may not be on foot or in a building when violence finds you. The presence of trained enemy combatants in our country and the rising current of civil unrest mean violent groups can cause major problems for motorists. Whether it’s a group of armed terrorists or a mob of violent thugs, you could be in your vehicle when attacked and left with no means of peaceful escape. This demonstrable fact suggests that it is smart to consider some defensive EDC equipment for your vehicle.
A rifle or even a shotgun is a far better defensive tool than a pistol. Just like pedestrians, motorists can be targeted and <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMP6bXnXdZM">things can go very badly</a> when you have no means of defense <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q9mQt51kXXY">against a violent mob</a>. Mob violence is <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kn-RBMGDozk">on the rise everywhere</a>, including <a style="border-bottom: 1px dotted #999;" href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TZxEyoplYbI">in the US</a>. Don’t make the mistake of believing it could not find you.
While it is not socially appropriate to go about your daily business with a rifle slung on your back, it makes good sense to have one in your vehicle. In fact, this used to be common practice in rural (mostly southern) America, with nearly every truck having a full or partially full gun rack, and only recently fell out of favor (mostly for the visible invitation to thieves).
In wartime, a rifle and extra magazines may mean the difference between getting home safely and losing your entire family to terrorists. With the extra room a vehicle affords, it makes good sense to keep some other useful kit there, too:
Some advisable vehicle kit:
• Rifle or shotgun 
• Extra magazines or shells 
• Full medical kit 
• Get-home bag
Some vehicle nice-to-have kit:
• Plate carrier w/armor 
• 2-way radio
And remember, the “ED” of EDC means every day.
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
It is unlikely that you’ll ever be caught up in a terrorist attack or be swarmed by a violent mob in a “protest,” but it happens every day to people abroad and is becoming quite common here in the US. Unfortunately, these attacks will occur with increasing frequency in the years to come. That is what happens when we are at war and our government does little or nothing to win the war.
This fact does not mean that we should change our lives and lifestyles in highly inconvenient or overt ways. It does mean, though, that responsibility requires a different approach to EDC today than it did just a few years ago. The recommendations in this article, small financial investments aside, require no disruptions to our lives. The point, though, is that they equip us to preserve our lives and the lives of our families during wartime, should the war suddenly find us as it finds people every day.
I have not here addressed the issues of defensive capability and the training required to forge it, as those things lie outside of the context of this article. I will merely say that your EDC will not serve you well or perhaps at all if you don’t have the proper skills to effectively utilize it in the context for which it was conceived. So take classes (many of them and the right kind), train right, and train often.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/everyday-carry-during-wartime/">Everyday Carry During Wartime</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/everyday-carry-during-wartime/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: M&P 45 Shield</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-mp-45-shield/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-mp-45-shield/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sun, 28 Aug 2016 20:30:28 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7975</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The M&P 45 Shield is Smith & Wesson’s new compact, single-stack pistol chambered in .45 ACP. The 45 Shield is virtually identical to the original Shield in 9mm and .40, with the same design and look and is only slightly larger. By Andy Rutledge * * * I have never been a big fan of […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-mp-45-shield/">Shooting Review: M&P 45 Shield</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
The M&P 45 Shield is Smith & Wesson’s new compact, single-stack pistol chambered in .45 ACP. The 45 Shield is virtually identical to the original Shield in 9mm and .40, with the same design and look and is only slightly larger.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
I have never been a big fan of the M&P Shield, but I’m in the minority. The Shield is one of the most popular pistols and just might be the most popular single-stack pistol for concealed carry, ever. Bringing that popular and proven design to the single-stack .45 class, Smith & Wesson are sure to disrupt, maybe even dominate that category.
I’ve spent a few days shooting the new M&P 45 Shield, including a bit of side-by-side comparison shooting. What follows are my impressions from that experience as well as some technical comparison with popular competitor models.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shields9and45.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7979" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shields9and45.jpg" alt="45 and 9mm comparison" width="800" height="780" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shields9and45.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shields9and45-300x293.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shields9and45-768x749.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shields9and45-100x98.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<h2>Why Consider the M&P 45 Shield?</h2>
The 45 Shield belongs to a specific category of carry pistols and is not meant to compete with or replace double stacks or pocket pistols. Rather, as a single-stack, slim compact, the 45 Shield is purpose made for when you want to carry a highly concealable .45 that you can hold onto while firing in defense.
The slim frame and slide conceal easily and the grip, even with the flush magazine, is substantial enough to give you good purchase while firing .45 ACP slugs. Some people believe that 6-8 rounds of .45 ACP is better than 7-9 rounds of 9mm. I’m not among them, but if you are I think you should strongly consider the 45 Shield.
M&P 45 Shield Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: .45 ACP</li>
<li>Length: 6.45”</li>
<li>Height: 4.88” with flush magazine</li>
<li>Width: .99”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.3” stainless steel Armornite™ finish</li>
<li>Trigger: ~5.5 lb.</li>
<li>Sights: 3-Dot steel</li>
<li>Safety: RH-side thumb safety</li>
<li>Weight: 22.7 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide: Black, stainless steel Armornite™ finish</li>
<li>Capacity: 6+1 and 7+1 (extended magazine)</li>
<li>MSRP: $479</li>
</ul>
Note that the 45 Shield come with or without an external thumb safety. The model I’m evaluating here had a thumb safety (which I completely ignored, <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-firearm-safety-levers-greatly-reduce-safety/">as it is a dangerous liability</a>).
<h2>Shooting the M&P 45 Shield</h2>
The 230 grain .45 ACP round packs a punch, so when shooting it from a small, thin, and light frame there’s no getting around the fact that it is going to be a bit snappy. Having said that, I found the 45 Shield to be far more comfortable to shoot than I expected. In fact I found it a bit less jarring than shooting my 9mm Glock 43, as even with the bigger kick there is more to hold onto with the 45 Shield. Also, the grip texture was a boon to comfort and controllability. I found the trigger action to be quite good and the pull weight to be pretty standard. Nothing to write home about or complain about here.
For the purpose of this review I shot a few hundred rounds, but all of it was 230 gr. ball ammo. I therefore cannot comment on how it handles defensive rounds. Half was Winchester brown box and half was 230 gr. Armscor. The Armscor was quite a bit hotter than the Winchester, which was revealing when I shot this ammo in the side-by-side comparison with the Springfield XDS (more on that later). The 45 Shield ran just fine and experienced no malfunctions or hiccups.
Comfort, Controllability, and Capacity 
The M&P 45 Shield comes with two magazines: a flush magazine that holds 6 rounds and an extended 7-round magazine. The extended magazine makes a good backup, but it makes the grip too long for advisable concealed carry. The six rounds in the flush mag and one in the chamber is pretty good for a single-stack .45 compact.
As mentioned before, the grip texture is quite good. It is more aggressive and covers more surface area than standards M&P Shield grip texture. It makes it quite easy to maintain a good grip when firing strings of several rounds. Missing, however, is the same texturing on the forward thumb position of the frame. This position where the support-hand thumb rests is an important component to recoil management and the slick polymer here does the shooter no favors (*cough* Can you hear me now, Smith & Wesson? *cough*).
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shield-grip.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7978" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shield-grip.jpg" alt="grip texture" width="800" height="400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shield-grip.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shield-grip-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shield-grip-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shield-grip-100x50.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
I have never been a big fan of the M&P Shield (9mm) in part because the grip always felt a bit too thin for my taste. This 45 Shield frame is only slightly larger and thicker than the standard model, but it is far more comfortable for my hands and seems to handle the .45 round pretty well. In fact I was comfortable shooting 100+ rounds with it in short order during each shooting evaluation session.
Components and Features 
The model I used for evaluation came with the external thumb safety, but the M&P website indicates it is available without an external safety. I found the slide lock to be easy to manipulate when I wanted to lock the action open, but it did not get in my way when shooting and it is well positioned for my medium-sized hands (I didn’t accidentally ride it, preventing the slide locking open on the last round of a magazine, as happens with some small pistols). The takedown lever is quite unobtrusive. It is smooth, rounded, and very low-profile on the frame. Well done.
Like the other Shield models, the 45 Shield has the hinged trigger and trigger stop on the bottom of the trigger well. I thought the trigger reset was only a bit too long for my taste. The magazine release, as with all Shield models, is not great, but not terrible either. Also like the other M&P Shield models, the 45 has white 3-dot sights that seem to work just fine for my eyes. You may want to replace them with night sights.
Comparisons 
I spent 100 rounds shooting the 45 Shield side-by-side and back-and-forth with the Springfield XDS 45 3.3”. I found the M&P 45 Shield to be more comfortable and slightly more manageable in the firing strings. After 70 rounds or so I had begun to unconsciously compensate for the XDS’ recoil, resulting in hits a bit lower than my intended point of aim. I had no such issue shooting the 45 Shield, perhaps because I was able to get slightly more of my pinky on the grip. I found the 45 Shield to be quite accurate in my hands; shooting 5-round strings in 4 seconds, freehand, with <4” groups at 15 yards. For my money, that’ll suffice for defensive-engagement utility.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/comparexdsshield.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7976" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/comparexdsshield.jpg" alt="Comparison of the 45 Shield and Springfield XDs" width="900" height="700" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/comparexdsshield.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/comparexdsshield-300x233.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/comparexdsshield-768x597.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/comparexdsshield-100x78.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/comparexdsshield-884x688.jpg 884w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
For more direct comparison, here is how the M&P Shield 45 measures up against other popular competitors:
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th>45 Shield</th>
<th>XDS 45</th>
<th>Glock 36</th>
<th>Kahr PM45</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Length</td>
<td>6.45″</td>
<td>6.3″</td>
<td>6.96″</td>
<td>7.79″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Height</td>
<td>4.88″</td>
<td>4.4″</td>
<td>4.76″</td>
<td>4.49″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Width</td>
<td>.99″</td>
<td>.9″</td>
<td>1.1″</td>
<td>1.01″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Barrel</td>
<td>3.3″</td>
<td>3.3″</td>
<td>3.77″</td>
<td>3.24″</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Weight</td>
<td>22.7 oz</td>
<td>21.05 oz</td>
<td>22.42 oz</td>
<td>19.3 oz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Capacity</td>
<td>6+1</td>
<td>5+1</td>
<td>6+1</td>
<td>5+1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MSRP</td>
<td>$479</td>
<td>$549</td>
<td>$649</td>
<td>$729</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shield-slide.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-7980" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shield-slide-300x300.jpg" alt="shield-slide" width="300" height="300" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shield-slide-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shield-slide-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shield-slide-100x100.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/shield-slide.jpg 600w" sizes="(max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>
Pros 
The 45 Shield is an eminently shootable and concealable, big-bore single stack. The external controls are well designed and unobtrusive and the capacity is as good as one might hope, given the small size. If you like the M&P Shield (and a great many people do) and enjoy .45 ACP, you should warm to the 45 Shield. Shooters will enjoy the grip texture and controllability of this small pistol.
Cons 
Other than the lack of texturing on the forward frame, and given the purpose and category of pistol we’re talking about here, I can think of nothing substantive to criticize on the 45 Shield. It has a small capacity, but then it is very concealable. It does not hide the thump of the .45 ACP round, but it is less snappy than at least some competitors and, again, it has a small and concealable frame. As for nitpicks, I’ll point out that the small area of serrations on the bottom of the front of the slide are completely useless, and unattractive to boot.
So for rating the M&P 45 Shield…
Ergonomics (****) 
I think the 45 Shield feels good in the hand, and far better than the 9mm model. The controls are well placed and unobtrusive. The rear slide serrations are excellent.
Shootability (****) 
This is an eminently shootable pistol, though a bit more violent in the hand than, say, a 9mm compact. The grip texture does a good job here.
Accuracy (****) 
I found it to be plenty accurate, but the 3.3” barrel is not best suited to great distances. For defensive use, no complaints here.
Concealability (*****) 
The 45 Shield has a thin frame that is only .04” wider and only .28” taller than the Shield 9mm. As such, this is a big-bore pistol that can go anywhere with you in any season.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
This is a solid and well conceived example of a thin-framed compact in .45 ACP. The M&P Shield is a proven performer and popular success. I have to believe that this big-bore version will do quite well. So long as time bears out its reliability, I think this is the pistol to beat in this particular class. Also, I would tend to trust the quality of Smith & Wesson’s M&P line.
I don’t believe that a thin-framed single-stack is the best way to carry .45 ACP rounds. But for those of you who like the idea of a thin, compact .45 in your belt—especially at only $30 above the Shield 9mm price—this one might be unbeatable.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-mp-45-shield/">Shooting Review: M&P 45 Shield</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-mp-45-shield/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>56</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>What the Second Amendment Actually Protects</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/what-the-second-amendment-actually-protects/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/what-the-second-amendment-actually-protects/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2016 17:37:56 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7967</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The Second Amendment to the U.S. Constitution does not protect guns. It does not even protect the right of the people to keep and bear arms. Rather, the only thing the 2nd Amendment protects is tyrants from armed patriots. I’ll explain in more detail in a moment. By Andy Rutledge * * * Contrary to […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/what-the-second-amendment-actually-protects/">What the Second Amendment Actually Protects</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
The <a href="https://constitutioncenter.org/interactive-constitution/amendments/amendment-ii">Second Amendment</a> to <a href="https://www.archives.gov/exhibits/charters/constitution_transcript.html">the U.S. Constitution</a> does not protect guns. It does not even protect the right of the people to keep and bear arms. Rather, the only thing the 2nd Amendment protects is tyrants from armed patriots. I’ll explain in more detail in a moment.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Contrary to what one may hear from time to time, the Second Amendment did not create the right of the people to keep and bear arms; neither the government nor even the founders bestowed it upon us. The 2nd Amendment’s inclusion in the U.S. Constitution merely recognized the preexisting, unalienable human right to arms and self-defense already possessed by every responsible human being. It was and is component to <a href="https://fee.org/articles/john-locke-natural-rights-to-life-liberty-and-property/">natural rights</a>, as the only tangible means to ensure and preserve them.
Like others detailed in the first ten amendments to the U.S. Constitution, the 2nd Amendment was the founders’ mechanism for articulating with specificity a right held by and reserved for the people, into which the government could not intrude and upon which the government could not infringe. Unlike the others in the Bill of Rights, the 2nd Amendment even goes so far as to explicitly remind the government that it may not infringe upon this right of the people. That last is an interesting point and makes one wonder why.
As students of history know, there was great disagreement between the Federalists and the Anti-Federalists on the point of specifically articulating individual rights in the Constitution. The Federalists held that a Bill of Rights was unnecessary because the people and the several states hold any powers the Constitution do not prescribe and enumerate specifically for the federal government. The Anti-Federalists believed that without the specification of certain rights, the federal government would tread and infringe upon individual rights despite the explicit and general reservations and segregated powers already described in the Constitution.
Turns out, both sides were wrong.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Signing_of_the_Declaration_of_Independence_4K.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7969" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Signing_of_the_Declaration_of_Independence_4K.jpg" alt="Signing the Declaration of Independence" width="800" height="531" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Signing_of_the_Declaration_of_Independence_4K.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Signing_of_the_Declaration_of_Independence_4K-300x199.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Signing_of_the_Declaration_of_Independence_4K-768x510.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Signing_of_the_Declaration_of_Independence_4K-100x66.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
Since that time, even with the explicit specification of certain rights, individual politicians, states, and even whole federal departments and branches have seen fit to infringe upon individual rights as a matter of course; always with some concocted justification. Today, individual-rights infringements have become compulsory and our government increasingly sees individual rights as mere suggestions or as weak tea it can consume as it sees fit. One, then, wonders if our founders did their job well enough.
They did.
<h2 style="margin-top: 50px;">The Only Purpose of Government</h2>
As detailed in our Declaration of Independence:
<blockquote>“We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. — That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, — That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness.”</blockquote>
As rightly recognized there, our rights come not from men or governments, but from our Creator. And so the only moral purpose of government is to secure and defend our unalienable, individual rights. Therefore, a federal government that 1) acts outside of the enumerated powers of its particular branch and/or 2) fails to secure and defend individual rights…or worse, works to erode, infringe upon, or destroy rights, has failed in its only moral purpose and has outlived its usefulness to civilization.
Our founders were well acquainted with the proclivity of men in government to abuse and corrupt their offices and institution. Not surprisingly, then, our founders detailed and consecrated the dire consequences of such circumstances, as well as the moral duty of the people when confronted by them. Again from our Declaration of Independence:
<blockquote>“Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.”</blockquote>
These are powerful, perhaps even scary words, yet they are the core of Americanism. These are words and ideals every American must take to heart and hold sacred, else they spend carelessly their patriotic inheritance and risk living and perishing as a slave. No matter how scary they may be, these words and ideals are component to American citizenship. Without them, American citizenship is held in vain; an act of sarcasm or contempt. Most Americans have long lived free from having to act upon their convictions on these points, but I fear that time is passing. I fear we may each be tested in earnest in the years to come. And sooner rather than later.
Our founders were compelled to “throw off such Government.” “[…] it is their right, it is their duty…” This was the primary right exercised in the creation of our free nation; a right reserved for the people. That right, a natural right, is impossible without the possession and use of arms. This is why that right to arms is singular among all others recognized in our Constitution as the one with an explicit (in addition to implied, moral, and inherent) prohibition on infringement.
In short, the right of the people to keep and bear arms is the one right without which all other rights are impossible to hold and defend, and without which individual liberty is impossible to preserve. It is therefore vital that our federal government recognize and consecrate the right of the people to keep and bear arms. Not surprisingly, our founders understood this fact as absolute.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/joinordie.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7971" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/joinordie.jpg" alt="Join or die" width="800" height="577" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/joinordie.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/joinordie-300x216.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/joinordie-768x554.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/joinordie-100x72.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
In this absolute respect, the 2nd Amendment is again unique among those in the Bill of Rights. But it is still a God-given right and not something created by the text. Were the 2nd Amendment removed from our Constitution, it would have no effect upon the right of the people to keep and bear arms because men may not take away what God has given us. Such things may only be abandoned. However, it would have an effect on the federally recognized legality of keeping and bearing arms. Removing the 2nd Amendment would merely be the government declaring that individual rights will no longer be tolerated. That’s despotism.
Which opens a whole new can of worms.
If the federal government were to strike down and remove the 2nd Amendment from the Constitution, that act would constitute a declaration of war by the government upon individual liberty and the people of the United States. It would mean the moral imperative of a new American revolution.
The government having initiated force against the people, the people would be within their objective, God-given, natural rights to respond with force. As our Declaration of Independence cites, doing so is not just a right, it is a duty.
<h2 style="margin-top: 50px;">The Safeguard of Lives and Individual Rights</h2>
Given these facts, the only thing the 2nd Amendment to the U.S. Constitution protects are the lives of politicians, bureaucrats, and other would-be tyrants from the millions of armed citizens who will kill them if they try and remove or render moot official recognition of this unalienable human right. The 2nd Amendment is their safeguard and our reassurance. In fact, one can accurately say that the 2nd Amendment is a life preserver for the government. If that amendment is removed, our representatives and statesmen transform themselves into overt tyrants and surely nothing will be able to save them in the ensuing torrent.
Over the past few weeks I have watched and listened to with mild amusement the sound bites, article discussions, and social-media discourse over the details of this idea presented in far more euphemistic a manner. Therein, many have expressed dismay and outrage at the notion that Americans would respond with force to the legal cancellation of their individual rights. The hypothetical of a violent response to such an attack has been mostly characterized as extremism or even treason. It makes me wonder that so many Americans understand neither what is at stake nor their patriotic obligations to themselves, their families, and fellow countrymen in the face of actual (as-yet-hypothetical) treason by tyrants in the federal government.
I do not wish for and sincerely hope we can avoid an all-out war of the people against members of the judicial and/or legislative and/or executive branches of the federal government, but that choice is entirely in the hands of our representatives and statesmen. Should the government attack our rights and, in-deed-if-not word, declare war against us it is war we must and shall have because individual rights are not negotiable.
The singular right that allows individuals to preserve their individual rights is recognized in the 2nd Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/st308-build.png"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7972" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/st308-build.png" alt="st308-build" width="1000" height="544" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/st308-build.png 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/st308-build-300x163.png 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/st308-build-768x418.png 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/st308-build-100x54.png 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/st308-build-884x481.png 884w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
To the people of the United States, I say that I hope you are well resolved to your honor, your individual rights, and moral core. To the members of the three branches of the U.S. federal government, I say that you are warned, and not by me: our founders warned you 240 years ago what must happen should you fail in your sole charge. So for your own sakes, hold to your promise: uphold, preserve, and defend the Constitution of the United States, including the 2nd Amendment. Change your path and resume your only moral, Constitutional purpose to preserve and defend the individual rights of the people of the United States. Else, as our founding ideals—to which you solemnly swore—demand and declare, there will be fire and with it there will be hell to pay.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/what-the-second-amendment-actually-protects/">What the Second Amendment Actually Protects</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/what-the-second-amendment-actually-protects/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The CZ P-07</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-cz-p-07/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-cz-p-07/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2016 13:04:18 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7954</guid>
<description><![CDATA[When I got this review assignment I was skeptical. I don’t shoot hammer-fired pistols very often. DA/SA pistols tend to have what I deem to be unnecessarily pesky and distracting features: an inconsistent trigger and operating controls additional to a trigger and slide lock. On that point, some say I’m overly picky. It’s a fair […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-cz-p-07/">Shooting Review: The CZ P-07</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
When I got this review assignment I was skeptical. I don’t shoot hammer-fired pistols very often. DA/SA pistols tend to have what I deem to be unnecessarily pesky and distracting features: an inconsistent trigger and operating controls additional to a trigger and slide lock. On that point, some say I’m overly picky. It’s a fair criticism, but a pistol is a very personal tool and I’m a minimalist and want strict practicality from my tools.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Other pesky features common to hammer-fired pistols include the clumsiness of an overly high bore axis, obtuse muzzle flip, poor grip texture, and one-size-fits-all grips. The CZ P-07 I recently shot has none of these problems. In fact, after spending some quality time shooting it, I’m rather a fan of this interesting pistol.
The CZ P-07 is the updated version of the CZ 75 P-07 Duty. The changes from the old version amount mostly to some significant tweaks that took a fair pistol toward the realm of excellence. Here are my impressions from having put a few hundred rounds through it. But first, have a look at the specs…
<h3>CZ P-07 9mm Specs:</h3>
<ul>
<li>Chambering: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Length: 7.2”</li>
<li>Height: 5.3”</li>
<li>Width: 1.46”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.75” Cold Hammer Forged</li>
<li>Sights: 3-dot</li>
<li>Trigger: DA/SA – 7 lbs. / 3.5 lbs.</li>
<li>Weight: 27.7 oz.</li>
<li>Finish: Black Nitride</li>
<li>Safety: Interchangeable Ambidextrous, Decocker/Manual Safety, Safety Stop on Hammer, Firing Pin Block Safety</li>
<li>Capacity: 15+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $510 – $524</li>
</ul>
Features can vary. On its website, CZ offers the following caveats:
<blockquote>Some CZ-USA dealers order special versions that vary from the standard configuration. This might be a difference in sights, safety mechanisms, finish or accessory package. From time to time you may find a P-07 with an extended barrel, tactical light, tritium sights or safety levers only. There are a number of special versions we ship throughout the year. May ship with or without a lanyard loop.</blockquote>
<h2>Shooting the CZ P-07</h2>
Given the polymer frame, beavertail, and hammer, I was prepared to wrestle with muzzle flip while I shot the P-07. However, when I racked the slide to send the first round home, I noticed that there was very little slide to grab onto. Since the gun was hot, I went ahead and put the five rounds on paper, noticing that there was less muzzle flip than I expected. There was far less muzzle flip, for instance, than I noticed on the HK VP9, which is a striker-fired gun. A good start.
The diminished muzzle flip with this light, polymer frame would seem to come from the fact that the barrel rides lower on the frame because 1) in typical CZ fashion, the slide rides inside channels in the frame and 2) the slide is quite shallow.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/p07features.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7955" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/p07features.jpg" alt="CZ P-07 features" width="800" height="400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/p07features.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/p07features-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/p07features-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/p07features-100x50.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<div></div>
The slide is so shallow, in fact, that it feels a bit odd when you grab the slide to rack it or lock it open. There’s noticeably less steel on which to get a grip. One nice mitigation of this factor is that the slide serrations, front and rear, are quite aggressive. I think this diminished slide real estate would take a bit of getting used to, but it’s all nicely done.
As for the trigger, what a great trigger! The double-action trigger is moderately heavy and not terribly smooth, but also not bad. The single-action trigger is a joy. At around 3 to 3.5 pounds, the single-action trigger is smooth and clean. It’s far better than those on any striker fired pistol I’ve shot and I loved how that translated into easier accuracy for my shooting strings.
I found the magazine release control to be easily located and engaged without modifying grip with my medium-sized hands. When depressed, the magazine is forcibly ejected from the frame. Well done.
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity
The CZ P-07 is roughly the same size and has the same capacity as a Glock 19, at 15+1. In fact, though the P-07 is hammer fired, these two pistols are in many ways comparable to one another.
I spent some time shooting the P-07 and the G19 one after another. I find the G19 easier to control, as its low bore axis means zero muzzle flip. The P-07 had slightly more muzzle flip, but a far nicer trigger. The P-07’s generous and well-textured support-thumb landing area forward on the frame was a boon to controlling the recoil. I also liked the way the grip fit my strong hand. I was using the medium backstrap and it made for a more comfortable match to my hand than I get with my Glock 19.
The only thing I did not enjoy while shooting the P-07 was how the decocker rubbed the first joint of my support hand thumb. My hands ride high on the frame and the corner of the decocker rests right at my support thumb knuckle. Recoil management translated into repeated abrasion that became quite uncomfortable after 50 rounds or so. Surely this will not be a problem for everyone, as hand size and grip alignment will vary.
Components and Features
As I mentioned earlier, there is very little slide above the frame. CZ’s habit of designing the slide channels into the frame rather than inside the slide means that the slide rides in the frame rather than atop it. Unlike a Sphinx pistol, however, the entire frame is not a slide channel surface and there are dedicated, short slide rails recessed into the polymer frame, as found on most pistols.
The sights are 3-dot. The front sight recesses into the frame and the rear sight is dovetailed. I’m not a fan of the sloping rear sight, but there is a small shelf in front that can allow for the possibility one-handed slide racking. Ideally, this should be a much larger flat surface, though. Even though this is a compact pistol, it comes with an ample picatinny rail for mounting a light or laser.
Being hammer fired, the P-07 comes with a decocker, with levers on both sides of the frame. One interesting customization is that the decocker can be swapped out for a safety lever, and vice versa. So the P-07 allows you to setup your pistol in a way that best suits your preference on that score: either decocked or cocked and locked. A nice feature!
Additionally, the pistol comes with three backstraps so that you can choose the one that best fits your hand. I note that the P-07 grip contour is more ergonomic and comfortable than is found on a Glock pistol (While I’m a big fan, grip ergonomics are not a Glock strong suit). CZ has done a good job here.
Speaking of the grip, the CZ P-07 is one of the few pistols that actually has a serviceable grip texture. The front and back of the grip are aggressively textured and the sides—as well as the forward support thumb area—have and almost sandpaper quality to the texture. This might be the first polymer pistol frame that need not be stippled in order to be safely carried as an EDC gun. Kudos to CZ.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The CZ P-07’s low-ish bore axis makes it superior to other polymer-framed, hammer-fired pistols and even some striker fired pistols with regard to muzzle flip and target re-acquisition. The customizable grip fit and swappable decocker and safety allow for a more tailored setup.
Both the slide serrations and the grip texturing are well done and allow for excellent purchase on the gun. The trigger is above average overall and the single-action trigger is exceptional. Magazine capacity and shooting controllability are both very nice for a medium-sized pistol. And at around $510 retail, the price is quite reasonable.
Cons 
Some will disagree, but I regard hammer-fired action as a genuine flaw on a pistol. Due to this action, there are pesky and distracting gadgets on the frame that the operator must fool with. Not optimal. The sights should be replaced if it is to be an everyday-carry gun and the decocker may cause discomfort and/or abrasion to the shooter’s support hand.
So for rating the CZ P-07…
Ergonomics (****) 
The grip is well contoured and comes with varied-size, replaceable backstraps. Winning.
Shootability (****) 
Despite the light, polymer frame and the hammer action, the P-07 has minimal muzzle flip. The excellent grip texture and support-thumb landing area texture allow for good control of the frame while shooting.
Accuracy (****) 
I found it quite easy to make accurate hits with this pistol. The excellent trigger allows for precise control and easy follow-up shots.
Customization (****) 
There are aftermarket sights and plenty of holster options available for the CZ P-07. The replaceable backstraps and decocker-or-safety option allow for good personalization out of the box.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The CZ P-07 is a heckuva pistol. While I’m no fan of hammer-fired guns, I found this one pretty agreeable. Were I to own one, I’d have to figure out how to prevent the decocker from rubbing my thumb knuckle raw, but surely for most folks this won’t be an issue.
If you like hammer-fired pistols and want to try and polymer-framed version, I highly recommend you try the P-07. That low slide and excellent texture make this a sweet-shooting pistol. With its outta-the-box customization options, I’ll bet you could set it up to perfectly suit your preference. Rent it, put a few rounds through it and see what you think.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-cz-p-07/">Shooting Review: The CZ P-07</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-cz-p-07/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>19</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Hot Brass!</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/hot-brass/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/hot-brass/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 11 Jul 2016 19:21:49 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7929</guid>
<description><![CDATA[My first encounter with hot brass was memorable, and not in a good way. I was at an indoor range and had forgotten my ball cap that day. Not surprisingly, then, while firing a string of shots one of the ejected casings bounced off of the lane’s wall and lodged between my shooting glasses and […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/hot-brass/">Hot Brass!</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
My first encounter with hot brass was memorable, and not in a good way. I was at an indoor range and had forgotten my ball cap that day. Not surprisingly, then, while firing a string of shots one of the ejected casings bounced off of the lane’s wall and lodged between my shooting glasses and my right eye (Always wear a ball cap!).
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
As you might expect, I found the ~500F brass against the corner of my eye quite uncomfortable and disconcerting. Naturally, I convulsed and swatted at my glasses to get the brass dislodged while holding my still-hot pistol in my other hand. Though I would not attribute it to skill, I managed to keep the pistol at arm’s length and the muzzle pointing downrange during this brief ordeal. I sustained a welt on my eyelid and face, but either by luck or ingrained habit I maintained safety. Afterward, I remember feeling completely unprepared for something like that.
As an example, here is a video of a trained warrior dealing with some hot brass:
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/WxQXBueF4Bc?rel=0" width="800" height="600" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
I say by luck or ingrained habit because I’m not entirely sure that safe gun-handling habits were deeply enough ingrained in me at that point in my training to have guaranteed my safe handling during the painful surprise. I had begun handling firearms daily only a few months prior to that point, so I expect I was still occasionally unsafe when not deliberately thinking about safety.
Which brings up what I think is an important issue:
Safe habits—as defined by the 4 rules of firearms safety—are not something you can learn by reciting rules no matter how many times or for how long you do it because they have to be unconsciously perfect habits. In other words, they’re not something you can think about, but something you have to automatically do despite distraction.
Therefore, firearms safety is attained only through continual, physical repetition under a great variety of circumstances, while under the supervision of someone who is catching your mistakes and continually reinforcing proper behaviors. In other words, only when you are unconsciously incapable of unsafe acts are you actually safe with firearms. Until that point, when something incredibly startling happens while you have a firearm your hand, you will react dangerously rather than responding in a habitually safe manner without thinking about safety.
Since that first event, I’ve had many encounters with hot brass, but thanks to prolonged and continual repetition and 3rd-party reinforcement of my safe firearms handling, I now automatically and unconsciously respond to startling stimulus in a safe manner (on which I am tested virtually every week). But it took time and dedicated effort to develop automatically safe habits.
Hot brass is <a href="https://www.ar15.com/archive/topic.html?b=3&f=118&t=304818">the stimulus</a> for <a href="https://concealednation.org/2015/04/woman-negligently-shoots-herself-after-hot-brass-goes-down-her-shirt/">all manner</a> of <a href="https://www.m4carbine.net/archive/index.php/t-49850.html">negligent shootings</a> every year. But only, I suggest, when hot brass comes into contact with unprepared, unsafe people. Training matters and one can learn to become safe when dealing with hot brass, but I’ve never seen a hot-brass drill or course of education on hot brass for new shooters.
Thinking back on my first hot-brass event, it occurs to me that nothing in my basic firearms safety training prepared me in any direct way for the unexpected and completely startling event of getting burning-hot brass stuck against my skin while holding a hot weapon. Instructors and friends had made reference to the discomfort of hot brass, but the reality of it was harsher and far more potentially dangerous than I imagined before that experience.
A recent tragedy highlights the grave danger potential of hot brass:
<blockquote><a href="https://www.tampabay.com/news/publicsafety/accidents/father-accidentally-kills-son-at-sarasota-gun-range/2284099">Sarasota father who accidentally shot his son: ‘The gun didn’t kill my boy. I did.’</a> 
When Clayton Brumby fired his last shot, he said a smoking hot casing flew out of the pistol and went down the back of his shirt. Both arms flailed up in the air, he said, his finger still on the trigger. The gun fired. “Dad, Stephen’s been shot,” the father heard his 24-year-old son shriek…</blockquote>
News of this recent tragedy made my heart ache for the boy, his father, and the family. I can’t help thinking, <a href="https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/there_but_for_the_grace_of_God_go_I">There but for the grace of God go I</a>. It is a story of something that could happen at any time on any day of the week in any town in America.
While I have seen some examples of extraordinary self control and safety while others caught hot brass, I’ve never witnessed an unsafe response to it (a testament to the folks I train and compete with). I have heard some pretty hairy stories from the range safety officers at various gun ranges, though.
<h2>What to do?</h2>
Given the near certainty of hot-brass encounters for those who shoot semiautomatic or automatic firearms, it seems to me that deliberate preparation for painfully startling and otherwise surprising stimulus should be compulsory in fundamental firearms training. Such preparation could help shooters to safely and appropriately deal with hot brass and a host of other startling circumstances that could arise while someone is holding a hot firearm.
I can think of various safe and non-injurious ways to train students to maintain safety while being painfully or otherwise surprised. As I am not a firearms instructor, though, I will not recommend any here. Even so, responsible instructors should recommend and include such things in their courses. Some do, as I’ve seen, but never in the primary stages of training. It always seems to be left as a component of more advanced classes.
Hot brass is an equal-opportunity hazard for all shooters, regardless of training and experience. New shooters may be more likely to encounter it due to having not learned to take some simple clothing/footwear-related preventative steps. Therefore, hot-brass precautions should be as fundamental as the 4 rules of firearm safety.
<h2>Prevention</h2>
There are things that shooters can do to help prevent hot brass from interrupting their shooting time. Here are a few I can recommend to help keep you brass free:
Wear a ball cap every time you shoot. 
We don’t wear these things just to look cool while shooting. The brim of the ball cap prevents brass from getting into your face and from getting stuck behind your shooting glasses.
Don’t shoot while wearing a loose collar or a low-cut blouse. 
Ejected hot brass seems to be adept at finding openings in your clothing. Don’t offer up any openings. If you wear a button-up shirt, button all the way to ensure your collar has no gap in front or back. Also, a woman’s low-cut blouse is a champion brass catcher! I’ve seen a couple and have heard tell of many women get their breasts burned by brass and even shoot themselves when it happens.
Don’t snatch your pistol back to high-ready position immediately after a shot. 
If you press off a round and then are silly enough to immediately snatch your hands back to high-ready position, you can very easily catch the brass in the crook between your bicep and forearm. This is especially true when moving and shooting outdoors or while shooting in a walled lane, as the brass will bounce off of the wall and back at you. (Furthermore, this behavior is anathema to good sense, as your should demonstrate followthrough for reasons relating to accuracy AND situational awareness.)
Don’t wear flip flops, sandals, or opened toe/top shoes while shooting. 
Brass generally ends up on the ground and if your shoes have openings, brass can and will find its way into them. Even untied/loosely-tied tops on boots or shoes will collect hot brass. And hot brass in your shoes is difficult to extract quickly and gets held tightly to your skin!
Just as important and perhaps more so, be a friend to those you shoot with, by uncompromisingly reinforcing safe habits and allowing no breach of safety to go unaddressed. For it is ONLY by having gun safety uncompromisingly required, modeled, and reinforced that we learn to actually become safe gun handlers.
If you shoot, you will encounter a hot-brass moment. Probably many of them. Do your part to prevent that hazard and prepare for the painful surprise, because your response to that surprise can put your life and the lives of all around you in grave danger.
* * *
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/hot-brass/">Hot Brass!</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/hot-brass/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: The SW22 Victory Pistol</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-sw22-victory-pistol/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-sw22-victory-pistol/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2016 18:33:10 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7901</guid>
<description><![CDATA[I typically review personal-defense weapons so it was an interesting change of pace to spend time with a fun, target pistol for a while. I’m not a true precision-shooting hobbyist so at first I didn’t know what to make of the SW22 Victory pistol. It didn’t take me long to become a fan. By Andy […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-sw22-victory-pistol/">Shooting Review: The SW22 Victory Pistol</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
I typically review personal-defense weapons so it was an interesting change of pace to spend time with a fun, target pistol for a while. I’m not a true precision-shooting hobbyist so at first I didn’t know what to make of the SW22 Victory pistol. It didn’t take me long to become a fan.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
I had a blast shooting it and expect I’ll be purchasing one soon. Here are my impressions after putting a few hundred rounds through this interesting and option-rich pistol.
<h2>Why Consider the 22 Victory?</h2>
The SW22 Victory is purpose built for target shooting and comes in three stock configurations (more below), each with hi-vis fiber optic 3-dot sights, yet at just a hair over $400 it is relatively inexpensive. It is heavier than most pistols, owing to the precision-shooting nature of the model. The heavier frame and match-quality bull barrel add stabilizing heft that allow for steadier sighting.
Unlike some other .22 pistols, takedown and disassembly of the Victory is very easy; just use the included hex key to remove one screw and you’re done! Want to swap out the rear sight for the included picatinny rail? Just remove one screw. Want to replace the barrel with high-quality, aftermarket, competition option? Just remove one screw!
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/components.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7902" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/components.jpg" alt="SW22 Victory" width="1000" height="746" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/components.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/components-300x224.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/components-768x573.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/components-100x75.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/components-758x565.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/components-864x645.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
Perhaps most important, the SW22 Victory is a fantastic, accurate shooter with a comfortable grip and an amazing trigger right out of the box. Here’s the long and short of it:
22 Victory, Model #3235 Specs
<ul>
<li>Caliber: .22</li>
<li>Length: 9.2”</li>
<li>Height: 5.6”</li>
<li>Width: 1.1”</li>
<li>Barrel: 5.5” heavy, stainless steel, replaceable</li>
<li>Sights: 3-dot fiber optic, rear adjustable for windage & elevation</li>
<li>Safety: Manual thumb safety</li>
<li>Weight: 36 oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Finish: Stainless steel (bead blasted)</li>
<li>Grips: Black polymer, removable</li>
<li>Capacity: 10+1 (2 in the box)</li>
<li>MSRP: $409, $429 (threaded barrel), $459 (Kryptek® Highlander™ finish)</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victrio.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7905" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victrio.jpg" alt="SW22 Victory Pistols" width="1250" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victrio.jpg 1250w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victrio-300x144.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victrio-768x369.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victrio-1024x492.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victrio-100x48.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victrio-758x364.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victrio-1056x507.jpg 1056w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victrio-1184x568.jpg 1184w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victrio-864x415.jpg 864w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victrio-1200x576.jpg 1200w" sizes="(max-width: 1250px) 100vw, 1250px" /></a>
<h2>Options</h2>
The SW22 Victory comes in three stock configurations. The basic configuration features the heavy, match barrel and has an MSRP of $409. The second configuration is with a threaded match barrel, with an MSRP of $429. Then there is the Kryptek® Highlander™ finish on the steel components, with an MSRP of $459.
If you prefer an optic to the 3-dot sights, simply remove one screw and swap out the rear sight assembly for the picatinny rail that comes with the pistol. The rail even sports a back-up sight on the rear in case your optic fails.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/volquartsen-barrelsl.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7907" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/volquartsen-barrelsl.jpg" alt="Volquartsen Barrels" width="630" height="500" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/volquartsen-barrelsl.jpg 630w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/volquartsen-barrelsl-300x238.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/volquartsen-barrelsl-100x79.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 630px) 100vw, 630px" /></a>
For even more luxury, <a href="https://www.volquartsen.com/tags/5-barrels,52-sw-22-victory">Volquartsen</a> makes a fluted, threaded, and compensated replacement match barrel as well as a carbon fiber threaded match barrel for the 22 Victory. Each runs around $290. Barrel replacement is easy. After the 1-screw takedown, remove just one barrel screw and you’re ready to swap in a new ones. Here (below) are a couple of possible configurations with aftermarket components:
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/optional-setups.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7903" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/optional-setups.jpg" alt="SW22 Victory pistols" width="504" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/optional-setups.jpg 504w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/optional-setups-252x300.jpg 252w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/optional-setups-100x119.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></a>
<h2>Shooting the 22 Victory</h2>
Fun! Shooting the 22 Victory is fun, and accuracy is easy (and did I mention it was fun to shoot!) I was making -1” groups of ten rounds at 7 yards and 2” groups of ten rounds at 15 yards, all without a bench rest. Though I was not allowed to leave the 25-yard range with it, I believe I could have hit soda cans at 100 yards with this pistol without breaking a sweat.
The trigger is fantastic. Trigger break is reportedly at around 3.5 pounds, but I got the impression that it was perhaps a bit lighter than that. I didn’t try it, but the trigger has an adjustable stop so that you can tune it to fit your preference. The trigger has a flat, ribbed face and I found the takeup, break, and reset to be as close to perfect as I’ve felt on any gun. What a joy to shoot!
I shot 50 rounds of Aguilar .22 Interceptor, rated at 1470fps, and 400 rounds of CCI Mini-Mag 22LR, rated at 1235fps, through the Victory with no hiccups or failures. Both of these rounds are a bit hotter than what you’d use for true precision shooting. Even so, there were no recoil issues and I was able to keep my sights on target with almost no effort. When cycling, only the bolt assembly reciprocates inside of the upper frame rather than the whole slide moving. This along with the hefty frame helps to mitigate movement while firing.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The SW22 Victory is high-quality, accurate target pistol right out of the box. The quick and easy takedown and component replacement are a big plus and something not found in other similar .22 pistols. Desirable upgrade components are available and not extravagantly priced. The sights are excellent and the trigger is flat out fantastic. And for all of this, the price is far lower than one might expect.
Cons 
The only knock against this pistol I could find is the somewhat oddly shaped grip. It’s not uncomfortable, but also not as ergonomic as one might want with a precision pistol. However, the polymer grips are removable so…
<h3>So for rating the 22 Victory…</h3>
Ergonomics (***) 
While one could argue that the absence of any real recoil mitigates this issue, the grip is not of the most ergo or form-fitting design.
Shootability (*****) 
It’s a fantastic shooter. The hi-vis sights and heavy barrel make sighting and maintaining sight picture quite easy.
Accuracy (*****) 
The 22 Victory is a target pistol and I found the accuracy to be superb.
Customization (****) 
The pistol comes with a picatinny rail and there are superior aftermarket barrels available. It even has an adjustable trigger stop.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victory.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7904" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victory.jpg" alt="SW22 Victory" width="600" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victory.jpg 600w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victory-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victory-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/sw22victory-100x100.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a>
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The SW22 Victory is a heckuva pistol. I tend to take a strictly practical approach regarding which firearms I choose to get, but this one really tickles my fancy. The features, the price, and the fun make it hard to put down and I have to say I’m fairly certain I’ll be getting one for myself.
With the superb out-of-the-box components and accuracy, I’d expect such a powerful and adaptable package to cost quite a bit more than $410-$430. At that price, even if you’re not into precision shooting the 22 Victory makes for a very nice plinking gun. If you are into precision shooting or thinking of starting, the SW22 Victory seems like the perfect place to start.
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-sw22-victory-pistol/">Shooting Review: The SW22 Victory Pistol</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-sw22-victory-pistol/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Fundamentals: Mechanical Offset</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-fundamentals-mechanical-offset/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-fundamentals-mechanical-offset/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sun, 12 Jun 2016 16:06:25 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7885</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The fact that you must zero your rifles and pistols is a result of the fact that you aim with sights or optics that are some distance above the center bore of your barrel. The spatial difference between the two is known as mechanical offset. By Andy Rutledge * * * Mechanical offset varies from […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-fundamentals-mechanical-offset/">Shooting Fundamentals: Mechanical Offset</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
The fact that you must zero your rifles and pistols is a result of the fact that you aim with sights or optics that are some distance above the center bore of your barrel. The spatial difference between the two is known as mechanical offset.
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Mechanical offset varies from firearm to firearm, but for rifles is generally 1” to 3” and for pistols is generally 5/8” to 3/4”. Unless your pistol has an elevation adjustment (almost none do), it is likely zeroed at 25 yards, though you may still have to adjust windage for zero. Even so, a pistol’s relatively low mechanical offset allows hits at 3 to 7 yards to be quite close to your point of aim. In certain situations, however, there can be significant targeting consequences even for pistols when mechanical offset is not properly accounted for, as we’ll examine in a moment.
Not all rifle sights have the same mechanical offset from the bore axis. A2 and M4/AR rifle sights generally have about a 2 1/2” mechanical offset and optics will vary according to the riser or scope rings/mount used. Here are some examples of rough mechanical offset measurements for popular rifle platforms:
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-heights.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7889" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-heights.jpg" alt="rifle mechanical offsets" width="800" height="800" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-heights.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-heights-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-heights-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-heights-768x768.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-heights-100x100.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-heights-758x758.jpg 758w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
Rifles, especially carbines, can exhibit consequential differences in point of aim and point of impact at closer ranges, since they have relatively high mechanical offset and are often used in close-quarters training and combat. Here’s a clear example of what I’m referring to:
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-results.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7890" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-results.jpg" alt="rifle points of impact at various ranges" width="610" height="597" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-results.jpg 610w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-results-300x294.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/offset-results-100x98.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 610px) 100vw, 610px" /></a>
Above: I took these shots with my .308 AR rifle (L to R) from 3 yards, 7 yards, 15 yards and 25 yards, using iron sights and aiming dead center on each circle. The rifle is zeroed at 25 yards (giving it roughly a 265-yard zero, too, depending on projectile grain weight) so it shoots well low at 3 and 7 yards, a bit low at 15, and dead on at 25 yards (a little left here resulting from a quick shot). The variances here show the difference between the bullet’s vector and my point of aim, as affected by the distance.
If you’re not familiar with or haven’t considered the physics involved in zeroing a rifle, the above example demonstrates that while your point of aim is dead-center for each circle, the fired projectile begins some measure below your line of sight and, due to the descending line created by your sights or optic, travels on an upward vector to eventually meet your point of aim (your zero) at a determined point downrange. Therefore, if you want to hit where you desire to hit at close range, you must learn to automatically compensate for mechanical offset based on the range from which you are firing.
It’s not generally necessary that you learn the precise mechanical offset for your rifle sights, so long as you know and verify your zero. However, knowing the mechanical offset can be very important for long-range shooting with an optic AND when shooting at close range, as we’ll examine next.
<h2>Close Range Trouble with Mechanical Offset</h2>
Some years ago there was a situation where man was holding a woman hostage on a sidewalk at the entrance to a city shop. He had one arm around his hostage and was holding a knife to her throat. Police had responded and while a negotiator further down the sidewalk was talking to the man, another officer with a carbine took up a position about 25 yards away, across the street and behind a short wall. With this cover, the assailant had not seen him and so the officer believed he had a clear shot at the man with the knife.
The officer took steady aim and pressed off a shot, which impacted the wall that was about 5 yards in front of him. So here the officer had a good sight picture, but he forgot to account for mechanical offset, rendering his shot useless. Then, realizing his mistake, he added elevation to his position to clear the wall and was able to dispatch the knife-wielding assailant with his next shot.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wall.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7893" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wall.jpg" alt="trouble with mechanical offset" width="800" height="400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wall.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wall-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wall-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wall-100x50.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wall-758x379.jpg 758w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<div></div>
The officer’s initial mistake could have caused the assailant to respond violently against the hostage. In this case, the officer and the hostage got lucky. We should not get into the habit of trusting to luck and instead should learn to properly account for mechanical offset.
Yet another more recent example comes from a popular Youtube channel personality who shot up his truck when training with his AK/AR mutant rifle. He took clear aim at his target, using the hood of his truck for stability, but didn’t notice that his bore axis was running straight into the hood.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/hoodshot1.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7886" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/hoodshot1.jpg" alt="aligning a rifle shot" width="718" height="404" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/hoodshot1.jpg 718w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/hoodshot1-300x169.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/hoodshot1-100x56.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 718px) 100vw, 718px" /></a>
 
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/hoodshot2.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7887" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/hoodshot2.jpg" alt="after shooting his truck hood" width="690" height="392" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/hoodshot2.jpg 690w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/hoodshot2-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/hoodshot2-100x57.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 690px) 100vw, 690px" /></a>
<div></div>
He got a rude awakening and a tidy body-shop bill for his negligence (there was a video of this, but he has since taken it down). I don’t mean to ridicule the man here, but instead use his example as a lesson for all of us. Mechanical offset matters and sometimes matters greatly.
<h2>Pistol Mistakes</h2>
When I’m training at my local outdoor, practical range I see evidence of people failing to account for mechanical offset on their pistols. For instance, the big plastic drum barrels and wooden assemblies used as cover or barriers during shooting drills are riddled with grazes and holes where folks have shot them. Most often this occurs when someone is using barrels or a wooden barrier for cover and then leans out to acquire a target, with their pistol canted at an angle to one side, as shown in the picture below:
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/threat.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7892" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/threat.jpg" alt="shooting from cover" width="795" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/threat.jpg 795w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/threat-300x226.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/threat-768x580.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/threat-100x75.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/threat-758x572.jpg 758w" sizes="(max-width: 795px) 100vw, 795px" /></a>
<div></div>
Even though a pistol has quite a small mechanical offset as compared to a rifle, it is still there and still matters. When working barrier drills it is vital that you account for the difference in your point of aim and point of impact on things close to you, especially if you angle your pistol to clear the cover.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/obstruction.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7888" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/obstruction.jpg" alt="consequence of pistol's mechanical offset" width="700" height="560" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/obstruction.jpg 700w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/obstruction-300x240.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/obstruction-100x80.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a>
<div></div>
Below: Here’s an example of where someone leaned out to shoot a target from behind this wooden barrier, had a clear sight picture, but didn’t account for the small mechanical offset with their pistol. The round caught the edge of the barrier, creating a furrow. You can solve this issue by keeping your pistol vertically aligned or by training to make proper mechanical-offset clearance habitual.
<div></div>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wood-channel.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7894" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wood-channel.jpg" alt="furrow in barrier" width="1000" height="696" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wood-channel.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wood-channel-300x209.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wood-channel-768x535.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wood-channel-100x70.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wood-channel-758x528.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/wood-channel-864x601.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/pistol-offset.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7891" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/pistol-offset.jpg" alt="pistol's mechanical offset" width="700" height="350" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/pistol-offset.jpg 700w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/pistol-offset-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/pistol-offset-100x50.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a>
Above: Just this small measure of mechanical offset can turn an otherwise good shot into a property-damaging or even injurious mishap. Learn your tools and how to use them!
Hopefully your training involves contexts where mechanical offset becomes important. If not, work to introduce barriers, cover, and varied-range targets. Learn the necessary compensations for mechanical offset with each of your firearms and verify them often.
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-fundamentals-mechanical-offset/">Shooting Fundamentals: Mechanical Offset</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-fundamentals-mechanical-offset/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Review: Glock 19 Gen 4 – After 80,000 Rounds</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-glock-19-gen-4-after-80000-rounds/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-glock-19-gen-4-after-80000-rounds/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 27 May 2016 15:31:19 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7872</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Okay, full disclosure: the 80,000-round count is for my two Glock 19 Gen 4s. I got my first Glock 19 Gen 4 in December of 2013. In less than 2 years I had ~55,000 rounds through it and figured I’d better get a backup. So in September of 2015 I got a second Glock 19 […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-glock-19-gen-4-after-80000-rounds/">Review: Glock 19 Gen 4 – After 80,000 Rounds</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
Okay, full disclosure: the 80,000-round count is for my two Glock 19 Gen 4s. I got my first Glock 19 Gen 4 in December of 2013. In less than 2 years I had ~55,000 rounds through it and figured I’d better get a backup. So in September of 2015 I got a second Glock 19 Gen 4, this one with “factory” Cerakote (more on that in a minute).
By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
I find the Glock 19 to be the perfect pistol: perfect size, perfect dimensions, perfect capacity, and perfect efficiency of design. Or if not the perfect pistol, the perfect pistol hobby kit, since modification is something Glocks often embrace or invite and in some respects, I’d say require. Still, no pistol is more worthy of nor responds better to lovingly applied modification than the Glock.
<div id="attachment_7873" style="width: 910px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19profile-sm.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7873" class="size-full wp-image-7873" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19profile-sm.jpg" alt="Glock 19, by Andy Rutledge" width="900" height="736" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19profile-sm.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19profile-sm-300x245.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19profile-sm-768x628.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19profile-sm-100x82.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19profile-sm-758x620.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19profile-sm-864x707.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>The Glock 19 Gen 4 – shown here in its pristine, stock configuration.</div>
I continue to shoot my original G19 and currently have 58,000 rounds through it. My new one, now eight months old, has 22,000+ rounds through it. So having spent quite a lot of time running this pistol, mostly from concealment in training drills and competition, I’m sharing my impressions and learned lessons here. I hope you find this information useful.
<h2>Why Consider the Glock 19?</h2>
The first and last reason to consider any Glock 19 is reliability. In all the 58k rounds through my first G19 I never had a single legitimate malfunction attributable to the pistol. My second G19 initially had first-round feeding issues for a while, due specifically to the negligently poor Cerakote job. After a few hundred rounds that issue went away and I’ve never had another malfunction with this pistol, which I now carry and shoot in competition.
<div id="attachment_7874" style="width: 1210px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19s.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7874" class="size-full wp-image-7874" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19s.jpg" alt="Glock 19s by Andy Rutledge" width="1200" height="860" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19s.jpg 1200w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19s-300x215.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19s-768x550.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19s-1024x734.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19s-100x72.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19s-758x543.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19s-1056x757.jpg 1056w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19s-1184x849.jpg 1184w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19s-864x619.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a>My two Glock 19 Gen4s. The original in black on the left and the backup, Cerakote model on the right…after 80,000+ rounds through the pair of them.</div>
Another important reason to consider the G19 is the fact that there are no unnecessary external controls. Glocks are often criticized for their blocky, unadorned appearance, but this appearance results from the very important consideration of removing everything that is not necessary to put rounds on target and change magazines when empty. The Glock 19’s controls are minimized or internalized, resulting in an excellent example of deliberate, practical efficiency. As a design professional, I cannot help but admire the excellence of Glock’s design and recommend it on that basis.
I further recommend that you consider this pistol because it thoroughly blurs the line between concealed-carry and duty pistols. It is both a practical shooter with good capacity for home defense or duty carry and it is easily concealable for civilian daily carry.
Glock 19 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Length: 7.28”</li>
<li>Height: 4.99”</li>
<li>Width: 1.18”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4.02” – 1:9.84” RH twist</li>
<li>Trigger: 5.5 pounds</li>
<li>Sights: Polymer “U” dot configuration, rear adjustable (standard)</li>
<li>Weight: 23.65. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide Finish: Black Melonite</li>
<li>Capacity: 15+1 (10 – if you live under tyranny)</li>
<li>Price: ~$550 (often found for more and for less)</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the Glock 19 – and – Lessons from the First 80,000+ Rounds</h2>
I find the G19 to be a joy to shoot. Having put more than 80k rounds through it, it is the standard against which I measure shooting all other pistols. I rarely find it matched in the dimensions of shootability and balance vs. size.
The bulk of the 9mm ammo I’ve run through the pistol is 115gr ball from Federal, Blazer Brass, Winchester, Freedom Munitions, and Stand 1 Armory, but I’ve run over 1000 rounds rounds from an assortment of Federal Premium 147gr Hydra-Shok JHP, Federal Premium 124gr HST JHP, Speer Gold Dot 124gr +P GDHP, Hornady Critical Defense 115gr, Hornady Critical Duty 135gr, and Winchester PDXI 124gr +P JHP, and even thousands of rounds of Copper Matrix frangible 88gr …all with flawless performance.
<div id="attachment_7878" style="width: 805px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/arshooting_title.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7878" class="size-full wp-image-7878" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/arshooting_title.jpg" alt="Andy Rutledge shooting the Glock 19" width="795" height="414" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/arshooting_title.jpg 795w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/arshooting_title-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/arshooting_title-768x400.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/arshooting_title-100x52.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/arshooting_title-758x395.jpg 758w" sizes="(max-width: 795px) 100vw, 795px" /></a>Here I am shooting the Glock 19 in competition. This photo shows it equipped with the beavertail backstrap, which I no longer use.</div>
As with every other Glock pistol, the G19’s trigger guard transition to the grip is quite angular and typically uncomfortable for the strong-hand middle finger while shooting. Therefore, I suggest that EVERY Glock pistol must have a Dremmel tool taken to the side and bottom of the trigger guard junction with the grip in order to create a smoothly rounded and reduced profile there. There are some who disagree and find the G19 or any Glock pistol to be just fine without this slight modification work. I, personally, would never own a Glock that had not been adjusted in this way.
Malfunctions
The only malfunctions I’ve experienced shooting my Glock 19s had nothing to do with the pistol itself. With my first G19 (58k rounds), the only failures I experienced were directly related to the faulty aftermarket recoil springs I foolishly used for a while. Every single one of them either broke in short order or failed to properly send the slide into full battery on occasion. I quickly reverted to stock factory springs and have never since had a malfunction of any kind.
My second G19 (22k rounds) came with “factory” Cerakote and, much to my surprise and chagrin, included Cerakote inside of the slide rails and on the frame rails surfaces. The addition of this coating changed the dimensions, tolerances, and friction coefficient of these critical components. The result was not surprising, as in the first 600 or so rounds I had a few instances of the first round of a new magazine failing to feed. After a few hundred rounds the Cerakote in/on the rail mechanisms wore away enough to allow for flawless function ever since. I must, however, warn you away from these Accusport Cerakoted (erroneously called “factory Cerakote”) Glock pistols. The Lipsey’s Cerakote is done far better and is only ever applied to the slide (never the frame or rails).
Comfort & Controllability
Firearm fit and comfort are highly personal issues. Even with the palm swell placement on the grip and other caveats (which I’ll detail in a moment), I find the Glock 19 to be quite comfortable. The Gen 4’s varied-size, replaceable backstraps allow for a good number of personal fitting options.
The grip angle on a Glock is different than that of many other pistols. I find the G19’s grip angle to be fine and my training with this grip angle makes sight alignment automatic (even with eyes closed), but some may prefer the more vertical grip angle found in other popular platforms (1911, CZ, etc…). The Glock 19’s grip finger ridges are another sore spot for some shooters. Personally, I love them as they fit my hand perfectly. But hand sizes vary and so will opinions of this grip feature. Some folks prefer to sand them off, but I would never do such a thing.
The Glock 19 is by no measure “snappy,” but instead quite easy to control while shooting. In fact, it’s a soft shooter despite the comparatively short and light slide as compared to many full-sized duty pistols. I have no trouble performing a Bill Drill in less than 1.9 seconds from concealment with it, so the G19 should present absolutely no controllability issues for shooters.
Concealability & Capacity
Even though it is a compact, the Glock 19 is larger than many purpose-made concealed-carry pistols. That said, its size presents little or no obstacle to IWB concealment for many people, especially when positioned on a body angle (4, or 5 o’clock positions) and in appendix position. I have carried the Glock 19 in the appendix position for a long time and never have to worry about printing even when wearing just a light t-shirt.
The 15+1 capacity is respectable for a duty weapon and very nice for a compact carry pistol. If you adopt an advisable practice and carry at least one spare magazine, that gives you 31 rounds; likely plenty for even a messy firefight, should your life prove to be so dramatic.
Components and Materials
The Glock 19’s largely unadorned slide comes in black. Hope you like black. The slide was once produced with a wonderfully hard, beautiful, and durable Tennifer finish, but somewhere along the line that was eschewed in favor of a Melonite finish (for environmental reasons), which has a different texture and aesthetic. I prefer the Tennifer, but the modern finish is okay, too. Just not as attractive or durable.
The polymer frame is serviceable. It’s <a href="https://www.springfield-armory.com/xd-s-series/">not as aesthetically busy or as heavy</a> as other companies’ frames, but it does the job of a frame just fine. I’d call it perfectly minimalist. Also, it accepts modification without much fuss.
The controls are in exactly the right place on the Glock 19. Neither the slide lock lever nor the takedown tabs of the slide stop get in your way. There is no goofy “takedown lever” and no external, manual safety to turn intelligent people into unsafe and incompetent operators when the brain becomes disconnected from one’s extremities. I find the Gen 4’s magazine release to be just fine, but if you don’t there are plenty of aftermarket options for this component…and for just about every other component, if you swing that way.
The trigger is, well, a Glock trigger. It’s not the worst and it’s not the best. I find, however, that swapping out the stock trigger connector with just about any 3.5 lb. connector will remove about ½ pound from the pull weight and, more to the point, smooth out the trigger significantly. Shooting a few thousand rounds with your G19 will also pay trigger-smoothness dividends. Do try it.
Glock’s reputation for never-fail functionality is well deserved, as a Glock 19 will continue to function under conditions no other pistol on earth can survive. This reliability has some consequences, though, as it derives in part from the lose tolerances baked into the pistol. This means that pinpoint accuracy is not among the Glock 19’s core qualities. While in no way an inaccurate weapon, the Glock will have small variations in accuracy, especially at longer distances (25 – 100 yards). While this variation is largely insignificant, the Glock 19 is not a perfect nail driver. The upside is that it is more reliable than any other pistol you’re apt to find. If you plan to use your G19 for purely static marksmanship competition, there are plenty of aftermarket options for match-grade barrels.
<h2>Customization</h2>
Customization and Glock go together like Forrest Gump and Jenny. There is no pistol on the market with so many aftermarket components, add-on prosthetics, and design alternatives. While one need not necessarily opt for component replacement or modification, they are, on occasion, efficacious and fun (Caveat: if you opt for modification of your pistol, make sure you’re either trained to do so or allow a trained professional to do it for you. Altering the components of a deadly weapon is no joke.).
<div id="attachment_7875" style="width: 1010px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19stipple_sm.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7875" class="size-full wp-image-7875" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19stipple_sm.jpg" alt="Stippled Glock 19, by Andy Rutledge" width="1000" height="682" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19stipple_sm.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19stipple_sm-300x205.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19stipple_sm-768x524.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19stipple_sm-100x68.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19stipple_sm-758x517.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/g19stipple_sm-864x589.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>here’s a detail of the stippling job I applied to my first Glock 19. Note the forward position stippling for support-hand thumb purchase (and the frame plug…before I learned the folly of using one).</div>
<h3>Some Customization Recommendations:</h3>
<ul>
<li>Do get your frame stippled; both the grip and the forward area for your support-hand thumb. There is no pistol in the world that has a frame texture that allows for enough grip purchase when your hands are wet (from rain, sweat, or blood) and the G19 is no exception. A stippled pistol is highly controllable and comfortable, to a degree not found on any non-stippled pistol. And, no, do not use adhesive grip tape. If you don’t train enough to melt or otherwise scrap it off, the tape’s grippiness is not going to help you much.</li>
<li>Do replace the plastic sights with iron sights of your preference.</li>
<li>Do use a Dremmel tool to round/smooth out the bottom and side of the trigger guard junction with the frame. It makes a HUGE difference in comfort.</li>
<li>Do not replace the slide lock with an extended slide lock. It’s a LOCK and not a release. An extended slide lock will get in the way of your competent manipulation of the pistol.</li>
<li>Do not put a plug in the bottom of the grip. That opening is there to allow for your thumb’s access to help remove the stuck magazine in the event of a double feed malfunction.</li>
<li>Do not replace your slide stop with a trapezoidal, extended slide stop. These extend too far out from the frame and are both uncomfortable for your hand when shooting and will destroy your holster…and will catch on things when you are manipulating your pistol. As for easy fieldstripping, you don’t need to do that so quickly that an extension matters.</li>
</ul>
As for Maintenance:
<ul>
<li>Do replace your recoil spring every 5,000-8,000 rounds – and use a factory replacement (only), not an aftermarket model of any kind.</li>
<li>Do replace your trigger spring and slide-lock spring every 10,000 rounds.</li>
</ul>
For more maintenance advice, <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/maintaining-your-glock/">see this article on maintaining your Glock</a>.
<h2>Carrying the Glock 19 Gen 4</h2>
I’ve carried the Glock 19 Gen 4 daily for quite a while. I find it to be a suitable and concealable EDC weapon for almost every style of dress, though I prefer a single stack for formal dress.
<div id="attachment_7728" style="width: 1010px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7728" class="size-full wp-image-7728" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed.jpg" alt="Andy Rutledge appendix draw" width="1000" height="417" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed-300x125.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed-100x42.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed-758x316.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed-864x360.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>The Glock 19 Gen 4 conceals easily under a t-shirt.</div>
I carry in the appendix position and use <a href="https://www.tacticalholsters.com/product/ECLIPSE.html">G-Code’s Incog Eclipse holster</a> for the G19 and all of my carry pistols. Even though the Glock 19 is not the smallest compact pistol, it never seems too big or bulky and, due greatly to the G-Code holster, it’s quite comfortable in the appendix position.
The Glock 19 is no pocket pistol and so must be carried in a belt or shoulder holster. Though I find inside-the-waistband to be the best for concealment, I know folks who carry it in OWB holsters and find it conceals well that way, too. Either way, there is significant comfort to be derived from knowing that in the event I have to go to my pistol for defense I’ll have a full grip and excellent capacity in my hand.
To that point, the Glock 19 is my carry gun, my training gun, and my competition gun. The fact that this pistol crosses all of these lines comfortably means that I never have to fuss with a range gun vs. a carry or competition gun. This flexibility inherent to the G19 means I’ll be a far more competent and prepared individual should self defense become necessary.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The Glock 19 is the perfect all-purpose pistol. It crosses all lines in pistol purpose. It conceals well yet has an excellent capacity and full grip. The dimensions are near perfect and the controls are perfectly conceived and positioned. The replaceable backstraps allow for a more tailored grip fit. It has fed and fired every type of ammunition I’ve charged into its magazines and it goes bang every time I pull the trigger, without fail.
Cons 
Some may find the grip to be uncomfortable. The plastic sights pretty much require replacement. Yes, that’s all.
<h3>So for rating the Glock 19…</h3>
Shootability (*****) 
This is an eminently shootable pistol. The balance is excellent and controlling the recoil during shooting strings is quite easy. It is neither too big nor too small for precision manipulations and keeping rounds on target.
Ergonomics (***) 
The Glock 19 is not the most ergonomically designed pistol, but with modification it has the potential to be. The fact that the finger grooves impose a certain specificity to the grip, and it otherwise very nearly requires modification, is why I gave it only 3 stars here.
Accuracy (****) 
This is as good a shooter as most pistols, but the looser tolerances in the design mean that slight variations can creep into the results at longer distances.
Reliability (*****) 
There is no more reliable a pistol in the world.
Customization (*****) 
The Glock 19 is the most customizable pistol in existence. The Gen 4 comes with a variety of backstrap options and there are multitudes of aftermarket components and accessories for this pistol. As I mentioned before, if the G19 is not the perfect pistol, it is the perfect pistol hobby kit. There is almost no end to its potential for customization and modification.
<h3>In Summary</h3>
The Glock 19 Gen 4 is a challenger to every other pistol in just about every respect. There is no pistol that is so flexible and reliable as this one and I suggest that every pistol owner should own at least one Glock 19.
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-glock-19-gen-4-after-80000-rounds/">Review: Glock 19 Gen 4 – After 80,000 Rounds</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-glock-19-gen-4-after-80000-rounds/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>96</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Gun Fundamentals: Cleaning your Everyday-Carry Glock Pistol</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/gun-fundamentals-cleaning-your-everyday-carry-glock-pistol/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/gun-fundamentals-cleaning-your-everyday-carry-glock-pistol/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 May 2016 23:12:46 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7861</guid>
<description><![CDATA[When you shoot your pistol, you must clean it. For new gun owners, especially, field stripping and cleaning a pistol can be a daunting prospect; possibly fraught with dark secrets and esoteric minutiae privy to only the most experienced operators. Or whatever. Let’s remove the mystery with a video. This video depicts not just a […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/gun-fundamentals-cleaning-your-everyday-carry-glock-pistol/">Gun Fundamentals: Cleaning your Everyday-Carry Glock Pistol</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
When you shoot your pistol, you must clean it. For new gun owners, especially, field stripping and cleaning a pistol can be a daunting prospect; possibly fraught with dark secrets and esoteric minutiae privy to only the most experienced operators. Or whatever. Let’s remove the mystery with a video.

This video depicts not just a field strip cleaning, but a complete-slide-disassembly cleaning of a Glock 30. As every Glock’s slide components are the same, the details shown here apply to every Glock pistol. Note that even though this video is for a Glock pistol, this operation for most polymer-framed, striker-fired pistols will be quite similar if not identical.
I am deliberately pedantic in this video in order to touch on many details relevant for new gun owners who may be disassembling their pistol for the first time. So what should be a 5-10 minute cleaning is a 29-minute video here. I hope you find it helpful.
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/5D2llCLQDCU?rel=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/gun-fundamentals-cleaning-your-everyday-carry-glock-pistol/">Gun Fundamentals: Cleaning your Everyday-Carry Glock Pistol</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/gun-fundamentals-cleaning-your-everyday-carry-glock-pistol/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review – Ruger LC9s</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-lc9s/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-lc9s/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 25 Apr 2016 12:08:15 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7853</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The Ruger LC9s is a redesigned version of the Ruger LC9, which has a hammer-fired, double-action-only (DAO) setup. The 9mm, striker-fired LC9s has an improved trigger, but still has a magazine disconnect and thumb safety. This is a subcompact, single-stack pistol made for concealed carry and, perhaps, for people with smaller hands. By Andy Rutledge […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-lc9s/">Shooting Review – Ruger LC9s</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
The Ruger LC9s is a redesigned version of the Ruger LC9, which has a hammer-fired, double-action-only (DAO) setup. The 9mm, striker-fired LC9s has an improved trigger, but still has a magazine disconnect and thumb safety. This is a subcompact, single-stack pistol made for concealed carry and, perhaps, for people with smaller hands.

By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Ruger also makes the LC9s Pro (Model 3248), which comes with no external safety or magazine disconnect (meaning the gun can still cycle with the magazine removed). I did not shoot this one and only spent time with the LC9s (Model 3235) pistol. Here are my impressions from that experience.
<h2>Why Consider the Ruger LC9s?</h2>
As a single-stack, subcompact, the LC9s is purpose made for concealed carry. It is well suited to deep concealment or even pocket carry (in big pockets, as on cargo shorts and the like). Given its diminutive characteristics for a 9mm pistol, it is even more specifically tailored for very close encounters rather than medium-range engagements.
As 9mm single-stack pistols go, Ruger’s LC9s is on the small side and either identical in size or slightly smaller than its primary competitors, like the M&P Shield, Glock 43, and Springfield XDs and it’s lighter than all of them except for the Kahr CM9. The LC9s has an even smaller grip than these other pistols, especially with regard to grip width. Therefore, it is perhaps well suited to people who have smaller hands.
Ruger LC9s 9mm, Model #3235 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Length: 6”</li>
<li>Height: 4.5”</li>
<li>Width: .9”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.12” – 1:10 RH twist – Blued</li>
<li>Trigger: 5.2 pounds</li>
<li>Sights: Drift-adjustable 3-dot</li>
<li>Safety: Manual thumb safety</li>
<li>Weight: 17.2oz. w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide Finish: Blued</li>
<li>Capacity: 7+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $479 (often found for less)</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/lc9s.png"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7855" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/lc9s.png" alt="Ruger LC9s" width="475" height="360" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/lc9s.png 475w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/lc9s-300x227.png 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/lc9s-100x76.png 100w" sizes="(max-width: 475px) 100vw, 475px" /></a>
<h2>Shooting theLC9s</h2>
When I first started shooting the LC9s, the first things I noticed were the extra-tiny grip width and the long trigger press and reset. Basically, my medium-sized hands swallowed the frame and my trigger finger had to do more work than I’m used to while breaking a string of shots. At first the long trigger made it hard for me to hold on target, but I quickly got the hang of it. Not terrible, just different from what I’m used to.
The trigger is quite long and the reset seems like it is even longer. Given these qualities, I’m no fan of the trigger length. I note, however, that the quality of the trigger action is very good. The trigger has an exceptionally smooth take up, clear wall, and smooth break. If not for the extra-long reset I’d be a big fan. Even so, I had no trouble being accurate with this pistol. Even with the short barrel, there’s nothing wrong with how it puts rounds on target.
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity 
There is nothing particularly uncomfortable about holding and shooting the LC9s. For me, though, the grip is just too narrow. In addition to the overall narrowness, there are additional scallops taken out of the grip where my strong-hand fingertips rest on the grip, exacerbating the issue. As compared to its competitor pistols, the LC9s feels more like a tiny .380 in my hands than a 9mm. Some may not find the small grip to be a problem and indeed may find it to be a positive feature. I, however, had a little trouble keeping a solid grip while firing multiple shots, due in part to the lack of material to hold onto. Thankfully, the grip did accommodate my pinky so I never felt like I need more finger on the grip.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/grip.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-7856" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/grip-300x238.jpg" alt="grip" width="300" height="238" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/grip-300x238.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/grip-100x79.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/grip.jpg 631w" sizes="(max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>
Exacerbating grip-maintenance issues is the fact that the LC9s has rather a high bore axis, especially as compared to its competitors. Its bore axis is, in fact, more than ¼” higher than that of the Glock 43. The result is a bit more muzzle flip than it should have. Recoil was not bad and I didn’t find it particularly difficult to control the pistol, but the high bore axis over the tiny grip became obvious to me while shooting.
The LC9s comes with one 7-round magazine, so with one in the chamber you can carry 8 rounds. This is pretty good as compared to other single-stack 9mm handguns. Even so the grip is not overlong and doesn’t present any obvious concealment issues.
Components and Features 
The operating controls include a thumb safety. The safety control is quite small and unobtrusive and requires some effort to engage or disengage. I’m no fan of external safety controls, but there’s the LC9s Pro model for those of us who prefer no external safety.
The 3-dot sights are dovetailed so that they’re drift adjustable. I found them to be a bit difficult to pick up, but lower-profile sights are not a bad idea for a deep-concealment pistol like this. The magazine is steel and has a little pinky ramp on the base plate. It’s a shame the LC9s comes with only one of them.
All of the controls are on the left side, so this is a pistol best suited to righties. I found the magazine release control to be difficult to properly engage. We might chalk up my difficulties to not being familiar with the location or size of the release. Maybe with practice I’d be more automatic in manipulating it.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The LC9s is a good deep-concealment pistol with the added benefit of being chambered in 9mm. It is thin, light, and can carry 8 rounds. Even if long, the quality of the trigger action is a big plus.
Cons 
The high bore axis and tiny grip diameter combined to make the gun not right for me. Others may not find the grip size to be an issue. I prefer more obtrusive sights, but there are plenty of aftermarket options for replacement. Lastly, the looooong trigger and reset are not to my taste, but folks who like DAO guns will find this trigger to be a joy.
So for rating the Ruger LC9s…
Ergonomics (**) 
This pistol is not for me. Its physical characteristics surely make it the perfect pistol for many folks, especially those with small hands.
Shootability (***) 
There’s not a lot wrong with the shootability of the LC9s, but the high bore axis and less-than-ideal sights diminish the experience a bit. I find that all of its competitors feel better in my hands, merely for the fact that they’ve got more to hold onto.
Accuracy (****) 
I found nothing wrong with its accuracy. The short barrel and small frame, though, make this a pistol ideally for very close encounters.
Concealability (****) 
The LC9s is an eminently concealable pistol even though it carries 8 rounds of 9mm.
<h3>In Summary</h3>
I had heard good things about the Ruger LC9s and I thought I would like it better. I’m a proponent of the right gun for the right situation. Subcompact, single-stack pistols bring with them compromises over their larger, double-stack brethren and must be evaluated differently. Given their small size, subcompacts also bring with them the requirement of “tighter tolerances” with regard to matching with individual preferences or needs. This pistol will be perfect for some folks, just not for me.
If you have smaller hands and need a pistol for deep concealment and don’t want to give up too many rounds to get there, AND still want a well-made and accurate gun, the LC9s is certainly something you should consider. Rent it at Eagle Gun Range and see for yourself.
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-lc9s/">Shooting Review – Ruger LC9s</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-lc9s/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>19</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Don’t Blame the Glock</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/police-accidents-one-hundred-percent-operator-error/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/police-accidents-one-hundred-percent-operator-error/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sat, 16 Apr 2016 10:19:38 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7850</guid>
<description><![CDATA[  Last year, the L.A. Times published an op-ed by Bearing Arms editor, Bob Owens, wherein he hung the litany of plain human irresponsibility and resultant failings squarely around the neck of an inanimate object: the Glock pistol. By Andy Rutledge * * * Owens blamed the Glock’s “short trigger pull and lack of an […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/police-accidents-one-hundred-percent-operator-error/">Don’t Blame the Glock</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[ 
Last year, the L.A. Times published <a href="https://www.latimes.com/opinion/op-ed/la-oe-owens-glock-accidents-20150508-story.html">an op-ed by Bearing Arms editor, Bob Owens</a>, wherein he hung the litany of plain human irresponsibility and resultant failings squarely around the neck of an inanimate object: the Glock pistol.

By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Owens blamed the Glock’s “short trigger pull and lack of an external safety” mechanism for the many injurious and lethal instances of human negligence demonstrated by law enforcement officers. Owens is entirely and demonstrably wrong in this assessment, and for very simple reasons that this article will examine. Oddly enough, even his first two anecdotes are from New York, where the Glock trigger is required to be 12 lbs.; more than twice as heavy as the stock 5.5 lb. Glock trigger weight.
Barring malfunction, safety is dictated by the human who uses or operates a device, no matter what that device is. There is no such thing as a safe or unsafe pistol and no amount of extra, external mechanism applied to a Glock or any modern pistol can render it “safe” in the hands of an incompetent or complacent operator. A person is safe or unsafe and this fact governs all manipulation and operation of firearms. Firearm safety is defined not by mechanisms, but by adherence to <a href="https://gunpath.com/the-4-rules-of-firearm-safety/">four simple and inviolate rules</a>.
<ul>
<li>Always treat every firearm as though it is loaded.</li>
<li>Never let the muzzle cover anything you’re not willing to destroy.</li>
<li>Keep your finger outside of the trigger guard until your sights are on your target and you’re ready to fire.</li>
<li>Always be sure of your target and what is beyond, in front of, and near it.</li>
</ul>
These are lifesaving rules. Those who don’t adhere to them actively put lives in danger due to their own negligence. For those who adhere to these four simple rules, destructive negligent discharges (there are no accidents) are impossible AND THEY NEVER ENDANGER OTHER LIVES.
<h2>The Glock Pistol</h2>
The Glock pistol is something of a marvel of engineering simplicity, safety, and reliability. It can remain functional under horrible conditions and it will not fire—is incapable of firing—unless someone or something physically presses the trigger to the rear. There are two internal safeties and one external(ish) trigger-safety on a Glock. Together, <a href="https://us.glock.com/technology/safe-action">these safeties</a> prevent jarring or inertia from sending the trigger to the rear position and prevent the firing pin from being released due to an action other than physical, from-the-front trigger press. These ingenious features ensure that a Glock pistol won’t fire if shaken, dropped, or thrown.
A human finger or some implement must press the front of a Glock trigger to the rear in order for the pistol to fire. By no coincidence, this human finger pressing the trigger to the rear is precisely what is used in every example cited by Mr. Bob Owens in his grossly misleading article. Not surprisingly, the officer in every one of Mr. Owens’ examples fails to adhere to any of the four rules of firearm safety; negligence that comes from complacency and ingrained unsafe habits formed by poor and insufficient training. Here are a couple of Owens’ anecdotes:
<blockquote style="font-style: italic;">“Timothy Stansbury died in a New York housing project stairwell in 2004 because he startled a police officer. The officer’s surprise at encountering Stansbury caused the officer’s hand to clench and his weapon to fire…</blockquote>
<blockquote style="font-style: italic;">…Akai Gurley died in another New York housing project stairwell last fall. A rookie officer with his finger on the trigger of his pistol tensed as he pushed open a stuck door; the added pressure on the trigger caused his weapon to fire a shot down the stairwell. The round ricocheted off the wall to strike Gurley. Though the shot wasn’t intentional and the officer didn’t even know Gurley was there, the death has been ruled a criminal homicide, and the officer’s trial is pending.”</blockquote>
Minimum requisite competence would have prevented both of these negligent homicides. “With his finger on the trigger…”? Any law enforcement officer so negligent as to do anything with his or her finger on the trigger other than aim and deliberately fire at their target is unfit for duty. No exceptions. The officer should be required to train and develop safe habits until such time as he or she can demonstrate a habitual adherence to the four rules of firearm safety before being allowed on duty beyond the desk. No exceptions.
This is no obtuse requirement. I spend time every week with ordinary citizens who are, by habit formed through responsible training, virtually incapable of unsafe firearms manipulations. In the classes, training, and competitions I frequent, things go awry and unexpected, startling things happen with regularity (sometimes even by deliberate plan of the instructor or participants in order to elicit a startled response for training purposes). These ordinary citizens who have trained sufficiently respond safely every time. Even if they bungle what they’re trying to do, they maintain safe control of their weapon, by involuntary habit.
By the same token, those who do not train regularly reveal themselves clearly in these cases. When they do, they’re immediately corrected or asked to leave. Every time I see this I have the habit of engaging the person in conversation and ask how often they train at the range. The response is always the same: “Not very often.”
On the range and while hunting, these ordinary citizens are expected by everyone present to behave safely and safely control their weapon. If an ordinary citizen can be expected to live up to this minimum requirement and successfully meet it, so can any law enforcement officer. It’s not rocket surgery, it’s something that comes with responsible training and it’s an inviolate requirement for anyone who handles firearms—law enforcement officers, especially.
<h2>A Negligent Culture</h2>
Sadly, the typical law enforcement officer is <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uADb3NyYlSA">dangerously complacent</a> and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UOI9ahGxMfk">habitually unsafe</a> with firearms. And for good reason: <a href="https://www.quora.com/How-often-do-police-officers-in-the-USA-who-carry-a-gun-practice-shooting-them">they seldom train with their duty weapons</a>.
Ask any police officer and they’ll almost certainly confirm that police officers, on average, shoot only 100 to 500 rounds a year with their duty weapons in training and qualification. In other words, virtually no training at all; no expectation by peers for safe manipulation; no safe habits given a chance to develop. I’ve seen these habits in almost every police officer I’ve ever spent any time with. Of all the officers I’ve seen handle firearms, out of fifteen or so, I’ve only seen one do so safely. One. By no coincidence, this one officer has done a lot of training at the range—both the static and tactical sort of gun range.
By contrast, the many folks I hang out with on a regular basis—most of whom are not competitive shooters—are at the range every month at minimum and often every week. The fact is <a href="https://gunpath.com/you-cant-learn-the-4-rules-of-gun-safety/">you cannot learn the four rules of firearm safety</a>. These are not things that you can ingrain into your habits by reading or verbally repeating them on a regular basis. The only way to become safe with firearms is to handle, manipulate, and shoot firearms around other people on a regular basis over an extended period of time, in an environment where one is watched and firmly corrected by others for safe-handling violations. Only in this way can safe handling become habitual and automatic, and govern how one responds without thinking, under stress. I know this fact from experience. And so does every other safe individual on the planet.
In a healthy environment, like a public or private gun range or while on a hunt, responsible shooters will not tolerate someone who is unsafe with arms. They’ll either actively enforce correction or require the individual leave the premises. But one cannot learn to develop safe habits without continual exposure to this kind of environment and these uncompromising expectations. Police officers seldom if ever encounter such requirements; by choice! And this negligent choice is entirely why they shoot people they don’t intend to shoot.
<h2>Excuses and More Excuses</h2>
Many police officers and apologists for negligence cite cost as a prohibitive factor to responsible training. It’s a fool’s excuse. A box of 9mm training rounds costs about $14, about the price of lunch and a coffee. A box of duty rounds costs about $20 to $25. There is no reason that an officer can’t spend that $14 a week and perhaps the duty rounds once a month. Doing so would allow him or her to have regular, ongoing experience handing, manipulating, and firing their weapon in the presence of others.
Despite the fact that one box is precious little for a training session, the weekly repetition would allow the officer to develop safe handling habits. And if a police officer is unwilling to make this meager investment in building and maintaining lifesaving habits, he or she is unfit for duty, as Mr. Owens’ article makes clear. As history illustrates, safe habits save more lives than excuses. As for excuses, here are several more from Owens’ article:
<blockquote style="font-style: italic;">“Glock uses the marketing term “Safe Action” to describe its firing-pin system, but the truth is that Glocks are accident-prone. They contributed to more than 120 accidental discharges in the Washington Metropolitan Police Department from 1988 to 1998.”</blockquote>
This is a flat out lie. An inanimate object cannot be “accident prone.” Even Mr. Owens’ use of the term “accidental discharges” shows that he fails to understand the difference between an unpreventable incident and human negligence. A mechanism that is incapable of discharging without trigger press can in no way contribute to any shooting action.
<blockquote style="font-style: italic;">“Just last month, Ocala, Fla., Police Officer Jared Forsyth was shot and killed by a fellow officer after a Glock training session. The fellow officer failed to do a chamber check before pulling the trigger as part of the handgun’s normal disassembly procedure. When the gun fired, the bullet went through a gap in Forsyth’s body armor. Despite the efforts of paramedics to keep him alive, the young officer died on the way to a hospital.”</blockquote>
Note that the negligent officer in this example willfully <a href="https://gunpath.com/the-4-rules-of-firearm-safety/">broke every single rule of firearm safety</a>. This fact, and the fact that he failed to check the chamber and clear the weapon first (something every safe handler does habitually), is why he shot his fellow officer. It was no fault of the pistol; it was individual negligence due to unsafe habit.
Owens goes on:
<blockquote style="font-style: italic;">“…If a law enforcement officer, soldier or citizen does exactly what they are supposed to do all of the time with cyborg certainty, there will be no problems with the Glock or other popular pistols mimicking its basic design. Unfortunately, “RoboCop” is only a movie, and humans are liable to make similar mistakes over and over again.”</blockquote>
Humans behave according to practiced habit in all but the most comfortable settings. There is no pistol, no mechanism, no plan that can prevent untrained, unsafe human beings from acting in negligent fashion when under high stress and holding a firearm. The formation of safe, automatic habits through training is the only mitigation. Mr. Owens is irresponsible to suggest otherwise.
<blockquote style="font-style: italic;">“The underlying problem with these pistols is a short trigger pull and the lack of an external safety. In real-world encounters, a short trigger pull can be lethal, in part because a significant percentage of law enforcement officers — some experts say as high as 20% — put their finger on the trigger of their weapons when under stress. According to firearms trainers, most officers are completely unaware of their tendency to do this and have a hard time believing it, even when they’re shown video evidence from training exercises.”</blockquote>
Of course these inept and negligent officers are unaware of their unsafe tendencies. That’s what training is for; to make an individual aware of and to correct all unsafe, useless, and ill-advised habits and replace them with proper ones so that safety becomes habitual and automatic.
Mr. Owens cites the fact that ~20% of LEOs put their finger on the trigger of their weapons when under stress. And yet, he blames these officers’ negligence on the pistol itself, despite the fact that it’s a clear violation of rule number three. Any officer who wants to be “ready” for whatever happens will also disengage a safety on their weapon, by habit. Else, they’ll die as they squeeze the disengaged trigger when they need to defend their life or the lives of other innocents. Suggesting or believing that officers will keep the safety mechanism engaged while they’re nervous or under stress is ridiculous. Moreover, they should not. Instead they should safely and effectively handle their ready-to-work firearm, safely ready to defend themselves.
<blockquote style="font-style: italic;">“For more than 35 years, officer-involved accidental discharges with Glocks and Glock-like weapons have been blamed on a lack of training or negligence on the part of the individual cops. What critics should be addressing instead is the brutal reality that short trigger pulls and natural human reflexes are a deadly combination.”</blockquote>
Here is where Mr. Owens goes fully negligent himself. He actually recommends that training be ignored and replaced with complex mechanism. The only actually brutal reality made clear by Mr. Owens’ examples and the mountain of similar real-world evidence is that, by and large, police officers are negligently undertrained and habitually unsafe.
Put any firearm in the hands of an unsafe man and the lives of everyone around him will be in danger. Doesn’t matter what quality or feature the firearm possesses. Unsafe people shoot people they don’t intend to shoot. That is the only relevant and inescapable fact in any of this business and it is that fact that should be addressed. No exception.
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/police-accidents-one-hundred-percent-operator-error/">Don’t Blame the Glock</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/police-accidents-one-hundred-percent-operator-error/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>16</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review – The H&K VP9</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hk-vp9/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hk-vp9/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 28 Mar 2016 12:59:29 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7836</guid>
<description><![CDATA[  The VP9 is Heckler & Koch’s long awaited, full-size, striker-fired 9mm pistol, suitable for duty, open carry, or home defense. Even so, “striker fired” doesn’t tell the whole story. The firing system has yet more interesting details than the typical double-action-only trigger configuration. By Andy Rutledge * * * I got to put a […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hk-vp9/">Shooting Review – The H&K VP9</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[ 
The VP9 is Heckler & Koch’s long awaited, full-size, striker-fired 9mm pistol, suitable for duty, open carry, or home defense. Even so, “striker fired” doesn’t tell the whole story. The firing system has yet more interesting details than the typical double-action-only trigger configuration.

By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
I got to put a few hundred rounds through this pistol recently at Eagle Gun Range and found a lot to like and, of course, a few things I didn’t warm up to. Let’s look at the specs and then I’ll share some more in-depth details and my impressions from shooting the VP9.
<h3>HK VP9 9mm Specs:</h3>
<ul>
<li>Chambering: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Length: 7.34″</li>
<li>Height: 5.41″</li>
<li>Width: 1.32″</li>
<li>Barrel: 4.09″ / Polygonal, 6 grooves, right-hand twist, 1 in 9.8 inches</li>
<li>Sight Radius: 6.38″</li>
<li>Sights: 3-dot luminous (glow in the dark)</li>
<li>Trigger Pull: 5.4 lbs.</li>
<li>Weight: 25.56 oz. (w/empty magazine)</li>
<li>Finish: Black frame / black oxide slide</li>
<li>Capacity: 15+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $719</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9s.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-7838"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7838" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9s.jpg" alt="right and left sides" width="900" height="635" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9s.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9s-300x212.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9s-768x542.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9s-100x71.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9s-758x535.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9s-864x610.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>
<h2>Shooting the VP9</h2>
In preparing to shoot the H&K VP9, I first took a few dry-fire shots. I was immediately impressed with the trigger. It has a smooth and resistance-free take up, a clear wall, and a decent break. I’m used to a Glock trigger that has some resistance and sponginess on the take up. The VP9’s trigger was rather a breath of fresh air.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/trigger.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-7842"><img decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-7842" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/trigger-300x165.jpg" alt="vp9 trigger" width="300" height="165" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/trigger-300x165.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/trigger-100x55.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/trigger.jpg 519w" sizes="(max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>
I first did my typical warm up of 10 rounds each at 3, 5, 7, 10, and 15 yards so that I’d have a baseline to compare the experience. At 3 and 5 yards I was still getting used to the initial trigger break, the trigger reset, the felt recoil, and overall controllability. By the time I was at 10 yards I was putting all 10 rounds inside of a 3” circle in about 8 seconds (for me, this is really good). My conclusion is that this is an eminently shootable pistol.
HOWEVER, bore axis matters. It matters a lot (something too many manufacturers don’t seem to realize or care about). The HK VP9 has a somewhat high bore axis and I was continually fighting the effects of this defect. As a mildly experienced shooter I know how to compensate for bore axis consequences, but as a discriminating shooter I don’t cotton to too much muzzle flip.
The sights were easy to pick up and contributed to my accuracy results with this pistol. Both the front and rear sights are dovetailed. The frame-mounted controls seemed to be well placed for my medium-sized hands, and did not interfere with my operation of the pistol. I didn’t have any trouble with the paddle-style magazine release and used my index finger to manipulate it. I would not, however, prefer this sort of control over the typical side-mounted button release. Your mileage may vary. I really like the inset cuts at the bottom of the grip, to help gain purchase on the magazine baseplate if you need to clear a difficult malfunction.
<h3>Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity</h3>
I enjoyed the feel of the VP9 in my hands. It reminded me of a wider-grip version of the Walther CCP that I shot last month and really enjoyed. Like all of the newer Heckler & Koch pistols, the VP9 has a highly ergonomically designed grip. With the nine interchangeable grip panels, you can likely craft a perfect fit to your hands, too.
While the felt recoil is fairly soft, the relatively high bore axis makes muzzle flip a bit of an issue. Seeking to control the recoil and flip, I found little purchase for my support hand forward thumb. I tried resting it on the takedown control, but it was not far enough forward for my hands. So I had a bit of trouble maintaining proper grip for more than 3 or 4 shots in a row.
The VP9 is about a half-inch taller than the Glock 19, but it has the same 15-round capacity. That’s not terrible, but it’s oddly anemic for a full-size 9mm pistol.
<h3>Components and Features</h3>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/racktabs.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-7840"><img decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-7840" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/racktabs-300x241.jpg" alt="racktabs" width="300" height="241" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/racktabs-300x241.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/racktabs-100x80.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/racktabs.jpg 364w" sizes="(max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>
As the photos show, the slide has useful serrations fore and aft, but what might not be obvious without careful inspection is that there is a set of assistive “wings” at the rear of the slide. This is a polymer insert that fits into a slot below the rear sight and provides a bit more purchase when racking the slide. I don’t know if this feature is necessary, but I didn’t find it at all uncomfortable or problematic.
The VP9 has a chamber-loaded indicator and a striker-cocked indicator. I will merely say that these features are irrelevant, as only unsafe people care about such things. Gun manufacturers should stop building them into their pistols. 
Likely the most important feature of the VP9 is the grip component system. There are 3 size variations of grip panels each for the backstrap, right, and left sides of the grip, allowing you to tailor the grip dimension and shape it to your hand. This is a really nice feature that should go a long way toward making this Heckler & Koch pistol just right for you. As for the grip texture, it is aesthetically pleasing, but in no way aggressive enough for my taste.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9components.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-7843"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7843" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9components.jpg" alt="vp9 component system" width="1000" height="792" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9components.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9components-300x238.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9components-768x608.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9components-100x79.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9components-758x600.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/vp9components-864x684.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
Another nice feature of the pistol is that the controls are entirely ambidextrous. The paddle-style magazine release and the slide lock can be manipulated from either side. The right-side control for the slide-lock is a long, odd-looking lever. It seems out of place on this pistol and I have to wonder about its long-term durability or propensity to snag on things.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/hrslidelock.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-7839"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7839" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/hrslidelock.jpg" alt="ambi slide lock lever" width="627" height="357" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/hrslidelock.jpg 627w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/hrslidelock-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/hrslidelock-100x57.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /></a>
You can’t see it from the outside, but this pistol packs a significant surprise. Though the VP9 is a striker-fired pistol, it’s not necessarily a double-action-only pistol. When the slide articulates, it cocks the striker spring. The trigger, then, doesn’t have to actuate the striker spring and when pressed merely clears the trigger and drop safeties, and releases the already-cocked striker. By definition, that’s makes the VP9 a single action pistol! A result of this mechanism is that the trigger take up is free from resistance and quite silky. The break is fairly crisp, but involves a bit of creep. Reset is very firm—perhaps too firm, but I have to wonder if things would smooth out a bit after a couple thousand rounds. In any event, as compared to other factory striker-fired pistols the VP9’s trigger may be the best one going.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The H&K VP9 is a very nice-feeling, comfortable pistol to hold. The grip-customizing system with both backstrap and side panels mean you don’t have to settle for a single grip made by the manufacturer for some nonexistent everyman. The trigger is delightful. Mechanical innovation aside, I expect that anyone can appreciate the quality of this trigger. The slide has both fore and aft serrations and the operating controls are available on both sides of the pistol. If one requires different sights, both front and rear sights are dovetailed for easy replacement. The polymer charging assists at the back of the slide are useful for people with lower hand strength. The full-size rail will be useful for some folks and the interesting striker action mechanics has immediate benefits here with the trigger and may cause other manufacturers to rethink their pistol mechanics.
Cons 
The high-ish bore radius makes for a bit too much muzzle flip for my taste. I’m also no fan of the paddle-style magazine release, though some may find it to be no problem. Those who know how grip texture factors in gun fighting will not appreciate the deceptively nice-looking grip texture. The 15-round capacity is a bit small for a full-size pistol. The rear sight is sloped, which makes one-hand slide manipulation a problem. The right-side slide lock lever is odd and I believe it to be potentially problematic.
<h3>So for rating the H&K VP9…</h3>
Ergonomics (*****) 
The customizable grip makes for an eminently ergonomic feel in my hand. I found the controls to be well placed and did not get in my way at all.
Shootability (****) 
The grip makes for a comfortable beginning to shooting, but the high bore axis makes followup shots more of a chore than I prefer. The sights are quite nice and I have to give props to the wonderful trigger.
Accuracy (*****) 
This is an accurate pistol and I found it very easy to score precision hits and small groups. That nice trigger was, for me, a big part of the overall accuracy equation.
Customization (****) 
The customizable grip fit is a huge plus, since your pistol should ideally be tailored to you and not to someone else. There are plenty of aftermarket sights and <a href="https://www.gunsholstersandgear.com/holsters/ultimate-hk-vp9-holster-list/">plenty of holster options</a> to suit your needs and preference. The full-sized picatinny rail will allow for a host of lights and lasers.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
This is a formidable pistol and not just for a single feature. There’s a lot going on here to like despite what I’ve cited as negatives. Of those negatives, the bore axis is the one I find most fault with, but the popularity of other high-bore-axis pistols means that my opinion of them may not even matter to you.
Ultimately, I found the H&K VP9 to be a smooth-shooting, comfortable tack driver. I think you should probably give this one a try and see for yourself just how this pistol fits your needs and preferences.
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #ddd;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hk-vp9/">Shooting Review – The H&K VP9</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-hk-vp9/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>37</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Drills for the Indoor Range, 2: Multi-Targets for Handgun or Carbine</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/drills-for-the-indoor-range-2-multi-targets-for-handgun-or-carbine/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/drills-for-the-indoor-range-2-multi-targets-for-handgun-or-carbine/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sat, 05 Mar 2016 19:30:09 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7823</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Most indoor gun ranges, including Eagle Gun Range, have strict rules for shooting activity in your lane. These typically include limited firing rate, no drawing from a holster, and other restrictions that limit how you can train. There are, however, plenty of ways to get valuable training at an indoor gun range. By Andy Rutledge […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/drills-for-the-indoor-range-2-multi-targets-for-handgun-or-carbine/">Drills for the Indoor Range, 2: Multi-Targets for Handgun or Carbine</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Most indoor gun ranges, including Eagle Gun Range, have strict rules for shooting activity in your lane. These typically include limited firing rate, no drawing from a holster, and other restrictions that limit how you can train. There are, however, plenty of ways to get valuable training at an indoor gun range.

By <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Continuing our series on shooting drills for the strict confines and narrow lanes of an indoor gun range, we’ll pick up <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/drills-for-the-indoor-range-1-handgun-warm-up-skills-evaluation/">where Part 1, regarding warm-ups</a>, left off. This time we’ll look at a couple of ways to challenge your sight and target acquisition with multiple targets.
<h2>Multi-Target Drill #1</h2>
This drill will allow you to test small transitions between targets located at close proximity. The transitions for this drill will be vertical in nature (top to bottom or bottom to top).
Required equipment:
<ul>
<li>Target paper (blank white – or the blank back of a range target) at least 24”x36” tall</li>
<li>Sharpie marker</li>
<li>Handgun or carbine</li>
<li>2-5 magazines</li>
<li>25 rounds of ammunition</li>
</ul>
Setup:
<ul>
<li>With a sharpie draw twenty five 3” circles on the target; 5 columns of 5 circles.</li>
<li>Place target at 5-7 yards for handgun or 20-25 yards for carbine.</li>
<li>Load 5 rounds each into five magazines. If you don’t have five magazines, just plan to reload between each string of shooting.</li>
<li>Start with one magazine in the gun and at least one in a mag pouch or pocket, where you’d normally carry a spare or two.</li>
</ul>
<div id="attachment_7826" style="width: 232px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/target25.gif" rel="attachment wp-att-7826"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7826" class="size-medium wp-image-7826" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/target25-222x300.gif" alt="target" width="222" height="300" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/target25-222x300.gif 222w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/target25-100x135.gif 100w" sizes="(max-width: 222px) 100vw, 222px" /></a>Twenty-five 3″ circles drawn onto the back of a standard range target.</div>
Note: 
Before you start the drill, be sure that your shots on the highest target circles will not have you shooting holes in the ceiling of the shooting bay. If you think they might, lower your target or ask the range officer to help you.
The Drill
<ul>
<li>Load and make ready, start at high ready position (carbine) or compressed ready (handgun).</li>
<li>Press out and/or bring your sights up on target, starting with the top-left circle.</li>
<li>As soon as you’re on target (don’t dillydally!), fire one round into the center of the circle, then move to the circle below that one.</li>
<li>Repeat, firing one round into the center of each circle in the column of 5. Fire as fast as you can make accurate hits, up to your range’s maximum rate of fire (aim for 1 shot per second if your range allows it).</li>
<li>On the 5th shot you will run empty.</li>
<li>Perform a speed reload and address the next column of targets in the same manner; one shot per second (or slower if your range requires it). However, this time start at the bottom and work your way to the top. Alternate your sequences top-to-bottom and then bottom-to-top until you’re finished.</li>
<li>After the 5 sequences clear your weapon and set it on the bench with the action open.</li>
</ul>
The speed reloads are an important part of this drill and I recommend that you make reloads a part of every drill that you can. Since it is unlikely that you’ll be able to have 4 spare magazines in pouches on your belt or in your pockets, you might carry what you’d normally carry and when those are exhausted, stop, replenish your pouch or pocket and firearm and then resume the drill.
Evaluate and Adapt 
After the drill, examine your results and, if your shots are not all in the center of the circles, look for patterns of deviation. It is likely there will be a consistency to the location of your misses. If so, work to correct the fault that is indicated (trigger discipline, recoil anticipation, etc…). If you are not sure what fault your miss pattern indicates, ask someone—maybe even the range officer—to watch you perform a string of the drill and offer insights. If your misses have no pattern and are randomly located, it likely means your transition from target to target simply needs more work. Repeat this drill in your training until you have consistently good hits or consistent misses and then work to correct the fault that has been revealed.
If you are consistently hitting the center of your targets, move your target further downrange by a yard or two and/or increase your firing rate (up to the range maximum) and/or draw smaller target circles until you begin to make less-than-perfect hits. Then work to correct the errors. Additionally, work on the multi-target drill #2 detailed below.
<h2>About Your Targets</h2>
Whether or not your range offers a free target with your range fee or not, I encourage you not to use the printed side of the target. Instead, turn the target over to the blank side and use a sharpie marker to create the target(s) that suit your specific training needs for that day. In this way, you can create rows of small targets for precision drills, irregularly spaced targets for multi-target transition drills, or whatever your desired drill requires.
The important thing is not to let a printed target relegate you to less-than-optimal training during your short time at the range. Have a specific plan for the day’s training and deliberately create your targets to specifically suit those drills.
[examples of various drawn targets for drills]
<h2>Multi-Target Drill #2</h2>
Like the first drill above, this one will allow you to work on transitions between targets. The difference is that rather than small transitions in a consistent direction, this drill will have you making larger transitions up and down and from side to side.
Required equipment:
<ul>
<li>Target paper (blank white – or the blank back of a range target) about 24”x36” tall</li>
<li>Sharpie marker</li>
<li>Handgun or carbine</li>
<li>2-5 magazines</li>
<li>25 – 50 rounds of ammunition</li>
</ul>
Setup:
<ul>
<li>With a sharpie draw five 3” circles on the target in a disparate, random pattern. Take up as much of the target space as possible.</li>
<li>Place target at 7+ yards for handgun or 20+ yards for carbine.</li>
<li>Load 5 rounds each into five (or fewer) magazines. If you don’t have five magazines, just plan to reload between each string of shooting.</li>
<li>Start with one magazine in the gun and at least one in a mag pouch or pocket, where you’d normally carry a spare or two.</li>
</ul>
<div id="attachment_7825" style="width: 232px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/target5.gif" rel="attachment wp-att-7825"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7825" class="size-medium wp-image-7825" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/target5-222x300.gif" alt="Five 3" targets drawn onto the back of a range target." width="222" height="300" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/target5-222x300.gif 222w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/target5-100x135.gif 100w" sizes="(max-width: 222px) 100vw, 222px" /></a>Five 3″ targets drawn onto the back of a range target.</div>
Note: 
Before you start the drill, be sure that your shots on the highest target circles will not have you shooting holes in the ceiling of the shooting bay. If you think they might, lower your target or ask the range officer to help you.
The Drill
Be sure to perform this drill at a minimum of 7 yards so that your leftmost and rightmost targets will not have you shooting your neighbors’ more distant targets in the other lanes.
<ul>
<li>Load and make ready, start at high ready position (carbine) or compressed ready (handgun).</li>
<li>Press out and/or bring your sights up on target, starting with the topmost circle.</li>
<li>As soon as you’re on target (don’t dillydally!), fire one round into the center of the circle, then move to the next-lower circle to the right or left.</li>
<li>Repeat, firing one round into the center of each of the five circles. Fire as quickly as you can, up to your range’s maximum rate of fire (aim for 1 shot per second if your range allows it).</li>
<li>On the last circle you will run empty.</li>
<li>Perform a speed reload and repeat the sequence, BUT this time start with the lowermost circle and work your way up the target, left and right. Alternate your sequences top-to-bottom and then bottom-to-top until you’re finished.</li>
<li>After 5 or 10 sequences (25 or 50 rounds) clear your weapon and set it on the bench with the action open.</li>
</ul>
As in the previous drill, speed reloads are an important part of this drill. Be sure to work smoothly, efficiently, and accurately in your reloading performance.
Evaluate and Adapt 
After the drill, examine your shot patterns for each circle and for the group of circles as a whole. Examine your misses and note any patterns that are revealed by the groupings. In future training, work 1) to bring your groups in tighter and 2) to correct any problems indicated by your missed-shot patterns. If you perform both drill #1 and drill #2 in a training session, note any differences in miss tendencies between the small transitions of #1 and the larger target transitions of #2, and then work to correct these in further training.
* * *
A note about magazine exchanges: 
When you’re training, pay attention to the speed, smoothness, and overall competence with which you execute the magazine exchanges. While not necessarily the point of these drills, magazine-exchange competence is something you should work to continually improve. They’re useful for basic gun-handling competence, competition (if you decide to try that), and might even save your life one day. Treat them as seriously as every other aspect of your training and find ways to incorporate mag exchanges into your training drills.
<h2>In Closing</h2>
No matter your plan for the day, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/drills-for-the-indoor-range-1-handgun-warm-up-skills-evaluation/">warm-up</a> with proper fundamentals. Training makes permanent, and should always begin with a refresher of technical fundamentals. Even if your purpose this day is to otherwise explore the limits of your skill, you should visit the fundamentals of firearms handling and marksmanship before moving onto more substantial challenges.
Thanks for reading! I hope you use these drills in your training and find them useful. More are on the way so stay tuned.
<div class="the-author" style="margin-bottom: 30px; padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a style="text-decoration: underline;" href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/drills-for-the-indoor-range-2-multi-targets-for-handgun-or-carbine/">Drills for the Indoor Range, 2: Multi-Targets for Handgun or Carbine</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/drills-for-the-indoor-range-2-multi-targets-for-handgun-or-carbine/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review – The Walther CCP</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-ccp/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-ccp/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 24 Feb 2016 15:09:53 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7818</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The Walther CCP—Concealed Carry Pistol—is a conundrum. It has some highly valuable and interesting features and some highly frustrating ones as well. It’s a wonderful shooter, so long as you don’t intend to shoot much with it (I’ll explain later). It’s exceedingly simple construction somehow results in an exceedingly difficult disassembly process. It is made […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-ccp/">Shooting Review – The Walther CCP</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[The Walther CCP—Concealed Carry Pistol—is a conundrum. It has some highly valuable and interesting features and some highly frustrating ones as well. It’s a wonderful shooter, so long as you don’t intend to shoot much with it (I’ll explain later). It’s exceedingly simple construction somehow results in an exceedingly difficult disassembly process. It is made specifically for concealed carry and yet it’s almost too big to easily conceal.

By <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
This is a strangely contradictory firearm and it deserves a closer look. I recently had the chance to spend some time with the Walther CCP on the range, putting a couple hundred rounds through it, and I both liked and disliked what I found. I wonder what you’ll think of it.
<h2>Why Consider the Walther CCP?</h2>
The qualities that should make you take notice of the CCP include its highly ergonomic grip design and the fact that it is a single stack, making it a bit more concealable than a similarly sized double stack model. The 8+1 capacity is one better than most of its competitors, but seems light with such a tall grip.
The CCP has a couple of interesting features, not the least of which is the fact that it has a fixed barrel and no slide rails! The barrel is fixed to the frame and does not move while firing. The slide moves back and forward over the barrel and the rear catch while a gas piston mechanism regulates the articulation. Interesting stuff!
As a purpose-built concealed-carry pistol, however, it’s sort of an odd bird. It is slightly taller than a Glock 19 and almost as heavy. It’s wider than many single stack compacts and the grip offers a full hand’s accommodation. So even though it’s made specifically for concealment, it is certainly not for deep concealment, as some single stacks are. Capacity aside, you’d expect some mitigating features as compensation. As we’ll see here, you’d be right (yet with one big downside)! But first, let’s look at the specifications.
Walther CCP 9mm Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Length: 6.41”</li>
<li>Height: 5.12”</li>
<li>Width: 1.18”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.54”</li>
<li>Weight: 22.33oz. (w/empty magazine)</li>
<li>Finish: Black frame / Slides available in black Cerakote or satin-finish stainless</li>
<li>Capacity: 8+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $469 (black slide) / $489 (stainless slide)</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/ccp-pair.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-7820"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7820" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/ccp-pair.jpg" alt="Walther CCP in silver and black" width="800" height="600" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/ccp-pair.jpg 800w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/ccp-pair-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/ccp-pair-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/ccp-pair-100x75.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/ccp-pair-758x569.jpg 758w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a>
<h2>Shooting the CCP</h2>
The Walther CCP is one of the more comfortable pistols I’ve ever held. The grip fit my hand like it was made for it. It was a joy to bring up on target. The first thing I notice after only ten shots or so was just how accurate this pistol is. All told, my groups were consistently smaller with the CCP than I’ve shot with any other pistol, at every distance from 3 to 15 yards. The barrel is shorter than that of a Glock 19, but despite the fact that I shoot my G19 several days/week, I was consistently more accurate with the Walther CCP.
The trigger is not great. The takeup is a bit long, almost like a single-action trigger. In the press you can feel a stuttering that feels like plastic rubbing on plastic. This is exacerbated by the length of the takeup. I also didn’t enjoy the loooonnng reset, which must go all the way out to its original position for the reset to engage.
I found the sights very easy to pick up, but the 3-dot sights on my CCP were bright white while I’ve seen pictures of other CCPs that had dull, gray dots. Dunno if this is a deliberate change on the part of Walther or just bad photos of those other pistols.
The big ding against the Walther CCP, in my opinion, is the fact that after 25 or so rounds, the front end of the frame is uncomfortably hot to the touch. After 75 rounds, I had to put on a glove, as I could not properly grip the pistol. This frame heating is an unfortunate result of the gas piston system. With each round’s gasses escaping into the piston chamber via a small hole in the bottom of the barrel, the heat builds up and pretty soon the gun is too hot for your support hand. I have to wonder if anyone at Walther shot more than 10 or 15 rounds through their gun during its development and testing!
Comfort, Controllability, & Capacity 
This is a single-stack pistol so the grip should not be so comfortable. And yet, it’s among the more comfortable guns I’ve ever put into my hands. Walther did quite a good job creating the grip on this one, and that includes the grip texture. I have to note that after a few dozen shots, comfort wanes as the frame heats up.
Despite Walther’s claims of “softcoil technology,” I found the recoil to be pretty sharp. I tend to bear down hard with my grip and I had trouble keeping my support hand in place on fast shooting strings of 3 or more shots. The recoil wasn’t unmanageable, but it was more than I expected with such a large compact gun.
This is a shooting review, so I will not comment definitively on the CCP’s concealability. I will simply note that the single-stack aspect of the grip will aid in concealability while the overall height of the CCP’s grip will work against it. This is not a subcompact and, as noted before, the grip is a bit taller than even a Glock 19. The Walther CCP will likely not be the most concealable single stack you can find.
Despite the grip’s height, the 8+1 capacity is not bad for a single stack concealed-carry pistol, but perhaps low for one of this size.
<h2>Components and Features</h2>
The CCP looks like a well-contoured version of most polymer-framed pistols, but the similarities end there. This is quite a unique machine.
Due to the fixed barrel and gas piston system, the recoil spring on the CCP is not nearly as heavy as those on other pistols. This feature makes it very easy to rack the slide; a good fit for some women and the elderly, whose hands may not be strong enough to rack the slide on most pistols.
Field stripping the Walther CCP is, well, pretty ridiculous. This is a shooting review, so I did not have the opportunity to perform a field strip, but if you’re considering the CCP I encourage you to watch one of the many videos that demonstrate the take down. It requires a special tool (that comes with) and seems to very nearly require 3 hands to accomplish!
Unlike many modern pistols, the CCP has a thumb safety. <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-firearm-safety-levers-greatly-reduce-safety/">The safety control lever</a> is quite small as compared to most others and feels almost dainty. As safety controls go, this one seems well located and despite its small size it is not difficult to manipulate.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
The Walther CCP is one of the most comfortable-to-hold pistols I’ve touched. The grip contours and quite nice and the texture makes this one of the only pistols you’ll find that doesn’t require skate tape or stippling. The fixed barrel and piston system make the CCP interesting and unique. Perhaps most importantly, I find this pistol to be incredibly easy to shoot accurately.
Cons 
The CCP is quite heavy and large for a single stack, 8+1-capacity compact pistol. The felt recoil is significant. The trigger, at least out of the box, has an odd takeup texture and a long reset. Field stripping the CCP is strange and difficult. Perhaps the biggest knock against it is the fact that after 70+ rounds, the gas piston system heats the upper frame to 150-200F degrees (as proven in at least one review video), rendering it impossible to grip properly. I have to wonder if repeated heating will weaken the frame materials.
<h3>So for rating the Walther CCP…</h3>
Ergonomics (*****) 
The grip is sooo very comfortable and the controls are in the right place for my medium-sized hands.
Shootability (****) 
With such a comfortable and accurate pistol, the only knocks against the CCP I could suggest are the sharp felt recoil and the inability for one to properly place the support hand on the frame after 50 or so shots (owing to heat buildup). These issues aside, it’s an eminently shootable pistol.
Accuracy (*****) 
So very accurate for a short-barreled pistol!
Reliability ( ) 
Can’t score this one, as I only put a couple hundred rounds though the CCP. In that short time, though, I experienced no malfunctions or hiccups.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
I have to admit I’m greatly torn considering the Walther CCP. The ergonomics, excellent grip texture, fixed barrel design, and easy accuracy make me WANT. The strange trigger and frame-heating issue give me serious pause. It’s such an interesting firearm that does what it’s supposed to do, which I think makes it well worth consideration.
I highly recommend that you rent this pistol and try it out for yourself. I bet you’ll be at least partly impressed.
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-ccp/">Shooting Review – The Walther CCP</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-the-walther-ccp/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>32</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Your Range Bag: Which Bag & What to Have In It</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-range-bag-which-bag-what-to-have-in-it/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-range-bag-which-bag-what-to-have-in-it/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2016 00:20:19 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7808</guid>
<description><![CDATA[If you’re going to the gun range, especially if you’re going to make a habit of doing so, you need a range bag in which to carry your pistol and/or necessary and useful gear. Your choice of range bag will vary according to practical issues, like what and how much you intend to carry in […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-range-bag-which-bag-what-to-have-in-it/">Your Range Bag: Which Bag & What to Have In It</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[If you’re going to the gun range, especially if you’re going to make a habit of doing so, you need a range bag in which to carry your pistol and/or necessary and useful gear. Your choice of range bag will vary according to practical issues, like what and how much you intend to carry in it, but also according to social issues, like just how overt you want to be about your shooting hobby.

By <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Regarding that last point, you may decide that it’s perfectly fine with you that co-workers and neighbors regularly or occasionally see you carrying an obvious gun-range bag. Like some, though, you may instead decide that it’s best to be a bit more discrete with regard to your shooting habit, and opt for a more commonly seen type of bag.
In any event, having a dedicated range bag is a good idea, as is having the essentials and even the nice-to-have things packed neatly in your bag. Let’s look at some range bag options and then examine some of the things you’ll want to bring along with you to the range.
<h2>Range Bag Choice</h2>
Regardless of what you choose as a range bag, it will need to meet some criteria in order to be suitable. First, it will need to be tough to endure wear and abrasion, from inside and outside. It will require sturdy construction to stand up to some significant weight from firearms and ammunition. Next, it will need to have adequate volume for the things you’ll carry with you, including your pistol(s), ammo, and other items. Also, it is best if the bag has a way to segregate your pistol(s) and/or other items from the rest of the bag’s contents.
There are generally three types of candidates that make for good range bags.
<h4>The dedicated range bag</h4>
This one is made specifically for the purpose. These bags typically feature tough construction and though they vary in size and capacity, they generally feature some assortment of pockets and/or divisions of the primary content area.
<a style="display: block; margin-top: 40px; margin-bottom: 40px;" href="https://www.amazon.com/Padded-Deluxe-Tactical-Range-Gear/dp/B009GMKVJI/ref=sr_1_15?ie=UTF8&qid=1454880352&sr=8-15&keywords=range+bag" rel="attachment wp-att-7809"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7809" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/reg-bag.jpg" alt="range bags" width="1000" height="354" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/reg-bag.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/reg-bag-300x106.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/reg-bag-768x272.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/reg-bag-100x35.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/reg-bag-758x268.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/reg-bag-864x306.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
As you might expect, the purpose-made range bag is the most practical choice. Given the likely gear you’ll want or need to bring to the range, a real range bag will often have specific or suitable compartments for things like ammo, a pistol or two, and other various sundries common to training at the range.
Depending on your preference, the purpose-made range bag can bring with it the uncomfortable quality of actually looking like a gun-range bag. Many of you may think, so what, but perhaps some of you may be put off by this fact. No matter how you dress, if you’re carrying one of these, it is either clear to—or raises questions in the minds of—neighbors and onlookers as to what you’re up to.
<div style="display: block; margin-top: 40px; margin-bottom: 40px;">
<div id="attachment_7810" style="width: 560px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://thewellarmedwoman.com/" rel="attachment wp-att-7810"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7810" class="size-full wp-image-7810" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/carrying-range-bag.jpg" alt="people carrying a range bag" width="550" height="300" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/carrying-range-bag.jpg 550w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/carrying-range-bag-300x164.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/carrying-range-bag-100x55.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 550px) 100vw, 550px" /></a>Carrying a dedicated range bag says, “I’m a gun owner and I’m going to the gun range.” And yes, the man’s clothes here say something too. The photo of the women here is from TheWellArmedWoman.com</div>
</div>
Despite what I’m pointing out here, there’s no reason you have to worry about what your bag communicates to others who see you. I bring it up here, and later in this article, only for those of you who DO have this concern. Keeping and bearing arms is every law-abiding American’s right. It is fundamental to our culture. But we each make individual choices. Different strokes for different folks!
<h4>A Laptop Bag</h4>
<a href="https://www.amazon.com/AmazonBasics-15-6-Inch-Laptop-Tablet-Bag/dp/B00DUGZFWY/ref=sr_1_3?ie=UTF8&qid=1454930452&sr=8-3&keywords=laptop+bag" rel="attachment wp-att-7811"><img decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-7811" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/laptopbag-300x300.png" alt="a laptop bag" width="300" height="300" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/laptopbag-300x300.png 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/laptopbag-150x150.png 150w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/laptopbag-100x100.png 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/laptopbag.png 600w" sizes="(max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>
A laptop computer bag is a good alternative to the purpose-made range bag. It has the benefits of generally being functionally suitable and, for those of you who care about such things, being less overt with regard to communicating “GUNS!” to onlookers.
When I first started making the gun range a several-day-a-week habit I used a laptop bag as my range bag. My choice was mostly because it was what I had at hand, but also because I was not yet sure that I wanted my neighbors and others who saw me to know I was a gun owner and carrying a firearm. A laptop bag is something any citizen can be seen with without prompting any questions in the mind of others.
These issues aside, the laptop bag is quite a functional piece of equipment. These bags are typically well constructed, durable, and more than able to stand up to the weight and abrasion common to range bags. Laptop bags have the added benefit of having a padded compartment that provides good cushion and segregation for a pistol.
<h4>The Backpack</h4>
<div id="attachment_7815" style="width: 283px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.blackhawk.com/Products/Bags-Packs-Tactical-Nylon/Bags-Packs/Diversion%E2%84%A2/Diversion%C2%AE-Carry-Backpack.aspx" rel="attachment wp-att-7815"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7815" class="size-medium wp-image-7815" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/covert-273x300.jpg" alt="covert-carry backpack" width="273" height="300" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/covert-273x300.jpg 273w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/covert-100x110.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/covert.jpg 500w" sizes="(max-width: 273px) 100vw, 273px" /></a>The “covert-carry” backpack is an option, with the added benefit of a padded, pistol-specific compartment.</div>
When you think of needing a bag that allows you to carry all sorts of things in public, a backpack is an easy solution and likely a first thought. A backpack can serve as an excellent range bag. The only general drawbacks are perhaps 1) most backpacks are a bit large for a range bag and 2) the probable lack of a padded compartment for a pistol.
There is, however, the “laptop backpack” that today is not at all rare. The benefit of this version of a backpack as range bag is the addition of a padded compartment. It allows for the necessary padding and segregation of your pistol. There are even “covert-carry” backpacks that have a separate compartment for a carry pistol. I cannot condone off-body carry of a concealed firearm, but as a range bag option, this could be quite suitable.
These issues aside, it’s not a stretch to adapt any backpack you may have on hand to serve as a range bag. They are both roomy enough to serve and usually inconspicuous enough to raise no questions in the minds of neighbors and onlookers, should that be a concern for you.
There are, of course, some backpacks that while perhaps more functionally suitable as a range bag, are a bit more overt looking.
<div style="display: block; margin-top: 40px; margin-bottom: 40px;">
<div id="attachment_7812" style="width: 910px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Barsty-Unisex-Casual-Backpack-Business/dp/B00XRJTGO2/ref=sr_1_52?s=sporting-goods&ie=UTF8&qid=1454930099&sr=1-52&keywords=business+backpack" rel="attachment wp-att-7812"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7812" class="size-full wp-image-7812" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/packs.jpg" alt="backpacks" width="900" height="570" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/packs.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/packs-300x190.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/packs-768x486.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/packs-100x63.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/packs-758x480.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/packs-864x547.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>The pack on the left says, “I’m just a regular person off to do regular things.” The one on the right says, “I’m strapped up and ready to engage any threats in my AO! Also, I’ve seen some stuff. Bad stuff…”</div>
</div>
There is no wrong or right with regard to your choice here. It’s entirely up to your preference. The most important factor likely rests in how a particular pack suits your range bag contents, which we’ll examine next.
<h2>Range Bag Contents</h2>
There are some things you probably must have in your range bag, things you’ll likely want to bring, and things you might include according to your specific habits and training environment.
<h4>Must Haves</h4>
Some things every range bag must have include:
<ul>
<li>an <a href="https://www.ar500armor.com/ar500-armor-side-plate-pouch-epik.html">Emergency Personal Injury Kit</a> (EPIK)</li>
<li>a <a href="https://ratstourniquet.com/">rapid-application tourniquet</a></li>
<li>eye and ear protection</li>
<li>a notebook and pen (for recording your rounds fired and perhaps notes on your training and performance)</li>
<li>a cloth for wiping down your firearm and magazines after training</li>
<li>ammunition (when you’re on your way to the range)</li>
</ul>
I find that too many people fail to have emergency medical equipment with them, either in their range bag or in clothing pockets, when they visit the gun range. An EPIK and tourniquet are not optional items and it is irresponsible to operate firearms without the means to deal with a traumatic injury. Also, be sure you know how to use your emergency medical equipment. People make mistakes. Don’t let that fact cost you or someone else a life.
<h4>Other Advisable Items</h4>
It’s generally a good idea to bring to the gun range items that help you deal with minor mishaps and uncommon needs:
<ul>
<li>a small cleaning kit and some lube might come in handy once in a while</li>
<li>some specific- or general-purpose tools can help keep you running if your firearm or other training equipment experiences some minor malfunction or needs adjustment</li>
<li>medium-size adhesive bandages are very useful for covering minor cuts and abrasions or even for padding a thumb that is sore from loading magazines</li>
<li>a roll of masking tape comes in handy once in a while for taping up targets or covering shots on your target</li>
</ul>
It is worth noting here that Eagle Gun Range prohibits cleaning your firearm on the firing line bench. A cleaning kit it a good component of your range bag, but be aware of or or inquire as to where you may and may not employ it at your range.
<h3>My Range Bag Contents</h3>
<a style="display: block; margin-top: 40px; margin-bottom: 40px;" href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/my-contents-sm.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-7813"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7813" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/my-contents-sm.jpg" alt="range bag contents" width="1000" height="750" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/my-contents-sm.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/my-contents-sm-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/my-contents-sm-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/my-contents-sm-100x75.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/my-contents-sm-758x569.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/my-contents-sm-864x648.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
For a look at a full complement of what you might consider for your range bag, I took a photo of the things I keep in mine. It’s not necessarily what you should keep in yours, but I hope you find it helpful.
A – eye protection, both clear and as sunglasses for outdoor training 
B – band-aids 
C – a small flashlight (for seeing into firearms during minor repairs or for shining down a barrel in case of a suspected squib round) 
D – notebook and pen 
E – dummy rounds, for malfunction drills 
F – sharpie marker 
G – gun oil 
H – cleaning supplies 
I – screwdriver with multiple bits 
J – cleaning rod – rigid steel so that it can also be used to eject stuck casings or a squib round from the barrel or chamber 
K – Glock disassembly tool and an AR front-sight adjustment tool 
L – multi-tool 
M – ear plugs 
N – extra magazines for my pistol 
O – shot timer 
P – electronic ear muffs 
Q – gloves (for cold-weather training or when training involves hand abrasion) 
R – Emergency Personal Injury Kit – (my RATS tourniquet is in my pocket) 
S – cloth rag 
T – masking tape
Beyond must-haves and advisable items, maybe include in your range bag things that are specific to the type of training you do and things contextual to your training environment (indoors, outdoors, pistols or rifles, standing target practice, or dynamic moving and shooting, etc.). It’s YOUR range bag and should be set up to serve you, given what you do and where you go to shoot.
While there’s no need to pack your range bag like you’re going away on a weekend trip, you want to have the things that will make your trip to the gun range a comfortable one and allow you to be prepared for when minor and major things go awry.
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-range-bag-which-bag-what-to-have-in-it/">Your Range Bag: Which Bag & What to Have In It</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/your-range-bag-which-bag-what-to-have-in-it/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Shooting Review: Ruger American Pistol Service Model</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-american-pistol-service-model/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-american-pistol-service-model/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2016 00:43:07 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/?p=7802</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The Ruger American Pistol is the manufacturer’s new made-in-America, striker fired pistol. It’s a full-size sidearm appropriate for duty or open carry. It comes in 9mm and .45 Auto. Here we’ll focus on the 9mm model. By Andy Rutledge * * * This new Ruger American has some interesting features and deserves a thorough and […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-american-pistol-service-model/">Shooting Review: Ruger American Pistol Service Model</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[The Ruger American Pistol is the manufacturer’s new made-in-America, striker fired pistol. It’s a full-size sidearm appropriate for duty or open carry. It comes in 9mm and .45 Auto. Here we’ll focus on the 9mm model.

By <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
This new Ruger American has some interesting features and deserves a thorough and in-depth look. While you can gain more insight into the details <a href="https://www.ruger.com/products/rugerAmericanPistol/models.html">on the Ruger website</a>, this review will be a first-look shooter’s review, focusing on the construction, external features, and performance.
<h2>First Impressions</h2>
This is a full-size service model pistol, but even so, the first time I picked it up it seemed heavy. I later found out that there’s a good reason for this: the billet steel modular chassis system riding inside of the polymer frame. More on that in a bit. At 30 ounces unloaded, though, it’s still on the heavy side.
I learned more, both to like and to nitpick on, when I started shooting. First, let’s get to know the specifics of what we’re dealing with here, with some specification details.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-7803"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7803" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap.jpg" alt="Ruger American Pistol" width="1000" height="700" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap-300x210.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap-768x538.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap-100x70.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap-758x531.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap-864x605.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
Ruger American Pistol 9mm Specs:
• Caliber: 9x19mm 
• Length: 7.5” 
• Height: 5.6” 
• Width: 1.4” 
• Barrel: 4.2” Stainless Steel – 1:10 twist 
• Weight: 30oz w/empty magazine 
• Slide: Stainless steel with black finish 
• Frame: One-piece glass-filled nylon 
• Grips: Wrap-around replaceable – 3 sizes: sm, md, lg 
• Sights: Novak™ LoMount Carry 3-Dot, adjustable front and rear 
• Capacity: 17+1 with 2 nickel-Teflon plated steel magazines 
• MSRP: $579.00 (probably available for less)
<h2>Shooting the Ruger American Pistol</h2>
Three or four shots into my first experience with this pistol several things became glaringly apparent.
First, despite the small diameter of the grip I found the trigger reach a bit too long for my medium-sized hands. Next, I noticed that the complete lack of grip texture on the sides allowed my support hand zero purchase, causing the pistol to move around in my grip more than I like. But then I noticed that my rounds were pounding the center of the target!
After 100 or so rounds, I concluded that this new Ruger pistol was, for me, very accurate. I especially found it easy to get connected hits at 10 and 15 yards, even when shooting slightly faster than 1 shot/second. Easier, in fact, than with my beloved Glock 19. The 3-dot sights (though the rear sight is sloped and not appropriate for one-handed slide racking) were very easy to pick up in the low light of the indoor range and I just found it very easy to reacquire and put accurate hits on paper. I’m surprised and impressed with how easy it is for me to be accurate with this pistol.
<h3>Comfort and Controllability</h3>
The grip itself I found to be quite comfortable. Though the Ruger American Pistol has three different wrap-around backstrap sizes, I only used the medium one in my shooting. In my hands, the grip seemed smallish, which made it surprising to me when the trigger reach was a bit too long. My trigger finger touched right at the tip and I sometimes had trouble engaging the trigger safety. I had to slightly modify my grip to make trigger engagement more comfortable. Grip is highly individual, so my experience is anecdotal. This fit feature will vary from person to person.
The trigger is not so comfortable to me, given the overlong reach, overextended trigger safety and long reset, but more on that below.
The only insurmountable problem I found on this Ruger out of the box is the terrible texture, or lack of it, on the grip. When shooting multiple shots with both hands, even though I gorilla-grip my pistols, the gun moved around in my grip too much, owing to a complete lack of purchase for my support hand. I know that this failing is common to almost all pistols and can be fixed with skate tape or stippling. I just hate that not a single firearms manufacturer has properly addressed this issue (other than Glock’s RTF model grip).
Ruger touts their “scientifically engineered system” for reducing felt recoil with a new barrel cam design. I’m afraid I’m not familiar with the relevant specifics of this new cam, but I found the recoil on the Ruger American to be quite pleasant. Their barrel cam effect along with the relatively low bore axis seems to do a good job. I found it easy to keep sights on target shooting multi-shot strings, which is not so common with a full-sized, long-slide pistol.
<h3>Controls</h3>
Here’s where I’m going to get pretty nitpicky. Despite Ruger’s promotional claims I’m not entirely happy with the controls complement on the pistol, with a couple of exceptions. Starting with those, I think it’s great that the magazine release and slide lock controls are ambidextrous, and suit righties and lefties, right out of the box. Great decision on Ruger’s part (And, by the way, it’s not just great for handedness; ambi controls make a pistol a better fighting tool, should one hand/arm get injured while you’re defending your life!).
The trigger I’m not such a great fan of. The weight and length of pull is not bad at all. Not so great are 1) the spongy wall/break and 2) the looooonng reset. The reset especially had me fighting with the gun, as I short stroked the reset a few times when shooting. One can learn one’s trigger in time, sure, but a long reset is simply not optimal. I found it interesting that Ruger put a trigger stop on the bottom of the trigger guard to physically prevent over travel. I’ve never seen that before. Clever little thing they did there!
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap-triggerstop.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-7804"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7804" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap-triggerstop.jpg" alt="trigger stop" width="348" height="258" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap-triggerstop.jpg 348w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap-triggerstop-300x222.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/rap-triggerstop-100x74.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 348px) 100vw, 348px" /></a>
These issues aside, I found the trigger itself to be uncomfortable. The first element of discomfort is in how the trigger safety sticks pretty far out from the trigger bed. Too far, in my opinion. Since the trigger reach was long for me, the safety poked me in the fingertip and I had trouble engaging it properly to allow for a successful trigger press. The next issue of discomfort came in how the trigger safety depresses deep into the trigger bed, leaving some sharp-ish edges in the middle of the trigger. Bottom line is, after shooting only 150 or so rounds, my fingertip was sore; and I already have a callous from shooting a Glock trigger in training several times a week.
The slide lock is nicely contoured, but it’s badly buried inside a fortress of polymer! No, seriously, whenever I needed to just lock the slide back to place the gun on the bench, I typically had to take 2 or 3 stabs at it to get my thumb to engage and push up on the lever. The problem is that the polymer “cage” surrounding the bottom and sides prevents your thumb from engaging it properly. Hey, Ruger, it’s a slide LOCK (not a “release”). If you hinder locking engagement, it makes the control pretty useless.
<h3>Other Features</h3>
Likely the most remarkable of the Ruger American Pistol’s features is a modular chassis. This feature has a couple of important consequences. Firstly, the American Pistol’s grip frame isn’t the serialized part. It isn’t “a firearm” per the ATF’s definition of the term. The firearm is the serialized, stainless steel chassis insert. This means you could change frames without a “firearm” purchase. Nice.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/chassis.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-7805"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-7805" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/chassis.jpg" alt="Ruger American Pistol modular chassis" width="1100" height="676" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/chassis.jpg 1100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/chassis-300x184.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/chassis-768x472.jpg 768w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/chassis-1024x629.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/chassis-100x61.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/chassis-758x466.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/chassis-1056x649.jpg 1056w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/chassis-864x531.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1100px) 100vw, 1100px" /></a>
Some other notable features include the fact that, unlike most Rugers, the pistol lacks a magazine disconnect. So you can still fire a chambered round when there’s no magazine in the gun; useful for some self-defense scenarios. Another nice feature is the fact that there’s no external safety (and no pistol should have one!).
The frame features a 4-stop picatinny rail for lights or lasers. The sights, as mentioned before, are adjustable and replaceable. I’d recommend a replacement, as even though these Novak sights are nice, the rear sight is sloped, which makes one-handed slide racking on a belt or table difficult; not so good for self defense.
<h2>Conclusions: Pro and Con</h2>
Pros 
I found the Ruger American Pistol easy to shoot accurately! Whether from the recoil-reduction engineering, low-ish bore axis, grip angle, or whatever, this pistol is a tack driver. Interchangeable, varied-size backstraps are a nice addition. The ambi controls and adjustable dovetail sights front and rear are a big plus. The modular chassis system is a great idea and one that I’d like to see more manufacturers adopt.
Cons 
There are some problems with the trigger and I don’t like how the slide lock is buried. The grip texture is pretty unacceptable in my opinion, but this can be remedied as with any polymer pistol. At 30 ounces empty, it’s pretty heavy even for a service model pistol.
So for rating the Ruger American Pistol…
Ergonomics (****) 
It’s a comfortable-to-hold pistol. The three sizes of interchangeable, wrap-around backstraps allow for a more personal fit for reach and palm swell. Some may not like the trigger feel on the finger.
Shootability (***) 
The long trigger reset is a knock against it. Also, the lack of appropriate support-hand texturing makes multi-shot control more difficult. Other than these flaws, I found it to have very little muzzle flip and is generally a good shooter.
Accuracy (*****) 
I found it to be a tack driver!
Reliability 
I can’t really speak to reliability given my limited exposure to it.
Customization and Accessories (*****) 
There are already plenty of <a href="https://shopruger.com/Sights-Lights-Lasers/products/1443/">sights</a> and <a href="https://www.ruger.com/products/rugerAmericanPistol/models.html">holsters</a> for the Ruger American Pistol. I’ve heard that aftermarket triggers/parts are coming. The adjustable backstraps allow for better personal preference fit. The modular chassis will allow you to replace the whole frame and still keep your “gun,” should the need or desire strike you.
<h2>In Closing</h2>
Despite a few flaws, I found the Ruger American Pistol to be surprisingly good. All pistols have their flaws and all shooters have their nitpicky preferences, so I’d recommend giving this one a try before you leap to purchase or decide not to. Eagle Gun Range has one for rent, so give this one a try next time you visit!
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-american-pistol-service-model/">Shooting Review: Ruger American Pistol Service Model</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/shooting-review-ruger-american-pistol-service-model/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Drills for the Indoor Range, 1: Handgun Warm-up & Skills Evaluation</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/drills-for-the-indoor-range-1-handgun-warm-up-skills-evaluation/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/drills-for-the-indoor-range-1-handgun-warm-up-skills-evaluation/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 13 Jan 2016 12:28:33 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/?p=7786</guid>
<description><![CDATA[So there you are, standing in a narrow, walled lane at an indoor range. The range rules are stringent: no drawing from a holster; no rapid fire or “double taps” because max. 1 shot/second; no multi-target shooting. This is all very well and good if you’ve come just to stand there and slowly practice your […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/drills-for-the-indoor-range-1-handgun-warm-up-skills-evaluation/">Drills for the Indoor Range, 1: Handgun Warm-up & Skills Evaluation</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[So there you are, standing in a narrow, walled lane at an indoor range. The range rules are stringent: no drawing from a holster; no rapid fire or “double taps” because max. 1 shot/second; no multi-target shooting. This is all very well and good if you’ve come just to stand there and slowly practice your no-stress trigger discipline, but what if you want to train?

By <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Despite what some might think, you can engage in valuable training in the highly constrained confines of the walled lanes of an indoor gun range. These sorts of drills cannot replace the valuable opportunities offered by a practical/tactical outdoor range, but they can greatly augment that practical training.
<h3>About the Warm-up</h3>
The point of a warm-up is to refresh your intuitive response with proper fundamentals and to better establish physical habits and the technical tone of your training. If you neglect regular attention to stance, body attitude, grip, sight picture, breath control, trigger control, and follow through your training will become a corruption rather than an opportunity for improvement.
Some conventions & ground rules: 
As fits with most indoor range rules, you’ll be working from the bench and not from a holster on these drills. You will, however, be executing reloads from concealment. Even though the drills are generally appropriate for an indoor range, be sure to adhere to your specific range’s rules. If you’re not sure if a particular drill is appropriate for your range, ask your range safety officer.
Regardless of the gun handling required by a drill, be sure to keep your muzzle pointed downrange at all times. None of these drills require any deviation from this important rule.
<h2>Warm-Up Drills</h2>
While it’s true you don’t get a warm-up when the crap hits the fan and you have to defend yourself, this is training to build skill competence. A smart individual tests skills and competence boundaries, too, but here I’ll be referencing skill building only.
I recommend that you engage in at least one warm-up drill to begin your range training session, no matter what other training you have planned for the day. During warm-ups, pay particular attention to stance, body attitude, grip, sight picture, breath control, trigger control, and follow through. This is your chance to define the quality of your day’s training.
<h3>Warm-up Drill #1</h3>
Required equipment:
<ul>
<li>A 5×5 array of 1” targets; either hand drawn or printed. Make your own in a graphics program or use a Sharpie to draw it on the back of a typical target (far easier).</li>
<li>Pistol or revolver, 50 rounds of ammunition.</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/target.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-7788 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/target.jpg" alt="precision target" width="1000" height="750" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/target.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/target-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/target-100x75.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/target-758x569.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/target-864x648.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>
Overview 
This drill consists of 5 sequences. In each sequence you will fire 10 shots: 2 shots each into the five 1” circles on a row or column (the target is 5×5 so you can choose to address rows or columns in your warm-up). Since your magazines are loaded with only 5 rounds, each sequence requires a magazine or speedloader exchange. The objective is to hit the center of each quarter-sized circle twice, resulting in either one hole or two connected holes (keyhole). The sequences are untimed.
Setup:
<ul>
<li>Place the target at 3 yards.</li>
<li>Start with 2 loaded magazines (or speedloaders for revolver), 5 rounds in each; one in the gun and one concealed where you would normally carry a spare (even if you do not carry concealed, practice like this anyway).</li>
</ul>
Drill: 
The starting position is <a href="https://www.wideopenspaces.com/pistol-ready-positions/">low ready or compressed ready</a> (your choice).
<ol>
<li>Start with your gun held in both hands, in low or compressed ready position.</li>
<li>Bring your gun up on target and fire two rounds at the center of the first circle (slowly, deliberately, and with good follow through after each shot).</li>
<li>Move to the next circle and fire 2 shots.</li>
<li>On the third circle your gun will run empty after 1 shot. Perform a speed reload and fire the second shot.</li>
<li>Finish the last two circles, 2 shots each. Your gun will run empty at the end of the row or column and your slide will lock back (for autoloading pistols).</li>
<li>Remove the magazine and place your open pistol down on the bench (revolvers: cylinder open).</li>
<li>Reload your magazines or speedloaders with 5 rounds each and repeat for each sequence (5 in all). Slightly increase your firing rate and decrease your time between circles with each successive sequence (but do not exceed your range maximum firing rate).</li>
</ol>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/shots.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-7797 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/shots.jpg" alt="results" width="300" height="180" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/shots.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/shots-100x60.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>
Evaluate and Adapt: 
Be sure to maintain your good grip—no “milking” the grip between shots. Notice and record in your notes (always keep training notes) the number of misses and non-connected hit pairs you have. In the days/weeks to come, work to reduce the number of non-connected (keyhole) hit pairs.
If you consistently have 50 good shots with this drill, all with connected hit pairs, consider moving the target from 3 yards to 4 yards, etc… Alternately or additionally, consider returning to ready position after each 2-shot circle in order to practice good/quick target acquisition. Note that adding difficulty to this drill is in no way required! Even if you consistently ace the drill, it still provides good value to your training when performed at the closest distances and in slow, deliberate manner.
<h3>Warm-up Drill #2</h3>
I found the basis for this drill on the <a href="https://tacticalprofessor.com/">Tactical Professor</a> and use it myself every week (and almost every time I train at the range). By the way, I highly recommend that you follow his blog. Great stuff there!
Required equipment:
<ul>
<li>Any silhouette target; B-27, B-21, Q, IDPA, IPSC, etc. – or – a plain 7” circle or diamond target (maybe hand drawn on the back of any regular target—that’s what I use). Regardless of which target you use, regard a 7”x7” area of the high chest as the scoring area.</li>
<li>Pistol or revolver, 50 rounds of ammunition.</li>
</ul>
Overview 
This drill consists of 5 sequences of 10 shots each, performed at 3, 5, 7, 10, and 15 yards. The sequences are untimed.
Setup:
<ul>
<li>Place the target at 3 yards.</li>
<li>Start with 2 loaded magazines or speedloaders, each loaded with 5 rounds. One in the gun and one carried where you’d normally carry a concealed spare (even if you do not carry concealed, try it anyway).</li>
</ul>
Drill: 
The starting position is low ready or compressed ready (your choice). For double action pistols, you will decock after each step.
<ol>
<li>Start with handgun held in both hands, in low or compressed ready position. Spare magazine loaded with 5 rounds or speedloader with 5 rounds, concealed per your normal carry method.</li>
<li>Bring the handgun up on target and fire 1 shot at the center of the target. Follow through for one second and then return to ready position.</li>
<li>Bring the pistol up on target and fire 2 shots at the center of the target. Follow through for one second and then return to ready position.</li>
<li>Bring the pistol up on target and fire 3 shots at the center of the target. After two shots the pistol will be empty. Perform a speed reload from concealment and fire the third shot. Follow through for one second and then return to ready position.</li>
<li>Bring the pistol up on target and fire 4 shots at the center of the target. After the shots, the pistol will be empty. Hopefully, the slide has locked back if it’s an autoloader.</li>
<li>Place your open pistol down on the bench (revolvers: cylinder open).</li>
<li>Send the target out to 5 yards and reload your magazines with 5 rounds each (and repeat the sequence at 5 yards, then 7 yards, then 10 yards, and then at 15 yards).</li>
</ol>
Evaluate and Adapt: 
Notice and record in your notes the range at which you first hit outside of the scoring area—and—how many hits are outside of the scoring area. In the days/weeks to come, work to extend the range at which you hit outside of the scoring area and reduce the number of non-scoring hits.
As you improve and keep all hits in the scoring area, increase your rate of fire (up to the range maximum), but remember this is just a warm-up so this augmentation is not necessary.
We’ll cover more drills in upcoming articles.
* * *
A note about magazine exchanges: 
For each of these warm-ups, pay attention to the speed, smoothness, and overall competence with which you execute the magazine exchanges. While not necessarily the point of these drills, magazine-exchange competence is something you should work to continually improve. They’re useful for basic gun-handling competence, competition (if you decide to try that), and might even save your life one day. Treat them as seriously as every other aspect of your training and find ways to incorporate mag exchanges into your training drills.
<h2>In Closing</h2>
No matter your plan for the day, warm-up with proper fundamentals. Training makes permanent, and should always begin with a refresher of technical fundamentals. Even if your purpose this day is to otherwise explore the limits of your skill, you should visit the fundamentals of firearms handling and marksmanship before moving onto more substantial challenges.
In future articles I’ll share non-warm-up drills that can stretch and test your gun-handling and marksmanship skills. Stay tuned.
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/drills-for-the-indoor-range-1-handgun-warm-up-skills-evaluation/">Drills for the Indoor Range, 1: Handgun Warm-up & Skills Evaluation</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/drills-for-the-indoor-range-1-handgun-warm-up-skills-evaluation/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Review: Springfield Armory XD MOD.2 Service Model</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-springfield-armory-xd-mod-2-service-model/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-springfield-armory-xd-mod-2-service-model/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 21 Dec 2015 12:22:37 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/?p=7756</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The Springfield Armory XD MOD.2 is a redesign of their XD. While the MOD.2 sub-compact comes in 9mm, .40 cal, and .45 ACP, the 4” service model as yet comes chambered only in 9mm. By Andy Rutledge * * * While there are several consequential design features on the pistol, Springfield has made quite a […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-springfield-armory-xd-mod-2-service-model/">Review: Springfield Armory XD MOD.2 Service Model</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[The Springfield Armory XD MOD.2 is a redesign of their XD. While the MOD.2 sub-compact comes in 9mm, .40 cal, and .45 ACP, the 4” service model as yet comes chambered only in 9mm.

By <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
While there are several consequential design features on the pistol, Springfield has made quite a big deal about their GRIP ZONE ® design and texturing. I’ll touch on this feature in more detail, but I say now that there is more marketing there than functionality. There is, however, plenty to enjoy and the MOD.2 brings some very nice ergonomic features many shooters will like.
As I found and will expound on here, the MOD.2 is slightly different from most service model pistols. It makes me wonder if Springfield is working on cultivating and securing a niche in the pistol world with this model. I spent some quality time with the MOD.2 and found precious little to dislike.
<a href="https://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/mod2slides.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-7761" src="https://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/mod2slides.jpg" alt="XD MOD.2 slide options" width="740" height="400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/mod2slides.jpg 740w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/mod2slides-300x162.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/mod2slides-100x54.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 740px) 100vw, 740px" /></a>
<h2>Why Consider the Springfield XD MOD.2 Service Model?</h2>
The 4” XD MOD.2 is a service model, but not necessarily a full-size pistol. While one could conceivably carry it as an IWB, concealed pistol, it would be somewhat difficult to do so, owing to the full-size grip. Its primary purpose is as an OWB service model sidearm.
The MOD.2 is slightly unusual in an interesting way. Unlike many service model pistols, the XD MOD.2 has a design that minimizes frame and slide width and, perhaps because of this feature, its 16+1 capacity is on the low side for a service model sidearm. While most service models have an average 4.5”– 5” barrel, the MOD.2 sports a slightly shorter 4” barrel.
These features make the MOD.2 into almost a hybrid or bridge between a compact and a service model pistol. It occurs to me that with open carry coming to us here in Texas next month, the Springfield XD MOD.2 could make for an interesting and useful choice for open carry. Not everyone wants a honking 3-pound heater on their belt. The MOD.2 provides the option of a slightly smaller, slimmer, lighter-weight sidearm, but with a full-size grip and decent (if not great) capacity.
<h3>Springfield Armory XD MOD.2 9mm Service Model Specs:</h3>
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Length: 7.3”</li>
<li>Height: 5.5”</li>
<li>Width: 1.2”</li>
<li>Barrel: 4” hammer forged, steel, Melonite / 1:10 twist</li>
<li>Weight: 27.5oz w/empty magazine</li>
<li>Slide: Forged steel, Melonite black or silver finish</li>
<li>Frame: Black Polymer With GripZone® Texture</li>
<li>Sights: Fiber Optic Front and Low Profile Combat Rear</li>
<li>Capacity: 16-round magazine (2), stainless steel</li>
<li>MSRP: $565.00 (often found for less)</li>
</ul>
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/sprmod2.png"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-7763 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/sprmod2.png" alt="Springfield XD MOD.2" width="682" height="383" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/sprmod2.png 682w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/sprmod2-300x168.png 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/sprmod2-100x56.png 100w" sizes="(max-width: 682px) 100vw, 682px" /></a>
<h2>Shooting the XD MOD.2 Service Model</h2>
As with most pistols, I found both good and bad while shooting the MOD.2. The first thing I noticed was that holding this pistol made my medium-sized hands feel a bit bigger. The slimmer frame and shorter stretch from back to front put more of my finger into the trigger guard. I’m used to shooting Glocks, so I had to make slight adjustments in grip to get a similar approach to the trigger. This is anecdotal, of course, but it does begin to describe the grip size and contour. I think people with medium-to-small hands will enjoy this grip.
I found the MOD.2 to be very accurate. After I got used to the grip and trigger, I was shooting noticeably smaller groups at 10 to 15 yards than I normally do with my Glock 19, which has almost exactly the same barrel length. And this even with the relatively high bore axis on the MOD.2, which is as high as one might find on a hammer-fired pistol. I’m not a fan of the bore axis, but performance didn’t seem to suffer.
Part of its accuracy I attribute to the trigger, which has none of the grit found in many striker-fired pistols. The trigger is a bit long on take-up and reset, but it is buttery smooth; much better than I remember on my old XD(m). Shorten the press length by half and it’d be a near perfect trigger. In any event, I got used to it.
What I found I did not like was the controllability of the pistol while firing several shots in succession, owing to…yes…the GRIP ZONE ®…
Comfort & Controllability 
The XD MOD.2 is a very comfortable pistol to hold. The ergonomic features of the grip and frame are well done. I found nothing to argue with there. What I found less than satisfying was the controllability of the pistol when firing, due to a complete lack of texturing on the frame for the support hand.
With my dry hands, the right hand was comfortably anchored to the grip. The texturing is suitably abrasive for this hand, but my support hand was skating on ice, so to speak. While the GRIP ZONE ® is great for the strong hand, there is absolutely no texture on the frame for the support-hand positions (meat of the thumb/palm and the forward thumb positions). The complete lack of traction meant that my support hand was sliding around while firing and I had to make grip adjustments after the second or third and subsequent shots.
Now, as something of a grip-texture snob, I find fault with ALL polymer frames and even my beloved Glocks must be stippled before I’d take them anywhere other than the safe and dry confines of a strict indoor gun range. So I mention this flaw in the MOD.2’s frame only to point out that the GRIP ZONE ®, while somewhat nice, is for the strong hand only. It’s pretty, but it is no silver bullet.
Capacity 
The 16+1 capacity is on the low side for a service model 9mm, with just one more round than Glock’s compact G19. With a grip that is a full half-inch taller than the G19, I would have expected 2 extra rounds. But as mentioned before, the slim profile of the frame comes at the cost of more rounds. That said, this true full-grip service model is a bit lighter and slimmer than others, so there is a tradeoff some people may find ideal.
<h2>Components and Materials</h2>
<a href="https://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/serrations.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="alignright size-full wp-image-7765" src="https://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/serrations.jpg" alt="slide serrations" width="300" height="232" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/serrations.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/serrations-100x77.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>
The XD MOD.2 is aesthetically more attractive than the original XD, but the design updates are functional and consequential, too. The slide, which comes in black or silver finish, has been reshaped to be slimmer than before and the slide serrations, while nice, terminate at the rear with a deep, easy to grab cut; a simple, but consequential feature.
The disassembly lever is slimmer than before and more like you’ll find on the XD(s) model, which helps preserve the overall narrower width. In that same vein, the frame has cutouts behind the trigger area that, aside from removing material and creating attractive contours, provide a slightly improved access for the trigger finger. This combined with the rounded cutout under the trigger guard makes for a very snug and comfortable strong-hand fit.
The sights are very nice, with white-dot rear sights and a fiber optic front sight. Both are adjustable with dovetail fittings. The rear site is serrated to prevent glare. The slide features a chamber-loaded indicator on top and a striker-readiness indicator on the back plate. Magazine release controls are available on both sides, making the MOD.2 friendly for righties and lefties and ambidextrous training or fighting.
All of these are nice features that most folks will appreciate. The remaining feature I’m not so keen on, grip texturing aside, is the “GRIP ZONE” carved into the frame’s untextured grip area. It just makes the pistol look like it was made by Hasbro or something. Almost reads as, PUT YER HAND HEEEYER.
<h3>On Reliability</h3>
I confess that I only put about 300 rounds through the XD MOD.2, but it ran just fine with Blazer Brass 115gr ball, Federal Premium HST, and Hornady Critical Duty. Fed just fine and every trigger pull resulted in BANG.
The one thing that troubled my shooting experience is that the slide never locked open on the last round, owing to where I place my strong-hand thumb. My hand size and grip convention placed my strong-hand thumb on top of the slide-lock lever. This prevented the lever from engaging when the mag ran dry. Were I to carry one of these, I’d have to spend time changing my grip convention. Surely this will not be a problem for all or even most folks.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
This is an aesthetically attractive, highly accurate pistol that sports a narrow profile and relatively light weight despite it being a service model. The grip is very comfortable, it is small-hand friendly, and the entire frame has ergonomic appointments many will enjoy. The trigger, while perhaps a bit long, is very smooth. The sights are of good quality and easy to pick up. The slide serrations, especially at the rear, make this an easy-to-rack pistol. The slim profile and lighter weight make this an interesting alternative to heavier, bulkier service model sidearms.
Cons 
I’ll have to get nitpicky to call out flaws here. The sights, while quite nice, sport a sloped rear sight that will make one-handed slide racking slightly less reliable. The trigger is a bit too long for my taste. The capacity is perhaps a bit low for a service model 9mm and the grip could use some better and more strategically placed texturing. Like all Springfield Armory pistols, it has a superfluous grip safety (<a href="https://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/opinion-firearm-safety-levers-greatly-reduce-safety/">I hold all external safeties to be an invitation to injury and death</a>). Oh, and the “GRIP ZONE” carved into the frame is a bit comical and garish for an otherwise elegant pistol.
<h3>So for rating the XD MOD.2…</h3>
Ergonomics (*****) 
This is a very comfortable pistol. Fits like a glove.
Shootability (****) 
The only flaw is the lack of appropriate support-hand texturing for multi-shot control. Other than that, shoots great!
Accuracy (*****) 
It’s a nail driver!
Reliability 
I can’t really speak to reliability given my limited exposure to it. But it is a Springfield Armory pistol. I’ve owned a couple and have never had one fail on me.
Customization (***) 
There are plenty of aftermarket replacement parts and accessories for the XD. Trigger parts, included.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
The Springfield Armory XD MOD.2 is a consequential and worthy redesign of the XD. There is a lot to like here and in the past few years I’ve learned to be a fan of Springfield’s pistols. They’ve upped their comfort game with the MOD.2 and have given other manufacturers something to aim for. It’s not perfection, but I have yet to find the perfect pistol. Many will surely find the XD MOD.2 close to their ideal of polymer pistol perfection. I highly recommend giving it a tryout. Maybe rent one at the range and see what you think!
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-springfield-armory-xd-mod-2-service-model/">Review: Springfield Armory XD MOD.2 Service Model</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-springfield-armory-xd-mod-2-service-model/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>15</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Opinion: Firearm Safety Levers Greatly Reduce Safety</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-firearm-safety-levers-greatly-reduce-safety/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-firearm-safety-levers-greatly-reduce-safety/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 14 Dec 2015 13:15:43 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/?p=7739</guid>
<description><![CDATA[We didn’t have firearms in the home when I was growing up. We did, however, spend part of every fall season at my grandparent’s cabin for deer and squirrel hunting. I don’t recall any handguns, but there were plenty of rifles and shotguns there at the cabin and in my grandparent’s and uncles’ homes when […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-firearm-safety-levers-greatly-reduce-safety/">Opinion: Firearm Safety Levers Greatly Reduce Safety</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div></div>
We didn’t have firearms in the home when I was growing up. We did, however, spend part of every fall season at my grandparent’s cabin for deer and squirrel hunting. I don’t recall any handguns, but there were plenty of rifles and shotguns there at the cabin and in my grandparent’s and uncles’ homes when we visited. Not just lying around, mind you, but accessible in gun racks and cabinets. So guns were never objects of mystery to me in my childhood.
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">Note: The views presented in this article are my own and do not necessarily reflect the views of the owner and staff at Eagle Gun Range.</div>

By <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
I was not taught any formal <a href="https://gunpath.com/the-4-rules-of-firearm-safety/">4 rules of firearm safety</a>, but I was taught their essence. Very early on, both my parents and grandparents impressed upon me that these guns were to be left alone when not hunting and otherwise treated as deadly weapons because, “every gun in the house is loaded and the safety is off.”
I didn’t necessarily understand then why my family kept the safety lever set to “off” on all of the loaded guns, but I grew up with the understanding that I was wholly responsible for being safe when handing guns, and not that the guns were safe because of some lever setting. In other words, I learned at an early age that safety was all about how people handled firearms and had nothing to do with levers or switches or load condition. It’s possible that this lesson saved lives; no one in my family ever accidentally harmed themselves or anyone else with a firearm.
<h3>Accidentally? There are no firearm accidents.</h3>
Every firearm “accident” has human negligence as its cause. As such, it is misleading to refer to a shooting as accidental, since that phrasing is a lie that no one was directly at fault. Every so-called “accidental shooting” is nothing less than felonious negligence by the one holding/controlling it.
The root of the phrase “accidental shooting” comes from applying relevance to the irrelevant belief that either 1) the gun was not loaded or 2) that the safety was on. Neither of these conditions is relevant to firearm safety, yet these are the things irresponsible people rely upon as they injure and kill themselves or others. Instead of developing ingrained, safe habits, too many people become concerned only with a firearm’s condition. “Is the safety on?” and “Is it loaded?” are common questions among untrained and irresponsible people. The answers to these questions do not matter.
Safety levers make people lazy. I have seen this laziness hundreds of times. Safety levers are a tacit permission for unsafe behavior with a firearm, and that gets people injured and killed. I put it to you that, indirectly, safety levers are the leading cause of negligent firearm death and injury. Military-style carbines excepted (and for good reason), I suggest that no firearm should have an external safety lever. Removing them would, eventually, save many lives every year.
So here’s a fact you should internalize: 
If you rely on a safety lever to determine or in any way influence your safe handling of a firearm, you are a danger to yourself and to those around you.
<h2>A Gun Cannot Be Safe or Unsafe</h2>
Quality aside, inanimate objects are neither safe nor unsafe. They are simply inanimate. A person is safe or unsafe. Safety is a human volition or habit and has nothing at all to do with an inanimate object’s condition. And this is important since, unless it’s being cleaned or is an ancient antique, a handgun should be loaded.
The fact that firearm safety is governed entirely by human behavior is reflected in the 4 rules for firearm safety.
<ol>
<li>Always treat all firearms as though they are loaded.</li>
<li>Never let the muzzle cover anything you’re not willing to destroy.</li>
<li>Keep your finger off of the trigger until your sights are on your target.</li>
<li>Be sure of your target and what is near and beyond it.</li>
</ol>
These rules, combined, prevent any possibility of unintended harm to anyone or anything with a firearm. Not a single one mentions or relies upon a control lever or the gun’s condition for the measure or standard of safety.
<h2>External Pistol Controls</h2>
I want to deal specifically with pistols here. Since a safety lever is an invitation to negligence, it is my considered opinion that no pistol should have an external safety lever. In fact a pistol should have, a most, three external operating controls. None of which should be a safety lever. The perfect external control compliment is: a trigger, a slide lock lever, and a magazine release. Some pistols (Springfield XD/m/s, et al) have a takedown lever, which might constitute a fourth external control, but this is not an operational control (for fighting with the gun).
Anything beyond these three operating controls adds needless complexity and irrelevant, life-threatening distraction to the operation of a pistol. Moreover, there is nothing one ever does with a pistol that requires a lever be manipulated in order for the operator to be safe.
The Grip Safety 
I have heard too many people describe how they rely on grip safeties to ensure gun-handling safety. As such, these are direct references to negligence or incompetence. The vital 4 rules of firearm safety make no reference and in no way depend upon ANY mechanism or gadget for 100% firearm safety. As with all safety levers, the mere presence of a grip safety is a distraction from actual safety and an invitation to negligence. No pistol should have a grip safety.
I recommend that you dedicate yourself to habitually safe drawing and re-holstering of your pistols under all conditions. Or sell your pistols.
<h2>Handgun Safety and Operation</h2>
Other than competition use, a handgun is for fighting. Everything about your handgun should be about how it stays operational in the fight and keeps you operating during a fight for your life. There is nothing about that purpose that involves a “safety switch.” It is your responsibility—not the gun’s responsibility—to be safe in or out of a fight.
If you are a concealed or open carrier, responsibility requires that you be safe not just carrying your handgun, but with the entire scope of gun handling relevant to everyday carry:
<ul>
<li>Loading an empty handgun and unloading and clearing a loaded and ready handgun with a round chambered.</li>
<li>Holstering in preparation to carry and un-holstering calmly at the conclusion of the day, all while wearing any sort of warm/cold-weather clothing you’re apt to wear.</li>
<li>Drawing safely from the holster under horrific distress and bringing your handgun into the fight, all while wearing any sort of warm/cold-weather clothing you’re apt to wear.</li>
<li>Performing a magazine or speedloader reload while under horrific distress to keep your gun in the fight.</li>
<li>Cleaning a handgun.</li>
<li>Showing/handing your handgun to someone.</li>
</ul>
Every single one of these tasks should only ever be performed while adhering to the 4 rules of firearm safety …out of habit! And not a single one of these tasks requires or should involve manipulation of a “safety lever.”
I hope it goes without saying that being habitually competent with all of these tasks requires a great deal of regular, ongoing training.
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
Handgun safety is quite simple, but it’s all about your behavior. And in order for it to be reliable, it has to become habitual (something you always do, but never think about). That takes work with lots of repetition; repetition that never ends as long as you own firearms.
If you don’t break any of the 4 rules of firearm safety, there is zero chance of your negligence harming yourself or anyone else. If you do something else and, say, rely on a handgun’s condition or the position of the safety lever as your gauge for safety or safe handing, you’re exhibiting a negligent disregard for safety and tearing at the fabric of safe habits.
My recommendation: do not own and never carry a handgun with any sort of safety lever. There are reasons beyond mere safety for this recommendation, but actual gun safety is reason enough.
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The photo in this article is <a href="https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Beretta_90TWO_decocking_lever.JPG">a Beretta 90TWO decocking lever by Praiyachat</a>.
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-firearm-safety-levers-greatly-reduce-safety/">Opinion: Firearm Safety Levers Greatly Reduce Safety</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/opinion-firearm-safety-levers-greatly-reduce-safety/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>14</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>On Appendix Carry</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-appendix-carry/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-appendix-carry/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Nov 2015 19:09:24 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/?p=7720</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Carrying a concealed handgun means finding the carry position that best suits your preference, your body type, your clothing, and your lifestyle. While preference and lifestyle are important, I’ll suggest that practicality should in some large measure rule the day. By Andy Rutledge * * * For many men, the appendix-carry inside the waistband (AIWB) […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-appendix-carry/">On Appendix Carry</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Carrying a concealed handgun means finding the carry position that best suits your preference, your body type, your clothing, and your lifestyle. While preference and lifestyle are important, I’ll suggest that practicality should in some large measure rule the day.

By <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
For many men, the appendix-carry inside the waistband (AIWB) position offers the most concealability, most convenience, easiest access, and fastest deployment of any concealed-carry position. Along with the increasing availability of excellent AIWB holster options, these surely are important reasons why appendix carry has gained in popularity in recent years.
Despite these advantages, the AIWB carry position is not without its problems and negative potential. Some people find AIWB carry to be uncomfortable, especially if they spend most of the day sitting. Also, because of where it points the muzzle of your firearm, safety concerns are brought to the forefront. So this method and position of carry is not for everyone, but let’s take a closer look at appendix carry and the issues involved with employing it.
I’m referencing men here, specifically, because AIWB not as appropriate for women due to common women’s clothing conventions. This is not to say women should not choose this carry position; it’s just that women may find it less suitable than other methods of carry.
<h2>Concealability, Accessibility, and Defensibility</h2>
The appendix position, at 12 o’clock or 12:30 is about the most easily concealable carry position for men of slight to medium build. Unlike other inside-the-waistband positions, a gun in front doesn’t print when you sit or when you bend over or when you reach upward. Men of more robust build will likely find AIWB to be less desirable and perhaps favor a 3 o’clock to 5 o’clock position because the appendix position’s concealability relies heavily on your shirt falling straight down from your chest.
For those who find the position appropriately concealable, AIWB carry offers the easiest and fastest access to your gun of any carry position. The draw stroke keeps your arms and hands in front of your body, without any reaching around or twisting of your torso for access. Your hands naturally rest toward your front anyway, so whether you draw from a “resting” position or a natural defensive posture, your hands need not travel far or in an awkward direction to access your gun.
This last point is important for more physical situations where both physical defense and firearm retention are required. It’s just plain easier and more natural to use your hands and arms in defense toward the front than to the side. So defending your face and front torso and your holstered firearm from someone trying to get to it are easiest when they’re all on the same side of your body.
As an aside, if you’ve never thought about retention issues or defending your holstered gun from someone, take a close-quarters handgun course sometime. Very enlightening and humbling!
<div id="attachment_7728" style="width: 1010px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7728" class="wp-image-7728 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed.jpg" alt="appendix draw" width="1000" height="417" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed.jpg 1000w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed-300x125.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed-100x42.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed-758x316.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/incog_concealed-864x360.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a>The Glock 19 Gen 4 conceals easily under a t-shirt.</div>
<h2>Convenience</h2>
Among the advantages to appendix carry is the convenience offered by the easy-on, easy-off nature of the position and of most good holsters for it. Good AIWB holsters have a single belt clip so donning or removing the holster should take no more than two seconds.
Having an easy on and off holster can come in handy when you’re, say, using a public bathroom or trying on clothes in a store dressing room. You can quickly and easily remove your gun, holster and all, and place on a stable surface to keep it from being visible under stall walls or dressing room doors—all while it’s still safely protected in your holster. Removing your holstered gun before undressing also helps mitigate the chances your gun falls clattering onto the floor.
When driving a car or truck, AIWB provides a tremendous advantage to carrying on your side or back hip. With your gun in front of you, there’s nothing to get in your way should you be required to bring your gun to bear in defense while seated. Just be sure to pull your shirt and jacket out to lay on top of the seatbelt instead of being trapped under it. This way you can draw as normal should the need arise.
<h2>Comfort Concerns</h2>
Not everyone finds appendix carry comfortable. In my trials with AIWB I have found that comfort has more to do with the holster than anything else. Even though a small, single-stack pistol is more comfortable to carry there than a large double-stack, the holster is the primary arbiter of comfort. A compact or subcompact is more comfortable to appendix carry than a full-sized handgun, for obvious barrel-length reasons.
There are plenty of uncomfortable AIWB holsters and plenty of comfortable ones. There are convenient AIWB holsters and inconvenient ones. I’ve experienced all kinds and I’ve settled on just a couple. The best, I believe, is the <a href="https://www.tacticalholsters.com/product/INC/ECLIPSE.html">INCOG Eclipse holster</a>. It’s the only one I wear on a regular basis. The close second is the <a href="https://raven-concealment-systems1.mybigcommerce.com/eidolon-holster-system/">Raven Concealment Eidolon</a>. The Eidolon has the best concealment, but it’s also not so comfortable and a bit technical to secure in place. The INCOG Eclipse is highly concealable, easy to don and remove, and the most comfortable holster I’ve ever worn. Your mileage may vary.
When you’re standing and/or walking, just about any good AIWB holster will be comfortable. Carrying while sitting is perhaps the true test of any AIWB holster. And it’s not just the holster, but the alignment and position that factor into the equation. I find it’s helpful to pull your belt/pants up slightly as you sit, to raise the holster into a more comfortable position.
<h2>Some Requirements and Suggestions:</h2>
<h4>Wear an extra-stiff belt.</h4>
With a hybrid-style holster at 3-5 o’clock position, you may get away with a semi-stiff belt, but carrying in the appendix position requires you wear an extra-stiff belt. The center-front part of your torso lacks surface bones and is softer than the back part of your torso. Therefore, your belt will have to do more work to keep your gun-laden holster properly aligned and from tilting outward.
<h4>Use a Kydex holster that completely covers the trigger guard.</h4>
Use ONLY a Kydex holster for AIWB carry. For all of their benefits in the eyes of some, leather holsters lack the proper integrity for appendix carry. Moreover, leather tends to be too bulky for this position, compromising concealability.
<h4>Take care re-holstering.</h4>
There is no defensive scenario that requires fast re-holstering or looking away while doing so. Always look your gun into your holster, and do so slowly while being absolutely sure your shirt or other items are not in the way. With your gun pointed at your genitals or femoral artery, the last thing you need is for something to snag the trigger as it goes into the holster.
<h2>Safety Concerns</h2>
Since AIWB carry points the muzzle at your groin area, I recommend that only experienced firearm handlers and those who train regularly from concealment opt for appendix carry. I’ll go so far as to opine that appendix carry requires that you train regularly with both dry fire and live fire, drawing from and re-holstering to concealment. Only with hundreds or thousands of repetitions will you develop sure, safe habits. “Knowing” gun safety is useless; gun safety must be a much-practiced, impossible-to-break habit.
The primary reason for my recommendation here is that if by chance you shoot yourself in the femoral artery while re-holstering, you will not likely survive it. Even if you were to do so while standing in the emergency room of a hospital, with a wound from that angle it is unlikely you could be saved. There is simply no room for error when drawing from and re-holstering to the appendix position.
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
If you’re an experienced and habitually safe gun handler of slim to medium build, I highly recommend appendix carry for you. If you try it, I suspect you’ll find it to be the most concealable, most convenient, easiest to access, easiest to protect, and fastest to deploy position for concealed carry. Just be sure to train regularly and often for the live-fire draw and return process.
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
<style type="text/css">
acronym { 
border-bottom: 1px dotted #999; 
cursor: help; 
} 
</style>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-appendix-carry/">On Appendix Carry</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/on-appendix-carry/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Review: The Springfield EMP</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-springfield-emp/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-springfield-emp/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sun, 08 Nov 2015 19:19:44 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/?p=7676</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The Springfield Armory EMP is a 1911-style pistol built around the 9×19 Parabellum/Luger and .40 S&W round. Because it’s not a traditional 1911 modified to accommodate a shorter round, this subcompact pistol carries no extra bulk and it features some mechanical departures from a traditional 1911. This is a review of the 9mm model (since […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-springfield-emp/">Review: The Springfield EMP</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[The Springfield Armory EMP is a 1911-style pistol built around the 9×19 Parabellum/Luger and .40 S&W round. Because it’s not a traditional 1911 modified to accommodate a shorter round, this subcompact pistol carries no extra bulk and it features some mechanical departures from a traditional 1911. This is a review of the 9mm model (since I could never condone the use of a .40 cal. round).

By <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
The 9mm EMP, which stands for enhanced micro pistol, has a duo-tone finish with a stainless steel slide and a dark gray anodized aluminum frame. It comes with either double-diamond Cocobolo or cross cannon gray nylon grips. Because of the 9mm chambering, the EMP has a narrower grip profile than the typical 1911 chambered in .45 ACP.
While 1911s are usually large and heavy, the Springfield EMP is a subcompact pistol with a 3” barrel. At 27 ounces, it’s among the lightest full-grip 1911s going. Though small, it’s a full grip for my medium-sized hands, anyway. These characteristics describe the EMP’s intended purpose: concealed carry.
<h2>Why Consider the Springfield EMP?</h2>
The EMP 9mm is a purpose-made concealed-carry pistol for folks who prefer the 1911 platform. Unlike some 1911s chambered in 9×19, however, the EMP was designed specifically for the smaller, shorter round, and from the specifically-fitted magazine up.
The Springfield EMP is also quite a beautiful pistol. I’m especially fond of the brown Cocobolo grips on the dark gray frame, contrasting with the satin-finish steel slide. This, along with the abbreviated dimensions packs a lot of beauty into a small package. Don’t know about you, but it makes me want to hold it.
<div id="attachment_7679" style="width: 910px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/emps.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7679" class="wp-image-7679 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/emps.jpg" alt="The Springfield EMP" width="900" height="400" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/emps.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/emps-300x133.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/emps-100x44.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/emps-758x337.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/emps-864x384.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>Here are the two grip options for the Springfield EMP.</div>
Springfield Armory EMP 9mm Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Length: 6.6”</li>
<li>Height: 5”</li>
<li>Width: 1.06”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3” Match Grade</li>
<li>Weight: 27oz. (w/empty magazine) v</li>
<li>Slide: Forged stainless steel, satin finish</li>
<li>Frame: Forged aluminum alloy, black hardcoat anodized</li>
<li>Grip: Thinline Cross Cannon™ or Double Diamond Cocobolo</li>
<li>Sights: Low-profile combat, 3-dot Tritium</li>
<li>Capacity: 9-round magazine (3), stainless steel</li>
<li>MSRP: ~$1200</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the EMP</h2>
Full disclosure: I put only about 200 rounds through the EMP at an indoor range. This experience gave me a feel for the pistol, but not a thorough understanding of its fighting capacity or reliability. Even so, I found the shooting experience to be very two-sided.
First thing I noticed was that the EMP is very accurate. My first shots at 15 yards put 4 rounds inside of a dime-sized hole (with one flyer 4” away. Oh well). Further shooting showed that even though this pistol has only a 3” barrel, it is remarkably accurate.
Next, the trigger is beautiful in take up, break, and reset. One of the best I’ve ever pressed. This excellent quality noted, I must say that the ~3 to 3.5 lb. trigger is far lighter than the advertized ~5 lb. trigger. While that equates to a fun/easy shooting experience, I’m not sure this light of a trigger is safe or appropriate for carry—and carry is the pistol’s entire purpose.
Finally, the EMP is extraordinarily hard to hold onto while shooting. Therefore, trying to put more than two shots on target meant having to re-grip between shots. This is alien to me, as I’m used to the functional and reliable grip found on a stippled Glock frame. The lack of texturing on the front of the grip, especially, makes holding onto the EMP a futile chore. This experience quickly put me off and colors my subsequent thoughts on the pistol. If you can’t hold onto the thing, it’s pretty useless.
Comfort & Controllability 
This is a single-stack subcompact, so shooting it is somewhat different from that of the typical fighting gun. It is a very comfortable pistol to grip, but I have to say that this comfort is rendered moot after the second, or so, shot, when the pistol has climbed out of your stable grip. So for controllability, this pistol gets an F. Note, that my report is anecdotal; some may have hands that anchor the pistol in, but mine failed to do so on every pass.
Concealability + Capacity 
The grip is appropriately short for a carry pistol (its intended purpose) and the capacity is not so bad, at 9 rounds of 9mm + 1 in the chamber. Compare that to a Glock 26 and you’re only down 1 round. Respectable. It’s a single-stack pistol, so it is eminently concealable. I have to believe, though, that the 27 oz weight—somewhat exacerbated with a full magazine of ammo—will not be perfect for everyone. An extra-stiff carry belt is a requirement for the Springfield EMP.
<h2>Components and Materials</h2>
This is a beautiful gun. The satin-finish stainless steel slide is nicely done, edges and all. It contrasts beautifully with the dark gray, anodized aluminum frame set against the warm brown Cocobolo grips (on the model I tested). Aesthetically, every feature of the pistol is inviting.
The frame features the 1911-typical grip safety, beavertail, and sports ambi thumb safeties. I note that the front of the grip lacks any texturing and I found this to exacerbate the lack of purchase when firing the pistol.
The sights are excellent, in my opinion. The useable and accurate Tritium night sights mean most folks won’t need to consider any aftermarket replacement. The skeletonized hammer is nicely textured and reduces the weight on this already light (for a 1911) pistol.
Since this pistol was built specifically for the 9mm round, there are some departures from the typical 1911 componentry. Most are internal, but there is the conspicuous lack of a barrel bushing. This means takedown is a bit different than you may be used to with a 1911, and a bit easier.
<h3>On Reliability</h3>
As I only put a couple hundred rounds through this pistol, I will not speak as to its reliability directly. Though in those 200 or so rounds, I experienced no malfunctions. I have, however, spent quite a bit of time reading what others have said and watching videos others have made relating to the model’s reliability. Reports vary significantly. Note, also, that operator skill and competence vary significantly. One would do well to keep this fact in mind…
From what I gather, the early models (2007 – 2009) were prone to feeding problems. The EMP has a barrel-integrated feed ramp which is a departure from the standard 1911 approach, which utilizes a frame-mounted ramp to the barrel. For whatever reason, the early models had hit-or-miss trouble with feeding ammunition generally or as specific to certain kinds of ammunition. There are/were a couple of theories as to why, but suffice it to say that some owners experienced no issues and others had full-on lemons that had to be returned to the manufacturer for refitting. These anecdotes would seem to reflect poorly on the EMP. However, from what I gather, these ammo-feeding issues have been engineered out of the Springfield EMP and it is today a typical 1911 with regard to reliability.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros 
This is a beautiful, very compact (subcompact) pistol for people who like the 1911 platform. The sights are top notch and the components are refined. The trigger is fantastic (if, perhaps, a bit too light?). The size is perfect for a concealed-carry pistol and the weight is not (for some) too great for that purpose, and excellent for a 1911. Perhaps most importantly, this is a highly accurate weapon, even as measured against a pistol of any size. It is hard to argue with this characteristic.
Cons 
The cost is prohibitive. Also, the EMP is a 1911, which I believe one should never use for concealed carry; the 1911-style thumb safety is a gross liability for any defensive pistol. The lack of appropriate texture on the grips—especially the front of the grip—is an unexplainable failure in the design of this gun and renders it quite difficult to shoot more than 2 rounds on target (with wet, sweaty, or bloody hands, it surely renders the pistol impossible to hold when shooting!). This last feature is a terminal failure for a specifically-made concealed-carry pistol.
<h3>So for rating the EMP…</h3>
Ergonomics (*****) 
The EMP feels very nice in my hands. It is quite thin, even for a 1911, but the result is very comfortable. Trigger reach (for me) and sight picture are quite comfortable, too. Even though this is a subcompact, the grip is, for me, a full-hand grip and leaves nothing to be desired…beyond texture and grip maintainability.
Shootability (**) 
Recoil is relatively mild, though certainly greater than with a full-sized 1911. The 9mm round rather than .45 ACP round makes this an easier-to-shoot pistol for the size. Those aspects aside, the lack of proper grip texture had the pistol climbing out of my hand with more than, say, 2 shots on target. I found the EMP very hard to maintain control of, and not for the violence of the recoil, but for the lack of purchase on the grip.
Accuracy (*****) 
Top of class. This is a remarkably accurate pistol. It’s perhaps the most innately accurate pistol I’ve shot out of the box.
Reliability 
I cannot comment on this from my experience.
Customization (**) 
The EMP is not a pistol that one customizes outside of, perhaps, the grips and thumb safety. I have seen or read several accounts of owners who replaced the ambidextrous thumb safety with a single-sided safety lever, owing to issues of accidental toggling by a holster or clothing.
<h2>In Summary</h2>
I think the Springfield EMP is beautiful and seemingly well-engineered 9mm 1911 pistol. So far as 1911 carry pistols go, it likely ranks at or near the top for static quality and engineering. However, the too-light trigger and near impossibility of maintaining a good grip while shooting are heavy strikes against it. I’ll conclude that the Springfield EMP is a perfect example of a safe queen. Though, at $1,200.00, it’s perhaps a less-than-perfect example for most folks.
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
<style type="text/css">
acronym { 
border-bottom: 1px dotted #999; 
cursor: help; 
} 
</style>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-springfield-emp/">Review: The Springfield EMP</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-springfield-emp/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>43</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Maintaining Your Glock</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/maintaining-your-glock/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/maintaining-your-glock/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Wed, 21 Oct 2015 00:32:50 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/?p=7599</guid>
<description><![CDATA[There are only two kinds of components in a Glock pistol: those that have broken and those that will break. Despite the well-deserved reputation for being tough as nails, every component in your Glock pistol will fail at some point. If you shoot it enough. Best learn how to maintain your Glock and learn when […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/maintaining-your-glock/">Maintaining Your Glock</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[There are only two kinds of components in a Glock pistol: those that have broken and those that will break. Despite the well-deserved reputation for being tough as nails, every component in your Glock pistol will fail at some point. If you shoot it enough. Best learn how to maintain your Glock and learn when and how to replace parts before one of them fails you at an inconvenient time.
By <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a> 
* * *
In just the past 2 years, I’ve fired 70,000+ rounds with my Glock pistols in training and competition. I mention this fact because even though I fastidiously maintain my Glocks, those 70k shots (55K of them on just one G19) have exposed some interesting and instructive maintenance issues.
In light of that experience, I’ll share here some recommendations for maintaining a Glock pistol for a long service life and a high degree of reliability. Of course, nothing is certain with mechanical devices, but these steps I’ll share here will ensure you’re meeting your responsibilities and doing your part to mitigate destructive or life-threatening chance. Even so, be advised of one certainty: your mileage may vary.
<h2>Step One: Keep accurate round counts for every component</h2>
Firearms ownership brings with it certain responsibilities. Among them is the responsibility to keep an accurate round count for every firearm you own—AND—for each of its components. Unless you keep an accurate round count for every component in every gun, and act on it when appropriate, you will suffer an inconvenient or possibly life-threatening failure while training or defending your life. Not may, but will.
Every time you replace a component (well before it fails), log the date and round count and then record the target round count for its next replacement. Refer to and record your round counts every time you shoot your pistol. When the count crosses the appropriate threshold for a particular component’s lifespan, replace it and carry on. We’ll have a look at component lifespan in a moment.
<h2>Step Two: Perform periodic complete-disassembly cleaning</h2>
First of all, clean your Glock every time you shoot it. Keep that thing as clean as brand new and it’ll run for a long time. Additionally, I recommend a complete-disassembly detail cleaning every 2000 rounds because I find that it takes that many rounds to get the internal parts dirty enough to cause concern. As with everything in pistol maintenance, I’m erring on the side of caution rather than pressing my luck.
<div id="attachment_7606" style="width: 1192px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/glockasplode2.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7606" class="wp-image-7606 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/glockasplode2.jpg" alt="Glock 19 disassembled" width="1182" height="869" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/glockasplode2.jpg 1182w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/glockasplode2-300x221.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/glockasplode2-1024x753.jpg 1024w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/glockasplode2-100x74.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/glockasplode2-758x557.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/glockasplode2-1056x776.jpg 1056w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/glockasplode2-864x635.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 1182px) 100vw, 1182px" /></a>My Glock 19 after 2 years and 55,000 rounds fired. Thus far I have several times replaced the recoil spring, trigger spring, and slide stop spring, and have replaced the extractor, magazine catch spring, striker spring, and spring cups once each. For a detail cleaning, disassemble your Glock to this point and thoroughly clean every component. Be sure each component is completely dry before you reassemble.</div>
After completely disassembling the slide and frame, thoroughly clean each component and clean every cavity in the slide and frame. I recommend that you not remove the magazine catch and spring or the slide lock spring except for replacement, as doing so can damage and weaken those springs.
I recommend that you use only dry Q-tips or other dry materials to clean inside the slide cavities for the striker and extractor. You do not want an even slightly wet surface in your striker channel. Regardless of how you clean the rest of the components, be sure to dry them off completely with a dry patch before reassembly.
Really dirty components that need extra attention include the extractor (especially the blade edge/groove), the firing pin safety plunger, and the business end of the striker. I use Rem Oil wipes or a Rem Oil-moistened patch to really dig into those parts with my finger nails to get the gunpowder residue off completely.
<h2>Step Three: Replace components before they wear out</h2>
There is no way to know when a component will fail on any firearm. Therefore, responsibility requires we replace components at advisable round-count intervals. It’s best to replace parts before you believe there is a need to do so!
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/glocksplode-1.gif"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-15553" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/glocksplode-1.gif" alt="Glock Exploded" width="1622" height="1123" /></a>
Most little Glock parts are quite inexpensive and I recommend that you have a couple of each on hand for each of your Glocks at all times. That way, when you do experience a failure—and if you train much at all you WILL experience a failure—you can simply drop in the new replacement without having to order and wait for arrival.
There are a handful of Glock pistol components that wear out faster than the others and require regular replacement. These include the recoil spring assembly, the trigger spring, the slide lock spring, and the magazine catch spring.
Recoil Spring 
The recoil spring is the backbone of your pistol. There are a lot of ideas and preferences on when to replace the recoil spring to, a) prevent cycling issues, and b) to prevent breakage of the locking block pin. I’ll recommend that you replace the recoil spring for (grossly overpresured) .40 cal and .357 Sig every 3000 to 5000 rounds. For .380, 9mm, .45, and 10mm I recommend replacing every 5000 to 10,000 rounds.
I also recommend that you use only Glock factory recoil springs. I’ve tried a few others and not once has any non-Glock-OEM recoil spring lasted more than 1000 rounds before it either broke or started causing cycling issues. Plenty of other non-OEM parts can work just fine in a Glock, but I find there is no substitute for a Glock recoil spring if you’re at all interested in reliability. Here, again, your mileage may vary. Recoil spring assemblies typically cost anywhere from $7 to $20. You might also consider periodically replacing your locking block pin every 30,000 to 40,000 rounds for about $3.
Trigger Spring 
With a broken trigger spring, you don’t own a pistol so much as you own a paperweight. I’ve never experienced a broken trigger spring on my Glocks. I’ve read that one should replace the trigger spring every 10,000 rounds, so that’s what I’ve done. A trigger spring failure is one I’m not willing to tempt, since they only cost about $2. That’s cheap; especially as compared to a potentially life-threatening failure.
Slide Lock Spring 
With a broken slide lock spring, your slide will slide right off the frame. The slide lock is the mechanism you use to take down your Glock. The two tabs sticking out either side of the frame are the edges of the slide lock. The all-important spring sits recessed into the frame and occasionally it will just break in half. The one on my Glock 19 Gen 4 broke after 31,000 rounds (I should have replaced it earlier!). I recommend you replace the slide lock spring every 10,000 rounds or so. These springs cost around $3.
Magazine Catch Spring 
A broken magazine catch spring means your pistol can’t hold a magazine, which will fall right out. The magazine catch spring in my Glock 19 Gen 4 broke after 51,000 rounds. It’s a spring recessed deep into the interior of the grip that you’ll never need to remove unless you’re replacing it or removing or replacing your magazine release. I’ve never seen data on how often these break, but you can’t run your Glock without one. They cost around $3. I’ll recommend replacing every 20,000 rounds or so.
<h3>Honorable Mention</h3>
Slide Stop Lever Spring 
I mention this one only because it’s not uncommon that it needs replacement, but not necessarily because of wear. I bent a slide stop lever spring only once, I think it was during the first detail cleaning of my first Glock pistol. I’ve read that it’s a common tale, though.
The slide stop lever (not “slide release”) spring isn’t really prone to failure due to shooting or use, but it’s a delicate spring and can easily be bent. When you disassemble your pistol, it’s not uncommon for the end of the spring to catch on something and get bent. It’s also vulnerable to being bent accidentally when you’re cleaning the slide stop lever with a patch. While it’s possible you can bend the spring back into proper shape, it is not likely. Don’t try to fit a new spring, but instead just replace the lever & spring assembly for about $7.
Striker, Striker Spring, and Spring Cups 
I’d recommend replacing the striker spring and spring cups every 20,000 rounds or so, but I’ve not seen any official recommendation. It’s a vital spring and the spring cups are quite delicate. These components are part of a violent mechanical process for every trigger pull, so wear is a factor. The spring and the cups set each cost about $3.
The striker is probably a lifetime component in a Glock, but I’d recommend replacing every 40,000 rounds or so. Especially if you engage in dry-fire practice on a regular basis (you do, right?).
Yes, other parts can break, but these aforementioned components are the likeliest to fail and require responsible attention to their condition, function, and periodic replacement.
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
A Glock pistol’s strong and simple construction gives it an inherent predisposition to just keep running under all sorts of adverse conditions, but to keep it running for years and years and for thousands and thousands of rounds, it is best to maintain it like new. Especially if it’s something you carry every day to help preserve your life.
In addition to the components cited here, be sure to give ALL of your pistol components a quick check every time you clean it. Breech faces can crack, slide rails can break out of the frame, frames can be damaged, sides can crack, etc. These failings are not common, but do happen. If you take care of your Glock, you can be sure it will take care of you in return.
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
<style type="text/css">
acronym { 
border-bottom: 1px dotted #999; 
cursor: help; 
} 
.wp-caption>.wp-caption-text, .wp-caption>.wp-caption-text:last-child, .gallery-item>.wp-caption-text, .gallery-item>.wp-caption-text:last-child { 
font-size: 16px; 
text-transform: none; 
text-align: left; 
font-weight: 500; 
} 
</style>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/maintaining-your-glock/">Maintaining Your Glock</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/maintaining-your-glock/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>17</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Review: The Sphinx SDP Compact Alpha</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-sphinx-sdp-compact-alpha/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-sphinx-sdp-compact-alpha/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sat, 03 Oct 2015 10:56:35 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/?p=7546</guid>
<description><![CDATA[I’ve been seeing magazine ads for Sphinx pistols for years. As I’m a designer, the precise and beautiful lines and the soft luster of the finish on these pistols make me swoon just a bit. Sphinx compact pistols come in a variety of setups and color/material configurations and Eagle Gun Range has a couple of […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-sphinx-sdp-compact-alpha/">Review: The Sphinx SDP Compact Alpha</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[I’ve been seeing magazine ads for Sphinx pistols for years. As I’m a designer, the precise and beautiful lines and the soft luster of the finish on these pistols make me swoon just a bit. Sphinx compact pistols <a href="https://www.sphinxarms.com/index.php/sdp-compact-line">come in a variety of setups and color/material configurations</a> and Eagle Gun Range has a couple of them. Recently I got the chance to spend some quality time with the Sphinx SDP Compact Alpha, chambered in 9mm.

By <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
After trying out the Sphinx, I didn’t want to give it back. It’s every bit as sexy as the ads led me to believe, yet it’s a very businesslike gun. Here are my thoughts and impressions of the pistol.
<h3>Why Consider The Sphinx SDP Compact?</h3>
While many pistols are made for specific purpose—duty, competition, concealed carry, deep concealment—the Sphinx SDP compact does not seem to me to fit snugly into just one of those categories. It is a highly accurate, precision-shooting machine and, therefore, fit for competition. However, it has a picatinny rail and a modest magazine capacity. It is moderately sized and so could be a concealed-carry candidate, yet it is quite heavy as compared to many carry guns.
The description on the Sphinx Arms website says, “Derived from competition and built for duty use, the SDP Compact is the ideal gun to suit your needs on the job, in the home, or in the shoot box.” I’d say that pretty much sums it up. Let’s take a closer look.
Sphinx SDP Compact Alpha 9mm Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Action: DA/SA with ambidextrous de-cocking lever</li>
<li>Length: 7.4”</li>
<li>Height: 5.35”</li>
<li>Width: 1.37”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.7”</li>
<li>Weight: 28.2oz. (w/empty magazine)</li>
<li>Slide Finish: Black TIAIN coating</li>
<li>Frame: Upper: Anodized Aluminum / Grip: Polymer</li>
<li>Capacity: 15+1 flush magazine</li>
<li>MSRP: $1295 (can often be found for less than $1000 in stores)</li>
</ul>
<h3>Shooting the Sphinx</h3>
Lately I have been <a href="https://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/review-springfield-armory-xd-s-9mm/">shooting and reviewing</a> snappy little <a href="https://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/review-the-glock-43/">subcompact carry pistols</a>. So when I picked up the Sphinx SDP compact and put the first few rounds through it, it was like climbing out of a go-cart and into a luxury sedan with bucket seats and a plush interior tailored just for me. This is a plush pistol.
Its precision machining, tight tolerances, and smooth-as-silk trigger help make this a highly accurate pistol. When starting de-cocked, that first trigger pull is long and heavy; around 10 pounds, but very smooth. Follow-up single-action pulls are in the 3 to 3.5 pound range and very smooth. There is a clean take-up and a clear wall, then a crisp break. Trigger reset is short and clean. This is a wonderful trigger.
Comfort & Controllability 
This is a very comfortable gun. To me, it feels better in the hand than any pistol I remember holding. The rubberized and contoured backstraps of various dimensions allow you to configure the grip to suit your preference. I like how the Sphinx puts the palm swell in the proper place for the human hand: near the middle of the grip rather than at the bottom of the grip like Glock does. Also, it has rounded grip sides rather than flat, as typically found on most pistols. The result is a very ergonomic feel.
<div id="attachment_7549" style="width: 768px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/sphinx-grip.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7549" class="wp-image-7549 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/sphinx-grip.jpg" alt="comparison of grips" width="758" height="480" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/sphinx-grip.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/sphinx-grip-300x190.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/sphinx-grip-100x63.jpg 100w" sizes="(max-width: 758px) 100vw, 758px" /></a>Grip profiles for comparison.</div>
I find the Sphinx SDP Compact Alpha to be a very soft-shooting gun. When at the range to shoot the Sphinx, I typically warmed up with my Glock 19 so I could note key differences. I have never found the G19 to be at all snappy, but switching to the Sphinx was almost like going from a 9mm to a .22 pistol. That might be a slight exaggeration, but the felt recoil with the Sphinx is almost half that of the Glock 19! Like I said: plush.
With its soft recoil, follow-up shots are very easy to achieve accurately since the gun almost doesn’t move in the hand. My sights never really came off target during shooting strings. Certainly this low-recoil feature is due in part to the guns weight. It outweighs the G19 by at least 5-6 ounces (maybe more) and the fact that the upper part of the frame is made of aluminum rather than polymer.
The one comfort issue I had with the Sphinx is that when chambered and de-cocked, the reach to the trigger was exceedingly long. I even had to adjust my grip slightly to reach the trigger properly. I have medium-sized hands, so this may not be an issue for folks with larger hands. I found that first-round trigger reach to be uncomfortable and off putting.
Concealability + Capacity 
Unloaded, the Sphinx SDP Compact Alpha weighs in excess of 28 ounces, which is comparable to a 1911 compact model. Being a double-stack, however, means that it’ll be considerably heavier than a compact 1911 with a fully-loaded magazine. This puts the Sphinx on the hefty side and perhaps not ideal for <acronym title="Inside the Waistband">IWB</acronym> concealed carry. Though I’ve heard some say they do use it for <acronym title="Inside the Waistband">IWB</acronym> concealed carry. In any case, its weigh makes an extra-stiff belt a requirement.
The Sphinx SDP Compact Alpha has a 15+1 capacity and yet is just barely small enough to be a compact-sized pistol. While only a smidgen larger than say a Glock 19, which has the same capacity, it is quite a bit heavier and the height/grip is about 1/3” taller than the G19. So while I wouldn’t exclude the Sphinx as a concealed-carry pistol it is perhaps better suited to <acronym title="Outside the Waistband">OWB</acronym> duty carry. At the least, its extra weight and slightly larger dimension than most compacts make the Sphinx more of a winter gun with regard to concealability (under heavier, cold-weather clothing).
I would imagine a pistol of this size might hold one or two more rounds than similar but smaller pistols. A saving grace, perhaps, is the fact that it’s a precision tack driver that might allow you to do more with those 15 rounds than with some other similar pistol.
<h3>Components and Materials</h3>
The slide of the Sphinx is precision machined from billet steel, which is then treated to a TIAIN coating, and hand fitted to mate with the frame. The frame has an anodized aluminum upper, cut from billet. This aluminum upper is affixed to a polymer grip with three recessed screws (one at the front of the trigger guard and two at the rear of the grip), assisted by the magazine-catch screw that enters the front of the grip. I’ve never seen this sort of configuration before, but it’s interesting and a clever method for reducing the frame weight. The finish of both the steel slide and the aluminum frame is beautiful and, when clean, has a soft, satiny luster that exudes quality.
<div id="attachment_7550" style="width: 668px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/sphinx-explode.gif"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7550" class="wp-image-7550 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/sphinx-explode.gif" alt="exploded view of the Sphinx pistol" width="658" height="821" /></a>Above: How the aluminum frame mounts to the polymer grip.</div>
The slide has quite a low profile, as it rides inside of the upper frame in full-length rails that are precision machined into both the slide and the frame. I don’t know if this configuration does anything for accuracy or reliability, but it sure seems like it would. As with everything else on this pistol, the finish is fine and the tolerances tight.
The comparatively shallow slide gives the Sphinx a lower bore axis, which helps mitigate felt recoil slightly. With so little slide available to the hand, it might be difficult to grip for racking if not for the sharply cut serrations fore and aft. These give good purchase and I never had a problem or felt like I needed more slide when racking it.
The steel sights include a white-dot front sight and a black rear sight. The dovetailed rear sight is serrated to eliminate reflection glare. I really like these sights when shooting, but I do not like the fact that the rear sight is smoothly angled from the slide level toward the back end. That ramp does not offer affordance for one-handed slide racking on, say, a belt. It can be done with enough pressure, but not as easily as with more of a flat front to the rear sight.
The grip is polymer and sports interchangeable backstraps. The three backstraps that come with the pistol allow for size variation on both horizontal dimensions (width and girth). They have a rubberized texture that is very grippy in dry hands. I never got the chance to shoot this one with wet hands, so I can’t say how the grip holds up in less-than-ideal conditions.
<h3>Conclusions</h3>
Pros 
The Sphinx SDP Compact Alpha is a soft-shooting, highly accurate, precision shooting machine that feels wonderful in the hand. The trigger is fantastic and feels slick as grease in both double and single-action modes. The de-cocking mechanism is ambi and the magazine release is reversible. The slide-inside-the-frame rides on full-length rails and the fore-and-aft serrations are sharp and easy to grasp. The stock sights are good and the pistol is easy to field strip. With the precision machining, beautiful contours, and refined lines, the whole package looks quite sexy.
Cons 
This pistol is heavier than some similarly sized competitors and its heft detracts from concealed-carry ease and comfort. As a duty pistol, the 15-round capacity is perhaps slightly anemic. In my opinion, external mechanisms detract from reliability, so the fact that this is a hammer-fired pistol with de-cocking levers is a strike against it in my book. The ~$1000 price will be a hard pill to swallow for many would-be buyers.
<h2>So for rating the Sphinx SDP Compact…</h2>
Ergonomics (*****) 
It’s the most comfortable pistol I’ve ever held or shot.
Shootability (*****) 
With great sights, soft recoil, and nice grip contours, it is very easy to shoot this compact pistol accurately and to hit with quick follow-up shots.
Accuracy (*****) 
It’s a precision machine and highly accurate.
Reliability () 
I didn’t give the Sphinx a reliability score, as I only put a few hundred rounds through it and didn’t get the chance to shoot it wet or dirty. That said, I shot hundreds of ball ammo rounds and a couple dozen each of three different hollow-point defensive round varieties through it, and every round in cycled perfectly and went bang. I have not read of anyone having feeding or cycling issues with any particular type of ammo.
Customization (**) 
The Sphinx SDP Compact Alpha is not the kind of gun one wants to customize much. Not surprisingly, there are few customizing accessories available. I was able to find some after-market sights (which I would recommend if this is to be your defensive gun). The interchangeable backstraps allow for some personal fit. The picatinny rail allows for flashlights and/or lasers and there are several holster options available from quality manufacturers.
<h3>In Summary</h3>
This is a fantastic pistol. It definitely tends toward being a luxury gun and one I’d not want to see marred or dirty. Aesthetics aside, it is a very accurate and precision-machined pistol that means business. While its price is in the upper tier for duty/carry pistols, I can think of no reason to malign it on price. Its value is tangible and if you can afford it, it’s worth every bit of its price.
If you’re interested in shooting the Sphinx, that’s easily accomplished and quite cheaply, as Eagle Gun Range has an SDP Compact Alpha for rent. Be warned, though; if you rent it and shoot it you might not want to give it back.
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
<style type="text/css">
acronym { 
border-bottom: 1px dotted #999; 
cursor: help; 
} 
</style>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-sphinx-sdp-compact-alpha/">Review: The Sphinx SDP Compact Alpha</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-sphinx-sdp-compact-alpha/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>21</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Eagle’s Introduction to Practical Shooting Class</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/eagles-introduction-to-practical-shooting-class/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/eagles-introduction-to-practical-shooting-class/#respond</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Sat, 19 Sep 2015 17:22:04 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/?p=7527</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Pistol handling competence varies greatly among gun owners. Many of us have just enough competence to carefully and deliberately load, chamber, grip, then stand still to aim and fire, then carefully and slowly unload. Then there are the high-speed competitive shooters and tactical-operator types who manipulate their pistol and magazines almost like elvish warriors from […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/eagles-introduction-to-practical-shooting-class/">Eagle’s Introduction to Practical Shooting Class</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Pistol handling competence varies greatly among gun owners. Many of us have just enough competence to carefully and deliberately load, chamber, grip, then stand still to aim and fire, then carefully and slowly unload. Then there are the high-speed competitive shooters and tactical-operator types who manipulate their pistol and magazines almost like elvish warriors from some Hollywood fantasy film. It’s easy to admire that kind of skill, but for most of us it seems worlds away.

By <a style="font-weight: bold;" href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Now, not everyone needs to have pro-competitor skills, but moving beyond elementary pistol handling competence is something every responsible gun owner should do. There may appear to be a steep learning curve from beginner to highly competent gun handler, but that journey is really just a series of steps.
I was very pleased to learn that Eagle Gun Range has a class that constitutes that first step toward improved pistol competence. It’s called <a style="font-weight: bold;" href="https://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/pistol2/">Introduction to Practical Shooting</a>. This is a 3.5 to 4-hour class for intermediate shooters who are looking to move a step or two beyond mere static, slow-fire target shooting.
This class is for folks who are looking to improve their gun handing with things like properly drawing from a holster, magazine exchanges, and more-rapid-fire accuracy for follow-up shots. Even if you are an experienced shooter, that doesn’t necessarily mean that you’re a proficient gun handler. Most gun ranges don’t allow for the development of gun-handling skills so classes like this one are very important.
<h3>My Experience in the Class</h3>
As a competitive shooter and longtime student of self defense, I spend hours running practical defense and competition drills at a tactical outdoor range every week. I took Eagle’s intro to practical shooting class some weeks ago when it was first offered because I believed that the class could provide a really valuable experience. I was delighted that my hunch proved accurate.
The class began in the classroom, where we were allowed to don our holster and magazine carriers. We reviewed and discussed safety issues, equipment, individual technical habits, and other key shooting and carry conventions. We got to know one another and the instructors became familiar with the students’ respective experience levels. Our class had students with a wide and varied range of experience and skill levels.
After the classroom session, we went to the range bay for the practical instruction. Even though the range bay is a serious place, the class instruction and atmosphere were cordial and fun. Over the next 2 to 3 hours our instructors imparted the syllabus covering tactical/slide-lock reloading, the high-compressed ready position, the 4-step draw from holster, and presentation from retentive positions.
These gun-handling skills were first presented and examined in theory, then the techniques were demonstrated and broken down. After which, we students engaged in practice reps ourselves, with periodic correction from the instructors. Depending on the technique in question, we engaged in either dry fire or live fire practice—or both. Where applicable, there were even practical explanations for why a technique was performed the way demonstrated instead of some other popular way. These practical insights helped us to understand a bit beyond what was demonstrated.
As this class requires 300 rounds of ammunition, there’s plenty of shooting! Unlike some pistol classes, this one allows students to get a firm handle on performing the skills. Once shown a technique, and after some step-by-step familiarization, we were allowed plenty of practice reps. This high-repetition practice allowed us to build the foundation of muscle memory for these crucial gun-handling skills. As a result, one didn’t have trouble remembering what was taught or just how to properly perform these techniques later.
I was impressed by the instructors. All highly skilled and experienced shooters, each brought his own insights or technical forte to the instruction. Together, they presented what seemed a very well-rounded class.
<h3>In Short, I Recommend This Class!</h3>
This is a fantastic class. It provides a rare and valuable bridge between the fundamentals classes and the high-speed practical/tactical classes. Whether your interest is self defense, competition, or just becoming a more responsible gun owner, the skills taught and techniques offered in this class are fundamental to it all.
I’ve not seen this sort of class offered before. Especially one that allows the students to put in so many repetitions, as most similar classes allow for only a few reps of any specific technique.
I don’t work at Eagle Gun Range, but I visit and shoot there every few days. I’ve been elsewhere, but I always get disappointed by something when I go to most other ranges. One of the reasons I return week after week to Eagle is the quality of the staff and how they run things. This <a style="font-weight: bold;" href="https://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/pistol2/">Introduction to Practical Shooting</a> class, its format, and the instruction are all consistent with the excellence and expertise I’ve come to expect there.
If you’re a gun owner looking to develop or gain more skill in pistol handling, I highly recommend you take this class. I’ve have and I expect I’ll do it again soon, just to get that rare opportunity for training and critique with some top-notch instructors.
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://gunpath.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/eagles-introduction-to-practical-shooting-class/">Eagle’s Introduction to Practical Shooting Class</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/eagles-introduction-to-practical-shooting-class/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Review: The Glock 43</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-glock-43/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-glock-43/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2015 02:02:36 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/?p=7497</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The Glock 43, at long last Glock offers a single-stack, 9×19 carry pistol. For some, it’s the answer to long-held specific desires. For others, it’s a worthy candidate for consideration in a narrow field of pistols (a field of narrow pistols? Ahem.). Regardless, it’s a pistol that Glock should have made long ago and perhaps […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-glock-43/">Review: The Glock 43</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[The Glock 43, at long last Glock offers a single-stack, 9×19 carry pistol. For some, it’s the answer to long-held specific desires. For others, it’s a worthy candidate for consideration in a narrow field of pistols (a field of narrow pistols? Ahem.). Regardless, it’s a pistol that Glock should have made long ago and perhaps made too late.

By <a href="https://gunpath.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
Initial reports were that the G43 was good, but not the holy grail of carry pistols. Finally having access to it, I thought I’d see and feel for myself. After spending some quality time with Glock’s first 9mm single-stack, I’m here to report. I hope you find this information and my personal anecdotes useful!
Remember, too, that you can rent the Glock 43 here at Eagle Gun Range. Give it a try yourself!
<h2>Why Consider the Glock 43?</h2>
The G43 is Glock’s long-awaited answer to the desire for a single-stack 9mm that is small, lightweight, and…is a Glock. There are several competitors to the G43, but none of them are Glocks. It may sound absurd to mention this fact, but I do so because, to many people, that matters.
The comparatively low magazine capacity and diminutive frame of the G43 make this a niche gun. It is made specifically for concealed carry and, then, specifically for when greater concealability is desired over greater magazine capacity. For example, Glock’s model 26 is also a small and concealable pistol, but its double-stack frame and wider slide make the 26 less concealable than the 43. With the G43 you’re giving up 4 rounds of capacity, but the G43’s narrow profile and increased concealability may mean the difference between your being able to carry 7 rounds or none at all in some circumstances.
The Glock 43 is among the smallest and lightest of any 9mm subcompact. It is lighter than the M&P Shield, and Sig P250, smaller than the Ruger LC9 and Sig P250, and the slide is narrower than any of its 9mm contenders. Paired with Glock’s reliability and shootability, this is a formidable deep-carry contender.
Glock 43 Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9×19 (9mm)</li>
<li>Length: 6.26”</li>
<li>Slide Length: 6.06”</li>
<li>Height: 4.25”</li>
<li>Width: 1.02”</li>
<li>Slide Width: .87”</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.39”</li>
<li>Weight: 17.95oz. (w/empty magazine)</li>
<li>Finish: Black frame / black slide (Tenifer)</li>
<li>Capacity: 6+1</li>
<li>MSRP: $529 (typically lower online and in stores)</li>
</ul>
<h2>Shooting the Glock 43</h2>
I primarily shoot double-stack pistols, so running this thin-framed model is a bit foreign and less comfortable than I’m used to. Still, I’d say it shoots just fine. I’ll admit that sounds a bit tepid. As single-stack subcompacts go, I’d rank the G43 just behind the Springfield XD-S for overall shootability. The G43 is a bit smaller and significantly lighter than the XD-S, so it has adequate mitigation to the comparative shootability shortfall.
In addition to a lot of 115gr ball ammo, I’ve run an assortment of defensive ammo through the G43, including Federal Premium 147gr Hydra-Shok JHP, Federal Premium 124gr HST JHP, Hornady Critical Duty, Speer Gold Dot 124gr +P GDHP, and Winchester PDXI 124gr +P JHP…all with flawless performance. Like all Glocks, this one ate everything I fed it.
The main issue I first encountered while shooting the G43 is related primarily to personal habit and technical familiarity: the 43 is a purposefully small, single stack pistol, so my habitual grip does not automatically meet with it in a manner that ensures accurate first shots. Glock says that “The trigger reach and pistol grip are familiar and dimensionally equivalent to the larger 9×19 pistols in the Glock lineup,” but this is plainly false. The reach itself may be similar, but the fact that this is a single-stack frame destroys any familiarity they were going for. Regardless of what Glock claims, the effective trigger reach is quite small so my trigger finger was not properly placed initially and I tended to pull to the left a bit before adjusting my grip and finger angle. This is an issue of habit and practice and can be corrected with the same, but for one used to shooting double-stack pistols almost exclusively I find it makes shooting the G43 a bit awkward.
Comfort and Controllability
I’ll say that the G43 is quite comfortable. Its small frame gets a bit swallowed by my medium-sized hands, but that’s kind of the point of a deep-carry gun. While it’s a far cry from holding a typical compact pistol it still feels like a real gun and not a mouse gun.
That said, I do not find shooting the G43 to be entirely comfortable, owing to a feature common to all Glocks: the way the blocky trigger guard as it meets with my strong-hand middle finger. All Glock pistols share this trait so I (and a great many others Glock owners) typically mitigate the issue by carving out the back underside and rounding the right side of the trigger guard, using a Dremmel tool (photo below).
<div id="attachment_7500" style="width: 910px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/glocktriggerguard.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7500" class="wp-image-7500 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/glocktriggerguard.jpg" alt="Glock 30s" width="900" height="747" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/glocktriggerguard.jpg 900w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/glocktriggerguard-300x249.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/glocktriggerguard-100x83.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/glocktriggerguard-758x629.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/glocktriggerguard-864x717.jpg 864w" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a>The carved and rounded underside of the trigger guard on my Glock 30s. Makes shooting eminently more comfortable.</div>
While I don’t find the Glock 43 to be uncontrollable when firing, its lightweight construction makes it snappier than some. The small frame and slide ensure that your hands feel all of the 9mm round’s charge. Follow-up shots are not difficult to send with basic accuracy, but they’re more challenging with the 43 than with other Glocks. In my experience, challenges to controllability are exacerbated by the almost nonexistent grip texture (I’ll get to that in a moment). By comparison, the similarly sized Springfield XD-S is far less snappy and more controllable than the G43, due to the heavier construction and beefier slide. But the G43 is smaller, lighter, and slightly more concealable.
With the pinky extension magazine that comes with I can get a full-ish grip on the gun, which helps with controllability. However, with the flush magazine it is a bit less controllable. The G43 has a grip length similar to that of a G26, but the fatter grip on the 26 helps mitigate control issues when firing with the flush magazine. The thin, single-stack frame makes the 43 a bit more violent in the hand. But again, this is to be expected.
These aforementioned issues related to the pistol’s size are not knocks against the G43. They’re just issues inherent to highly concealable subcompact pistols, especially those of the single-stack variety. The spectrum of carry pistols is always considered in the context of tradeoffs between liabilities and benefits (and I highly recommend that you size such things up for yourself to specifically suit yourself).
<h2>G43 Components and Materials</h2>
Well…it’s a Glock. It has the same components and materials as any Glock pistol: the familiar frame, slide, and sights. Like the G42, it does not have a picatinny rail. It has a Gen4-style magazine release and the firing pin safety is beveled (like in the G42) rather than rounded.
With the G43s that I’ve shot, I find the trigger to be excellent; better than on any other Glock pistol I’ve shot. The specs say that the trigger is the standard 5.5 pounds, but due to one-knows-not-what I find that it’s in the 7 to 9 pound range. The break is very crisp and clean. I wish that all Glocks had as good a trigger!
My one significant beef with the Glock 43 is the same as my beef with every Glock pistol, only more so for the 43 (and 42): the grip texture is useless! Glock says that “the aggressive texture of the grip lets the shooter more easily operate the pistol,” but that’s bunk. There is almost no grip texture. My opinion is that the G43 needs either added rubber or adhesive grips—or—a stipple job. I can say for certain that, benefits aside, I would not carry this pistol without some kind of grip enhancement. When I get my own 43, and I eventually will, I’ll stipple the grip as I do for all of my Glocks.
The Glock 43 comes with a flush magazine and a pinky-extension magazine. Both have 6-round capacity. As usual for small Glocks, there are several aftermarket options for magazine-capacity extensions. Same goes for trigger connectors, sights (though not too many as yet), and holsters. There are even options for lasers and at least one good light. More aftermarket components will surely follow in the months and years to come.
<h2>Conclusions</h2>
Pros: 
It’s a single-stack, highly concealable, 9mm pistol…and it’s a Glock! The 6+1 capacity is not at all bad and while it is a small pistol, holding it feels like you’re holding a pistol and not a mouse gun. It is very lightweight, thin, and highly concealable. There are plenty of aftermarket components and accessories. It is simple and has no needless levers or gadgetry on the frame, and comes with Glock’s well-earned reputation for reliability.
Cons: 
The gun is pretty snappy (though no more so than most similar models) and the grip texture is almost nonexistent. Being a Glock, the trigger guard can cause discomfort of the middle finger. Though the trigger is excellent, some may not like the heavier weight. Some might not like the lack of a picatinny rail (though rail components would tend to mess with concealability somewhat).
<h3>So for rating the Glock 43…</h3>
Ergonomics (*****) 
I find that it has good geometry and does not feel unsubstantial in the hand.
Shootability (****) 
It’s fairly easy to shoot, though the light construction makes it snappier than most pistols you’re likely to fire.
Accuracy (****) 
I found the G43 to be as accurate as any Glock pistol, though it will be more accurate in the hands of one used to firing thin, single-stack pistols.
Reliability (*****) 
It’s a Glock. I have experienced no malfunctions of any kind while shooting various G43s.
Customization (****) 
There are several aftermarket components and accessories available already. More are likely in the future.
<h2>The G43 In Summary</h2>
This is a good deep-concealment 9mm pistol. Also, it’s a Glock (which may matter more to some). I’ll say it’s in the upper echelon for the 9mm subcompact category and, personal considerations taken into account; it may be the best 9mm subcompact on the market. It has issues one should consider seriously before deciding to buy or carry, but I’ll say that none should objectively disqualify this pistol from serious consideration for their carry arsenal.
In any event, come rent the G43 at Eagle Gun Range, shoot a box or two of ammo through it and see what you think!
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The Author 
Andy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://gunpath.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-glock-43/">Review: The Glock 43</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-the-glock-43/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>18</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Concealed Carry Matters: The Spare Magazine</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-matters-the-spare-magazine/</link>
<comments>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-matters-the-spare-magazine/#comments</comments>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 21 Aug 2015 01:12:18 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/?p=7461</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Those of us who choose to carry a concealed pistol daily are confronted by still more choices related to that first one. Among them is the choice of whether or not to carry a spare magazine. If you choose to, then there’s the choice of how and where to carry it. Then there’s the matter […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-matters-the-spare-magazine/">Concealed Carry Matters: The Spare Magazine</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Those of us who choose to carry a concealed pistol daily are confronted by still more choices related to that first one. Among them is the choice of whether or not to carry a spare magazine. If you choose to, then there’s the choice of how and where to carry it. Then there’s the matter of being competent to get to and utilize it effectively when needed. These are important and consequential issues that deserve examination.
These issues are no less consequential for those who carry a revolver, but this article will deal specifically with pistol magazines.

By <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
<h2>Why Carry a Spare Magazine (or Two)?</h2>
Arming yourself daily is the first consequential step toward being able to prevail against violent threats. With those six to sixteen rounds in your pistol you’ll have that many chances to save your life or the lives of others, should circumstances become life threatening. It’s possible, perhaps even likely, that your pistol’s capacity alone is enough when you need it.
Carrying a concealed defensive weapon, though, has nothing at all to do with what is likely to happen. Rather, carrying daily is a habit built entirely around the notion of what is highly unlikely to ever happen. It’s a responsible and disciplined response to a moral absolute: the preservation of innocent life. So with regard to carrying a concealed pistol, preparing only for high likelihoods and ignoring the “what ifs” isn’t exactly responsible preparation.
In keeping with responsible what-if scenarios, here are a few relevant questions to ask yourself:
<ul>
<li>What if I and/or my family are set upon by several assailants instead of just one?</li>
<li>What if the stress or terror of the situation affects my accuracy and my gun runs dry before the threat is stopped?</li>
<li>What if my pistol malfunctions and I have to drop my magazine to clear it?</li>
<li>What if I accidentally eject my full magazine before the threat is stopped?</li>
<li>What if the magazine in my pistol breaks while I’m defending myself?</li>
</ul>
All of these “what ifs” happen to people. Believing none of them will happen to you is, well…wishful thinking (that’s the polite way to put it). But so as not to dwell too much on it here, I’ll simply suggest that carrying a spare magazine or two is a responsible thing to do. If you choose to adopt that responsibility, you’re then presented with the choice of how and where to carry it and, if the need arises, how to competently get to it and reload.
<h2>How to Carry a Spare Magazine</h2>
There are a few conventional ways and probably dozens of unconventional ways to carry a spare magazine. When deciding how best for you to carry a spare you’ll have to take several factors into account. Your typical day’s dress habit, however, is likely the most consequential factor.
Belt Carrier 
There are a host of different options for carrying a spare magazine in a dedicated magazine pouch; both inside the waistband and out. Typical materials are Kydex, plastic, and leather. If you choose a Kydex carrier, be sure it is form fitted to your specific model of magazine (I do not recommend the plain, straight-sided-interior plastic carriers for <acronym title="Every Day Carry">EDC</acronym>). There is no better way than a belt pouch to carry a spare magazine in order to access it quickly and surely.
If you wear your shirt un-tucked occasionally or as a matter of course for your everyday carry, it makes a lot of sense to use an outside-the-waistband magazine pouch on your weak-side belt. This makes accessing your spare magazine easier than accessing your pistol and it conceals easily under your shirt. Most <acronym title="Outside the Waistband">OWB</acronym> carriers are vertical, but there are a few made for horizontal carry (lays along the belt), though these may not conceal as well.
For more or easier concealment, an <acronym title="Inside the Waistband">IWB</acronym> mag carrier can be effective, though inside-the-waistband carry is significantly less comfortable than <acronym title="Outside the Waistband">OWB</acronym> carry.
Pocket 
Carrying a spare magazine in a pocket is an easy and adaptable way to ensure you’re better prepared. It doesn’t require an accessory or that you wear your shirt un-tucked. There are drawbacks to pocket carry, but there’s probably no easier, cost-free way to carry that extra magazine.
Concealment depends on several factors, one being just how tightly fitted your pants are. The clear outline of a pistol magazine in tight or thin-material pants may occasionally raise eyebrows or prompt awkward questions from friends or colleagues. Have a plan and choose according to context.
Getting to you magazine in a pocket can be a little tricky sometimes, but I find that with practice (in all the types of clothes you wear) it can be acceptably managed. As with most things training is the key and must not be overlooked. More on that later.
If you carry in your pocket, the best place is your front, weak-side pocket. It is probably best that the magazine be the only thing in that pocket, so if your <acronym title="Every Day Carry">EDC</acronym> otherwise fills up that pocket, perhaps choose an alternate location and method. In any event, if you carry this way be sure to train to get to your pocket magazine proficiently and learn the details and best technique for magazine exchanges from a pocket.
A Word About Pocket Carrier Clips 
I must advise readers to avoid the pocket carrier clips, such as the Snagmag or similar products. In my experience, these gadgets only bring problems without solving any. Most importantly, they turn getting to and properly manipulating your spare magazine in a time of crisis into a fine-motor-skill operation, as they only facilitate you grabbing the magazine with your fingertips instead of your fingers and hand. That can be deadly, as one should only train to use and count on using gross motor skills in a life-or-death situation.
In my experience, getting the magazine cleanly out of the pocket carrier device only works ~20% of the time. In most cases, the whole thing—magazine and carrier—comes out and you’re left having to separate the two with one hand while trying to reload. Not good! Somewhat less importantly, they tend to expose the top of your magazine at the edge of your pocket, which invites needless questions from people who can see it.
In short, I recommend no one ever use one of these devices.
Purse or Pack 
It might seem that a purse, bag, or backpack is the easiest, best way to carry extra ammo: it conceals completely and doesn’t encumber or change your clothing. In fact, this method is probably the worst.
Off-body carry of a firearm or ammo, no matter the method or location, is always the worst method to employ. If it’s not on your person, your spare magazine can be dropped, taken from you, or even accidentally forgotten somewhere. Moreover, getting to your spare magazine will take seconds longer when you have to get to and sort through your bag to find your magazine, which will not likely be properly oriented for easy insertion into your pistol.
If due to other restrictions pack or purse carry is your only option, it is certainly better than not carrying a spare at all. I recommend that you not make it a primary option without thorough consideration.
<h2>Practical Reloading</h2>
There are a few fancy classifications of reloads, but only two you’re likely to employ in a life-threatening situation: the emergency reload and the tactical reload. Each is contextual to a specific sort of situation.
The Emergency Reload 
The emergency reload is required when your gun is empty and needs a fresh magazine.
The scenario: Something awful has happened and you’ve been forced to defend yourself and/or others, discharging your pistol several times. In the chaos, your pistol runs dry. When you pull the trigger again, nothing happens and you notice your slide has locked back. Because you train regularly, you automatically and deftly reach for your spare magazine with your weak hand, eject the empty mag, and send the fresh one home and rack the slide sharply to chamber a round. You’re again ready to continue defense…
Vital info for the emergency reload:
<ul>
<li>The fact that you’ve run your gun empty implies that the situation is complex, chaotic, and/or somewhat overwhelming. It may mean that there are multiple assailants.</li>
<li>Therefore, your reload is probably best accomplished behind hard cover (safe from return fire) or while on the move (evading incoming fire).</li>
<li>Keep your eyes on the threat and/or the environment so that you can react if you need to; DO NOT look at your gun or magazines during this operation (requires training).</li>
<li>When you seat your replacement magazine, move your hand up to the top of your slide, grab strongly with your whole hand, and firmly rack it to chamber a round—do not get into the habit of using any sort of slide-release lever (more on this later).</li>
</ul>
The Tactical Reload 
A tactical reload is used to top-off your gun’s round capacity when an opportunity presents itself after you’ve fired a few shots, but probably still have rounds in the current magazine.
The scenario: Something awful has happened and you’ve been forced to defend yourself and/or others with your pistol. Having fired a few shots, it’s possible that you’ve stopped the threat, but that’s not yet a certainty. During this lull in the action and from a safe position you retrieve your full spare magazine, eject your half-empty magazine, and replace it with the full mag. You secure the half-empty magazine in your pocket or mag pouch and once again scan the area for more threats…
Vital info for the tactical reload:
<ul>
<li>DO NOT perform a tactical reload unless you are certain the threat is neutralized. In other words, thoroughly scan the area for threats before you perform a tactical reload.</li>
<li>DO NOT eject your current magazine until you’ve retrieved your full spare. The last thing you need is to have an empty gun when a new threat suddenly presents itself.</li>
<li>Since your pistol has not run dry, you won’t need to rack the slide after exchanging magazines.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Training</h2>
Wait! Before you can develop skill in exchanging magazines to reload according to context, you have to be able to competently and effectively get to and deploy your spare. It is important to note that getting to and deploying your concealed spare magazine almost certainly requires that you manipulate your clothing somewhat; just like getting to and deploying a concealed pistol does. Practically, this means you must be intimately familiar with and practiced at doing so with all of the types of clothing you wear.
So before you train to deftly exchange magazines like a competition pro, train to get to and deploy your spare magazine from its concealed location. Luckily, you can do this at home and without having to have or hold a firearm. Learn what’s hard, what’s easy, and all of what can happen as you go for your and bring out your spare…while wearing all of the types of clothing you may wear while carrying concealed.
Know:
<ul>
<li>Which shirts are difficult or easy to clear as you go for your spare?</li>
<li>Which shirts tend to find their way back into your hand as you grip your spare (shirt and all)?</li>
<li>(If you pocket carry): which pants have easy-access pockets and which ones have pockets that are a bear to get a hand into or out of while holding a magazine?</li>
<li>(If you pocket carry): which pockets keep your magazine properly oriented and which ones allow the magazine to turn backward or upside down during the day?</li>
</ul>
Only through exhaustive trial and error can you discover these vital things about your wardrobe’s impact on lifesaving actions and technique.
Work to develop technical skill and muscle memory with these drills for both the practical range and the more conservative indoor lane-style range. Remember that it is best if you train in the clothing you wear every day while carrying concealed.
<h3>Drills for the practical range: performed with concealed pistol and concealed spare mag.</h3>
Drill One: single target, 1 round chambered with magazine empty, 2 rounds in spare mag (pocket or belt pouch):
<ol>
<li>step-slide to the side (“off the X”) while drawing your concealed pistol,</li>
<li>fire one round on target, slide locks back gun empty,</li>
<li>grab concealed spare mag, eject empty mag, insert new magazine and firmly rack to chamber a round while step-sliding off the X,</li>
<li>fire one round.</li>
<li>Bring pistol to high-ready position and scan all around for additional threats,</li>
<li>carefully re-holster and re-conceal your (still-loaded) pistol.</li>
</ol>
Since your spare mag had 2 rounds, your pistol now has one round chambered and an empty magazine (don’t make a habit of re-holstering an empty gun). Pick up your dropped mag and load 2 rounds into it and you’re ready to go; repeat ad infinitum.
<iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/r3hCZkmtCKU?rel=0" width="758" height="426" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>
Drill Two: run this drill the same as the previous one, only this time have some type of cover (wall section, stacked barrels, a car …whatever) and add the following modifications:
<ol>
<li>When you step off the X while drawing your pistol, do it moving toward the cover</li>
<li>After your first shot, move behind cover and perform your magazine exchange</li>
<li>Then use cover while engaging the target for the second shot</li>
</ol>
Variations:
<ol>
<li>Perform these drills while moving toward the right and while moving toward the left (be safe)</li>
<li>Add multiple targets and/or multiple rounds; vary the multi-shot speed</li>
<li>Perform reload and post-reload shots one-handed (as if one hand/arm has been severely damaged after first shot and cannot help)</li>
<li>Add random dummy rounds for malfunction-clearing training</li>
</ol>
<h3>Drill for indoor or lane-style range: performed from the bench.</h3>
These drills assume you’re relegated to a narrow, walled shooting lane and cannot draw from a holster or use rapid fire.
Drill: single target, pistol w/action open and magazine with 1 round on the bench, 1 round in spare mag (pocket or belt pouch):
<ol>
<li>Pick up pistol and magazine, load pistol and rack the slide,</li>
<li>Move to one side margin of your lane, press out and fire one shot (slide locks back gun empty).</li>
<li>Go for and grab your spare magazine, drop empty mag (on the bench, maybe), and reload & rack the slide.</li>
<li>Step slide to other side/margin of your shooting lane, press out and fire 1 shot (slide locks back gun empty)</li>
<li>Eject empty magazine and place both mag and opened pistol on the bench.</li>
</ol>
Note: You’re in a narrow, walled lane so your effort to move off the X will be minimal, but always do it by moving from one side of your lane to the other. Don’t practice the habit of reloading and re-engaging while standing still. Note also that because of the introduced angles, shooting from the margins of your lane at a target that is 7 or fewer yards away may put your rounds on the paper of shooters in adjacent lanes! Take care and courteous of nearby shooters whose targets are farther away than yours.
<h2>Conclusion</h2>
Carrying a concealed pistol is one answer to the “what if” of things that will probably never happen. Carrying a concealed spare magazine allows you to address even more “what if” scenarios. It’s not for everyone, but if it is something you decide to do be sure that you are prepared to effectively utilize your responsible <acronym title="Every Day Carry">EDC</acronym> preparation with a clear plan for carrying and concealment, and with practiced skill at deployment.
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The AuthorAndy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-matters-the-spare-magazine/">Concealed Carry Matters: The Spare Magazine</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
<wfw:commentRss>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/concealed-carry-matters-the-spare-magazine/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
</item>
<item>
<title>Review: Springfield Armory XD-S 9mm</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-springfield-armory-xd-s-9mm/</link>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Andy Rutledge]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Fri, 07 Aug 2015 22:33:16 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/?p=7411</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The Springfield Armory XD-S is a pistol that I waited for with great anticipation before its release. The photos and specs made it seem like an almost perfect carry pistol. Then shortly after release they largely disappeared from store shelves due to a voluntary recall in 2013. When the upgraded versions were available and after […]
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-springfield-armory-xd-s-9mm/">Review: Springfield Armory XD-S 9mm</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[The Springfield Armory XD-S is a pistol that I waited for with great anticipation before its release. The photos and specs made it seem like an almost perfect carry pistol. Then shortly after release they largely disappeared from store shelves due to <a href="https://www.springfieldrecall.com/">a voluntary recall</a> in 2013. When the upgraded versions were available and after shooting an XD-S rental pistol, my suspicions about its quality and feel were confirmed. So I added one to my collection and for specific reason: deeper concealment.

By <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">Andy Rutledge</a>
* * *
The XD-S comes in both 9mm and .45ACP calibers and in 3.3″ and 4.0″ barrel versions. This review will deal specifically with the 3.3″ version chambered in 9mm.
<h4>Why Consider The Springfield XD-S 9mm?</h4>
The XD-S 3.3″ 9mm belongs to a specific category of carry pistols and is not meant to compete with or replace compact double-stack 9mm pistols like the Glock 19 or a Sig P250. Rather, the XD-S is made for when a thin, single-stack subcompact (read: more-concealable) pistol is appropriate, but without giving up the 9mm chambering —or— when you want to own only one carry gun that will work in just about any carry context.
Direct competitors in this category include pistols like the M&P Shield, Kahr PM9, Ruger LC9, and of late, the Glock 43. In my experience and opinion, the XD-S has features and benefits over these competitors and I’d say it ranks in the upper echelon of all pistols for the subcompact category. First, here are the specifications.
Springfield Armory XD-S 3.3″ 9mm Specs:
<ul>
<li>Caliber: 9x19mm</li>
<li>Length: 6.3″</li>
<li>Height: 4.4″</li>
<li>Width: .9″</li>
<li>Barrel: 3.3”</li>
<li>Weight: 23oz. (w/empty magazine)</li>
<li>Finish: Black or <acronym title="Flat Dark Earth">FDE</acronym> frame / Slides available in black (Melonite®) or stainless</li>
<li>Capacity: 7+1 flush magazine / 9+1 extended magazine</li>
<li>MSRP: $499 (black slide) / $549 (stainless slide)</li>
</ul>
<div id="attachment_7424" style="width: 805px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xdsbox.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7424" class="wp-image-7424 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xdsbox.jpg" alt="" width="795" height="414" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xdsbox.jpg 795w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xdsbox-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xdsbox-100x52.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xdsbox-758x395.jpg 758w" sizes="(max-width: 795px) 100vw, 795px" /></a>Here’s the nice polymer case and components the XD-S comes with.</div>
<h4>Shooting the XD-S</h4>
I’ve put over 2000 rounds through my XD-S 3.3″ pistol, all with only one malfunction related to a specific ammunition model (which I’ll detail in a moment). The bulk of the ammo I’ve run through the pistol is 115gr ball, but I’ve run roughly 250 rounds from an assortment of Federal Premium 147gr Hydra-Shok JHP, Federal Premium 124gr HST JHP, Speer Gold Dot 124gr +P GDHP, and Winchester PDXI 124gr +P JHP…all with flawless performance.
The one issue I had with functional reliability occurred with the XD-S’s ability to feed Hornady 135gr Critical Duty rounds. I experienced repeated failures to feed the first round of a new magazine, as the polymer tip on the round tended to get caught on the bottom of the feed ramp. Given this initializing failure, I declined to chamber any Hornady CD and see if it would cycle, since this failure to work with a full magazine is sort of a deal breaker. So I must recommend that one never use Hornady Critical Duty polymer tip in the XD-S. Every other JHP or ball round I loaded into the gun went bang and cycled perfectly every time I pulled the trigger.
Functionally, I consistently experience one nagging issue worth noting here. Due to how my grip meets the pistol when firing, the slide will occasionally fail to lock back with the firing of the last round of a magazine because the position of my right thumb often prevents the slide lock from engaging (I’m right handed). I can avoid this issue by flexing my thumb back a bit, but while it’s not uncomfortable, that position is not habitually natural for my grip. Surely this won’t be an issue for most folks, but it is for me. Your mileage may vary.
Comfort & Controllability 
This is a single-stack subcompact, so it will not compare evenly with full-sized double-stack frames for comfort and controllability. However, given its particular category, this is a winner. I have medium-sized hands and even though it has a short, narrow grip, to me the XD-S feels like a “real gun” and not an “almost” pistol as do some rivals in this size category. I can just get half of my pinky on the flush magazine for something close to a full grip.
I typically shoot 100 to 250 rounds at a time when training with it at the range and unlike other subcompacts, this one is quite comfortable the whole time. And also unlike most subcompact pistols, I think the XD-S is easily controllable when shooting.
Those last two things matter and the result, for me anyway, is that the XD-S is the most accurate subcompact pistol I’ve ever shot. Accuracy derives from a host of factors, but how frame and grip meet with and stay with the hands while the pistol cycles is consequential. Recoil with the XD-S is fairly minimal for a gun of this size and for me it’s easy to maintain a sure grip when firing multiple rounds, even rapidly, without feeling like I need to adjust between shots.
Concealability + Capacity 
The grip is appropriately short for a subcompact, making the XD-S highly concealable. Even so, the 7+1 capacity flush magazine is better than the 6+1 capacity typical of other top contenders in this category. When concealability is not a contextual priority, the extended magazine allows for 9+1 capacity and a full-hand grip that is even more comfortable.
<h4>Components and Materials</h4>
The XD-S is a polymer-bodied pistol with a forged steel slide. I think the quality of the frame material is top of class. The polymer is a bit thicker than you’ll find in most pistols and the finish is the best I’ve seen on any “plastic gun.” There are simply no flash marks or molding scars.
I find the grip texture to be quite nice and functional without being overly abrasive. The one exception is that, like all polymer pistols I’ve held, grip security is compromised if you have wet, sweaty, or bloody hands (This is an issue that I wish firearms manufacturers would give serious attention to! No polymer pistol yet made is secure in wet hands, unless the frame is stippled. Getting one’s hands bloodied or wet in a life-threatening situation is not at all unlikely and manufacturers of carry pistols should consider this fact seriously. Ahem.) As this flaw is not particular to the XD-S, I don’t suggest that it’s a strike against the model. This is what <a href="https://talongungrips.com/">Talon Grips</a> and similar products are for. Unfortunately.
You get three magazines in the very nice pistol case: two 7-round flush mags and one 9-round extended magazine. As for the grip, the XD-S comes with interchangeable backstraps so that you can tailor the grip size to fit your preference. The 9-capacity magazine extension cover comes in two sizes, to work with either backstrap.
The factory sights are quite nice, though I think not perfect. The dovetail rear sight is a 2-dot and the front sight is a fiber optic; a nice feature for a gun at this price! The sights are perfectly serviceable and dead-on for accuracy, in my experience, but the sloped front face of the rear sight makes one-handed slide racking—say, on a belt or table—a bit more difficult. Some folks may not care about that last issue…but as this is a self-defense carry gun, I recommend that you do.
<div id="attachment_7432" style="width: 770px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xds_controls_mag.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7432" class="wp-image-7432 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xds_controls_mag.jpg" alt="" width="760" height="568" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xds_controls_mag.jpg 760w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xds_controls_mag-300x224.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xds_controls_mag-100x75.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xds_controls_mag-758x567.jpg 758w" sizes="(max-width: 760px) 100vw, 760px" /></a>Nice finish to all components, with minimal external controls.</div>
Given that this is a striker-fired pistol with no external safety, the controls are minimal. The slide lock lever and takedown lever are sturdy and have nice texturing for manipulation. The magazine ejection controls are ambidextrous and the magazine ejection is very nice; the empty mag actually jumps out of the frame when the button is depressed. Wish all pistols’ magazine ejection was this energetic.
The XD-S features a chamber-loaded indicator on the top of the slide and there are two external safety mechanisms. The trigger safety is identical to that which you’ll find on a Glock. The second is a grip safety, which must be depressed for the trigger to release the firing pin. I’m no fan of grip safeties simply because I don’t deem them necessary. Springfield, however, adds the grip safety to all of its pistols, so it’s a doctrinal thing for them.
The internal safety mechanisms are, again, just like those found on a Glock pistol. They include the firing pin block and “out of battery safety,” which is just to say that when the slide is not in full battery the firing mechanisms are then not aligned to properly engage.
<a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xdscombo.jpg"><img decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-7430 size-full" src="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xdscombo.jpg" alt="" width="795" height="414" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xdscombo.jpg 795w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xdscombo-300x156.jpg 300w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xdscombo-100x52.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/xdscombo-758x395.jpg 758w" sizes="(max-width: 795px) 100vw, 795px" /></a>
<h4>Carrying the XD-S</h4>
<div id="attachment_7427" style="width: 292px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/concealed.jpg"><img decoding="async" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-7427" class="size-medium wp-image-7427" src="https://eaglegunrange.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/concealed-282x300.jpg" alt="Wearing the XD-S in the 4 o'clock position. Conceals nicely." width="282" height="300" srcset="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/concealed-282x300.jpg 282w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/concealed-100x106.jpg 100w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/concealed-758x806.jpg 758w, https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/concealed.jpg 795w" sizes="(max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></a>Wearing the XD-S in the 4 o’clock position. Conceals nicely.</div>
I carried my XD-S almost exclusively for about nine months and continue to do so on occasion when wearing summer casual dress or if I’m formally dressed, when deeper concealment is appropriate. These days I typically carry a Glock 19 or 26, and when I go to the XD-S the difference is night and day; hardly feels like I’m carrying at all.
I’ve carried the XD-S in the 4 o’clock position with a <a href="https://www.crossbreedholsters.com/HotcakesStore/ProductViewer/tabid/113/slug/SuperTuck-Deluxe/Default.aspx">Crossbreed Super Tuck holster</a> and in appendix and 4 o’clock positions with a <a href="https://gunpath.com/review-pj-holster-for-springfield-xds/">PJ holster</a>. In either case, the XD-S conceals extraordinarily well and the pistol’s ergonomics are such that it allows for a sure grip for proper draw, provided your holster does, too.
One could carry the XD-S as a pocket pistol, but it’s perhaps a bit too large and heavy to make pocket carry a good ongoing choice. With sturdy and loose clothing like cargo shorts, pocket carry works well enough on occasion, but the XD-S is not like your average mini .380 pocket rocket. As I mentioned, it feels and shoots like a real gun and that has consequences for carry.
<h4>Conclusions</h4>
Pros 
Though it’s a subcompact, the XD-S feels and shoots like a real pistol. With iron sights and minimal recoil, it’s the most accurate and easy-to-shoot single-stack subcompact pistol I’ve ever handled (though I acknowledge that this is a highly personal issue). The exchangeable backstraps are a nice and consequential personalizing feature. The materials are excellent and the finish is the best I’ve seen on any polymer gun. The 7+1 standard capacity is better than you’ll find on most single-stack subcompacts. Also, 9mm ammo is reasonably priced so you can train with the 9mm XD-S more often!
Cons 
The XD-S is certainly a subcompact, but by no means dainty. So while it is highly concealable it is not necessarily best suited as a pocket pistol. Though the iron sights are nice, the sloping rear sight doesn’t allow for sure/easy one-handed slide racking. In my experience, the XD-S simply won’t reliably feed Hornady Critical Duty polymer-tipped ammo (and perhaps other polymer-tipped ammo??) so stick to JHP. I’ll suggest that the grip safety is unnecessary and constitutes one more component that might eventually wear out or fail.
So for rating the XD-S…
Ergonomics (****) 
The XD-S is surprisingly comfortable for a subcompact, single-stack pistol. The grip is thin, but not overly so and for me at least, the gun feels good—feels substantial—in the hand. I find the grip angle to be excellent. The grip could be more comfortable if it were not so flat-sided, but I admit that a more convex grip would add width and compromise concealability somewhat. Compared to most of its competition, I’d say the XD-S has superior ergonomics. My right thumb, however, sometimes interferes with the slide lock lever, preventing it from locking open with the last round of the magazine.
Shootability (*****) 
It’s a subcompact, so the grip is abbreviated. It’s a single stack, so the grip is quite narrow. With those contextual constraints, I think the XD-S is easy and comfortable to shoot; almost comparable to a compact in that regard. With the extended magazine and grip extension, the gun is rock solid when shooting and manipulating.
Accuracy (*****) 
Top of class. It’s very easy to control and to be accurate with. Sight acquisition and reacquisition is easy with these iron and fiber optic sights. Though it only has a 3.3” barrel, I don’t fear too much for accuracy when reaching out to 25 yards.
Reliability (****) 
The polymer-tipped ammo issue aside, I’ve yet to experience a single malfunction through more than 2000 rounds. The gun is sturdily built, suggesting that it will wear well. I would have given it five stars, but for the slide lock issues I encounter when running this pistol.
Customization (*****) 
The XD-S is customizable before and after purchase. Before, because it’s available with stainless or black Melonite® slide and the frame comes in black or flat dark earth. Moreover, it’s available now with the 3.3″ or 4” barrel. After purchase, it comes with two sizes of interchangeable backstraps, to fit your grip preference. The frame also features a picatinny rail, so you’re able to mount a flashlight or laser…if you want to compromise concealability a bit.
Aftermarket accessories one might consider for the XD-S include night sights, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Pearce-Grips-PG-11-PARENT-Grip-Extensions/dp/B00AYBFEPG/ref=br_lf_m_1000932521_1_1_ttl/185-5432026-0228800?_encoding=UTF8&s=sporting-goods&pf_rd_m=ATVPDKIKX0DER&pf_rd_s=center-4&pf_rd_r=17J5HR9FPF1X1NFQ5KW9&pf_rd_t=1401&pf_rd_p=213320">Pearce grip (pinky) extensions</a>, and the <a href="https://shop.powderriverprecision.net/product.sc?productId=87">PRP trigger spring kit</a>. Night sights are perhaps the only recommended upgrade for an XD-S, as the trigger is not at all bad (on mine. Though I’ve heard that trigger quality varies from gun to gun). A pinky extension for the flush magazine might seem nice, but the lack of a full grip (with the 7-round flush magazine) is expected and useful in a subcompact
There are plenty of IWB and OWB holsters, steel and/or night sights, flashlights, and lasers available for the XD-S, so it’s certainly not a pistol that lacks for aftermarket love. Moreover, the extended 9-round magazine and grip extension allows you to turn the XD-S into a full-grip pistol if preference calls for it.
<h4>In Summary</h4>
I think the Springfield XD-S is arguably the best subcompact 9mm pistol on the market. In fact it’s one of only two such pistols I’d consider owning and carrying. Moreover, it’s likely the best value to be found in the carry gun world. Rent one at your local gun range. Give it a shot, or 200, and see if it’s right for you. I’ll bet that it is.
<div class="the-author" style="padding: 20px; background: #eee;">About The AuthorAndy Rutledge is a <a href="https://andyrutledge.com/">design professional</a>, <a href="https://condition-yellow.com/">competitive shooter</a> and avid road cyclist. He trains at <a href="https://eaglegunrangetx.com/">Eagle Gun Range</a> and elsewhere a few days a week to hone his shooting and defensive skills.</div>
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/review-springfield-armory-xd-s-9mm/">Review: Springfield Armory XD-S 9mm</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title>SILENCERS</title>
<link>https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/silencers/</link>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[John Grizzaffi]]></dc:creator>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Dec 2013 18:15:31 +0000</pubDate>
<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.eaglegunrangetx1.com/?p=789</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Did you know it is 100% legal to own silencers for your firearms? Stop by and see the Silencers we have in stock and discuss the process of purchasing one. Silencers are available for Rimfire, Centerfire Pistol and Rifle.
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/silencers/">SILENCERS</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[Did you know it is 100% legal to own silencers for your firearms?
Stop by and see the Silencers we have in stock and discuss the process of purchasing one.
Silencers are available for Rimfire, Centerfire Pistol and Rifle.
The post <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com/silencers/">SILENCERS</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.eaglegunrangetx.com">Eagle Gun Range</a>.]]></content:encoded>
</item>
</channel>
</rss>

If you would like to create a banner that links to this page (i.e. this validation result), do the following:

Download the "valid RSS" banner.
Upload the image to your own server. (This step is important. Please do not link directly to the image on this server.)
Add this HTML to your page (change the image src attribute if necessary):

<a href="http://www.feedvalidator.org/check.cgi?url=https%3A//www.eaglegunrangetx.com/feed/"><img src="valid-rss-rogers.png" alt="[Valid RSS]" title="Validate my RSS feed" /></a>

If you would like to create a text link instead, here is the URL you can use:

http://www.feedvalidator.org/check.cgi?url=https%3A//www.eaglegunrangetx.com/feed/

Home · About · News · Docs · Terms